1 •
v 4
>
I v v •.
iL^&Sr^
'The
Ohio Naturalist
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.
Official Organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
and of The Ohio Academy of Science.
Volumes XIII, XIV, XV. 1912-1915.
EDITORIAL STAFF.
Editor-in-Chief .
Business Manager .
John H. Schaffner
. . James S. Hine
ASSOCIATE EDITORS.
Zoology.
Wm. M. Barrows,
Botany.
Robt. F. Griggs,
Geology.
W. C. Morse,
Archaeology.
W. C. Mills.
Orithology.
J. C. Hambleton,
Physiogra phy.
T. M. Hills.
Department of Zoology
Department of Botany.
Department of Geology
ADVISORY BOARD.
Herbert Osborn
John H. Schaffner
Charles S. Prosser
Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio.
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2016 with funding from
BHL-SIL-FEDLINK
https://archive.org/details/ohionaturalist1315ohio
VOLUME XIII.
NOVEMBER,
1912.
NUMBER I
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf ti* OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, art qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, 91.00
Single Number IS cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiiee at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist .
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club or the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 91.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 91.26. Single copies, 15 cents.
EdUor-in-Ckief, . John H. Schaffner..
Business Manager, . . James S. Hink.
Associate Edi/ots.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University. .
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natubalibt will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of ' Science, the Ohio
Naturai.ilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual d' es.
• The first eleven volumes may be obtained at 91.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hike.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. SStSSSSt3»
Ohio Academy ol Science Publications.
First aud Second Annual Reports . . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 eta.
2. “The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 cts.
3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke . 50 eta.
4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 eta.
5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. James S. Hine . 50 eta.
6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonser . 50 cts.
8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . 50 cts.
9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. Max Morse. . 50 eta.
10. “Ecological Study of Brush Lake.” pp. 20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 eta.
11. “ The Willows of Ohio.” pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. “Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio.” pp. 35.
V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. “The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity.”
F. L. Land acre . 60 cts.
14. “ Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio.” pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. “Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory.” pp. 122.
John H; Schaffner . 75 cts.
r6. “The Pteridophytes of Ohio.” pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian. Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio ^naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XIII. NOVEMBER, 1912. No. 1.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
McAvoy— The Reduction Division in Fuchsia . 1
Schaffner— Au Undescribed Equisetum from Kansas . 19
Overholts— Concerning Ohio Polyporacese . 22
Schaffner— Meeting of the Biological Club . 24
THE REDUCTION DIVISION IN FUCHSIA*.
Blanche McAvoy.
The genus Oenothera has been of great interest in recent years
to biologists because of DeVries’ studies on Oenothera lamarck-
iana in connection with his development of the mutation theory.
A number of investigators have worked on Oenothera among
whom may be mentioned Lutz (13 & 14), Geertz (10), Gates
(5, 6, 7, 8 & 9), and Davis (2 & 3).
Some of the investigators have worked on the cytology of the
micro- and mega-sporocytes while others have worked on the
genus from a somewhat different point of veiw, getting the com¬
plete life history as a basis for evidence of the validity of DeVries’
results.
Geertz (10) has made a complete study of Oenothera la-
marckiana beginning with the arehesporial cell, taking up the
cytology and continuing on through the details of the complete
life history. In some of the microsporocytes he describes threads
with small chromatin discs on them, some of the threads being
quite small and others thicker. He calls the early contraction
generally observed in prepared sporocytes synapsis and says that
in some cases there were loops extending out from the contracted
mass. The material may be contracted around the nucleolus or
may be separated from it. Immediately after synizesis he
represents fully formed chromosomes in the nuclear cavity. He
says that the 2x number of chromosomes were formed and later
Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Uni¬
versity, No. 69.
2
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 1,
united in pairs. He did not find a conjugation of two threads
during synapsis. He mentions a slight resting stage between the
first or heterotypic division and the second, homotypic division,
but does not speak of any longitudinal splitting of the hetero¬
typic chromosomes until after the transverse splitting occurs.
The longitudinal splitting was visible just before the chromosomes
reached the poles.
Gates (7) in his paper on Oenothera rubrinervis, states that the
contraction of the chromatin material is synapsis and that since
the cytoplasm of the cells shows no contraction, the cell is per¬
fectly fixed. For this reason, the contraction, so constantly
observed at an early stage in the process, is not an artifact, but
is a real contraction stage, leading to synapsis. As this contrac¬
tion proceeds the reticulm is re-arranged into a long, continuous
delicate thread. No indication of a doubling or pairing of the
threads was evident. After the synapsis the spirem shortens
and thickens and begins to arrange itself more loosely in the
nuclear cavity. This shortening is progressive and continues for
some time. He states that the shortening may be uniform, or it
may vary or may be irregularly constricted at varying intervals.
This thickened thread now segments transversely into fourteen
chromosomes — fourteen being the sporophytic number. Then
these chromosomes break up into pairs which later fuse with each
other leaving the x number of chromosomes. They are taken on
the spindle and reduction follows in the usual way.
In his paper on Oenothera lata x O. gigas (9) he begins his
dicussion with the telophase The usual number of chromosomes
found in the hybrid is twenty-one, seven being of maternal and
fourteen of paternal origin. In the reduction one germ cell
receives ten and the other eleven chromosomes. In a few cases
nine and twelve chromosomes were the numbers found at the
respective poles. One cell was found which had twenty chromo¬
somes, ten of which went to each pole. The segmentation into
ten and eleven proves that there is not a pairing of homologus
chromosomes of maternal and paternal origin but the segmenta¬
tion tends to be into two numerically equal parts. Gates claims
evidence from his work, that there are two general methods of
chromosome reduction, one a side to side pairing of chromatin
threads (parasynapsis) to form a double spirem ; the other involving
an end to end arrangement (telosynapsis) of maternal and paternal
chromosomes, to form a single spirem which afterwards splits
longitudinally. He says an individual always has as many
chromosomes as the sum of the chromosomes in the germ cells
which go to form the new plant. This fact, he says, supports
the genetic continuity of the chromosomes. He has not shown
whether the chromosomes have equal or unequal hereditary
value.
Nov., 1912.] The Reduction Division in Fuchsia.
3
In his paper on Oenothera lata x O. lamarckiana (5) he finds
starch grains present in the cytoplasm of the mother cell. These
grains become more abundant until the reduction takes place
after which they are not found. He finds what he calls “pro¬
chromosomes”, but in a later paper considers these bodies to be
nucleoli. The presynaptic stages show a continuous spirem
which is exceedingly delicate and coiled. Then follows the con¬
traction, after which follows a stage in which the spirem is much
shortened and several times thicker than just before the contrac¬
tion. He does not believe that the nucleoli break up and move
out into the cytoplasm waiting to be re-collected into a new
nucleolus in the new nucleus, as Sehaffner believes to be the case
in Lilium philadelphicum. There are twelve chromosomes and
one or two “heterochromosomes”, or as he calls them in a later
paper — nucleoli. He believes O. lamarckiana to be a pure strain
and not a hybrid.
In the paper on Oenothera gigas (8) Gates says “The absence
or partial absence of a close pairing of chromosomes in diakinesis
and on the heterotyptic spindle is in strong contrast to the con¬
dition in other genera of plants where the chromosomes are
regularly paired. However * * * similar failure to pair is
often exhibited. These cases appear to be the exceptions to the
general law enunciated by Montgomery in 1901 from his observa¬
tions on Hemiptera, that homologous chromosomes of maternal
and paternal origin pair with each other in synapsis. Later
observations on a variety of forms, in which there are morpholog¬
ical chromosome differences, show that ordinarily chromosomes of
similar size and shape pair with each other and justify the view of
Montgomery which has been widely adopted. There is some
variety in the size and shape of the chromosomes but nothing
constant was observed. ” In the anaphase the longitudinal split
generally described does not always show. There are some
irregularities in the reduction such as an unequal number of chro¬
mosomes passing to the two poles.
Davis in his first paper on Oenothera (2) observes the nucleus
filled with a close reticulum having the chromatin material dis¬
tributed around the periphery of the nucleus. Next follows the
appearance of extremely delicate strands connecting the bodies,
forming an open net work. These strands readily thicken and
become more numerous until finally the nucleus is filled with a
relatively close reticulum. During this time the chromatin
bodies become smaller and seem to contribute their material to
formation of the strands so that the only large structures in the
nuclei are the nucleoli. Synapsis, as he calls the synizetic con¬
traction, begins slowly and finally carries the strands away from
the nuclear wall. During this contraction there is a marked
change in the structure of the reticulum At first the reticulum
4
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 1,
was connected at many points but in time it is easily seen that a
true spirem is being formed. During the main part of the con¬
traction the knot is so close that it is difficult to see any of the
structure. Usually there are threads sticking out at the edge of
the knot. During the process the thread of the spirem is short¬
ened. He thinks the contraction is due to this shortening of the
threads of the reticulum as it goes to make up the spirem. The
forms of the “synaptic” knot are varied. When the knot loosens
the chromatin material is seen to be in the form of seven bivalent
chromosomes, which have assumed the form of rings some being
linked together. These rings, he says, remain together until the
two halves of the bivalent rings are pulled apart on the spindle.
In the second paper(3) he states definitely that he believes the
dark staining masses formed on the perifery of nucleus and con¬
nected with one another by delicate threads to be the “prochro¬
mosomes” described by Overton (17) but he says there is no
evidence that they are arranged side by side in pairs on a system
of threads that might be interpreted as two parallel spirems.
The chromatin bodies are scattered throughout the nucleus but
where ever there are two together they lie end to end upon a
delicate strand that runs in the direction of the longer axes. The
nucleus after considerable time, becomes filled with a close reticu¬
lum at which stage the chromatin bodies can only be distinguished
with difficulty. He found some differences in the method of
chromosome formation from that described in his first paper.
The knot loosens and a shorter thicker thread emerges. This
spirem is then constricted into a chain of fourteen chromosomes.
A longitudinal split becomes apparent just before the heterotypic
chromosomes reach the poles.
In Erythronium, Schaffner (19) finds the chromatin material
going into synizesis — a term used to designate the contraction as
being a separate thing from the fusion of the chromatin. This
contraction he considers to be an artifact. After synizesis he
finds the formation of a spirem which by twisting, forms loops all
around the nuclear wall. There then occur breaks between the
loops. The loops continue to twist until the chromosomes are
fully formed. The chromosomes are described as having quite
distinctive shapes.
In Lilium tigrinum (20) he found a continuous spirem with
a single row of chromatin granules. This spirem enters synizesis
and comes out of it without a conjugation or a division of granules.
Later on the granules divide but the linen thread does not show a
distinct separation. The continuous spirem shortens, thickens,
and twists into twelve loops which break into twelve chromosomes.
These chromosomes are attached to the spindle fibres in the
mother star at or near the end and during the reduction the chro¬
mosomes uncoil and separate by a transverse division at the
Nov., 1912.] The Reduction Division in Fuchsia.
5
middle. The next division is longitudinal and the resulting nuclei
form the tetrads. The nucleoli fragment and pass into the
cytoplasm during both the first and second divisions.
In Agave viriginica (22) Schaffner described bivalent proto¬
chromosomes which formed a long delicate continuous spirem
with a single row of chromatin granules. Synizesis follows
during which there is no union of the spirems. A study of living
material did not show any noticeable contraction of the nuclear
contents and the nucleoli were usually found occupying a central
position in the nucleus. While the chromatin granules undergo
transverse division, the spirem shortens and thickens and then
twists up into twelve loops of different size and shape which are
pressed against the nuclear wall. These loops then break apart
into four large, three ring shaped and five small irregular chro¬
mosomes. One or two nucleoli are present which may be thrown
out into the cytoplasm. The spindle is bipolar and at the first
division the chromosomes divide transversely but the second
division is longitudinal.
Miss Hyde in her paper on Hyacinthus (11) did not find
definite protochromosomes nor a splitting of the spirem. She
observed a continuous spirem which formed eight definite loops.
These loops break apart and form eight chromosomes of different
characteristic sizes and shapes.
There has been much controversy as to the real nature of the
contraction generally observed in the early stages of the division
of reduction cells. In most cases this contraction is accompanied
by an enlargement of the nucleus due to the expansion of the
nuclear wall. McClung (15) has suggested the term synizesis,
to be used to mean the contraction as distinct from synapsis,
synapsis being restricted to the fusion of simple chromosomes into
multiple ones. Lawson (12) has recently investigated the problem
and his interpretation of synizesis is simply that it represents a
growth period of the nucleus — a period during which there is a
great increase in the amount of nuclear sap, which results in a
distention and withdrawal of the nuclear membrane from the
chromatin. As to why the nucleus should swell so much immedi¬
ately before the reduction division he answers as follows. Each
cell is charged with sufficient food substance for the production
of the tetrad. Moreover there are two divisions which follow
one another in quick succession. The pressure of the cell sap acting
from within causes the nuclear membrane to distend and the
nuclear cavity to expand. The expansion is at first gradual and
continuous until the nuclear cavity grows to twice or even three
times its original size.
As the growth proceeds the membrane is gradually withdrawn
from the chromatin mass within. The result of this withdrawal
of the nuclear membrane is the formation of a large clear area of
6
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol.XIII, No. 1,
nuclear sap containing the mass of chromatin which has been left
to one side. No evidence whatever was found to show that any
contraction of the chromatin had taken place. The enlargement
of the nuclear cavity and the consequent withdrawal of the
membrane away from the chromatin gives the appearance of a
contraction, but actual measurements failed to show any diminu¬
tion in chromatin area.
During this stage definite changes take place in the nature of
the chromatin threads as the spirem becomes differentiated.
This view is somewhat similar to that expressed by Schaffner
in Synapsis and Synizesis (21) although he believes that synizesis
is a true shrinking of chromatin material due to the effect of the
killing fluid on the nuclear contents, which has become loosened
from the nuclear wall on account of the swelling of the nucleus.
One important proof for this conclusion was the fact that in many
instances there are symmetrical contractions showing the same
peculiarities as in ordinary plasmolysis. On the other hand
Gates and Davis whom I have quoted above believe this stage to
be natural and do not believe it to be an artifact. They base
their opinion on the fact that the contraction is of such constant
occurrence in all forms studied.
Because of the apparently peculiar process of chromosome
formation reported for the Oenotheras differing somewhat from
both the type of division held by Allen and others on the one hand
and by Schaffner and others on the other, it seemed desirable to
the writer to investigate the formation of the chromosomes in
Fuchsia. Accordingly a study of the reduction division in the
microsporocytes of Fuchsia was taken up under the direction of
Professor John H. Schaffner, whose help and kindly criticisms have
been of inestimable value throughout the whole year’s work.
When starting the problem I expected to find the chromo¬
somes formed in the manner described by Gates for Oenothera
rubrinerves and by Davis for Oenothera biennis. The most of
my attention was directed toward finding how the chromosomes
were formed. I wished to see whether it was by the thickening
of the spirem followed by a transverse division by which the 2x
number of chromosomes were differentiated and then cut off in
pairs, which should afterward fold together to form the bivalents;
or whether the spirem thickened and then folded and twisted
around into the number of loops before a subsequent separation
into the reduced number of chromosomes. These two methods
are very similar in results but somewhat different in detail. Gates
found the chromosomes formed in the first way described and
since Fuchsia is not so distantly related to Oenothera, it was
natural to expect to see the chromosome formation brought about
in much the same way that Gates found in Oenothera.
Nov., 1912.]
The Reduction Division in Fuchsia.
7
Two varieties of the Fuchsia commonly grown in greenhouses
were used. Both were varieties of Fuchsia speciosa (Hort.), of
rather small size — one variety having red and the other white
sepals. The species is commonly supposed to be a hybrid.
Fuchsia speciosa was obtained from the greenhouse in connection
with the Botany building of the Ohio State University at Columbus
The buds which showed the reduction stages were quite small, being
about 3-5 mm. in length. They were killed in Schaffner’s weaker
chrom-acetic solution. Material was left in the killing fluid for
24 hours and then thoroughly washed and run up to 70 per cent
alcohol where it was left for several days. Then 85, 95 and 100
per cent alcohols were added in turn and chloroform and from that
the buds were slowly taken into pure parafin and imbedded.
Sections were 10-15 mic. thick. Delafield’s Haemotoxylin was
tried with poor success. The best stain was a combination of
Safranin and Iron Haemotoxylin. The slides were transferred
from 25 per cent alcohol to Safranin and left for four hours. They
were then washed off in 25 per cent alcohol and put into water
and then transferred to iron alum. Slides were kept in iron alum
for four hours and then washed for a while in water, after which
which they were left over night in Haemotoxylin. Next day the
slides were bleached in iron alum, and in some cases acid alcohol,
and were mounted in balsam.
The tapetal layer is rather slow in developing but by the
time the sporocytes began to be differentiated it can easliy be dis¬
tinguished as a limiting layer of the sporogenous tissue. The
sporogenous tissue remains intact during all the early stages of
the reduction process and it is only while the chromosomes
are being formed that the sporocytes become separated from each
other and from the tapetal wall. In cross section the stamens
show the usual four microsporangia and each cavity usually
contains from five to eight sporocytes. As the stamen grows
older the number of sporocytes, that show in cross section de¬
creases until four is the more usual number. This may be due to
the rapid elongation of the anther at the time when the sporo¬
cytes are separating.
The nucleus in the early stages is rather small and is made up
of a reticulum, containing dark staining masses (Fig. 1). As the
nucleus enlarges these lumps become much more prominent and
definite and may be regarded as protochromosomes (Figs. 2, 3, 4).
In no case was it possible to make a positive count of these masses
since some of them had apparently begun to disintegrate while
others were just forming. As the lumps disappear the material
seems to go toward the formation of small chromatin granules
which are scattered along a delicate thread (Figs. 4, 5, 6). This
thread could be traced for some distance in a number of the cells.
Often there are two nucleoli present in one nucleus but in most
8
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 1,
cases there is only one. There is no difficulty in distinguishing
the nucleoli from chromatin material since the safranin used in
the combination stain gives the nucleoli a peculiar reddish tinge
while chromatin material stains nearly black The nucleolus is
in the middle of the nucleus, sometimes a little to one side; and
on the periphery of the nucleus is the network and chromatin
granules spoken of above. A little later the nucleus begins to
swell very considerably, and gradually the network is loosened
in one place or another from the nuclear wall. At this time the
nucleolus is still in the middle of the nucleus. As the process
continues the nucleus becomes larger and more of the threads
becomes loosened from the wall (Figs. 6. 7. 8).
At this stage the synizesis begins, the spirem massing together
into an irregular lump which may or may not enclose the nucleolus.
In some cases the nucleolus may be entirely separate from the
synizetic knot. No division of the granules or longitudinal
split of the spirem was observed. There is a well defined thread
now present and in some cases loops of the thread could be seen
sticking out from the opaque knot (Figs. 9 and 11). In other
places little apparently free ends of the thread projected from the
mass. On these threads defiinite chromatin granules were
plainly visible and could easily be counted in any free loop.
Whether the free ends represented natural breaks in the spirem
or injuries caused by the contraction or the cutting, could of
course, not be determined. But the appearance of the spirem
before and after the synizesis indicates that the spirem is con¬
tinuous. The contracted chromatin mass was sometimes formed
to one side of the nuclear cavity and sometimes in the middle
(Figs. 9, 17). Sometimes it extended across the nucleus. There
were various stages of contraction from the loosely coiled mass in
which the threads were clearly visible (Fig. 11) to the tightly
contracted mass in which no structure, whatsoever, could be made
out. During older stages of the synizesis the knot is very much
looser and the thread is much more complete and is thicker with
the granules of a more uniform size. There is no question but
that there has been a contraction of the chormatin, the mass
occupying a much smaller area than before, while the nuclear
cavity is much larger. Whether some of the enlargement of the
nuclear cavity was due to plasmolizing reagents or entirely due
to a normal growth could not be determined since there is consider¬
able difference in the size of various nuclei of apparently the same
stage of development.
Immediately after the synizesis the threads are delicate and
contain numerous small granules. It is exceedingly difficult to
follow the thread through all its convolution but in some cases it
could be traced for quite a long distance (Figs, 12, 13, 14). There
is generally one nucleolus at this stage but in some cases two are
Nov., 1912.] The Reduction Division in Fuchsia.
9
to be seen. As division advances the thread continues to elongate
up to a certain stage when it is rapidly thrown into loops (Figs. 12,
13, 14), and begins to shorten and thicken constantly until the
chromosomes are fully formed (Figs. 13, 15, 17, 21, 22). In the
very earliest stages of the looping (Figs. 13, 14, 15, 16) the spirem
may be traced for a long distance and the loops are found on the
upper and lower surface of the nuclear wall showing that the
loops are formed along the periphery of the nucleus and not as
loops sticking out from a synaptic knot into the nuclear cavity.
However, in the earlier stages there is a considerable crossing
of threads in the center. Figure 13 shows four or more well
defined loops already formed. These loops and the thread of
which they are formed are still rather delicate. The nucleolus is
in the center of the nuclear cavity. In some cases the cell wall
begins to become somewhat indistinct at about this stage,
(Fig. 12), but in others the wall remains well defined until the
tetrads are fully formed inside the original cell. In most cases the
sporocytes have not separated from each other nor from the
tapetal layer, and have in consequence, not yet rounded up.
The loops of the thread are formed in just such a way as loops
would be formed in a heavy string if two ends of the string were
held between the fingers and then twisted; twisting both ends in
opposite directions. Some of these loops showed more than one
twist. As the loops become tighter the spirem often appears as
though it contained prominent knots. The granules are still
very evident on the spirem where much looping has taken place
but at this stage no doubling was visible. This does not neces¬
sarily indicate that division has not taken place; the granules
may be lying too close together to be separated with the magni¬
fication used, or the differentiation possble with the sarfanin-
haemotoxylin stain. As the looping proceeds the granules
become less and less prominent until on the fully formed loops no
granules are to be seen (Figs. 15, 16, 17). The loops finally break
apart to form the bivalent chromosomes (Fig. 17). While chro¬
mosome formation is going on the nuclear cavity is apparently
still enlarging (Figs. 15-19), but later as the nuclear wall disap¬
pears, the cytoplasm encroaches rapidly and fills the area around
the contracting group of chromosomes (Figs. 20-24). Just about
this time the sporocytes begin to separate from each other and
assume a more rounded shape and the nuclear wall becomes
more delicate. When all the loops are formed they lie around the
periphery of the nucleus and can readily be seen and counted by
focusing up and down. In each case the drawings were made
from cells whose complete nucleus showed and had been undis¬
turbed in the cutting. It was somewhat difficult to draw correctly
those loops which were to the side of the nucleus where it was
often impossible to see the actual shape. In some cases the ends
IO
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 1,
where the break occurs become fastened together, making some¬
what irregularly shaped rings, some of these rings having little
loops in them (Figs. 18b, 19).
In other cases, after the break occurred, the ends of the loops
did not fuse, but projected as free limbs (Fig. 19). There was a
great deal of difference in the newly formed chromosomes. In
the figures, all the chromosomes are shown in one plane as pro¬
jections, but under the microscope they were more easily disting¬
uished and the details could be more easily traced out by focusing.
The large chromosomes in the middle of Figure 18 which overlap
are figured separately to show their actual form; 18a being the
one on top and 18b the one below (Figs. 18a, 18b). Figures 17,
19, 18, 20, and 21, show the chromosome differences plainly; six
are quite large, six small and two of intermediate size. The dif¬
ference in shape is well shown in Figures 19 and 20. In the
earlier stages it can easily be seen that some of the chromosomes
have not doubled up nor formed complete rings. Gradually all
of them twist up tighter until most of the chromosomes appear
as small irregular masses (Figs. 21, 22). The nuclear wall has
practically disappeared by the time the chromosomes have fully
contracted (Figs. 21, 22, 23). By this time, also, the sporocyte
has rounded up and withdrawn from the neighboring cells. The
cytoplasm appears spongy and, in most cases, is withdrawn from
the cell wall. The nucleolus seems to disappear at about the
time the nuclear membrane becomes indistinct. What becomes
of it was not determined but in some cases nucleolus-like masses
were seen in the cytoplasm. As will appear from the above
description and consideration of the figures presented, it becomes
evident that the details of chromosome formation in Fuchsia
does not agree with that of Oenothera as described by Gates,
Davis and Geertz. The loops are formed from a very slender
spirem and no thickening into a chain of univalent chromosomes
is apparent. The incipient loops before the separation occurs
are quite distinct and these loops were followed through their
development and gradual transformation until the fully formed
bivalent chromosomes were present. Although the behavior of
the spirem is somewhat different from that reported for Oenothera
the final result is identical. The spirem breaks up apparently
into chromosome pairs which, coming to lie side by side, by
folding and twisting together are transformed into bivalents in
the same manner as described by Gates. The bivalents are
formed by an end to end fusion and subsequent folding of pairs
of univalents. The number of chromosomes could be counted in
ten or twelve preparations and each count was fourteen. Figures
22 and 23 show the fully formed chromosomes before the forma¬
tion of the spindle. In Figure 22 one of the large chromosomes
lies out separate from the rest and all except this large one are
Nov., 1912*]
The Reduction Division in Fuchsia.
it
somewhat connected by delicate strands of material. The sepa¬
ration of the large chromosome from the rest may have no special
significance for later all fourteen seem to be connected. The
connecting strands are not evident until after the chromosomes
are fully formed but appear before the spindle. In Figure 23 the
connection is very distinct and the appearance is much like what
Gates has shown in some of his figures.
The nuclear wall has entirely disappeared by this time and the
cells are spherical. The fully formed chromosomes are of rather
indefinite shape although there is a difference in size, but there is
no such characteristic shapes as found by Schaffner in Lilium
tigrinum and Erythronium and by Miss Hyde in Hyacynth.
However, the peculiarities of size and form noted earlier are still
in evidence (Fig. 24).
While the chromosomes are scattered in the nuclear cavity
the delicate strands of material that connect them seem to draw
them up closer into the central part of the nuclear area.
The sections were not stained with the special object of study¬
ing the spindle but when it became evident it was a bipolar structure
within the nuclear cavity and the chromosomes were apparently
attached to the delicate fibers. At this stage the cytoplasm has
usually penetrated into the nuclear area and surrounds the spindle
but occasionally the preparations show a clear surrounding space
which may be due to plasmolysis (Fig. 25).
In Lilium tigrinum Schaffner found that the chromosomes in
the reduction division were fastened to the spindle near the end
and that as the chromosomes were pulled toward the poles the
break occurred transversely causing one of the univalent chromo¬
somes to go to each pole. In Fuchsia the chromosomes are so
small and compact that no ends can be seen sticking out from the
apparently homogenous mass. Even with a magnification of
2500x the chromosomes seemed perfectly homogenous. As the
chromosomes are drawn into the equatorial plate they still retain
their individuality and can be counted without great difficulty.
At this point they are hard to draw due to the fact that they lie
under each other and can be seen best by focusing.
The main purpose of the investigation was to study the form¬
ation of the bivalent chromosomes but a series of older sections
brought out another point of interest that might be mentioned.
There are irregularities in the development of the tetrads which
may be significant in connection with the supposed hybrid nature
of our greenhouse varieties of Fuchia. In some cases normal
tetrads were formed, in others as high as six to eight nuclei of
various sizes were observed in one sporocyte (Figs. 33, 34). This
condition has been known for some time. In 1886 Wille (23)
reported that he had observed as high as eight cells developed from
the pollen-mother cells of Fuchsia. The same condition was
12
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 1,
observed in Hemerocallis by Fulmer (4). In some cases the
cytoplasm between two newly formed nuclei was separated
although no visible wall was formed; but in most cases the nuclei
were formed and remained imbedded in the general cytoplasm
(Figs. 28-34). In one case a regular tripartite arrangement of
three nuclei was observed and these were surrounded by separate
masses of cytoplasm (Fig. 31). In none of these cases was the
original sporocyte wall disintegrated. The further development
of the smaller nuclei was not studied although that might be an
interesting investigation.
SUMMARY.
1. In the reduction division of Fuchsia speciosa there is
apparently an end to end fusion of the univalent chromosomes,
forming a continuous spirem which twists and folds up into a
definite number of loops which represent the incipient bivalent
.chromosomes, fourteen in number.
2. The loose network of the resting nucleus at an early stage
begins to show a massing of chromatin material into indefinite
lumps of approximately the reduced number of chromosomes.
These masses probably represent the arrangement of the chromatin
into a definite mosaic, preparatory to the synaptic conjugation of
the univalent into the bivalent chromosomes.
3. Gradually the lumps disappear and the material seems to
go toward the formation of prominent granules that arrange
themselves along a delicate thread.
4. Next follows a period during which there is an evident
swelling of the nucleus. In consequence of this swelling the threads
are pulled loose or withdrawn from the nuclear wall, and the chroma¬
tin material collapses in a mass. It may collapse around the nucleolus
or to one side of it, or it may collapse so that the nucleolus has no
connection with it. The contracted portion may lie in the center
of the nucleus or in contact with the nuclear wall. This synizesis
is regarded as an artifact although no definite evidence was
obtained for or against this supposition.
5. After the synizesis the spirem is apparently continuous and
the granules appear small and evenly distributed throughout its
length. At first there is little or no looping but soon the spirem
begins to show that it is laid in delicate little loops. The loops
are arranged on the inside of the nuclear wall. In some sporo-
cytes as high as eight loops could be determined at a rather early
stage, still more or less connected, but by the time the fourteen
loops are fully formed they are usually broken apart.
6. After breaking apart the loops thicken and tighten until
masses of various sizes and shapes were formed, four being quite
small and five of rather large size.
Nov., 1912.] The Reduction Division in Fuchsia. 13
7. The fully formed chromosomes are then seen to be con¬
nected by delicate strands. About this time or a little before the
nuclear wall has disappeared.
8. The chromosomes are taken on to a bipolar spindle and
gradually pulled into the equatorial plane.
9. There is an irregularity in the formation of the micro¬
spores. Frequently as high as eight are formed from one sporocyte.
LITERATURE CITED.
1. Allen, C. E. — Nuclear Division in the Pollen Mother-cells
of Lilium canadense. Annals of Botany, 19: 189-258,
1905.
2. Davis, B. M. — Cytological Studies in Oenothera I. Pol¬
len Development of Oenothera grandiflora. Annals of
Botany, Vol. XXIII, No. 96, 1909.
3. Davis, B. M. — Cytological Studies of Oenothera II. The
Reduction Division of Oenothera biennis. Annals of
Botany, Vol. XXIV, No. 96, 1910.
4. Fulmer, E. L. — The Development of Microsporangia and
Microspores of Hemerocallis fulva. Botanical Gazette,
28: 81-88, 1899.
5. Gates, R. R. — Pollen Development in Hybrids of Oeno¬
thera lata x O. lamarckiana, and its Relation to Mutation.
Botanical Gazette, 43: 81-115, 1907.
6. Gates, R. R. — Hybridization and Germ cells of Oenothera
Mutants. Botanical Gazette, 44: 1-2, 1907.
7. Gates, R. R. — A Study of Reduction in Oenothera rubri-
nervis. Botanical Gazette, 46: 1-34, 1908.
8. Gates, R. R. — The Stature and Chromosomes of Oenothera
gigas, DeVries. Archiv. fur Zellforschung. 3 Band, 4
Heft, 1909.
9. Gates, R. R. — The Behavior of Chromosomes in Oeno¬
thera lata x O. gigas. Botanical Gazette, 48: No. 3, 1909.
10. Geertz, J. M.- — Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Cvtologie und
der partiellen Sterelitat von Oenothera Lamarckiana.
Recueil des Travaux Botaniques Neerlandais, Vol. V,
sg 3, 1908.
11. Hyde, Edith — Reduction Division in Hyacinthus. Ohio
Naturalist, Vol. IX, No. 8, 1909.
12. Lawson, A. A. — The Phase of the Nucleus Known as
Synapsis. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburg, Vol. XLVII,
Part III, No. 2, 1911.
i4 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XIII, No. 1,
13. Lutz, Anne H. — Preliminary Notes on the Chromosomes of
Oenothera lamarekiana and One of its Mutants, O. gigas.
Science, N. S. 26: 151-152, 1907.
14. Lutz, Anne H. — Chromosomes of the Somatic Cells of the
Oenotheras. Science N. S. 27: 335, 1908.
15. McClung, C. E. — The Chromosome Complex of Orthop-
teran Spermatocytes. Biol. Bull. 9: 304-340, 1905.
16. Montgomery, T. H. — A Study of the Chromosomes of
the Germ Cells of Metazoa. Trans, Am. Phil. Soc. 20:
154-236, 1901.
17. Overton, J. B. — Ueber Reduktionsteilung in den Pollen-
mutterzellen einiger Dikotylen. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42:
121-153, 1905.
18. Schaffner, J. H. — Contributions to the Life History of
Lilium philadelphicum III. The Division of the Macro¬
spore Nucleus. Botanical Gazette, 23: 430-449, 1897.
19. Schaffner, J. H. — A Contribution to the Life History and
Cytology of Erythronium. Botanical Gazette, 31: 369-
387, 1906.
20. Schaffner, J. H. — Chromosome Reduction in the Micro-
sporocytes of Lilium tigrinum. Botanical Gazette, 41:
1S3-191, 1906.
21. Schaffner, J. H. — Synapsis and Synizesis. Contribution
from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State Univer¬
sity, 1907. Ohio Naturalist, Vol. VII, No. 3.
22. Schaffner, J. H. — The Reduction Division in the Micro-
sporocytes of Agave virginica. Botanical Gazette, 47 : 190-
214, 1909.
23. Wille, N. — Uber die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pollen-
kome der Angiospermen und das Wachsthum der Mem-
branen durch intussusception. Christiania, 1886.
Nov., 1912.] The Reduction Division in Fuchsia.
15
EXPLANATION OF PLATES I AND II.
The plates are reduced f in reproduction. All the figures
were drawn with a conpensating ocular 18, and an oil immersion
1/12, which makes a magnification of about 2500.
PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Microsporocyte showing the resting chromatin network.
Fig. 2. Microsporocyte showing the chromatin material beginning to
collect in little lumps.
Fig. 3. Later stage showing the further development of the chromatin
masses.
Fig. 4. Microsporocyte showing well formed masses with more prominent
connections.
Figs. 5, 6. Microsporocytes still showing the larger chromatin masses but
having well formed linin threads on which are seen chromatin
granules.
Figs. 7, 8. Microsporocytes showing the spirem with granules on it and
still showing some larger masses of chromatin material.
Figs. 9, 10, 11. Microsporocytes showing the chromatin material in various
stages of synizesis.
Fig. 9. The microsporocyte in contraction showing a few strands on which
granules may be distinctly seen.
Fig. 12. Sporocyte with the spirem well formed, showing a slight disposi¬
tion to loop.
Fig. 13. Sporocyte showing well formed loops.
Fig. 14. Sporocyte showing the loops well formed.
Fig. 14a. Part of the looped spirem from Fig. 14, showing the small granules
on the spirem and in one case there are two loops fastened
together.
Fig. 15. Sporocyte showing that the loops have become tightened.
Fig. 16. Sporocyte showing loose and tight loops.
Fig. 17. Sporocyte in which the loops have separated from each other and
show characteristic sizes and shapes.
PLATE II.
Fig. 18. Later stage of Fig. 17 in which some of the loops have become
tighter.
Fig. 18a. A loop from the top of the nucleus shown in Fig. 18.
Fig. 18b. A loop from the bottom of the nucleus in Fig. 18.
Fig. 19. Chromosome loops of various characteristic sizes and shapes.
The nucleolus has disappeared.
Fig. 20. Later stage in the formation of the chromosomes. The loops are
tightening.
Fig. 21. The loops have become tighter and have come to lie closer
together.
Plate I.
Ohio Naturalist
'Jr
McAvoy on “Reduction Division in Fuchsia,
Plate II.
Ohio Naturalist.
i8
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 1,
Fig. 22. The chromosomes are shown lying in the nuclear area. Delicate
connecting fibers are seen connecting the chromosomes.
Fig. 23. Chromosomes are seen connected by delicate strands and the
cytoplasm has penetrated into the nuclear area.
Fig. 24. Chromosomes on the bipolar spindle.
Figs. 25, 26. Chromosomes on the spindle.
Fig. 27. Chromosomes near the equatorial plate.
Fig. 28. Two nuclei surrounded by cytoplasm inside the original sporocyte
wall.
Fig. 29. Two nuclei imbedded in the cytoplasm of the original sporocyte.
Figs. 30, 32. Four nuclei in the cytoplasm of the original sporocyte.
Fig. 31. Three nuclei in three masses of cytoplasm inside the original
sporocyte wall.
Fig. 33. Sporocyte wall and cytoplasm in which six nuclei are imbedded.
Fig. 34. Eight nuclei following the process of reduction. The cytoplasm
has not begun to separate.
Nov., 1912.] An Undescribed Equisetum from Kansas.
19
AN UNDESCRIBED EQUISETUM FROM KANSAS.*
John H. Schaffner.
For many years the writer has known a peculiar type of
Equisetum with annual, aerial stems, growing on clayey banks
and bluffs in central Kansas. This plant was referred to Braun’s
Equisetum laevigatum, although some of its most evident charac¬
ters did not agree with the description of that species.
In 1903 (Fern Bull. 11: 40), Eaton stated that according to
his observations, E. laevigatum A. Br. was annual and this view
is continued in Gray’s Manual, 7th Ed. 1908, where the state¬
ment is made that the stems are “mostly annual. ” In a note in
the Ohio Naturalist, 4: 74, the writer agreed with Eaton and also
suggested that E. laevigatum as at present understood might be a
composite species. Eaton described E. hyemale intermedium
and stated that it was “often confused with E. laevigatum . ”
The writer has had the various forms of Equisetum, which are
involved in the confusion, under consideration since 1903 and has
come to some definite conclusions which are here presented :
1. The annual form of Equisetum from the west usually
going under the name E. laevigatum A. Br. is an undescribed
species.
2. Braun’s description of E. laevigatum is essentially correct.
3. Eaton’s E. hyemale var. intermedium is Braun’s E.
laevigatum.
The writer examined the original material at St. Louis from
which Engelmann sent specimens to Braun, and found that the
plants agree well with Braun’s description. They are perennial
and the cones have a definite point. They are considerably
smoother than the usual forms of E. hyemale but much rougher
than the disputed plants from Kansas.
One of Engelmann’s specimens of E. laevigatum A. Br. dis¬
tinguished as variety B, scabrellum, collected in August, 1843, on
the banks of the Mississippi below Jefferson Banks is marked in
pencil as “Probably type specimen.” Both branched and un¬
branched specimens are in the collection. This specimen has no
cones. Another specimen labeled E. laevigatum A. Br. from
sterile hills near harbors nine miles west of St. Louis, July, 1844,
has the cone with a rigid point and agrees with the specimens the
writer identified as E. laevigatum, the past summer in a trip to
Kansas. It has the long dilated sheath and other distinguishing
characters.
*Contribution from the botanical laboratory of Ohio State University,
No. 70.
20
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 1,
Several years ago, while visiting the New York Bot. Garden,
the late Dr. Underwood showed the writer specimens of E. laevig-
atum A. Br. from Engelmann’s collections made at St. Louis in
August, 1843. These plants also had the rigid points on the
cones. They are probably from the same material from which
Braun received his specimens.
Specimens of E. hyemale intermedium in the National Herba¬
rium at Washington and at the Missouri Bot. Garden, including
cotvpes named by Eaton himself, agree closely with Englemann’s
specimens of E. laevigatum. Some of the specimens renamed by
Eaton were originally labeled E. laevigatum. One of Eaton’s
cotypes of E. hyemale intermedium at the Mo. Bot. Garden
appears to the writer to be the same in all essential respects as
Engelmann’s laevigatum material. The specimens was originally
labeled E. laevigatum.
There can be no mistake as to the meaning of Braun’s original
description of E. laevigatum as translated by Engelmann and
printed in The American Journal of Science and Artsf.
The species is characterized as follows:
“Equiseta stichopora (winter-Equiseta). Stomata disposed in
two distinct ranges on each side of the groove ; each range formed
by one or more rows of stomata (All known species in this division
have hardy evergreen stems).
Homophvadica.
Ranges of stomata consisting each of one row.
7. E. laevigatum A. Braun.
“Stems tall, erect, simple or somewhat branching; carinae
convex, obtuse, smooth; grooves shallow on each side; with a single
series of stomata, vallecular air cavities small, the carinal ones
very minute; central cavity large; sheaths elongated, adpressed,
with a black limb, consisting of about twenty-two leaves with one
carina at base and (by the elevation of the margin and depressions
of the middle) two towards the point; points linear— subulate,
sphacelate, caducous, leaving a truncate-dentate margin to the
sheath; branches somewhat rough; sheaths with about eight
indistinctly 3-carinate leaves; points persistent subulate, sphace¬
late with a narrow membranous margin.
Hab. On poor clayey soil with Andropogon and other coarse
grasses at the foot of the rocky Mississippi hills, on the banks of
the river below St. Louis.
t B ra u n , Alexander. A monography of the North American species of
the genus Equisetum; translated from the author’s manuscript, and with
some additions, by George Engelmann. Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts 46:81-9G
(April, 1844.)
Nov., 1912.] An Undescribed Equisetum from Kansas.
21
In size and manner of growth this new species is closely allied
to E. hyemale, and the larger variety of E. robustum, but it is
easily distinguished by its smoothness, its long green sheaths,
with a narrow black limb, and its darker green color.”
This description seems to be quite accurate except is some
minor points. The color is usually not darker green than in E.
hyemale and the sheaths are usually though not always dilated
above. The color of the large Equisetums varies considerably
with the environment, and in some cases the young sheaths are
more or less dilated than the old ones.
The new species may be characterized as follows :
Equisetum kansanum n. sp.
Kansas Horsetail.
Aerial stems usually 1-2] ^ feet high, annual, very smooth,
15-30 grooved, usually without simple branches unless broken
off; color mostly light-green; surface of the ridges and grooves
with cross or diagonal bands; sheaths long, dilated above and
visually constricted at the base, green with a narrow black band
at the top; teeth deciduous; cones ovate or oblong-ovate, without
a point, the apex obtuse or merely acute. On upland clayey
banks along ravines and hillsides, growing in rather scattered
tufts. Name derived from Kansas where the species is common.
Type locality, Bloom township, Clay County, Kansas. Speci¬
mens also from Mancos, Colorado. Type and cotype 1 deposited
in the herbarium of the Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
Equisetum laevigatum and Equisetum kansanum form the
transition types between the large, evergreen scouring-rushes
like E. hyemale and E. robustum on the one hand and the tall
annual horsetails, like E. fluviatile on the other. E. laevigatum
is perennial in Kansas although it often freezes down to near the
surface of the ground in severe winters.
The habit of growth between the three species which are often
confused is quite characteristic. E. hyemale grows in dense
masses usually on creek and river banks and low places. E.
laevigatum is rather tall and is more open and separate in its
growth, abounding in Kansas, in sandy river bottoms where the
soil is well filled with clay or other fine material and at the base
of clayey bluffs. E. kansanum as stated above is also open and
scattered in growth and is found mainly on clay banks along
ravines and hillsides. They may be readily separated by the
following key:
22
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 1,
1. Aerial stems evergreen, rough to a greater or less degree;
cones tipped with a rigid point.
a. Sheaths cylindrical, not dilated upward, usually with
2 black bands, sometimes entirely black; stems
rough, tuberculate.
E. hyemale.
E. robustum.
b. Sheath elongated, dilated upward, with a narrow
black band at the top and frequently with a second
irregular one below; stems smoothish, only slightly
tuberculate.
E. laevigatum.
2. Aerial stems annual, smooth; cones without a point.
a. Stems usually unbranched except when broken;
sheaths elongated, dilated upward, with a narrow
black band at the top, rarely with a faint second
one below.
E. kansanum.
In conclusion, the writer wishes to express his thanks to the
directors and curators of the three herbaria visited, for courtesies
shown in the study of the valuable materials without which the
solution of the problem to the writer’s satisfaction would have
been much more difficult.
CONCERNING OHIO POLYPORACEAL
L. O. Overholts.
In the June number of the Ohio Naturalist for 1911 an article
by the present writer appeared entitled “The Known Polypo-
raceae of Ohio. ” Since the appearance of that article attention
has been called to certain omissions, both in the enumeration of the
species and in the bibliolgraphy that was appended, and it was
thought best to take this means of making the corrections.
The paper was a preliminary list of species intended to be used
as the basis for a key to the genera and species. Illustrations were
cited and a bibliography was appended in the effort to get collectors
in different localities to give some attention to this group, in order
that some definite knowledge of the number and identity of the
species might be obtained. The list was based on the writings
of Berkeley, Hard, Lea, Lloyd, Montagne, Morgan and Murrill.
Several collections of specimens were recieved from corres¬
pondents in various parts of the state and specimens were exam¬
ined in the state herbarium at Columbus and in the Lloyd museum
at Cincinnati. Many collections were made in the Miami valley
by persons connected with the department of Botany at Miami
University. These latter are for the most part in the writer’s
Nov., 1912.]
Concerning Ohio Polyporacece.
23
herbarium at present. During the fall of 1911 the writer spent
several days in collecting in hitherto unvisited localities. In
August of the present year four weeks were spent at the New York
Botanical Gardens where are found a number of collections from
Ohio. In these ways it has been possible to gain some knowledge
of the Ohio Polyporaceae. The work is by no means completed.
But the results are judged to be of sufficient value to warrant the
publication, in the near future, of a key to the genera and species.
In the former paper 118 species were listed. This included
31 species, mostly of the genus Poria, that have been dropped from
the list. The literature and the herbarium material of this genus
are so confused that it is impracticable to spend time on them.
At the present time the list includes 87 species that are known to
have been collected in Ohio and of which good specimens may be
found. Besides these, there are 10 other species, never collected
in the state as far as known, but the geographical distribution of
which is such as to make it extremely probable that more sys-
matic collecting will bring them to light. Another species is of
such doubtful standing as to exclude it from the list.
It was not within the limits of the former paper to include in
the bibliography any except the best and most accessible writings
on the family. The citations in the supplementary list given
below are to important writings that were examined in making
out the list of species, but which were unintentionally overlooked
in preparing the bibliography.
SUPPLEMENT TO BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Berkeley, M. J. Decades of fungi. VIII-X, Australian and
North American fungi; XII-XIV, Ohio fungi. Lond.
Jour. Bot. 4:298-315, 1845. 6:312-326, 1847.'
Kellerman, W. A. and Werner, W. C. Catalogue of Ohio
plants. Rept. Geol. Sur. of Ohio. 7 : part 2, 56-406, 1893.
Lea, T. G. Catalogue of plants, native and naturalized, col¬
lected in the vicinity of Cincinnati, Ohio, during the years
1834-1844. 1-77, 1849. Reprinted in Jour. Cin. Soc.
Nat. Hist. 5: 197-217, 1882.
Lloyd, C. G. Mycological Notes. Nos. 1, 3, 6, 27, 29, 33, 35, 36;
Polyporoid issue No. 1, 1898-1910.
Lloyd, C. G. Synopsis of the section Ovinus of Polyporus. Bull.
Lloyd Lib. Bot. Pharm. Mat. Med. 73-94, f. 496-509
Oct. 1911.
Lloyd, C. G. Synopsis of the stipitate Polyporoids. Bull Lloyd
Lib. Bot. Pharm. Mat. Med. Mycological series No. 6,
95-208, f. 395-500. March 1912.
Montagne, J. F. C. Sylloge generum specierumque cryptoga-
marum. I-XXIV, 1-498, 1856.
Missouri Botanical Garden.
24
The Ohio Naturalist.
LVol. XIII, No. 1,
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, October, 7 1912.
The meeting was called to order by President Barrows. The
secretary being absent Professor Schaffner was appointed secre¬
tary pro tem. No minutes of the previous meeting being at hand,
this order was omitted.
The papers of the evening consisted of reports of the past
summer’s work and observations.
Prof. F. L. Land acre gave a report of neurological work done
at the University of Chicago. The type studied was Rana
vipiens.
Prof. J. Id. Schaffner gave some observations on various forms
of Amaranthus retroflexus. A number of striking leaf -patterns
were found in Ohio and Kansas. Seeds were collected and will be
planted in order to determine the status of these forms. He also
spoke of the nature and distribution of trees in the prairie regions
of Kansas.
Prof. C. H. Goetz spent some time in Northeastern Nebraska
and in Florida. In Nebraska the bluffs and hills facing the
northeast are wooded while those facing the opposite direction are
without trees. In Florida, forest conditions are not very favor¬
able. Eucalyptus trees do not grow well and the soil seems
unsuitable in many places for vigorous tree growth.
Prof. A. Dachnowski studied the question of absorption and
wilting point of plants and also the relation of root systems to
each other and to the substratum in order to determine the amount
of antagonism or correlation present. The latter observations
were made on plants at Buckeye Lake. He regarded the mutual
relation as being a physical rather than a chemical or biological
one.
Prof. W. M. Barrows reported on making an accurate map of
Cedat Point. The topographic maps were found to be incorrect
in some particulars.
After the president was given authority to appoint a committee
to nominate officers, the society adjourned.
John H. Schaffner, Secretary pro tem.
Date of Publication, Nov. 8, 1912.
LABORATORY WORKERS APPRECIATE
SPENCER MICROSCOPES
Our New No. 45
Grasp it with the
whole hand
Special booklet ready
BECAUSE
I. They represent the best optics and
stands of the latest types of design.
II. They stand the rough and tumble of
laboratory use.
III. There are incorporated in them more
features of practical usability and
features which make for conven¬
ience, comfort and durability.
IV. They are designed and built under the
direction of men who have had
many years of practical laboratory
experience as well as experience in
manufacture, men who understand
and are in sympathy with the needs
of laboratory workers.
SPENCER OPTICS
HAVE STOOD UNSURPASSED FOR
OVER HALF A CENTURY
SPENCER LENS COMPANY
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Bucket Engzaving Co.
Process and Wood Engraving, Electro¬
typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping
and Engraving Machinery. Jw 5» 5» 3; 5*
80 H North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO .
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% 8 GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “ Ohio Naturalist.1
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History and
Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry,
Archaeology, Architecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Bot¬
any, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairy¬
ing, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Education,
Engineering Drawing, Electrical Engineering, English, Euro¬
pean History, Forestry, Geology, Germanic Languages and
Literatures, Greek, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
.alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Psychology', Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those wrho can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term.
The University aims to so relate itself to the best high
schools of the State as to make a university course w'ithin the
reach of all their graduates. The buildings are ample for the
purpose of instruction. Send freely for information.
Address all inquiries to the President,
DR. W. O. THOMPSON,
Columbus, Ohio.
When vrritinjf to advertiser*, please mention the “Ohio Naturaliet.”
VOLUME XIII.
DECEMBER,
1912.
NUMBER 2,
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. an2 qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiiee at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio N aturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Edilor-in-ChieJ , . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager . . James S. Hinb.
Associate Editots.
Wm, M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of ’ Science, the Ohio
Naturai.ilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first twelve volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remit tances.of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hine.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8^^uusni’(5rH^
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 eta.
2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 cts.
3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J A. Bownockkk, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke. . . 50 cts.
4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
5. “Tabaniciae of Ohio.” pp. 63. James S. Hine . 50 cts.
6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonskr . 50 cts.
8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. James G. Sanders. 50 cts.
9. “ Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. Max Morse. 50 cts.
10. “Ecological Study of Brush Lake.” pp. 20.
J. H SCHAFFNER, OTTO E. JENNINGS, FRED. J. TYLER.. -35 Cts.
11. “ The Willows of Ohio.” pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. “Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio.” pp. 35.
V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. “The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity.”
F. L. Landacre . 60 cts.
14. “ Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio.” pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. “Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory.” pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. “The Pteridophytes of Ohio.” pp. 41- John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian. Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio.
The Ohio f^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
LWRAfi
NEW YO
BOTANIC
GARDEl
Volume XIII. DECEMBER, 1912.
No. 2.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Brain— A List of Fungi of Cedar Point . . 25
Schaffner— Now and Rare Plants Added to the Ohio List In 1912 . 3S
Foerste— The Ordovician Section in the Manitoulin Area of Lake Huron . 37
A LIST OF FUNGI OF CEDAR POINT.
Chas. K. Brain.
The following list of 219 species of fungi for Cedar Point and
vicinity, contain, I believe, 138 new records for that district.
The remaining 81 species are accounted for as follows:
22 species of Myxomycetes listed in “The Ohio Naturalist”
February, 1912.*
46 species of fungi in the Lake Laboratory Herbarium.
13 further species collected by the late Dr. Kellerman, at
Sandusky, 1903.
Where these are mentioned in the list and merely indicated by
“Ohio Nat.,” “L. L. Herb.,” or “Sandusky, W. A. K.,” it is
intended to imply that they were not seen this year. In all other
cases specimens were collected between June 15, and August 15
Very few species are given for places around Cedar Point, but
occasional excursions were made, for the day, to places of interest,
such as Castalia, Put-in-Bav, Kelly’s Island and Huron. Material
collected on these trips was included, on the suggestion of Dr.
L. H. Pammel, of Ames, Iowa, to whom I wish to express my
sincere appreciation for unfailing kindness in bringing in material
and for checking determinations. My thanks are also due to
Prof. E. L. Fullmer, of Berea, Ohio, for permission to include the
Myxomycetes which he determined, and to Prof. R. F. Griggs,
of Ohio State University, for advice and criticism.
The species marked “det. C. H. P. ” were very kindly deter¬
mined for me by Dr. C. H. Peck, Botanist of New York State.
*Fullmer, “A Preliminary List of the Myxomycetes of Cedar Point.’’
Ohio Nat. 12:
25
26
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
MYXOMY CETE S .
Physaracece.
1. Fuligo violacea Pers. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
2. Tilmadoche alba (Bull.) Macbr. Ohio Nat.
3. Badhamia orbiculata. Rex. Ohio Nat.
4. Physarella oblonga (Berk, and Cke.) Morgan. Ohio Nat.
5. Craterium minimum B. & C. Coll. Prof. E. L. Fullmer.
Cedar Pt.
6. Mucilago spongiosa (Leyss.) Morgan. Ohio Nat. Coll.
Prof. E. L. Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
7. Didymium crustaceum. Fries. Ohio Nat.
8. Didymium squamulosum (Alb. & Schw.) Fries. Ohio Nat.
9. Didymium melanospermum (Pers.) Macbr. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
10. Diderma reticulatum (Rost.) Morgan. Coll. Prof. E. L.
Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
11. Diderma crustaceum Peck. Ohio Nat. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
Stemonitacece.
12. Stemonitis maxima Schw. Ohio Nat. Coll. Prof. E. L.
Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
13. Stemonitis fenestrata Rex. Ohio Nat. Coll. C. Iv. B.
Cedar Pt.
14. Stemonitis smithii Macbr. Ohio Nat. Coll. Prof. E. L.
Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
15. Comatricha stemonitis (Scop.) Sheldon. Coll. Prof. E. L.
Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
16. Diachea leucopoda (Bull.) Rost. Coll. Prof E. L. Fullmer.
Cedar Pt.
Cribrariacece.
17. Lindbladia effusa (Ehr.) Rost. Ohio Nat.
18. Tubifera ferruginosa (Batsch.) Macbr. Ohio Nat.
19. Dictydium cancellatum (Batsch.) Macbr. Ohio Nat.
Coll. Prof. E. L. Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
Lycogalacece.
20. Lycogola epidendrum (Buxb.) Fries. Ohio Nat.
Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
21. Lycogala flavo-fuscum (Ehr.) Rost. Ohio Nat.
T rickiacecB.
22. Ophiotheca wrightii Berk, and Curtis. Ohio Nat.
Coll. Prof. E. L. Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
23. Perichaena quadrata Macbr. Coll. Prof. E. L. Fullmer.
Cedar Pt.
Lachnobolus globosus (Schw.) Rost. Ohio Nat.
24.
Dec., 1912.]
.4 List of Fungi of Cedar Point.
27
25. Arcyria nutans (Bull.) Grev. Ohio Nat. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
26. Arcyria incarnata Persoon. Coll. Prof. E. L. Fullmer.
Cedar Pt.
27. Arcyria denudata (Linn.) Sheldon. Ohio Nat. Coll. Prof.
E. L. Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
28. Arcyria cinerea (Bull.) Pers. Ohio Nat. Coll. C. Iv. B.
Cedar Pt.
29. Hemitrichia vesparium (Batsch.) Macbr. Coll. Prof. E. L.
Fullmer, Cedar Pt.
30. Hemitrichia stipitata Mass. Coll. Prof. E. L. Fullmer.
Cedar Pt.
31. Hemitrichia intorta Lister. Ohio Nat.
32. Hemitrichia clavata (Pers.) Rost. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
33. Trichia inconspicua Rost. Ohio Nat.
PHYCOMYCETES.
CHYTRIDIALES.
34. Synchytrium decipiens Farl On Amphicarpa monoica (L )
Ell. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
PERONOSPORALES.
35. Cystopus bliti (Biv.) Lev. On Amaranthus retroflexus L.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Cedar Pt. and Kelly’s Is.
Coll. C. Iv. B. Gypsum.
36. Cystopus candidus (Pers.) Lev. On Capsella bursa-pastoris
(L.) Medic., Lepidium campestre (L.) R. Br., Lepidium
virginicum L. Radicula hispida (Desv.) Rob., Sisym¬
brium canescens Nutt. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
On Sisymbrium officinale ( L.) Scop. Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel.
Kelly’s Is.
37. Plasmopara sordida Berk. O11 Scrophularia marylandica L.
Coll. Sandusky. W. A. Iv.
38. Plasmopara viticola (B. & C.) Berk and De Toni. On Vitis
vulpina L. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt. Coll. Dr. L. H.
Pammel on Vitis bieolor Lee. Huron.
39. Peronospora australis Speg. On Sicyos angulatus L.
Coll. C. Iv. B. Castalia.
40. Peronospora geranii Pk. On Geranium maculatum L.
Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
41. Peronospora parasitica (P.) Tub On Lepidium virginicum L.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Cedar Pt.
MUCORALES.
42. Mucor stolonifer Ehr. On Bread. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
ENTOMOPHTHORALES.
43. Empusa grylli (Fres.) Nowakowski. On Trimerotropis
maritima Harris. Melanoplus differentialis Uhler.
Melanoplus bivittatus Say. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
28
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2.
ASCOMYCETES.
PEZIZALES.
44. Lachnea scutellata L. On log. Coll. C. Iv. B. Put-in-Bay.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Cedar Pt.
45. Macropodia semitosta. On logs. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
46. Sclerotinia fructigena (Pers.) Schroet. On Primus avium L.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Huron.
47. Pseudopeziza medicaginis (Lib.) Sacc. On Medicago sativa
L. Coll. C. K. B. Put-in-Bay; Cedar Pt.
ASPERGILLALES.
4S. Aspergillus herbariorum Wiggers. On botanical specimens.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
49. Aspergillus niger van Tiegh. On Bread. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
50. Penicillium crustaceum Linn. On Bread, etc. Coll. C.K.B.
Cedar Pt.
PERIS PORI ALES.
51. Sphserotheca castagnei Lev. On Taraxacum officinale
Weber. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt. On Bidens sp.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
52. Podosphaera oxyacanthae 1DC.) De Bary. On Prunus
virginiana L. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
53. Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. On Lappula virginiana (L.)
Greene. Parietaria pennsylvanica Muhl. Phlox divari-
cata L. Solidago candensis L. Verbena hastata L. Coll.
C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
On Vemonia maxima Small. Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel.
Huron.
54. Erysiphe communis (Wallr.) Fr. On Geranium maculatum
L. Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Cedar Pt.
55. Erysiphe montagnei Lev. On Taraxacum officinale Weber.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
56. Erysiphe polygoni DC. On Oenothera biennis L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
57. Microsphsera alni (DC.) Wint. On Evonymus atropur-
pureus Tacq. Apios tuberosa Mcench. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
58. Microsphsera diffusa C. & P. On Desmodium canescens
(L.) DC. Coll. C. K. B. Black Channel, Cedar Pt.
59. Microsphsera ravenellii Berk. On Lathyrus palustris L.
Coll. C. K. B. Black Channel, Cedar Pt.
60. Phyllactinia corylea (Pers.) Karst. On Celastrus scandcns L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
Dec., 1912.]
A List of Fungi of Ceda r Point.
29
HYPOCREALES.
61. Cordyceps militaris (Linn.) Link. On larva (in cocoon) of
Isia isabella. Coll. A. R. Shadle. Cedar Pt.
62. Claviceps purpurea (Fr.) Tul. On Ammophila arenaria (L.)
Link. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
DOTHIDEALES.
63. Plowrightia morbosa (Schw.) Sacc. On Prunus virginiana
Linn. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
SPH^ERIALES.
64. Guignardia bidwellii (Ell.) Viala. and Ravaz. (Phyllosticta.)
On Vitis vulpina L.. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
65. Diaporthe ailanthi Sacc. On Ailanthus glandulosa Desf.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
66. Hypoxylon sp. On log. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
67. Daldinia cingulata (Lev.) Sacc. On log. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
68. Xylaria digitata (Linn.) Grev. On Log. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
69. Xylaria polymorpha (Pers.) Grev. On log. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
BASIDIOMYCETES.
USTILAGINALES.
70. Ustilago avenae (Pers.) Jens. On Avena sativa L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
71. Ustilago hordei (P.) Kell, and Swingle. On Hordeum
vulgare L. Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
72. Ustilago zeae (Beckm.) Ung. On Zea mays L. Coll.
Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
TILLETIALES.
73. Entyloma menispermi Farl et Trel. On Menispermum
canadense L. Sandusky, W. A. K.
UREDINALES.
' Melampsoracece.
74. Coleosporium sonchi-arvensis (P.) Lev. On Solidago
serotina Ait. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
75. Melampsora salicis-capreae (P.) Wint. On Salix alba L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
76. Pucciniastrum agrimoniae (DC.) Diet. On Agrimonia
gryposepala Wallr. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
On A. mollis. Sandusky. W. A. K.
Pucciniaceoz.
77. Gymnosporangium globosum Farl. On Juniperus virginiana
L. Coll. Prof. E. L. Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
78. Gymnosporangium nidus-avis Thaxter. On Juniperus
virginiana L. Coll. C K. B. Cedar Pt.
30
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
79. Puccinia caricis (P.) Fckl. On Carex laxiflora Lam.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
80. Puccinia coronata Cda. On Avena sativa L. Coll. Dr.
L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
81. Puccinia fraxinata (Lk.) Arthur. (Telcuto). On Spartina
dactyloides (L.) Willd. Sandusky. W. A. K.
82. Puccinia glechomatis DC. On Agastache nepetoides (L.)
Ktze. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
83. Puccinia graminis Pers. On Avena sativa L. Coll. Dr.
L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
84. Puccinia helianthi Schw. On Helianthus hirsutus Raf.
Sandusky. W. A. K.
85. Puccinia malvacearum Mont. On Hollyhock, Althaea sp.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
86. Puccinia menthae Pers. On Mentha canadensis L. and
Satureja vulgaris (L.) Fritsch. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
87. Puccinia osmorhizae C. & P. On Osmorhiza clavtoni
(Michx.) Clarke. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
88. Puccinia podophylli S. On Podophyllum" peltatum L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt. and Castalia.
89. Puccinia polygoni-amphibii Pers. On Polygonum virgin-
ianum L. Sandusky. W. A. K.
90. Puccinia seymeriae Burrill. On Afzelia macrophylla
(Nutt.) Kuntze. Sandusky. W. A. K.
91. Puccinia simplex Peck. On Hordeum vulgare L.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
92. Puccinia taraxaci Plw. On Taraxacum officinale Weber.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
93. Puccinia xanthii Schw. On Xanthium commune Britton.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt. Put-in-Bay, and Huron.
94. Gymnoconia peckiana Howe. (Caeoma). On Rubus
allegheniensis Porter, and Rubus idaeus L. Coll. C. Iv. B.
Cedar Pt.
95. Phragmidium obtusum Wint. On Potentilla canadensis L.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
96. Uromyces euphorbiae C. & P. On Euphorbia preslii Guss.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
On E. maculata L. Coll. Dr. Pammel. Sandusky.
97. Uromyces phaseoli (Pers.) Wint. On Strophostyles helvola
(L.) Britt. Sandusky. W. A. Iv.
98. Uromyces striatus Schroet. On Medicago lupulina L.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
99. Uromyces toxicodendri Berk, and Rav. On Rhus toxi¬
codendron L. Coll. Cedar Pt. W. A. K. Sep. 22, 1902.
100. Uromyces trifolii (Hedw.) Lev. On Trifolium hybridum L.
and Trifolium pratense L. Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel.
Huron.
Dec., 1912.]
A List of Fungi of Cedar Point.
3i
Aecidium-forms.
101. Aecidium (Gymnosporangium) nidus-avis Thaxter. On
Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Medic. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
102. Aecidium cimicifugatum S. On Cimicifuga racemosa Nutt.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
103. Aecidium compositatum Mart. On Aster sp. Coll. Dr.
Pammel. Huron. On Erigeron pulchellus Michx.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt. On Eupatorium perfoliatum L.
Lactuca canadensis L. and Silphium terebinthinaceum
Jacq. Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Castalia.
104. Aecidium fraxini S. On Fraxinus americana L. and Fraxinus
viridis Michx. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
105. Aecidium grossulariae DC. On Ribes cynosbati L. and
Ribes floridum L’Herit. Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel.
Cedar Pt.
106. Aecidium impatientis S. On Impatiens biflora Walt. Coll.
C. K. B. Cedar Pt. Huron and Gypsum.
107. Aecidium nesaeas Gerard. On Decodon verticellatus (L.)
Ell. Coll. Prof. E. L. Fullmer. Cedar Pt.
10S. Aecidium oenotherae Pk. On Oenothera biennis L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt. and Gypsum.
109. Aecidium pammelii Trelease. On Euphorbia corollata L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
110. Aecidium pustulatum M. A. Curtis. On Comandra umbel-
lata (L.) Nutt. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
TREMELLALES.
111. Tremella Candida L. L. Herb. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
DACRYOMYCETALES.
112. Calocera cornea Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
HYMENOMYCETALES.
113. Stereum candidum Schw. L. L. Herb.
1 14. Stereum disciforme DC. L. L. Herb.
115. Stereum fasciatum Schw. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
116. Stereum versicolor (Schw.) Fr. L. L. Herb. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
117. Clavaria flaccida Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
118. Clavaria pyxidata Pers. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. Iv. B.
Cedar Pt.
119. Irpex cinnamonea Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. Iv B. Cedar Pt.
120. Irpex lacteus Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
121. Fomes applanatus Pers. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
122. Polyporus arcularius (Batsch.) Fr. det. C. H. P.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
32
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
123. Polyporus carneus Nees. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
124. Polyporus gilvus Schw. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
125. Polyporus schweinitzii Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
126. Polyporus sulphureus Fr. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
127. Polystictus cinnabarinus (Jacq.) Fr. det. C. H P.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
128. Polystictus hirsutus-albiporus. Pk. det. C. H. P. Coll.
C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
129. Boletus chrysenteron Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. Miss E. D.
Faville. Cedar Pt.
130. Boletus piperatus Bull. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
131. Strobilomyces strobilaceus (Scop.) Berk. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
Agaricacece.
(a) Leucosporae.
132. Lenzites sepiaria (Wulf.) Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
133. Schizophyllum commune Fr. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
Also L. L. Flerb. as S. alnea (L.) Schroet.
134. Marasmius albiceps Pk. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
135. Marasmius candidus Bolt. L. L. Herb.
136. Marasmius nigripes (Schw.) Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
137. Marasmius siccus Schw. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. Iv. B.
Cedar Pt.
138. Marasmius trullisatipes Pk. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
139. Lentinus sulcatus Berk. L. L. Herb.
140. Panus rudis Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
141. Amanita phalloides Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
142. Amanitopsis vaginata Bull. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
143. Lepiota adirondackensis Pk. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
144. Lepiota cristata A. and S. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
145. Lepiota erminea Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
146. Lepiota illinita Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B Cedar Pt.
147. Tricholoma albo-flavidum Pk. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
148. Clitocybe infundibuliformis-membranacea Fr. dot. C. H. P.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
Dec., 1912.]
A List of Fungi of Cedar Point.
33
149. Mycena capillaris Schum. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
150. Collybia dryophila (Bull.) Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
151. Collybia delicatella Pk. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
152. Collybia myriadophylla Pk. L. L. Herb.
153. Collybia platyphylla Fr. L. L. Herb.
154. Lactarius rimosellus Pk. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
155. Lactarius subdulcis (Bull.) Fr. det. C. H. P.
Coll. Miss E. D. Faville. Cedar Pt.
156. Lactarius theiogalus (Bull.) Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
157. Russula alutacea Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. Miss Marie F.
McLellan. Cedar Pt.
158. Russula compacta Frost, det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Ccd^r Pt
159. Russula foetens (Pers.) Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
160. Russula pectinata (Bull.) Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. A. R. Shadle
Cedar Pt.
161 Russula xerampelina Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
(b) Rhodosporae.
162. Pleurotus sapidus Kalchb. L. L. Herb.
163. Pluteus cervinus (Schaeff.) Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
164. Entoloma sp. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
(c) Ochrosporae.
165. Inocybe sp. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
166. Galera sp. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
(d) Melanosporae.
167. Agaricus comtulus Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
168. Psilocybe ammophila Mont. L. L. Herb.
169. Coprinus micaceus (Bull.) Fr. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
170. Coprinus fuscescens (Schaeff.) Fr. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
171. Gomphidius* sp. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
LYCOPERDALES.
Lycoperdacece.
172. Lycoperdon pusillum Pers. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
173. Lycoperdon pyriforme Schaeff. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
174. Geaster hygrometricus Pers. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
*Genus hitherto unknown in Ohio according to Stover, 1912.
34
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
NIDULARIALES.
Nidulariacece.
175. Cyathus striatus (Huds.) Hoff. Coll. Prof. R. Griggs.
Cedar Pt.
PLECTOBASIDIALES.
Tulostomatacece.
17G. Tulostoma fimbriatum Fr. det. C. H. P. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
FUNGI IMPERFECTI.
SPHyEROPSIDALES.
177. Phyllosticta cruenta (Fr.) Kicks. On Polygonatum com-
mutatum (R. & S.) Diet, and Smilaeina stellata (L.)
Desf. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
178. Phyllosticta iridis E. & E. On Iris versicolor L. Sandusky.
W. A. K.
179. Phyllosticta palustri Ell. and Kell. On Stachys palustris L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
ISO. Phyllosticta phaseolina Sacc. On Strophostyles helvola (L.)
Britton. Coll. C. Iv. B. Cedar Pt.
181. Phoma uvicola B. & C. On Psedera quinquefolia Michx. and
Vitis vulpina L. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
182. Cicinnobolus cesatii DeBary. On Erysiphe cichoracearum
DC. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
183. Septoria aegopodii Desm. On Osmorhiza claytoni (Michx.)
Clarke and O. longistylis DC. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
184. Septoria aquilegiae Ell. and Kell. On Aquilegia canadensis L.
Coll. Miss Marie F. McLellan. Cedar Pt.
185. Septoria erigerontis Pk. On Erigeron pulchellus Michx.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt. On E. annuus (L.) Pcrs.
Sandusky. W. A. K.
186. Septoria lactucicola Ell. and Martin. On Lactuca scariola L.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Cedar Pt.
187. Septoria littorea Sace. On Apocynum cannabinum L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
188. Septoria lophanthi Wint. On Agastache nepetoides (L.)
Ivtze. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
189. Septoria musiva Pk. On Populus tremuloides Michx.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
190. Septoria ochroleuca B. & C. On Castanea dentata (Marsh.)
Borkh. Sandusky. W. A. K.
191. Septoria oenotherae B. & C. On Oenothera biennis L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
192. Septoria podophyllina Pk. On Podophyllum peltatum L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt,
Dec., 1912.]
A List of Fungi oj Fedor Point.
35
193. Septoria polygonorum Desm. On Polygonum lapathifolium
L. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
194. Septoria rubi Wests. On Rubus allegheniensis Porter, and
Rubus idaeus L. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
195. Septoria scrophulariae Westd. On Scrophularia marilandica
L. Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Cedar Pt.
196. Septoria violae Westd. On Viola pubescens Ait. Coll.
C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
MELANCONIALES.
197. Gleosporium irregulare Pk. On Fraxinus americana L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
198. Gleosporium nervisequum (Feld.) Sacc. On Platanus
occidentalis L. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
199. Gleosporium septorioides Sacc. On Ouercus imbricaria
Michx. Miss Marie F. McLellan. Cedar Pt.
200. Marsonia toxicodendri (E. & M.) Sacc. On Rhus
toxicodendron L. Sandusky. W. A. K.
201. Cylindrosporium padi Karst. On Prunus virginiana L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
HYPHOMYCETES.
Mucedinacece.
202. Rhinotrichum curtisii Berk. On rotten log of Platanus
occidentalis L. Sandusky. W. A. K.
203. Ovularia obliqua Oud. On Rumex crispus L. Coll. C. K. B.
Cedar Pt.
204. Didymaria ungeri Cda. On Anemone canadensis L. and
Ranunculus pennsylvanicus L. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
205. Ramularia arvensis Sace. On Potentilla monspeliensis L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt,
206. Ramularia celastiri Ell. & M. On Celastrus scandens L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
207. Ramularia variabilis Fckl. On Verbascum thapsus L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
Dematiacece.
208. Helminthosporium teres Sace. On Hordeum vulgare L.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
209. Macrosporium saponariae Pk. On Saponaria officinalis L.
Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
210. Macrosporium solani E. & M. On Potato. Coll. Dr. L. H.
Pammel. Sandusky.
211. Cercospora chenopodii Fres. On Atriplex hastatum Gray.
Coll. Dr. L. H. Pammel. Sandusky.
212. Cercospora clavata (Gerard). Pk. On Asclepias syriaca L.
213. Cercospora helianthi E. & E. On Helianthus hirsutus Raf.
and Helianthus mollis Lam. Sandusky. W. A. K.
36
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Yol. XIII, No. 2,
214. Cercospora maianthemi Fckl. On Maianthemum canadense
Desf. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
215. Cerscopora monoica Ell. and Holw. On Amphicarpa
monoica Elliot. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
216. Cercospora osmorhizas Ell. & Ev. On Osmorhiza claytoni
(Michx.) Clarke. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
217. Cercospora oxybaphi Ell. & Halsted. On Oxybaphus
nyctagineus Sweet. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
218. Cercospora tuberosa Ell. & Kell. On Apios tuberosa Moeneh.
Tuber culariacece.
219. Tubercularia persicina Ditm. On Aecidium compositarum
Mart. Coll. C. K. B. Cedar Pt.
NEW AND RARE PLANTS ADDED TO THE OHIO LIST
IN 1912.*
John H. Schaffner.
Dryopteris clintoniana x spinulosa. Brown’s Lake, Wayne Co.;
L. S. Hopkins.
Dryopteris cristata x spinulosa. Brown’s Lake and Fox Lake,
Wayne Co.; L. S. Hopkins.
Dryopteris cristata x intermedia. Brown’s Lake and Fox Lake,
Wayne Co.; Burton, Geauga Co.; L. S. Hopkins.
Eleocharis mutata (L.) R. & S. Quadrangular Spike-rush. Round
Lake, Ashland Co. ; L. S. Hopkins.
Juncus monostichus Bartlett. Dry open hills. Phalanx, Trumbull
Co.; Almon N. Rood.
Viola pedata L. Bird’s-foot Violet. Ironton, Lawrence Co.;
Lillian Humphrey.
Apocynum urceolifer Mill. Urn-flowered Dogbane. St. Marys,
Auglaize Co.; collected by A. Wetzstein; reported by Lillian
Humphrey.
Apocynum album Greene. River-bank Dogbane. Lake, Holmes,
Coshocton, Mercer, Montgomery, Butler, Clermont; reported
by Lillian Humphrey.
Lycopus communis Bickn. Common Bugle-weed. Barnesville,
Belmont Co.; Emma E. Laughlin.
Aster prenanthoides porrectifolius Port. Huntington, Lorain Co. ;
collected by A. E. Ricksecker; reported by F. O. Grover
(Oberlin College Herb.).
Lacinaria scariosa (L.) Hill. Large. Blazing-star. Sugar Grove,
Fairfield Co., R. F. Griggs.
* Presented at the annual meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci., Columbus,
Nov. 29, 1912.
Dec., 1912.] Ordovician Section, Lake Huron Area.
37
THE ORDOVICIAN SECTION IN THE MANITOULIN AREA
OF LAKE HURON.
Aug. F. Foerste.
1 . Introduction . 37
2. Basal beds; red clay shales; Lowville . 38
3. Swift Current beds; chiefly whitish limestones; Leray . 38
4. Cloche Island beds; “Black River” limestones . 39
5. Curdsville and other Trenton exposures on Goat Island . 41
6. Trenton exposures at Little Current, including Collingwood
formation . 42
7. Cincinnatian beds on Manitoulin Island . . 43
A. Sheguindah beds; Eden . 43
B. Wekwemikongsing beds; Lorraine . 44
8. Richmond strata on Manitoulin Island . 45
C. Waynesville beds, or Lower Richmond . 45
D. Kagawong beds, or Upper Richmond . 46
Columnaria reef . 46
Stromatocerium reef . 47
Rhytimya and ostracod horizons . 47
E. Queenstown shales . 47
1. Introduction.
During the summer of 1911 and 1912, the writer was given the
opportunity, by Dr. R. W. Brock, of visiting the Ordovician sec¬
tions in the Lake Huron area under the auspices of the Canadian
Geological Survey. During the first summer he was accompanied
by Prof. Arthur M. Miller, who made a special study of the
Mohawkian strata on Cloche and Goat islands, and in the vicinity
of Little Current, and who gave him the benefit of his extended
acquaintance with Mohawkian strata, especially in relation to the
correlation of these strata as exposed in the Lake Huron area with
those of Kentucky. During the summer of 1911, and during a
part of 1912, he had also the assistance of Mr. E. J. Whittaker, of
the Canadian Geological Survey, especially in his investigations of
the Cincinnatian strata. Mr. Whittaker has since given special
attention to the Cincinnatian strata in the vicinity of Meaford,
and some of his observations are here incorporated. The notes
here presented are merely preliminary to a more extended study
of the field.
As will be noted on the following pages, the writer has had the
frequent assistance of Dr. E. O. Ulrich, Mr. R. S. Bassler, Prof.
Percy E. Raymond, Dr. Ruedemann, and others, in the interpre¬
tation of the fossil faunas. It will be readily recognized, however,
that these investigators were at a disadvantage in not being able
to examine the faunas themselves in the field, since the writer may
have failed to collect some of the most valuable diagnostic fossils.
38
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
2. Basal Bed; Red Clay Shales; Lowville.
The oldest Ordovician rocks, in that part of Lake Huron which
lies north of the eastern end of Manitoulin island, are exposed for a
distance of several miles along the western shore of Cloche penin¬
sula, facing Cloche channel. At the northern end of the line of
exposure these oldest Ordovician rocks rest upon and against an
east and west ridge of quartzite mapped by the Canadian Geolog¬
ical Survey as Huronian. They consist of reddish clay shales
whose thickness is not known even approximately. At one local¬
ity, along a small gully, a vertical section, 60 feet thick, is exposed
above lake level, whitish limestones making their appearance 70
feet above the lake, but the entire thickness of the red clay sec¬
tion probably is much greater. Fossils were found at only one
horizon, at a locality about a mile south of the northwestern angle
of the peninsula, where a few feet of more or less indurated,
brownish, sandy layers are imbedded in the reddish clay section,
a short distance above the level of the new line of railway now in
the process of construction. Here a species of Pterotheca, closely
allied to Pt. attenuata but only about 20 mm. in width, and a
species of Cyrtodonta, 25 mm. long and closely related to C. jaues-
villensis, suggest the Platteville or Lowville age of the strata
involved. Well preserved specimens of Archinacella and Lingula
also occur.
3. Swift Current Beds; Chiefly Whitish and
Reddish Limestones; Leray.
Along the southern half of Cloche peninsula, whitish limestones
overlie the red clays. Owing to the southward dip of the strata,
the base of this limestone series descends to water level more than
a mile before reaching Swift Current, the locality at which the
railroad passes from the peninsula over to Cloche island. The
general color of these limestones is whitish, but where they rest
upon the Huronian quartzites, and in the immediate vicinity of the
quartzite hills, they frequently are reddish. This reddish color
evidently is due to the material derived from the quartzites and
other Huronian strata which had been greatly disintegrated by
weathering before the deposition of both the basal red clays and
of the Swift Current limestones began. A quarry recently
opened at Swift Current, for the purpose of providing the ballast
needed for the new line of railway, exposes beautifully the top of a
quartzite knoll covered by some of the upper layers of this lime¬
stone section. Where these limestones are in contact with the
quartzite they not only are reddish in color but they also include
pebbles and smaller fragmental material, evidently derived
directly from the quartzite knoll. Among this fragmental
material occur most of the fossils so far collected, including a
pygidium of Bathyurus, the sipho of Actinoceras bigsbyi, a Rhyn-
Dec., 1912.] Ordovician Section, Lake Huron Area.
39
chotrema probably Rh. ainsliei, and a Dalmanella (. Pionodema )
belonging to the subaequata group. Among the bryozoans, Dr.
E. O. Ulrich identified Eschar opor a ramosa, Phyllodictya labyrin-
thica, Rhinidictya fidelis, Rh. nicholsoni, Rh. trentonensis , and forms
of Rh. mutabilis and of Homotrypella instabilis, suggesting rela¬
tionship to the upper Platteville fauna of Minnesota and the Leray
fauna of New York. This fauna is exposed also at a slightly
higher geological horizon, immediately below the very fine grained
“Birdseye” limestone, along the railroad about three quarters of
a mile south of Swift Current. At a small quarried exposure along
the same line of railway, but about a mile north of Swift Current,
strands of some form of Tetradium occur, in the white limestones,
which can not be identified with T. cellulosum.
The very fine grained, white, “Birdseye” limestone, at the
top of the Swift Current limestone series, firms a convenient
lithological means of separating this series from the overlying
part of the Black river beds. It is well exposed at several locali¬
ties within a mile going southward from Swift Current. Its
thickness is about 11 feet. It is interbedded with a small amount
of whitish clay, and contains but very few traces of fossils.
Lithologically, the “Birdseye” limestone at the top of the
Swift Current limestone section resembles the Tyrone limestone
as exposed in Central Kentucky. This resemblance was noticed
by Prof. Arthur M. Miller, who was a member of the party in 1911,
and who made a thorough study of the entire Mohawkian group,
giving the writer the benefit of his extended experience. It is
probable that the entire Swift Current limestone section is to be
correlated with the Tyrone, but this can not be determined from
the meager fauna at hand. The total thickness of this section is
unknown. Fifty feet probably is a moderate estimate.
4. Cloche Island Beds; “Black River” Limestones.
With the exception of the northern line of out crops on Cloche
island, and those in the vicinity of Swift Current already described,
almost the entire surface of Cloche island is formed by those
darker limestones between the Leray member of the Lowville at
the base and the Trenton limestones at the top to which it fre¬
quently has been customary to confine the term Black river. In
the lower part of this Cloche island phase of the Black river sec¬
tion, fine grained limestones alternate with coarser grained layers
for a vertical distance of about 30 feet. These strata are overlaid
by coarser grained limestones in which finer grained layers are
not conspicuous, and which attain a thickness of about 50 feet.
These strata are well exposed along the railroad within two miles
going south from Swift Current. The total thickness of the
Cloche island beds may equal 150 feet, but no locality was found
where this could be determined.
40
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
The two most characteristic fossils of the lower part of the
Cloche island beds are Columnaria halli and Stromatocerium
rugosum. Columnaria halli ranges from the base of these beds to
about 45 feet above the base. Stromatocerium rugosum was found
about 20 feet above the base and may occur also at other levels in
the lower part of these beds. It is evident that both Columnaria
halli and Stromatocerium rugosum may be looked for in the under¬
lying Swift Current limestones, since Columnaria halli occurs in
the upper or Leray member of the Tyrone formation in Central
Kentucky, and has been found also in the Lowville at Watertown,
New York; while Stromatocerium rugosum is found in the Lowville
northeast of Watertown, New York.
Receptaculites occidentalis begins its range about 20 feet above
the base of the Cloche island beds; it becomes common at 55 feet
above the base, where the first specimens of Maclurea logani are
seen. No specimens of Gonioceras anceps were discovered within
80 feet of the base of these limestones, but they begin their range
a short distance above this level, and all three species, Receptacu¬
lites occidentalis, M aclurea logani, and Gonioceras anceps extend to
the extreme top of the section as exposed on Cloche island, but
have not been found in the lowest Trenton layers found on Goat
island, immediately southward. The presence of these fossils is
therefore used here to discriminate the Black river from the over-
lying Trenton limestones. It should be remembered, however,
that Receptaculites occidentalis has been identified by Ulrich from
the Curdsville bed, in the lower Trenton of Kentucky, and species
of Maclurina, which can not readily be distinguished from Maclu¬
rea in the field, occur in the Trenton of the northwestern states.
Moreover, considering the very close similarity of the Curdsville
fauna on Goat island to that found in the underlying Cloche
island limestones, it would be rash to state that no Gonioceras
ever will be found in the Curdsville. The chief point is that the
great abundance of Receptaculites, Gonioceras, and Maclurea dis¬
tinguishes the top of the Cloche island Black river limestones
readily from the base of the lowest Trenton limestones found on
Goat island.
Near the top of the Black river exposures on Cloche island,
within a mile of the southwestern termination of that part of the
railroad which crosses Cloche island, Protarea vetusta, Calapoecia
canadensis, Petraia aperta, a large celled form of Columnaria
alveolata, with more or less discrete and rounded corallites, 7 mm.
in diameter, and a specimen doubtfully identified as Eurystomites
undatus occur. Of these, Protarea vetusta has been recorded
hitherto only from the lower Trenton, but the other four forms
mentioned have so far not been recorded from the Trenton, and
are regarded as characteristic Black river species or varieties.
Dec., 1912.] Ordovician Section, Lake Huron Area.
4i
Among other forms occurring in the Cloche island limestones
may be mentioned Rafinesquina inquassa, Dalmanella gibbosa,
and Conradella obliqua, all of which suggest Black river age.
Streptelasma profundum, Rhynchotrema (?) ottawaensis, Ortliis tri-
cenaria , Dinorthis pectinella, a small Dalmanella belonging to the
testudinaria group, Strophomena filitexta, Plectambonites curds-
villensis, Leperditia fabulites, Bumastus milleri, and numerous other
species range from the Cloche island Black river limestones into the
Curdsville strata, exposed at the base of the Trenton on Goat
island. Solenopora compacta, Herbetella bellarugosa, and Actino-
ceras bigsbyi , hitherto not found above the Cloche island limestones,
may eventually be found also in the Curdsville beds on Goat
island, since they occur in the T renton elsewhere. Not being famil¬
iar with Black river faunas, the writer submitted the fossils
collected to Prof. Percy E. Raymond, and was pleased to receive
his confirmation as to the Black river age of the Cloche island
limestones.
The bryozoans were submitted ta Dr. E. O. Ulrich, with the
following results: Batostoma humile, B. varium, B. winchelli,
Eridotrypa mutabillis, Homotrypa minnesotensis, Nicholsonella
ponderosa, Phyllodictya frondosa, Phylloporina sublaxa, Prasopora
insularis are represented by varieties also occurring in the Decorah
shales of the Mississippi basin, and thus tend to corroborate the
reference of the Cloche island beds to the Black river. As a matter
of fact, Batostoma winchelli and Homotrypa minnesotensis were
identified also from the Curdsville bed in the lower part of the
Trenton on Goat island, and some of the other species, such as
Batostoma humile, Eridotrypa mutabilis, and Prasopora insularis,
are known to range upward into the lower Trenton, but, to Dr.
Ulrich, this bryozoan fauna presented a distinct Decorah shale
facies. Most of these bryozoans were collected in the upper part
of the Cloche island beds, above the SO foot level mentioned in the
preceding lines. Further collecting may indicate the presence
also of other faunas within these beds.
5. Curdsville and other Trenton Exposures on
Goat Island.
The lowest exposures of the Trenton on Goat island present a
fauna very similar to that of the underlying part of the Black river,
excepting for the apparent absence of Receptaculites, Maclurea,
Gonioceras, and a few other fossils, and the presence of the inter¬
esting crinoid and cystid fauna known from Curdsville, Kentucky,
and from Kirkfield and other Trenton localities in Ontario.
While a form of Dalmanella belonging to the testudinaria group,
and Plectambonites curdsvillensis are present in these lower Trenton
strata on Goat island, they occur also at various horizons in the
underlying Cloche island limestones.
42
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
When Prof. Arthur M. Miller visited the exposures at the
extreme northeastern end of the railway line crossing Goat island,
he was impressed with the Curdsville facies of the fauna included.
He found Carabocrinus vancortlandi, Cleiocrinus regius, and
Glyptocrinus ramulosus, to which have been added more recently
Reteocrinus alveolatus and Cyclocystoides halli, a typical Kirkfield
fauna. Among the bryozoans collected at this horizon Dr. E. O.
Ulrich identified provisionally Batostoma winchelli . Bythopora ef.
alcicornis . Callopora multitabulata, Eurydictya multi pora, Ilomo-
try pa minnesotensis, Monticulipora (?) cannonensis , Rhinidictya
minima , and Rli. mutabilis. Apparently there is an admixture of
Black river with Trenton species, but possibly the real explana¬
tion is merely the greater vertical range of various species hitherto
not found above the Black river.
The total thickness of the strata to be assigned to the Curds¬
ville bed is unknown. From the lowest strata seen on Goat island
to the highest strata containing an abundance of the columns of
Glyptocrinus ramulosus, the interval is nearly 30 feet. The
Carabocrinus vancortlandi layer is about 7 feet above the base of
this section, and most of the other crinoids and cystids occur about
11 feet above this level. Stromatocerium is rare in the layer
immediately overlying the upper Glyptocrinus horizon, but becomes
common at a higher horizon which is exposed along the southern
margin of Goat island. Possibly 20 feet would be sufficient to
cover this interval, and an equal interval might account for the
strata intervening between this abundant Stromatocerium horizon
along the southern edge of Goat island and the lowest strata
exposed along the shore in the eastern margin of Little Current.
0. Trenton Exposures at Little Current, on Manitoulin
Island, including Collingwood Formation.
Immediately at water’s edge, east of Little Current, the
following bryozoans were collected and submitted to Dr. E. O.
Ulrich: Arthoclema billingsi, Callopora multitabulata, Dekayella
trentonensis, Eridotrypa mutabilis. Mesotrypa inf da, M. cf. whit-
eavesi, Monticulipora arborea, Prasopora simulatrix, and Rhini¬
dictya f delis. The fauna as a whole impressed Dr. Ulrich as
resembling that in the N ematopora horizon in the upper Prosser.
While some of the species are found also in the Wilmore, these are
forms which occur also in the upper Prosser, while conversely no
forms are seen here which occur only in the Wilmore. A small
specimen of Strophomena and numerous specimens of Rhyncho-
trema inaequivalve occur at the same horizon.
If the abundant Trenton fauna found in the white limestones
northwest of Collingwood, on the lake front, find any equivalent
in the Mantoulin area, this must lie somewhere between 20 and 30
feet above the lake in the section exposed east of Little Current,
Dec., 1912.] Ordovician Section, Lake Huron Area.
43
but no good exposures have been found. Te.tr adium bundles
occur at 45 feet above the lake, and massive specimens are found
4 feet farther up.
The strata immediately above the Tetr adium horizon consist
of fissile black shales interbedded with limestone near the base.
These strata were formerly regarded as Utica, but they probably
represent an older formation than the Utica of New York, and
recently Prof. Percy E. Raymond has proposed for them the name
Collingwood. Their most characteristic fossil is the trilobite
long known as Asaphus canadensis. T riarthrus spinosus, and a
graptolite, identified by Dr. Ruedemann as Diplograptus quadri-
mucronatus , also occur. At Little Current, 11 feet of this Colling¬
wood shale are exposed, but the total thickness may equal 20 feet.
7. Cincinnatian Beds on Manitoulin.
A. Sheguindah Beds; Eden.
Along the road from Little Current to Sheguindah, the strata
immediately overlying the Collingwood formation are exposed at
several localities. One of these extends from three miles southeast
of Little Current southwards up the hill. Here the top of the
Collingwood is overlaid by shales which near the base are blackish
but much softer. Within 9 feet of the base, these clay shales
contain a species of Triarthrus. A small Primitia and a Leptobo-
lus extend from the base upward for about 37 feet. The only
species of graptolite noted is fairly common, and was determined
by Dr. Ruedemann as nearest to Diplograptus peosta, but with
closer arranged thecas ; it ranges from the base for 43 feet upward.
Dalmanella appears at 25, between 37 and 43 feet, and at higher
levels. The first trace of limestone was found 43 feet above the
base, but limestone layers do not become common until an eleva¬
tion 100 feet above the base has been reached.
It is in these upper limestones and in the interbedded clays
that the typical Eden fauna listed below occurs. The fossils
were examined by Ulrich, Bassler, and Nickles conjointly, the
determinations being only provisional, until microscopic slides
can be prepared. Along the Sheguindah road, Amplexopora
persimilis, Callopora sigillarioides, Coeloclema communis , Hemi-
phragma whitfieldi, Perenopora vera, and a Stigmatella near clavis
or nana occur. From the corresponding strata at Tamarac Point,
10 miles southwest of Little Current, Aspidopora cf. areolata,
Arthropora clevelandi, Bythopora arctipora, and Primitia centralis
occur in addition to those already named. At the corresponding
horizon at Gorrel Point, two miles northeast of Gore Bay, Aspido¬
pora eccentrica, Bollia persulcata , Bythocypris cylindrica, J onesella
crepidiformis, Primitia cincinnatiensis , and Acidaspis crossotus
are added to the list. At the exposures immediately south of
the high Richmond Clay Cliffs, on the eastern side of Cape Smyth,.
44
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
Dekayella ulrichi and some species of Eridotrypa is present. These
fossils indicate the Eden age of the upper limestones in this
Sheguindah section. The strata belong somewhere near the upper
part of the Economy or the lower part of the Southgate section
apparently. The thickness of this richly fossiliferous limestone
and clay section may equal 20 feet, but only the lower 5 feet are
well exposed along the Sheguindah road.
One hundred and twenty-seven miles southeast of Little
Current, along Workman’s brook, two miles east of Meaford,
Trinucleus bellulus and Callopora sigillarioides are exposed about
4 feet above lake level, and this is the reason for including the lower
clay shales in the same section as the upper undoubted Eden
limestones. In the Workman brook section, the Eden limestones
become common about 75 feet above lake level, and that part of
the Eden section which lies above this level may equal 50 feet.
B. Wekwemikongsing Beds; Lorraine.
Overlying the undoubted Eden beds, there is a series of strata
containing Whiteavesia pholadiformis, Modiolopsis concentrica,
Byssonychia radiata, Lyrodesma poststriatum , Clidophorus planul-
atus, a large Ctenodonta belonging to the pectunculoides group,
and a species of graptolite identified by Dr. Ruedemann as nearest
to Diplogra ptus angustif olius mut. vespertinus from the Middle
Lorraine of New York. In fact, the general aspect of these strata
is Lorraine, since the lamellibranchs occur in siliceous limestones
which weather into fine grained sandstones, as is the case in the
typical Lorraine.
In the lower strata belonging to the Wekwemikongsing section,
as exposed south of Little Current, Dr. Ulrich identified Bythopora
dendrina and Bythopora gracilis. From a corresponding horizon
at the base of the Wekwemikongsing section, immediately south
of the Richmond Clay Cliffs, on the eastern side of Cape Smyth,
he identified Dckayia pelliculata in addition to the species named.
The most interesting list, however, was obtained along Workman's
brook, east of Meaford, where, in the 25 feet of strata underlying the
Catazyga erratica horizon, Dr. Ulrich identified Callopora near
dalei, Coeloclema sp., Dckayia appressa, Heterotrypa cf. inflecta ,
Leptotrypa ornata, and Percnopora compressa. These brvozoans
suggest the middle Maysville age of these strata below the Cata¬
zyga erratica horizon. Dr. Ulrich placed them at approximately
the Bellevue horizon. The base of the Wekwemikongsing beds
on Workman creek appears to be about 50 feet below the Catazyga
erratica horizon.
The only bryozoans identified between the Catazyga erratica
horizon and the base of the undoubted Richmond, with Catazyga
headi, Cyclonema bilix, and Strophomena planumbona, 100 feet
farther up, are Stigmatella cf. nicklesi. Discotrypa cf. elegans, and
Spatiopora aspera. also suggesting Maysville age.
Dec., 1912.] Ordovician Section, Lake Huron Area.
45
In Ohio, Whiteavesia pholadiformis and Modiolopsis concentrica
come in at the base of the Fort Ancient division of the Waynesville
bed, and continue to the top of the Waynesville, but they are
represented by at least very similar forms even in the Liberty.
Under these circumstances it was natural at first to regard these
strata, on Manitoulin, which carry the Whiteavesia pholadiformis
and Modiolopsis concentrica fauna as Richmond. However, the
brvozoans submitted to Dr. Ulrich tell a very different story, and,
until further evidence has been accumulated, it is regarded wiser
to remove them from the Richmond column. For collecting
purposes these beds are well exposed for a distance of about two
miles along the shore between Wekwemikongsing and the Rich¬
mond Clay Cliffs on the eastern side of Cape Smyth. The total
thickness of the Wekwemikongsing section on [Manitoulin island
may equal 100 feet in the Cape Smyth area.
8. Richmond Strata on Manitoulin Island.
C. Waynesville Beds, or Lower Richmond.
Overlying the Wekwemikongsing beds, with their Lorraine fauna,
is a series of interbedded limestones and clay shales of undoubted
Richmond age. At the base of these undoubted Richmond beds,
Hebertella insculpta , frequently associated with Catazyga headi,
is almost invariably present, and since Hebertella insculpta and
Catazyga headi, on Manitoulin, are limited to the basal part
of these beds, both fossils here serve as valuable diagnostic
fossils. Associated with these fossils in the same layers occur:
Streptelasrna rusticum, Columnaria alveolata, Protarea papillata,
Rhombotrypa quadrata, Hebertella occidentalis , Platystrophia darks -
villensis, Strophomena huronensis, Rafinesquina alternata very flat
form, Pledambonites sericea, Rhynchotrema perlamellosa, Zygospira
modesta, Cyclonema bilix, and Pterinea demissa. These associated
fossils, however, are not confined to the Hebertella insculpta and
Catazyga headi horizon but range upward for variable distances
into the overlying Richmond.
The lower pact of the Richmond, on Manitoulin, is by far the
richest in fossil remains, and many species, especially among the
brachiopoda, appear to be confined to this lower part. Between
Gore Bay, Kagawong, and Little Current, a conspicuous coral
reef, from one to three feet thick, containing Columnaria alveolata
and Calapoecia huronensis, frequently is found between 35 and 45
feet above the base of the Hebertella insculpta horizon. It has
been found that while most of the fossils which begin their range
at or near the Hebertella insculpta horizon reach the Columnaria
reef horizon, many of these species do not extend their range
beyond this reef. Among the latter may be mentioned : Protarea
papillata, Constellaria polystomella, Rhombotrypa quadrata, Crania
scabiosa, Rafinesquina very flat form, Pledambonites sericea,
46
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 2,
Strophomena huronensis , Str. nutans , Str. neglecta, Sir. planumbona,
Str. sulcata, Platystrophia clarksvillensis, Zygospira kentuckiensis,
Helicotoma brocki, Spyroceras hammelli, and various gasteropods
and lamellibranehs not as yet identified. A form closely allied to
Zygospira kentuckiensis occurs in the fossiliferous horizons of the
Queenstown shales in the area south of Georgian Bay.
Among the various species beginning their range in that part
of the Richmond section which underlies the Columnaria reef, but
extending also above the latter, may be mentioned: Stromatoce-
rium huronensis, Strephochetus richmondensis, Tetradium huron¬
ensis, Streptelasma rusticum, Columnaria alveolata, Calapoecia
huronensis, Hebertella occidentalis, Rhynchotrema perlamellosa,
Zygospira modesta, and various gasteropoda and pelecypoda not
identified.
That part of the Richmond section on Manitoulin which lies
between the base of the Hebertella insculpta zone and the base of
the rich Columnaria reef corresponds approximately to the upper
part of the Waynesville bed, especially to that part to which
the term Blanchester has been applied.
D. Kagawong Beds, or Upper Richmond.
Columnaria alveolata and Calapoecia huronensis have a consid¬
erable vertical range, but the horizon at wThich they occur in
sufficient abundance to form a conspicuous reef evidently is an
important paleontological horizon, since it marks the disappear¬
ance of a considerable part of the underlying Richmond fauna.
Moreover, it appears also to be at or above this horizon that
Beatricea undulata, Columnaria calycina, and various thick-walled
gasteropoda, such as Liospira helena, a large Bcllerophon. and a
large Bucania or Salpingostoma come in. These species are
apparently such forms as could stand rough waters.
In general, the fauna in the strata immediately above the
Columnaria reef appears to be a meager one. At least very few
species have been listed from this zone excepting such forms as
Hebertella occidentalis, Rhynchotrema perlamellosa, and Zygospira
modesta, which appear to be able to survive under very adverse
conditions.
At one locality, on an east and west road three miles south of
Little Current, Strophomena vetusta and Ceraurus ( Eccoptochile )
meekanus occur just above this Columnaria reef. These fossils
suggest the upper Liberty or the Whitewater age of the strata
involved, while the great abundance of the Columnaria alveolata,
and of Calapoecia huronensis, accompanied by Beatricea undulata,
suggest the Saluda age of the same strata. In either case, the
horizon is distinctly above that of the Waynesville of Ohio.
Another conspicuous zone, between Gore Bay, Kagawong,
Honora, and Little Current, is a Stromatocerium reef which usually
is found between 25 and 30 feet above the Columnaria reef, but
Dec., 1912.] Ordovician Section, Lake Huron Area.
47
which occurs eastward at greater intervals. It is the interval
between these two reefs which usually presents such a meager
fauna. Locally, however, for instance between Manitouaning
and Cape Smyth, the lower parts of this section appear richly
fossiliferous.
Immediately above the Stromatocerium reef, at Ivagawong and
Gore Bay, a rich pelecypod, gasteropod, and ostracod fauna, but
not consisting of many species, comes in. Among these, Ortonella
hainesi suggests the Whitewater age of the strata involved, while
Leperditia ccecigena and Primitia lativia are common at certain
horizons in the Saluda of Indiana but range to the top of the
Elkhorn in Ohio. Cyrtodonta ponderosa, Ctenodonta iphigenia , a
large Archinacella , and various species of Lophospira occur. Among
the species which continue their range upward from below are
Strephochetus richmondensis, Tetradium huronensis, Hebertella
occidentalis , Zygospira modesta, Byssonychia radiata, and Pterinea
demissa. They are all forms capable of continuing existence in
muddy waters, judging from the frequency with which they are
found in argillaceous limestones, fine grained sandstones, and
clays. The total thickness of this upper part of the Richmond,
from the Stromatocerium reef to the base of the Clinton, varies
apparently from 45 to 60 feet, on Manitoulin.
E. Queenstown Shales.
The northwestern extension of the red clay shales, to which
the term Queenstown has been applied in the Niagara Falls area,
is well exposed on the Saugeen peninsula which separates Georgian
Bay from the main body of Lake Huron. In the vicinity of Colling-
wood, Meaford, Owen Sound, and westward, these red shales
evidently represent the strata above the Columnaria reef horizon
as exposed on Manitoulin. The only fossiliferous strata found in
these Queenstown shales, however, belong to those horizons above
the Stromatocerium reef in which ostracods are abundant. In
addition to Leperditia ccecigena and Primitia lativia , Eurychilina
striatomarginata and Drepanella canadensis are present, accom¬
panied by the Richmond form of Bythocypris cylindrica, Byssony¬
chia radiata , Pterinea demissa, a Zygospira resembling Z. ken-
tuckiensis, Bythopora delicatula, and other characteristic Ordo¬
vician fossils.
At the Forks of the Credit, 65 miles southeast of Meaford, no
trace of this Richmond fauna was found anywhere in the Queens¬
town red clay shale section.
In the vicinity of Meaford, the highest layers of the Richmond
fauna occur fully 100 feet above the top of the richly fossiliferous
Waynesville fauna at the base. The total thickness of the Queens¬
town shales, in the vicinity of the Niagara Falls, however, is
estimated at 1000 feet, so that it may be only the basal part of the
Queenstown shale which is of Richmond age, although there appears
no lithological reason for imagining a different age for the upper
part of the Queenstown section.
Ohio Naturalist. Plul*. 111.
Fokrste “On the Ordovician Section in the Munitoulin Area of Lake Huron.”
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Ceramic Engin¬
eering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairying, Domestic
Science, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Manual Training,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner¬
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education, Psychol¬
ogy, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School Administra¬
tion, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Eend for bulletin of the Summer
Term. Address University Editor.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to 'whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When writing to advertieere, please mention the “Ohio Naturalist. 1
NUMBER 3.
JANUARY,
VOLUME XIII. 19 13.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History gf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
<2 f tke OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf . SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A Journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. I’ublishcd monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, §1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager , ....... James S. Hine.
Associate Editors.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate Inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of ' Science, the Ohio
Naturai.ilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first twelve volumes may be obtained at §1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST.
Ohio Academy ol Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
1. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. E. L- Moseley . 60 cts.
2. “The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 cte.
3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke . 50 cts.
4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. James S. Hine . 50 cts.
6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonser . 50 cts.
8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
9. “ Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. Max Morse. . . .50 cts.
10. “Ecological Study of Brush Lake.” pp. 20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
11. “ The Willows of Ohio.” pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. “Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio.” pp. 35.
V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. “The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity.”
F. L. Landacre . 60 cts.
14. “ Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio.” pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. “Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory.” pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. “The Pteridophytes of Ohio.” pp. 41- John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio f^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XIII. JANUARY, 1913. No. 3.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Bant.v and Goktner— Induced Modifications iu Pigment Development in Spelerpes
Larvae . 49
Gormley— The Violets of Ohio . 56
Mark — Notes on Ohio Moses . . 62
C'laassen — List of Plants Collected in Cuyahoga County and New to this County
or to Ohio . 64
Li
NEl
POT
a a
INDUCED MODIFICATIONS IN PIGMENT DEVELOPMENT
IN SPELERPES LARVAE.*
(Preliminary Paper)
A. M. Banta and Ross Aiken Gortner.
(From the Station for Experimental Evolution, The Carnegie Institution
of Washington.)
Introduction.
We present here a brief account of a series of experiments
having as their aim the inhibition, or the modification of pigment,
development.
We believe that it is a fairly well established fact that the
black melanic pigment results from the interaction of an oxidizing
enzyme of the tyrosinase type and some oxidizable chromogen,
the exact nature of which has never been elucidatedf. One of us,
(Gortner 1911, b,) has shown that certain organic phenols inhibit
the action of tyrosinase in the test tube and the suggestion was
made that perhaps certain types of colorless animals owe their
lack of pigment to the presence of inhibitory compounds. The
present series of experiments was carried out in order to test the
inhibitory powers of the m. di-hydroxy phenols in vivo as contrasted
with their action in vitro.
The material upon which the experiments were carried out,
consisted of eggs and embryos of the salamander, Spelerpes
bilineatus, Green. This material is unusually suitable for such
work inasmuch as the eggs contain no pigment when deposited,
and the early stages of pigmentation in the embryo can thus be
followed from day to day.
* Presented at the annual meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science,
Columbus, Nov. 30, 1912.
t For literature see Kastle (1910), Riddle (1909), and Gortner (1911, a).
49
50
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 3,
By macerating larvae which were about to begin pigmentation
and adding tyrosin to the aqueous extract of the crushed larvae,
we observed the color changes which are characteristic of tyro¬
sinase. We have also satisfied ourselves that the onset of pig¬
mentation in the Spelerpes larvae is due to the beginning of chro¬
mogen secretion, the tyrosinase having been already present for
some time.
Experimental.
Our experimental data groups itself under four heads: (1),
Experiments with Tyrosin; (2), Experiments with Oreinol, (3. 5.
di-hydroxy toluene); (3), Experiments with Resorcinol, ( m . di-hy-
droxy benzene) and (4), Experiments with Phloroglucinol, (sym.
tri-hydroxy benzene).
Experiments with Tyrosin.
This series comprised 41 experiments (not including an equal
number of checks) and a total of 428 individuals. The checks
in every case came from the same bunch of eggs and were kept
under the same conditions as the tvrosin-treated lot with the
exception that no drugs were used. What is true of the tyrosin
checks is also true in the checks of all the subsequent experiments.
Owing to the slight solubility of tyrosin (one part in 2454 parts of
water at 20°) it was impossible to test the effect of high concen¬
tration. Twenty experiments, comprising 20S individuals showed
no marked effect of the tyrosin, i. e. they were usually indisting¬
uishable from the corresponding checks. We find however that
in 1 1 of these experiments the tyrosin was of a lower concentration
than 0.008% and below this concentration we have succeeded in
but one case (0.006%) in producing an effect and in this one case
the larvae “reverted ” to normal after 28 days. .Six of the remain¬
ing nine experiments which showed no effect are shown by our
records to have been “poisoned”, either by confinement in too
limited quarters or by bacterial infection. The checks of those
which were confined in too small dishes (small stender dishes)
showed the same abnormal traits that were observed in the
treated material. Of the remaining three experiments which
failed to show a marked effect, two were in tyrosin of 0.025%
concentration and the remaining lot in 0.010% tyrosin. The
former showed some influence for a time but later “reverted.”
The other showed no influence.
Twenty-one experiments, comprising 220 individuals were
profoundly influenced by the tyrosin treatment and became
“good” or “typical” tyrosin types. The tyrosin influence is
shown by; (1), The more rapid appearance of pigment in the
treated lot as contrasted with their checks; (2), The extremely
small size and later the entire absence of pigmentless spots in
the larvae, the spaces where spots are normally visible being filled
Jan., 1913.] Pigment Development in Spelerpes Larvae.
5i
with dense black pigment; and (3), the dense dull-black color of
the larvae compared with which the check often appears very light.
There is no mistaking the “tvrosin type ”, for an inexperienced
person will always pick them out as the darkest individuals
in a series.
Of the 21 experiments which showed an effect, 15 had a tvrosin
concentration of 0.010%, 1 of 0.0125%, 2 of 0.020%, 1 of 0.040%,
and 1 of 0.006% (this last being the only one of the entire 41
experiments which showed an effect at this concentration, and
which, as noted above, “reverted” after the 28th day).
The time of treatment averages about 60 days, and in three
experiments (Nos. 560, 595, 609) which are still running (Dec. 6)
the larvae were in tvrosin for 72 days and have since been in pure
water only (no tyrosin) for 123 days. They are still appreciably
darker than the corresponding checks, and show enough of the
characteristics of the “tyrosin type” to be readily classified as
such. During the later period the larvae have at least doubled
their previous length, but it is impossible to say whether their
continued darker color is due to a continued more active pigment
formation or merely to a distribution over a larger area of the
dense black mass of pigment already present f.
Experiments with Orcinol.
Orcinol, as noted above, inhibits the action of tyrosinase upon
tyrosin in the test tube, and we hoped to be able to inhibit, or at
least to modify, the course of pigment development by rearing the
larvae in solutions of orcinol. We found the drug to be quite
toxic, not so much so of itself as the oxidation products which are
formed by the action of light upon a solution' of orcinol. However,
by changing the solutions every day, or every second day, and
keeping the dishes, together with the controls, in a dimly lighted
room, we were able, in part, to prevent the toxic action. In this
manner we have been able to keep larvae in a solution of 0.020%
concentration for 50 days.
Altogether 35 experiments were run, including 513 individuals
(not including checks). Later it seemed advisable to subdivide
some of the experiments so as to accurately test the effect of
varying length of immersion in the drug solution. A total of 115
such removals were made, each one in reality being a separate
experiment in itself, thus making a grand total of 150 experiments.
Concentrations of orcinol ranging from 0.0125% to 0.025% were
employed.
t As the larvae become older the characteristic spots of the checks
become less conspicuous and are later lost so that the types become less
differentiated, and the depth of color is about the only criterion available
at this stage of development.
52
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 3,
To briefly summarize the effect; we obtained, in every instance ,
a retardation of growth accompanied by a much greater retarda¬
tion in pigment development than would correspond to the
retardation in growth. In some experiments where the concen¬
tration of the orcinol was very low and where the length of the
immersion was short we did not obtain permanent after-effects
and the later course of development resembled that in the checks.
When, however, the strength of the orcinol was sufficiently high
(0.020% to 0.025%) and the period of treatment sufficiently
long, varying from one day to a week or more depending upon the
initial age of the embryo, we have apparantly obtained permanent
modifications. The nature of these effects depends to some
extent upon the initial age of the egg or embryo. When eggs at a
stage of development between the early blastula and late neural
groove are kept in the solution less than six days they rarely show
as abnormal types as those which have been exposed to the action
of the drag for from 6 to 20 days. They do show, however, the
typical retardation of pigment development, and various other
characteristics (see below) sufficient to classify them as “orciny. ”
Where these early embryos are kept in the solution more than
six days, the course of development is decidedly different. The
larva developes in many cases apparently normally though some¬
what slowly, until within a short time before hatching, or in some
cases for several days after hatching, when huge swellings appear,
sometimes filling the entire body with great serous cavities,
through the walls of which may be seen the alimentary canal and
blood vessels, stretched almost to breaking. In this condition
they may live for days, but eventually die without further
development.
If, however, the embryos are older when treated — i. e. with the
head strongly differentiated or at any later stage to the beginning
of pigmentation (which occurs shortly before hatching) — the
effect is widely different. In no instance do we obtain the blistered
larvae, but instead, short heavy individuals, about one-third
shorter and twice as broad as the checks. These animals we class
as the true “orcinol type”. They are distinguished from the
checks by their shorter length, greater girth, absence of any
conspicuous spots, the development of heavy awkward “flippers”
in the place of delicate limbs and toes, the coarse reticulation of
the pigment pattern, their sluggish movements, and, what is most
disappointing, their inability, or at least their disinclination, to
take food. This last trait prevents our knowing how permanent
the type may be, the better orcinol examples (which were numbered
by the dozens) having, without exception, grown smaller and at
last died, apparently of starvation, in an average of eight to nine
weeks after hatching. A few of the less extreme types are still
alive (Dec. 6) 161 days after removal from the solutions, and in
almost every instance the coarse reticulations and the heavier
body form still persist.
Jan., 1913.] Pigment Development in Spelerpes Larvae.
53
Experiments with Resorcinol.
A total of 150 experiments, including 103 which had as their
aim the test of the effect of varying length of immersion in the
drug, were conducted using 636 larvae, not including checks in
each series. We find that resorcinol is more potent than orcinol,
not alone in being more toxic, but the type produced by it is, if
possible, more definite. The same swellings of the serous cavities
are produced if the eggs are treated before reaching the late neural
groove. When treated before reaching the blastula, no larvas
were hatched.
When larvae which had the head strongly differentiated or
were in any stage between this and a day or two after the begin¬
ning of pigmentation, were treated with resorcinol in sufficient
concentration (0.020% to 0.025% and in one instance 0.05%)
and for a sufficient length of time (4 to 10 or more days) they were
highly modified and produced one of two types. Both types
begin with a retardation of development and a great retardation
of pigmentation. The first pigment appears in the eye and in a
day or two a narrow V appears on the shoulders, followed
a little later by a narrow line down the spine. This condition
persists as long as the larvce remain in the resorcinol, but unfor¬
tunately the drug is so toxic that 15 to 18 days immersion invari¬
ably causes death. We have had many instances where the larvae
which were treated with resorcinol appeared almost entirely
devoid of pigment except for the dark eyes, when the correspond¬
ing checks were completely pigmented and the spots were fully
developed.
When the larvae are removed from the resorcinol solution after
varying lengths of time we obtain the same two types referred to
above. The more extreme type (See Fig. No. 1) resembles the
“orcinol type” but is heavier, the “flippers” are more enlarged,
and the pigment reticulation is very fine as contrasted with the
coarse reticulations of the orcin type. This type persists for 60 to
70 days when death by starvation ensues.
The second type probably represents those individuals which
have not been so profoundly modified. The body fonn is almost
normal, the limbs and toes are well developed, but the spots are
absent and the pigment pattern is very fine and dull in color.
The majority of this type also die of starvation, and on Dec. 6 —
about 161 days from the beginning — we have only a very few
individuals remaining. None of these have been “typical” but
have been classed as “fair resorcin” or “somewhat modified”
and all but two of these larvae still show modification. At this
period of development, however, the checks have lost their charac¬
teristic markings so that a closer analysis is impossible. In
nearly every instance in both the orcinol and resorcinol series, the
surviving individuals are lighter than the checks.
54
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 3,
Experiments witl: Phloroglucinol.
From the position of the hydroxyl groups we expected to find
that phloroglucinol caused greater effects than orcinol. In a
scries of 20 experiments comprising 174 individuals we find that
no retardation occurs, providing that oxidation by light is pre¬
vented. On the contrary, a slight acceleration of pigmentation
takes place and the spots are almost invariably larger and more
distinct throughout the entire course of development. Beyond
this, and an apparent slight stimulation in growth, no effects have
been noted. The drug was employed in a strength of 0.025%.
Summary.
By subjecting the eggs and larvae of Spelerpes bilineatus to the
action of dilute solutions of tyrosin, orcinol, resorcinol and phloro¬
glucinol, we have observed the following effects on the general
development, and in particular on the development of the pigment
pattern :
(1) . Tyrosin causes an acceleration of pigment development
and later produces larvae which differ from the check by the
absence of spots, and the presence of a much more dense deposi¬
tion of pigment.
(2) . Orcinol, when applied for six or more days to embryos
younger than the late neural groove causes monstrosities. When
used with embryos at a later period of development it causes the
body to become short and thick, the spots to become irregular or
wholly absent, the entire color pattern to be blurred, the general
character of the pigment pattern to be a coarse reticulation, the
limbs to become “flippers”, and the larvae to be unable, or disin¬
clined, to take food.
(3) . Resorcinol causes much the same modifications as orcinol,
with the exception that the pigment reticulation is very much
finer. A second resorcinol type does not show the abnormal
body form.
(4) . Phloroglucinol causes no abnormalities, and when any
result is to be noted it is the more distinct markings of the color
pattern and a slight acceleration of pigment development.
(5) . All of these modifications are persistent for weeks after
removal from contact with the drugs, and to all appearances the
orcinol and resorcinol types would be permanent were it possible
for the larvas to take food.
The work is being continued.
Jan., 1913.] Pigment Development in Spelerpes Larvae.
55
Literature Cited.
Gortner, 1911, (a). On Melanin. Biochemical Bulletin, 1: 207-21.5.
— .1911(b). Studies on Melanin. III. The Inhibitory Action of Certain
Phenolic Substances upon Tyrosinase. (A Suggestion as to the Cause
of Dominant and Recessive Whites.) Jour. Biol. Chem., 10: 113-122,
Riddle, 1909. Our knowledge of Melanin Color Formation and its Bearing
on the Mendelian Description of Heredity. Biol. Bull., 16: 316-351.
Kastle, 1910. The Oxidases and Other Oxygen-Catalysts Concerned in
Biological Oxidations. Bull 59, U. S. Pub. Health and Marine-Hospital
Service, Washington, D. C.
Figure 1.
Photo from life (x 2.3) of two Spelerpes larvae wdiich were kept in
0.05% resorcinol for seven days, beginning just before pigmentation started.
Their heavy form and the peculiar pigmentation readily distinguish them
from the accompanying check. The photograph wras taken thirty days
after the larvae were removed from the resorcinol solution.
56
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 3,
THE VIOLETS OF OHIO.
Rose Gormley.
The following list includes all of the violets known to occur in
Ohio. It is probable, however, that a number of others occur in
the state. The distribution given is based on material in the
Ohio State Herbarium. In this list an attempt has been made to
arrange the species in true phyletic series, the least specialized in
each group standing at the beginning and the most highly
specialized at the end.
Violaceae.
Small herbs, with bisporangiate, hvpogynous, zygomorphic,
axillary, nodding flowers and alternate, simple or lobed stipulate
leaves. Sepals, petals and stamens 5 each; anthers erect, introrse,
connivant or synantherous ; ovularv of 3 carpels, unilocular with
3 parietal placentas; lower petal enlarged usually with a spur;
fruit a loculicidal capsule; seeds anatropous, with endosperm,
embryo straight.
1. Sepals not auricled, stamens united, petals nearly equal.
Cubelium.
1. Sepals more or less auricled at the base, stamens distinct,
lower petal spurred. Viola.
Cubelium.
Perennial, erect, leafy stemmed herb, the leaves, entire or
obscurely dentate; small greenish flowers, one to three together in
the axils, petals nearly equal, the lower somewhat gibbous; anthers
sessile, completely united into a sheath, glandular at the base. A
monotypic genus of North America.
Cubelium concolor. (Forst) Raf. Green Violet. Plants 1 — 2\ ft.
high, hairy; leaves 2 — 5 in. long, entire, pointed at both ends.
Auglaize, Belmont, Brown, Clermont, Fairfield, Franklin, Hamil¬
ton, Lake, Licking, Noble, Pike, Shelby, Warren Co.
Viola.
Herbs with aerial leafy stems, or geophilous stems; flowers
solitary or rarely 2 in the axils, early flowers petaliferous, often
sterile, usually succeeded by apetalous, cleistogamous flowers
which produce abundant seed; the two lower stamens bearing
spurs which project into spur of the odd petal; capsules, three
valved, elastically dehiscent.
Jan., 1913.]
The Violets of Ohio.
57
Synopsis.
Aerial Leafy Stems.
I. Style capitate, beakless, bearded at the summit; petal
spur, short; stipules entire; flowers, yellow or whitish, sometimes
tinged with violet.
1. Viola canadensis.
2. Viola scabriuscula.
3. Viola pubescens.
4. Viola hastata.
2. Style slender, not capitate; spur at least twice as long as
broad; stipules somewhat herbaceous, fringetoothed; flowers
white, cream-colored or violet.
5. Viola striata.
6. Viola labradorica.
7. Viola rostrata.
3. Style much enlarged upward into a hollow globose struc¬
ture with a wide orifice on lower side; stipules leaf-like, large
deeply cut or pinna tifid.
8. Viola rafinesquii.
9. Viola tricolor.
Underground Stems.
4. Rhizomes long and slender, usually producing runners or
stolons; flowers yellow, white or violet; style dilated upward in a
vertical plane, capitate with conical beak on the lower side.
10. Viola odorata.
II. Viola rotundifolia.
12. Viola lecontiana.
13. Viola blanda.
14. Viola lanceolata.
5. Rhizome fleshy and thick without runners; petals violet
blue to purple; style dilated upward in a vertical plane, capitate
with conical beak on the lower side.
15. Viola obliqua.
16. Viola papilionaceae.
17. Viola hirsutula.
18. Viola sororia.
19. Viola palmata.
Var. 1. Viola palmata dilatata.
20. Viola pedatifida.
21. Viola emarginata.
22. Viola fimbriatula.
23. Viola sagittata.
6. Rhizome short, erect, not scaly; leaves divided; style
clubshaped, beakless, obliquely concave at the summit; stigma
with a small protuberance near the center of the cavity.
24. Viola pedata.
58
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 3,
Key to the Species.
1. With leafy aerial stems; flowers axillary. 2.
1 . Stems geophilous, sometimes stoloniferous; flowers appearing scapose.9
2. Stipules entire; style capitate, beakless, bearded at the summit;
flowers yellow or white with purple veins. 3.
2. Stipules sharply dentate, serrate or lacinate, much smaller than the
leaf-blade; style, slender; flowers cream-colored, white, blue or
purple; spur at least twice as long as wide. 6.
2. Stipules deeply divided, leaf-like, nearly as large as blade; style much
enlarged upward into a globose hollow summit; annual or
biannual. 8.
3. Flowers yellow. 4.
3. Flowers white with purple veins; leaves cordate-ovate, long pointed;
plants tall. V. canadensis (1)
4. Leaves more or less hastate, those of the stem usually near the tip;
flowers yellow. V. hastata (4).
4. Leaves not hastate; borne along whole length of the stem. 5.
5. Plant pubescent or villous. V. pubescens (3).
5. Plant glabrate or sparsely pubescent. V. scabriuscula (2).
6. Spur about half the length of petals or less; flowers white, cream-
colored, pale blue or violet. 7.
6. Spur as long as petals or longer, slender; flowers pale violet veined
with purple. V. rostrata (7).
7. Stipules very large, more or less lacinate, 34~1 in. long; petals white or
cream-colored, with purple veins. V. striata (5).
7. Stipules small, dentate or serrate, in. long; flowers light blue or
purple. V. labridorica (6).
8. Flowers k£-l in. broad, variously colored with yellow, white and
purple; plants rather robust and spreading. V. tricolor (9).
8. Flowers }/i~l/2 in. broad, bluish white to cream-colored; plants tall
and slender. V. rafinesquii (8).
9. Style ending in a small hook pointing downward, not plug shaped or
capitate; flowers deep violet purple (sometimes white), fragrant;
introduced species. V. odorata (10).
9. Style club shaped, capitate, or dilated upward, beakless or with a
conical beak on the lower side; native species. 10.
10. Leaves merely crenate or dentate or incised at the base, not lobed. 11.
10. Leaves mostly lobed or parted; in ours, flowers blue or violet. 21.
11. Flowers yellow or white; plants stoloniferous. 12.
11. Flowers blue or violet, plants not stoloniferous. 15.
12. Flowers yellow; style enlarging upward abruptly, capitate, beakless.
V. rotundifolia (11).
12. Flowers white, stigma with a conical beak. 13.
13. Leaves cordate-ovate to orbicular. 14.
13. Leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate. V. lanceolata (14).
14. Upper and lateral petals three times as long as broad; petioles usually
red- spotted. V. lecontiana.
14. Upper and lateral petals twice as long as broad; petioles not spotted.
V. blatida (13).
15. Leaves of the cordate type, sometimes more or less ovate or
reniform. 16.
15. Leaves of the ovate lanceolate, ovate or sagittate type, sometimes
incised at the base. 19.
16. Plants essentially glabrous. 17.
16. Plants more or less pubescent. 18.
17. Leaves cordate-ovate, attentuate at the apex, very thin. V. obliqua (15)
17. Leaves ovate to reniform, obtuse or merely acute at the apex, thick.
V. papilionaceae (16)
Jan., 1913.]
The Violets of Ohio.
59
18. Spurred petal glabrous; flowers, violet to lavender. V. sororia (18).
18. .Spurred petal with scattered hairs; petals reddish purple.
V. hirsutula (17).
19. Leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate not incised at the base.
V. fimbriatula (22).
19. Leaves sagittate or ovate-sagittate, incised or deeply dentate toward
the base. 20.
20. Leaves sagittate-lanceolate or ovate-sagittate; basal lobes often
dilated and incised. V. sagittata (23).
20. Leaves deltoid sagittate, sharply dentate below the middle.
V. emarginata (21).
21. Leaves sagittate-lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate in outline, only slightly
lobed at the base. V. sagittata (23).
21. Leaves ovate or orbicular in outline usually deeply lobed or
dissected. 22.
22. Lateral petals bearded; stigma with a conical beak on the lower
side. 23.
22. Lateral petals not bearded; style club-shaped and beakless; stamen
tips conspicuous orange. V. pedata (24).
23. Plants more or less pubescent; leaves mostly 3-9 lobed. V. palmata (19).
23. Plants glabrous or only slightly pubescent; leaves pedately divided
into linear lobes. V. pedatifida (20).
1. Viola canadensis L. Canada Violet. Stem leafy, 4 — 16 in.
high; leaves cordate-ovate, acute, serrate 1 — 4 in. long, | — 3f in.
broad; stipules small, lanceolate, entire; flowers, pale violet or
white with purple veins, lateral petals bearded. Lake, Medina,
Columbiana, Jefferson, Coshocton, Belmont, Gallia, Muskingum,
Fairfield, Clermont, Hamilton, Huron Co.
2. Viola scabriuscula (F. & G.) Schw. Smooth Yellow Violet.
Plant 3-11 in. high; stems thick and leafy; leaves 1J-2| in. long,
1-2 in. broad, renifomi to cordate-ovate, acute crenate-dentate ;
stipules, small, entire; flowers pale yellow. Common in Ohio.
3. Viola pubescens. Ait. Hairy Yellow Violet. Plant 6-16
in. high, hairy; leaves ovate or reniform, acute, crenate-dentate,
l|-2^ in. long, 1-2 in. wide, petioles very short; flower yellow,
purple veined with short spur and lateral petals bearded; capsule
in. long, glabrous or wooly; stipules ovate, entire. Ashtabula,
Lake, Medina, Stark, Wayne, Huron, Richland, Crawford,
Ottawa, Wood, Hancock, Wyandot, Morrow, Hardin, Franklin,
Fairfield, Warren and Pike Co.
4. Viola hastata. Michx. Halbert-leaf Violet. Stem slender,
erect, leaves and flowers borne near the top, 2-7 in. tall; leaves
short petioled, hastate to hastate-ovate, slightly serrate, acute
l-2f in. long, f-lf in. broad; flowers yellow. Lake, Cuyahoga,
Portage, Columbiana, Belmont Co.
5. Viola striata. Ait. Striped Violet. Plant 3-22 in. high,
stem slender, leafy; leaves heart-shaped, crenate-dentate, some¬
times acute, f-2| in. long, |-1| in. wide; stipules, large, oblong,
lanceolate, attentuate, |-1 in. long; flowers white with thick
spurs, somewhat shorter than petals. Common in Ohio.
6o
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 3,
G. Viola labridorica. Schrank. American Dog Violet. Plant
4-7 in. tall, stems slender, numerous, glabrous; leaves somewhat
hispidulous above, rounded at the apex, f-lf in. long, f-lf in.
wide; stipules lance-linear, narrow f-f in. long; flowers deep or
pale violet, spur rather long, not so long as petal, but rather
thick. Lucas, Lorain, Portage, Trumbull, Wyandot Co.
7. Viola rostrata. Pursh. Long-spurred Violet. Plant lf-7
in. high, compact, low, leaves round, heart-shaped, glabrous
f-lf in. long, f-1 3-16 in. broad; stipules narrow lance-linear
f-f in. long; flowers lilac with deep violet along the veins, spur as
long as petal. Hancock, Cuyahoga, Lorain, Medina, Wyandot,
Crawford, Wayne, Auglaize, Franklin, Licking, Perry, Jackson,
Belmont, Jefferson, Columbiana, Trumbull Co.
8. Viola rafinesquii. Greene. Wild Pansy. Plant very slender,
3-15 in. high; leaves, earliest sub-orbicular, later obovate to
linear lanceolate, attentuate at the base, f-lf in. long, f-f in.
wide; flowers bluish-white to cream-colored; stipules, very large,
leaf-like f-lf in. long. Ottawa, Erie, Cuyahoga, Lake, Ross,
Tuscarawas, Franklin, Pike, Miama, Montgomery, Hamilton Co.
9. Viola tricolor. L. Garden Pansy. Plant more robust than
rafinesquii; lower leaves ovate, upper leaves longer than broad,
crenate, f-f in. long, f-f in. wide; stipules large, leaf-like, f-1 in.
long; flower variously, colored purple, white and yellow.
Cuyahoga Co.
10. Viola odorata L. Sweet Violet. Plant, low, stoloniferous;
leaves round or broadly ovate, cordate, obtuse, crenate, f-lf in.
long, f-f in. broad; flowers deep purple, f-f in. wide, very fra¬
grant. Franklin, Lake Co.
11. Viola rotundifolia Michx. Round-leaf Violet. Plants low,
bases of former leaves persistent on rootstock; leaves ovate or
heartshaped, yellowish green, lighter below, f-2§ in. long, f-2| in.
wide, flowers yellow, lateral petals bearded, keel and lateral
petals streaked with brown. Ashtabula, Cuyahoga, Hocking Co.
12. Viola lecontiana Don. Woodland White Violet. Leaves,
bright green above, paler below, petioles rad-spotted, blades
orbicular to heart-shaped, 1— 2f in. long, 1-2 J in. wide; flowers
white, fragrant. Hancock, Fairfield, Vinton, Cuyahoga Co.
13. Viola blanda Willd. Sweet White Violet. Plant, glabrate,
somewhat stoloniferous from a very slender rootstock; leaves
f-lf in. long, f-lf in. wide, thin, light green, reniform to orbicular;
flowers, white. Ashtabula, Cuyahoga, Summit, Stark, Colum¬
biana, Belmont, Knox, Licking, Fairfield, Hocking, Champaign,
Franklin, Lucas Co.
14. Viola lanceolata L. Lance-leaf Violet . Leaves glabrous,
lance-shaped, crenulate, f-2 in. long, 3-16— § in. wide; flowers,
sepals lanceolate, acute, keel petal white with purple stripes,
lateral petals beardless. Fairfield and Lake Co.
Jan., 1913.]
The Violets of Ohio.
61
15. Viola obliqua. Hill. Thin-leaf Blue Violet. Plant often
solitary; leaves dark green, petioles 2-6 in. long, blades cordate,
ovate crenate-dentate |-2j in. long, f-2f in. wide; flowers pale
blue. General in distribution.
16. Viola papilionaceae Pursh. Common Blue Violet. Plants
robust; leaves sometimes deltoid, cordate, pointed or rounded,
1- 5 in. broad, f-5 in. long, petioles lf-13 in. long, flowers deep
violet, white or greenish yellow at base, sometimes wholly white;
capsules ellipsoid to cylindric, green or dark purple. General in
distribution.
17. Viola hirsutula. Brain. Southern Wood Violet. Plants
low; leaves reniform to cordate, crenate f-2 \ in. long, §-2 in.
wide; flowers violet purple, lateral petals bearded, spurred petal
with scattered hairs. Hocking, Fairfield Co.
18. Viola sororia Willd. Entire-leaf Blue Violet. Leaves
pubescent, cordate to ovate, crenate-dentate, f— If in. long, f-1 1
in. wide, petioles lf-6 in. long; flowers violet to lavender, spurred
petal glabrous. Lake, Wood, Warren, Blemont Co.
19. Viola palmata. L. Palmate Blue Violet. Leaves cordate
or ovate in outline, 1—3 in. long, f-3f in. wide, with 3-9 lobes;
flowers from pale to deep blue, |-lj in. broad. Fulton, Wood,
Lorain, Cuyahoga, Trumbull, Columbiana, Crawford, Licking,
Fairfield, Clermont, Delaware, Darke, Preble, Wyandot, Franklin,
Miami Co.
1. Var. Viola palmata dilatata Ell. Three-lobed Blue
Violet. Leaves mostly three lobed, middle lobe ovate, outline
of leaves usually hastate. Lake, Carroll, Knox, Auglaize,
Vinton Co.
20. Viola pedatifida. Don. Larkspur Violet. Plant pubescent ;
leaves 5-9 parted pedatelv into linear lobes, l-2§ in. long, petioles
2- 6 in. long; flowers deep blue, f-1 in. broad. Ottawa and
Auglaize Co.
21. Viola emarginata (Nutt) Le Conte. Triangle-leaf Violet.
Leaves broadly ovate, deltoid-triangular, sharply dentate below
the middle; flowers, violet blue. Cuyahoga and Lake Co.
22. Viola fimbriatula Smith. Ovate leaf Violet. Plant low,
rather compact, pubescent; leaves ovate to oblong, f-l| in. long,
|-f in. wide; petioles J-lf in. long; flowers blue. Lake, Portage,
Jefferson, Wayne, Licking Co.
23. Viola sagittata Ait. Arrow-leaf Violet. Plant rather low,
glabrous; leaves deltoid-cordate, obscurely crenate, §-2f in. long,
f-f in. wide; flowers violet blue, f in. broad. Fulton, Wood, Erie,
Lorain, Cuyahoga, Franklin, Lucas Co.
24. Viola pedata L. Bird’s-foot Violet. Plant rather low,
glabrous; leaves usually 9-lobed, cordate in outline, |-1 in. long,
1-1| in. wide; flowers, large, blue or sometimes upper petals
purple with dark purple at the center of the other lilac petals,
stamens large conspicuous orange; petals not bearded. Lawrence
County.
62
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol.XIII, No. 3,
NOTES ON OHIO MOSSES.*
Clara Gould Mark.
Bryoziphium norvegicum (Bridel) Mitten. This moss was
collected in Ohio as long ago as 1849 by Lesquereux, somewhere
in the Lancaster region. In the 1863 edition of Gray’s manual
Sullivant says of it: “Fruit unknown. Pendent on the per¬
pendicular faces of sandstone rocks, six miles south of Lancaster,
Fairfield County, Ohio. The only other certain habitat recorded
for this very interesting Moss is Iceland. ” As Sullivant himself
was not a collector, he doubtless referred to the locality in which
Lesquereux had collected the moss. Since that time this species
has been collected in several other places in the United States, the
only place where it has been found fruiting being the Dells of the
Wisconsin, where at two different times a limited number of
capsules was collected. The only specimen that has been in the
State Herbarium was collected by Miss Riddle at Christmas
Rocks in 1899. This moss is not uncommon on the vertical
cliffs of the Black Hand sandstone in the Hocking Valley, and
usually grows on the walls of the passages made by the enlarged
joints in the sandstone, particularly where there are currents of
cold air passing through these openings. The plants are usually
small and sparsely scattered over the walls, often associated with
other mosses. In one place, however, it has been recently found
growing luxuriantly and the individual plants often reach a length
of an inch and a half. It is rather interesting to note that this
locality is six miles south of Lancaster. Perhaps it is the one
referred to by Sullivant.
Buxbaumia aphylla Haller. A single specimen in the State
Herbarium, collected in Lake County, in 1879, by Mr. II . C.
Bearclslee, is labeled “The first for Ohio. ” So far as there is any
record here this is its only occurrence in the State previous to the
fall of 1911. Sullivant gives its range as “New England and New
York; rare,” and Lesquereux and James give it “On the ground,
especially of granite regions and mountains; White Mountains;
Cascade Mountains, etc.,” In the fall of 1911 three specimens
were found along the side of a wood road near Jacob’s Ladder,
and in the spring and fall of 1912 numerous specimens were col¬
lected in the same locality. This new station for the species is
nearly one hundred and fifty miles farther south than Bcardslee’s
locality for it in Lake County. An interesting thing about this
moss is the manner in which all the capsules point in the same
direction — toward the strongest light.
* Read at the annual meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science,
Columbus, Nov. 29, 1912.
Jan., 1913.]
Notes on Ohio Mosses.
63
Webera sessilis (Schmid.) Lindb. This moss had not been
represented in the State Herbarium, but about a year ago it was
found at Sugar Grove and since then has been found near Christ¬
mas Rocks. The capsules of this species, like those of Buxbaumia,
point toward the source of the light supply. Sullivant gives its
habitat as “ Clayey or barren soil ; not unfrequent in hilly districts ”,
while Lesquereux and James give it as “Clayey and shady
sandy banks along roads”. The habitat of that in the Lancaster
region seems to be somewhat unusual, as in the three places where
the species was collected — in two ravines at Sugar Grove, and near
Christmas Rocks — the plants were growing on the vertical faces
of sandstone, in one instance being associated with Bryozi phium
norvegicum.
Fig. 1. Buxbaumia aphylla.
Mnium punctatum (Hedw.). This species has not previously
been recorded in the State Herbarium, but it seems to be fairly
common in the Hocking Valley. Sullivant says that it occurs in
“wet places, on the ground, Alleghany Mountains”, and Les¬
quereux and James say “Cold springs and borders of brooks, on
mountains, rarely fruiting. ” In the Sugar Grove region it is
usually found near the heads of the ravines where the water runs
or trickles over the rocks, and is often associated with liverworts.
In the locality where the most luxuriant growth of Bryozi phium
norvegium was found, Mnium punctatum is associated with it and
grows on the vertical faces of the sandstone cliffs.
Poly trichum piliferum Schreb. This small Poly trichum is
common in the Sugar Grove region and occurs on exposed ledges
of the sandstone. It is often found in association with one or
more of the other Polytrichums but grows in more exposed places
than any of the others. It is a common thing to find Polytrichum
piliferum growing in very thin dry soil on the most exposed
ledges of sandstone, while a little farther back where the soil is
slightly deeper Polytrichum juniperinum grows, and still farther
back in more sheltered places, Polytrichum commune or Polytri¬
chum ohioense. So far only sterile specimens have been collected,
64
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 3,
but this species is easily distinguished from Polytrichum juni-
perinum , which it most nearly resembles, by its size and the long
white awn-like tips to the leaves, which give the plant a hoary
or grayish appearance.
LIST OF PLANTS COLLECTED IN CUYAHOGA COUNTY
AND NEW TO THIS COUNTY OR TO OHIO.*
Edo Claassen.
These plants were collected in the course of this year and
specimens of them will be sent to the Department of Botany, Ohio
State University, to be added to its herbarium.
1. Caryospora putaminum (Schw.) DeNot. On old plum stones
lying on the ground. Euclid.
2. Diodia teres Walton. On sandy hill. E. Cleveland.
3. Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. On Phlox paniculata L. (cult.),
E. Cleveland.
4. Erysiphe communis (Wallr.), Fr. On Polygonum aviculare
L., Euclid, on Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L., and on Baptisia
tinctoria R. Br., E. Cleveland.
5. Melampsora populina Lev. On Populus grandidentata
Michx. Olmsted Falls.
G. Microsphaera alni (DC.) Winter. On Sambucus canadensis L.,
and on Syringa vulgaris L. (cult.), E. Cleveland.
7. Sphaerotheca castagnei Lev. On Nabalus altissimus (L.)
Hook. E. Cleveland.
8. Ustilago avenae (Pers.) Jensen. On Avena sativa L. Cleveland.
*Presented at the annual meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci., Columbus,
Nov. 30, 1912.
Date of Publication, January 27, 1913.
&+£L’ ■ / ' > . •• -» T : • !
■
'
^ . ‘s*a’ ■ . . •>*
t,. '■ '•• ' it "g W V ' •*<
»iV St V * ' - •>- ■ ■ , t/i
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Ceramic Engin¬
eering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairying, Domestic
Science, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Manual Training,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner-
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education, Psychol¬
ogy, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School Administra¬
tion, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study7 of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term. Address University Editor.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist.1
VOLUME XIII.
FEBRUARY,
1913.
NUMBER A
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf tht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, arid qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus,
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist.
A jouruRl devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club or the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly duriDg the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 51.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager , . James S. Hinb.
Associate Edilots.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Miles, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of " Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first twelve volumes may be obtained at 51.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds Bbould be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hine.
Addre*» THE OHIO NATURALIST,
Ohio Academy ol Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteeuth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. E. L- Moseley . 60 cts.
2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 cts.
3. ‘‘The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke . 50 cts.
4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
5. ‘‘Tabanidae of Ohio-.” pp. 63. James S. Hine . 50 cts.
6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. “ Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonser . . 50 cts.
8. “The Ooccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. Max Morse. . . 50 cts.
10. “Ecological Study of Brush Lake.” pp. 20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. . .35 cts.
11. “ The Willows of Ohio.” pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. “Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio.” pp. 35.
V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. “The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity.”
F. L. Landacre . 60 cts.
14. “ Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio.” pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. “Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory.” pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. “The Pteridophytes of Ohio.” pp. 41- John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian. Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio £J\C aturalist ,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XIII. FEBRUARY, 1913.
No. 4.
- L
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Schaffner— The Characteristic Plants of a Typical Prairie . . 65 g0-
Schaffner— The Classification of Plants, VIII . 70
Fuilmer— Additions Made to the Cedar Point Flora During the Summer of 1912 . 78 ®
Humphrey— The Ohio Dogbanes . 79
THE CHARACTERISTIC PLANTS OF A TYPICAL PRAIRIE.*
John H. Schaffner.
The characteristic plants of a typical prairie give to it an
appearance immediately recognizable whether it is climatic or
edaphic. If one had carefully prepared lists of the important
plants of prairies in various part of the great Mississippi basin, it
would be comparatively easy to select the plants of general
distribution from those confined to special areas.
The prairie described below, not from an ecological but simply
from a floristic standpoint, is situated in the center of the North
American prairie province about one hundred miles east of the
center of the transition zone to the plains region, in Clay County,
Kansas. This region has never been glaciated and the surface
rocks belong to the characteristic Dakota Sandstone.
The eastern limit of the transition zone is about forty miles to
the west and may in this region be placed at the eastern limit of
the range of the prairie dog (Cynomys ludovicianus) and the
agricultural ant (Pogonomyrmex occidentalis) , both of which are
characteristic and abundant animals of the plains.
In the prairie under consideration there is, of course, some
admixture of plains plants, but it is, nevertheless, a typical climatic
prairie. The grasses which give color to the region are of the
yellow-green type in summer and of a characteristic brown tint
when dry, in winter. The color of the prevailing plains grasses
is a grayish green, turning to grayish white in winter. These
colors contrast sharply with the dark green of the pastures and
meadows of Poas now largely developed in the eastern states.
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory, Ohio State University
No. 72.
65
66
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol.XIII, No. 4,
The typical prairie grasses are the following four species,
named in the order of their importance:
Andropogon furcatus Muhl. Big Blue-stem.
Andropogon scoparius Mx. Little Blue-stem.
Sorghastrum avenaceum (Mx.) Nash. Indian-grass.
Panicum virgatum L. Tall Smooth Panic-grass.
The Big Blue-stem may be regarded as the prairie grass. It
grows in a close sod and formerly in certain years the flowering
stems would be over ten feet high. On the richer uplands it grew
with such luxuriance that the location of cattle and horses could
frequently not be determined except by the waving of the tall
stems as they passed through it. The Indian-grass usually
occurs along with the big blue-stem, while the little blue-stem is
characteristic of the higher drier slopes and hills. Along with the
four large grasses mentioned above are the smaller gray-green
grasses :
Atheropogon curtipendulus (Mx.) Fourn. Racemed Atheropogon.
Bouteloua oligostachya (Nutt.) Torr. Smooth Mesquite-grass.
Bouteloua hirsute Lag. Hairy Mesquite-grass.
In almost pure patches or mixed with the mesquite-grasses, is
the very low-growing buffalo-grass, Bulbilis dactyloides (Nutt.)
Raf., the most remarkable of the gray-green grasses of the plains.
The patches of buffalo-grass are usually on the poorer clayey
banks and slopes, a few yards to a number of rods in extent. The
Texas spike-grass, Schedonnardus paniculatus (Nutt.) Trel., is
frequently found on the buffalo-grass patches.
In the wet ravines and level, poorly drained second-bottom
lands, Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Willd, tall slough-grass, forms
large close patches, and in “gumbo spots” subject to moisture
the salt marsh-grass, Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene, occurs.
On the ends of spurs or ridges between ravines where coyotes,
burrowing owls, badgers, and other animals delight in making
their burrows and thus cultivate the ground very thoroughly,
the western couch-grass, Agropyron spicatum (Pursh) Scribn. &
Sm., is often abundant. This grass was formerly the first to grow
after the prairie had been burned off in the spring and was thus
usually the first available green pasture for the pioneer’s cattle.
There are several sedges on the upland and various species
abound in moist ravines and about ponds. Many grasses besides
those mentioned above also occur on the upland and in the ravines
but those named are generally the characteristic species. The
Republican River flows through this region with its wide flood-
plain and there are here numerous species which do not extend to
the upland. Such strips or ribbons of vegetation are, however,
more or less edaphic and do not belong to the general floristic
picture ; just as the forest belts along the streams are not essentially
different, except for the small number of species, from the vegeta-
Feb., 1913.] Characteristic Plants of a Typical Prairie.
67
tion on the young flood-plains of a forested region like Ohio. They
owe their existence to the presence of the river and not to the
climatic conditions.
The prairie fire, although not the cause of the prairies, had,
nevertheless, a profound effect on their vegetation. When the
fires swept over the prairie in the spring, it burned up everything
down to the ground, and perennial herbs and shrubs had each
year to meet anew the competition above ground of the all-con¬
quering grasses. Frequently the fires occurred in the fall and
thus the soil was exposed, without covering, during the entire
winter to dryness, wind and cold. Since the fires have ceased
even the patches of prairie still remaining are undergoing a rapid
and remarkable change in vegetation. The change in the relative
abundance of certain species is no less interesting than the arrival
of new forms from other regions.
After the characteristic grasses, the most prominent members
of the prairie vegetation are a number of shrubs and perennial
geophilous herbs. The latter are usually crownformers, often
with exceedingly long taproots. When one sees such plants
exposed in the banks of a stream or an arroyo, one realizes what a
large part of the vegetation is underground in summer as well
as in winter.
The woody or semi-woody species are few in number, though
several are among the characteristic prairie plants. The most
important one in the region under consideration is the shoe-string,
Amorpha canescens Pursh, which is a low shrub a foot or two in
height. Others are, Rosa arkansana Port., Arkansas Rose,
Meriolix serrulata (Nutt.) Walp., Tooth-leaf Evening-primrose,
and Morongia uncinata (Willd.) Britt., Sensitive-brier. The
latter is only slightly woody. In the ravines, Amorpha fruticosa
L., false indigo, is especially abundant on the banks of ponds.
Salix fluviatilis Nutt., Sandbar willow, grows in small dense
thickets in moist ravines and is occasionally present on banks and
hillsides. In such situations, however, the shrub is always
very small.
Very few seedless plants thrive on a typical prairie. There are
no ferns on the prairie proper but Wocdsia obtusa (Spreng.) Torr.
grows on moist sandstone cliffs along with several species of mosses,
liverworts, and lichens. Equisetum kansanum Schaff. occurs on
clayey banks and slopes and Marsilea vestita H. & G. grows
occasionally in buffalo-wallows in low places. The Marsilea
seems to be near its eastern limit and is properly a plant of the
plains. There are very few mosses but some small ground-loving
lichens occur especially on the hills and Nostoc commune Vauch.
is abundant on the banks of ravines. The giant puffball, Lyco-
perdon giganteum Batsch., often occurs in large numbers and in
suitable seasons various other species of puffballs, toadstools and
stink-horns make their appearance.
68
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 4,
There is one prickly-pear, Opuntia sp., with fragrant flowers
and edible fruit which ripens in late autumn. It is quite common
especially in patches of buffalo-grass or in gumbo patches where
it does not have to meet the competition of the Andropogons.
On the very highest hills Cactus missouriensis (Sweet.) Ktz., the
Missouri cactus, grows although it is quite rare.
Besides the grasses, the most characteristic plants of the prairie,
as stated above are perennial geophytes, mostly crowm-formcrs
with deep taproots. Of special prominence are Psoralea floribunda
Nutt., many-flowered Psoralea, and Psoralea argophylla Pursh,
silver-leaf Psoralea. Both species are tumbleweeds, being sepa¬
rated from the perennial base by means of cleavage planes devel¬
oped in the stems near the ground. Psoralea esculenta Pursh,
prairie-apple, wTith its thickened root is also common. In the
spring and early summer, three species of wild-indigo are found
here and there as conspicuous members of the flora, namely,
Baptisia australis (L.) R. Br., Baptisia bracteata Ell., and Baptisia
leucantha T. & G. having blue, cream-colored, and white flowers
respectively.
Other large and conspicuous species are as follows :
Verbena stricta Vent. Hoary Vervain.
Verbena hastata L. Blue Vervain.
Vernonia baldwini Torr. Baldwin’s Ironweed.
Euphorbia marginata Pursh. Snow-on-the-mountain.
Carduus undulatus Nutt. Wavy-leaf Thistle.
Artemisia gnaphalodes Nutt. Prairie Mugwort.
Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt. Lobed Mugwort.
Glycyrrhiza lepidota Pursh. Wild Liquorice.
Helianthus maximiliani Schrad. Maximilian’s Sunflower.
Helianthus subrhomboideus Rydb. Rhombic-leaf Sunflower.
Heliopsis scabra Dun. Rough Oxeye.
Lespedeza capitata Mx. Round-headed Bush-clover.
Allionia linearis Pursh. Narrow-leaf Umbrella-wort.
Ambrosia psilostachya DC. Western Ragweed.
Acuan illinoensis (Mx.) Ktz. Illinois Acuan.
Salvia pitcheri Torr. Pitcher’s Sage.
Meibomia — several species.
Lactuca — -several species.
Hieracium longipilum Torr. Long-bearded Hawkweed.
Nabalus asper (Mx.) T. & G. Rough Rattlesnake-root.
Onagra biennis (L.) Scop. Common Evening-primrose.
Gaura parviflora Dougl. Small-flowered Gaura.
Gaura biennis L. Biennial Gaura.
Onosmodium carolinianum (Lam.) DC. Slaggy False-gromwell.
Grindelia squarrosa (Pursh) Dun. Broadleaf Gum-plant.
Cuscuta paradoxa Raf. Glomerata Dodder, a conspicuous parasite mostly
on the tall herbs of the sunflower family, growing in ravines but occa¬
sionally on the upland.
Feb., 1913.]
Characteristic Plants of a Typical Prairee.
69
Among the smaller plants usually common may be mentioned :
Juncus tenuis Willd. Slender Rush.
Panicum — several small species.
Antennaria campestris Rydb. Prairie Everlasting.
Plantago purshii R. & S. Pursh's Plantain.
Achillea lanulosa Nutt. Western Milfoil.
Astragalus — several species.
Oxalis violacea L. Violet Wood-sorrel.
Linum sulcatum Ridd. Grooved Yellow Flax.
Kuhnia glutinosa Ell. Prairie Kuhnia.
Erigeron ramosus (Walt.) B. S. P. Daisy Fleabane.
Mesadenia tuberosa (Nutt.) Britt. Tuberous Indian-plantain.
Kuhnistera purpurea (Vent.) MacM. Violet Prairie-clover.
Kuhnistera Candida (Willd.) Ktz. White Prairie-clover.
Physalis virginiana Mill. Virginia Groundcherry.
Asclepiodora viridis (Walt.) Gr. Oblong-leaf Milkweed.
Among the early spring flowers that grow on the upland, and
not mentioned above, the following are notable:
Anemone caroliniana Walt. Daisy Anemony.
Anemone decapetala Ard. - This is not distinct from the preceding.
There are a number of elementary species. The colors are white blue
and reddish pink, the blues being of many shades.
Nothocalais cuspidata (Pursh) Greene. Wild-dandelion.
Viola pedatifida Don. Prairie Violet.
Sisyrinchium campestre Bickn. Prairie Blue-eyed-grass.
Lithospermum linearifolium Goldie. Narrow-leaf Puccoon.
Callirrhoe alceoides (Mx.) Gr. Light Poppy-mallow.
Callirrhoe involucrata (T. & G.) Gr. Purple Poppy-mallow — mostly in
ravines and bottoms.
Vicia linearis (Nutt.) Greene. Narrow-leaf American Vetch.
Tradescantia, sp.
The above would represent the usual plants in a prairie boquet
gathered in the spring, although a few additions might be made
to it from the ravines.
The summer and autumn flowers include among others the
following :
Solidago — several species, the most beautiful being the early-blooming
S. missouriensis Nutt., Missouri Goldenrod.
Aster — several species including the beautiful silky aster, A. sericeus Vent.
Ruellia ciliosa Pursh. Hairy Ruellia.
Ratibida columnaris (Sims) D. Don., Long-headed Prairie-cone-flower.
Lacinaria punctata (Hook.) Ktz. Dotted Blazing-star.
Gyrostachys, two species.
Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl. Slender Gerardia.
Gentiana — a beautiful undetermined species with deep blue flowers.
This prairie is ^hanging rapidly through the influences brought
in by the settlement of the country and because of extensive
cultivation and pasturing. Even now it would be difficult for
one who has never seen the original, endless sweep of green vegeta¬
tion as it extended over hill and plain, before the advent of the
early settlers who came in great numbers in 1869-71, to form a
clear conception of the prairie’s former grandeur or to realize the
important floristic changes that have already taken place and that
are still in progress.
70
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 4,
THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, VIII.
John H. Schaffner.
Below is presented a synopsis of the fifteen plant phyla given
in the preceding paper of this series. The classification of the
fungi follows with a key to the orders.
The following changes should be made in the arrangement of
the families of Anthophyta as presented in the sixth paper:
Transfer the Parnassiaceae from Saxifragales to Ranales following
the Ranunculaceae. Interchange the position of Loganiaceae
and Oleaceae. Also interchange the position of Bromeliaceae
and Dioscoreaceae.
SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT PHYLA.
A. Plant body unicellular or filamentous, or if a solid aggregate through the
ovary, when present, not an archegonium; never seed-producing;
nonsexual, with a simple sexual life cycle, or with an alternation of
generations.
I. Cells typically with poorly differentiated nuclei and chromatophores,
reproducing by fission; motile or nonmotile, colored or colorless,
with or without chlorophyll but never with a pure chlorophyll-
green color; resting spores commonly present.
Phylum 1. Schizophyta.
II. Cells with well differentiated nuclei, and if holophytic usually with
definite chromatophores; with or without chlorophyll; colorless,
green, or variously tinted by coloring matters.
(I.) Nonsexual, unicellular plants without chlorophyll having a
plasmodium stage of more or less completely fused amoeboid
cells from which complex sporangium-like resting bodies are
built up. Phylum 2. Myxophyta.
(II.) Plants not developing a plasmodium, but the cells normally
covered with walls in the vegetative phase.
1. Unicellular or filamentous plants containing chlorophyll,
either brown with silicious, two-valved walls or green
with complex chromatophores, the walls not silicified;
conjugating cells not ciliated, isogamous.
Phylum 3. Zygophyta.
2. Plants not with silicified, two-valved walls, if with a direct
conjugation of nonmotile cells or branches then without
chlorophyll.
(1.) Plants with chlorophyll; if without chlorophyll then
either without a true mycelium, or if a mycelium is
present having a sexual phase with ciliated, motile
sperms.
a. Antheridium when present not consisting of a
globular structure containing sperm-bearing
filaments; often with an alternation of gen¬
erations.
(a.) Plants green with chlorophyll or colorless,
nearly all producing nonsexual zoospores, the
sexual forms isogamous or heterogemous.
Phylum 4. Gonidiophyta.
Feb., 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, VIII.
7i
(b.) Plants with chlorophyll hidden by a brown,
red, or purple pigment, always with a multi¬
cellular body and with sexuality.
((a.)) Mostly marine brown algae with phy-
cophaein; isogamous or heterogam-
ous, with ciliated sperms, both
gametes discharged from the gam-
etangia. Phylum 5. Phaeophyta.
((b.)) Mostly marine red algae with phy-
coerythrin; heterogamous, with sta¬
tionary eggs and non-ciliated sperms.
Phylum 6. Rhodophyta
b. Filamentous, aquatic, green algae with globular
antheridia containing sperm-bearing filaments,
the sperms being biciliated; nonsexual spores
absent. Phylum 7. Gharophyta.
(2.) Plants without chlorophyll and with a true mycelium;
sexual reproduction if present without motile sperms;
sometimes with an alternation of generations.
Phylum 8. Mycophyta.
B. Plant body a solid aggregate, if filamentous, only so in the embryonic
condition; ovary an archegonium, if a reduced archegonium then
the plants seed-bearing; always with an antithetic alternation of
generations in the normal life cycle.
I. Without vascular tissue; sphorophyte parasitic on the gametophyte
during its entire life; homosprous; small plants without roots or
true leaves. Phylum 9. Bryophyta.
II. Always with vascular tissue in the sporophyte which becomes an
independent plant at maturity, with roots and leaves except in a
few degenerate forms.
1. Sporophyte not seed-producing, the sperms breaking out of
the antherifdum to enter the necks of the archegonia;
homosporous or heterosporous.
a. Sperms comparatively large, multiciliate; the
sporophylls not in cones unless the sporophytes
have jointed stems and small whorled leaves,
(a.) Stems not jointed, the leaves usually large
and compound and spirally arranged, rarely
in whorles; sporophylls never in cones.
Phylum 10. Ptenophyta.
(b.) Stems jointed and fluted, bearing small,
whorled leaves; sporophylls in cones.
Phylum 11. Calamophyta.
b. Sperms small, biciliate; the leaves small and sim¬
ple, covering the continuous stem in spirals or
sometimes opposite; sporophylls usually in cones
or sometimes forming zones alternating with the
sterile leaves. Phylum 12. Lepidophyta.
2. Sporophyte producing seeds, the female gametophyte
always parasitic in the megasporangium (ovule) during
its entire life, the male gametophyte developing a pollen-
tube through which the sperms are discharged; always
heterosporous.
a. Carpels (megasporophylls) open, without stigmas
or true ovularies, the ovules and seeds naked and
the pollen (male gametophytes) falling directly
into the micropyle.
72
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 4,
(a.) Sperms so far as known ciliated and motile;
ovules with a pollen-chamber; sporophylls
in spiral rosettes or aggregated into cones.
Phylum 13. Cycadophyta.
(b.) Sperms without cilia, ovules without definite
pollen-chambers; sporophylls in cones which
may be highly specialized, or reduced.
Phylum 14. Strobilophyta.
b. Carpels or the set of carpels (megasporophylls)
closed at maturity, with stigmas and with
ovularies enclosing the ovules and seeds; pollen
(male gametophytes) falling on the stigma and
developing long pollen tubes; flowers well devel¬
oped, usually with a perianth, often highly
specialized or reduced. Phylum 15. Anthophyta.
The following arrangement of the fungi is the result of several
years of study in attempting to discover the natural relationships
of the thallophytes without chlorophyll. It is no doubt far from
what must be the final arrangement, yet it is believed to represent
the phyletic classification so far as present investigation has indi¬
cated lines of sequence and homologies. Where there has been
no decided evidence to the contrary, the system and terminology
have not been changed from that which is in rather general use.
In classifying fungi, as well as other groups, the supposed
relationships cannot be determined by taking a single character or
set of characters into consideration but every part and function
in the entire life cycle must be duly considered. Many essentially
similar structures and processes have developed entirely inde¬
pendently of one another. In recent years, it seems that various
attempts have been made to read the ordinary antithetic life cycle
into the higher fungi. It is probable that alternation of generations
had several independent origins even in the unicellular forms, and
the original cycle may have been modified in various ways. One
thing is clearly evident, that it is possible to have an alternation
of sexual and nonsexual phases with both generations having either
the haploid or diploid number of chromosomes.
The lichens have not been distributed farther than the sub¬
classes, perhaps not as far as present day knowledge would warrant
but we need much more morphological and cytological investiga¬
tion of both the ordinary Ascomycetae and the Ascolichenes
before a fairly certain arrangement is possible.
Whether the Mycophyta, as delimited by the writer, represent
two main origins and two phyla or whether the Phvcomycetae
should be joined with the Gonidiophvta are still open questions,
but there is at least a very serious array of objections against the
hypothesis that the typical Ascomycetae and the Laboulbenieae
have had their origin from the red algae rather than from the more
primitive Gonidiophvta. The marine nature of the red algae,
with their lack of semiparasitic aerial forms, as well as the
Feb., 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, VIII.
73
very great difference in the type of alternation of generations
point to the conclusion that the evident similarities between the
two groups are rather to be regarded as analogous developments.
Unless the case can be made much more evident than at present,
even the more or less superficial similarity between the structures
of the ascocarp and cystocarp cannot be urged as very strong
evidence in favor of a direct origin from the Rhodophyta.
Whether all the fungi containing an ascus shotild be placed
in a single class and whether the Teliosporeae should be retained
in a class distinct from the Basidiomycetae are questions which
depend on one’s definition or conception of a class. It is very
desirable to have a system that is fairly consistent for the entire
plant kingdom, if botany is to be a science and not simply a group
of disjointed subjects.
FUNGI.
I. Schizophyta. Fission Plants.
1. Schizomycetae. Fission Fungi.
a. Bacteriales. Bacteria.
b. Desmobacteriales. Filamentous Bacteria.
c. Rhodobacteriales. Purple Bacteria.
2. Myxoschizomycetae. Slime Bacteria,
a. Myxobacteriales.
II. Myxophyta. Slime Molds.
1. Plasmodiophoreae (?) [Parasites.]
a. Plasmodiophorales.
2. Myxomycetae [Saprophytes.]
(1.) Acrasicae.
a. Acrasiales.
(2.) Myxogastreae.
a. Ceratiomyxales.
b. Myxogastrales.
IV. Gonidiophyta. Zoospore Plants.
1. Archemycetae. Primitive Fungi.
a. Chytridiales.
2. Monoblepharideae. [With normal gametes.]
a. Monoblepharidales.
VIII. Myxophyta. Typical Fungi.
A. Phycomycetae. Algal Fungi.
1. Zygomycetae.
a. Mucorales. Black Molds.
b. Entomophthorales. Insect-cholera Fungi.
2. Oomycetae.
a. Ancylistales.
b. Saprolegniales. Water Molds.
c. Peronosporales. Common Mildews.
B. Mtcomycetae. Higher Fungi.
3. Ascomycetae. Sack Fungi.
(1.) Hemiasceae. Intermediate Sack Fungi,
a. Ascoideales.
(2.) Aspergilleae. Tuber Fungi.
a. Aspergillales. Little Tuber Fungi.
b. Tuberales. Truffles.
74
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 4,
(3.) Discomycelae.
a. Hysteriales. Slit Fungi.
b. Phacidiales. Little Cup Fungi.
c. Pezizales. Cup Fungi.
d. Protocaliciales.
e. Helvellales.
(4.) Discolichenes.
a. Coniocarpales.
b. Graphidales.
c. Cyclocarpales.
(5.) Pyrenomycelae.
a. Hypocreales.
b. Dothideales.
c. Sphaeriales.
d. Perisporiales. Powdery Mildews.
(6.) Pyrenolichenes.
a. Pyrenulales.
b. Mycoporales.
(7.) Exoasceae.
a. Exoascales.
b. Saccharomycetales. Yeast-plants.
(8.) Deuteromycelae. Imperfect Fungi.
a. Moniliales. Common Molds.
b. Melanconiales. Black-dot Fungi.
c. Sphaeropsidales. Spot Fungi.
4. Laboulbenieae. Beetle Fungi.
a. Laboulbeniales.
o. Teliosporeae. Brand Fungi.
a. Tilletiales. Stinking Smuts.
b. Ustilaginales. Loose Smuts.
c. Uredinales. Plant Rusts.
G. Basidiomycetae. Basidium Fungi.
(1.) Protobasidiae.
a. Auriculariales. Ear Fungi.
b. Tremellales. Jelly Fungi.
c. Dacryomycetales.
(2.) Hymenomycetae.
a. Agaricales.
(3.) Hymenolichenes .
a. Corales.
(4.) Gastromycetae.
a. Hymenogastrales. False Truffles.
b. Sclerodermatales. Thick-skinned Puffballs.
c. Lycoperdales. Puffballs.
d. Nidulariales. Bird-nest Fungi.
e. Phallales. Stink-horns.
Key to the Orders of Fungi.
The Fungi are Thallophytes without chlorophyll but sometimes inclose
chlorophyll-containing Algae in the meshes of their bodies.
1. Plant body not a true mycelium, usually unicellular, or the cells some¬
times in simple or branched filaments; some forms with a plasmo-
dium, others with a sack-like body containing cells; the resting or
spore stage sometimes consisting of a sporangium-like body without
cell structure, with enclosed spores. 2.
1. Plant body a more or less perfectly developed mycelium consisting of
septate or nonseptate hyphae. 7.
Feb., 1913.]
The Classificatian of Plants, VIII.
75
2. Plants consisting of minute, distinct cells with walls, or with the cells
arranged in simple or branched filaments; the cells sometimes in a
gelatinous mass; often ciliate; nuclei poorly differentiated.
SCHIZOMYCETAE. 3.
2. Plant body of minute distinct cells in a pseudoplasmodium, the whole
mass motile; fruiting bodies of definite form somewhat like the
sporangia of slime molds; saprophytes.
Myxoschizomycetae. Myxobacteriales.
2. Plant body of oval or elongated, comparatively large, nonmotile cells
which increase by budding; commonly present in sugary solutions
and fruit juices causing alcoholic fermentation. Saccharomycetales.
2. Plant body when mature consisting of cells in a sack-like structure;
usually parasitic in the cells of algae, pollengrains in water, and
occasionally in the cells and tissues of higher plants.
Archemycetae. Chytridiales.
2. Plant body a motile plasmodium of naked cells, the fruiting stage
usually a so-called sporangium, usually without cell structure
excepting the spores within; saprophytic, rarely parasitic.
Myxomycetae. 4.
3. Cells spherical, rod-shaped, curved, or spiral, free or in simple or loose
aggregates or filaments, motile or nonmotile, some with cilia or
flagella; not with a purple pigment in the protoplasm. Bacteriales.
3. Cells spherical, rod-shaped, or spiral, containing a purple pigment
called bacterio-purpurin. Rhodobacteriales.
3. Cells in filaments surrounded by a sheath, or filaments without a
sheath but with active movement by means of an undulating cell
membrane. Desmobacteriales.
4. Parasitic in the cells of living plants, the cells forming a plasmodium;
the fructification consisting of a mass of free cells.
Plasmodiophorales.
4. Saprophytes developed on decaying organic matter. 5.
5. Amoeboid cells massed together in an imperfect plasmodium; ripe
fructification consisting of masses of free cells, sometimes on a
stalk. Acrasiales.
5. Vegetative body a true plasmodium; with free, white stalked spores or
with spores in a sporangium-like receptacle. 6.
6. With free, white, stalked spores. Ceratiomyxales.
0. With spores in sporangium-like receptacles. Myxogastrales.
7. Mycelium nonseptate, or if septate still with cenocytic divisions;
spores not in asci nor on basidia, usually formed as the result of the
conjugation of two similar or dissimilar hyphal branches; zoospores
or conida present in most forms and in some cases nonmotile, non-
sexual spores in special sporangia. 8.
7. Mycelium definitely septate; spores in the normal forms borne in asci
or on basidia, in some groups the basidia developing from chlamido-
spores; numerous imperfect forms with only the coni dial stage
known. 11.
8. Mycelium with septa; reproduction by means of true eggs and free-
swimming spermatozoids; aquatic molds.
Monoblepharideae. Monoblepharidales.
8. Sexual spores produced by the conjugation of two equal or nearly
similar hyphal branches; mycelium saprophytic or parasitic on
plants and animals, especially on insects; no zoospores produced.
Zygomycetae. 9.
8. Sexual spores produced by the conjugation of a large branch and a
small branch, the smaller penetrating the larger by means of a
tubular process; mycelium parasitic or saprophytic; aquatic molds
on living or dead animals or aerial plant parasites, often with non-
sexual zoospores. Oomycetae. 10.
76
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 4,
9. Saprophytic, or occasionally parasitic on other molds. Mucorales.
9. Parasitic on insects, as flies, grasshoppers, plant lice, etc.
Entomophthorales.
10. Mycelium poorly developed, with septa; endophytic parasites, mostly
in fresh water algae, some in the roots of higher plants. Ancylistales.
10. Saprophytic or parasitic, mostly aquatic molds; mycelium well devel¬
oped; nonsexual reproduction by zoospores. Saprolegniales.
10. Parasitic on the higher plants; nonsexual reproduction by aerial conidia
which may give rise to zoospores. Peronosporales.
—11—
11. Hyphae usually forming sporocarps having spores enclosed in asci.
Ascomycetae. 12.
11. Plant body minute, erect, few-celled, growing parasitic on insects;
perithecia on a receptacle; asci usually 4-spored.
Laboulbenieae. Laboulbeniales.
11. Parasites with basidia coming from chlamidospores (teleutospores)
which are with or without stalks. Teliosporeae. 31.
11. Hyphae usually forming sporocarps bearing basidiospores on basidia
arising directly from the mycelium. Basidiomycetae. 33.
11. Hyphae bearing only conidia, in pycnidia, or the conidia superficial
borne on loose or innate hyphae; asci or basidia not known.
Deuteromycetae. 29.
12. Fungi symbiotic with algal cells. Ascolichenes. 13.
12. Fungi without helotic algae in their bodies. 17.
13. Asci on an apothecium. Discolichenes. 14.
13. Asci in a perithecium. Pyrknolichenes. l(i.
14. Paraphyses forming a powdery mass with the spores, the paraphyses
growing beyond the asci, forming there a network, adhering to the
disk of the apothecium which soon breaks up into a powdery mass
with the spores. Algae belonging to the Gonidiophyta.
Conyocarpales.
14. Paraphyses not forming a powdery mass with the spores, 15.
15. Disk of the apothecium linear, ellipsoid, or somewhat angular. Algae
belonging to the Gonidiophyta. Graphidales.
15. Disk of the apothecium circular. Algae belonging to the Gonidiophyta
or to the Cyanophyceae. Cyclocarpales.
16. Cavity of the perithecium simple, not divided by complete or incom¬
plete partitions. Pyrenulales.
16. Cavity of the perithecium divided by complete or incomplete parti¬
tions. Mycoporales.
17. Asci with a variable number of spores, usually many-spored.
Hemiasceae. Ascoideales.
17. Asci with a definite number of spores in typical cases, separate from
each other, not forming a definite fruiting body. Exoasceae. 18.
17. Asci with a definite number of spores in typical cases, collected on or
in an ascocarp. 19.
18. Asci approximate and forming an indefinite hymenium; mostly parasitic
Exoascales.
18. Asci entirely isolated; vegetative reproduction by budding of the
cells; plants producing alcoholic fermentation. Saccharomycetales.
19. Asci collected in enclosed tuber-like bodies or fasciculate, and sur¬
rounded by a spherical, cylindric, pyriform or shield-like wall, the
perithecium. 24.
19. Asci collected in a flattened, concave or convex hyrmenial layer
(Ascoma). Discomycetae. 20.
20. Apothecia pulverulent, spheroidal, plants saprophytic.
Protocaliciales.
20. Apothecia not pulverulent. 21.
Feb., 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, VIII.
77
21.
21.
22.
22.
23.
23.
24.
24.
25.
25.
26.
26.
27.
27.
28.
28.
29.
29.
30.
30.
31.
31.
32.
32.
33.
33.
34.
34.
35.
Ascoma more or less completely closed at first, opening free at or
before maturity, and plane, concave, or rarely convex. 22.
Ascoma open from the first, normally convex and commonly with the
surface pitted or with gyrose furrows. Helvellales.
Ascoma long enclosed in a tough covering which is torn open at the
maturity of the spores. 23.
Ascoma soon becoming free, without special covering; mostly fleshy
cuplike fungi. Pezizales.
Ascoma mostly elongate, the cones opening by a longitudinal fissure.
Hysteriales.
Ascoma roundish, the cover rupturing by radiating or stellate fissures.
Phacidiales.
Asci arranged at different levels in the perithecium or in a hymenium
lining enclosed cavities. Aspergilleae. 25.
Asci in fascicles arising from a common level. 26.
Asci arranged at different levels, sometimes forming skein-like masses.
Aspergillales.
Asci in a definite flat hymenium lining cavities, permanently enclosed;
fruiting body mostly subterranean. Tuberales.
Cleistothecia globose, scattered, without apparent ostiole, usually
with appendages, mostly attached to an apparent mycelium or
membrane; in one family flat shield-shaped perithecia with ostiole
present. Perisporiales.
Perithecia typical with distinct ostiole. 27.
Perithecia (and stroma if present) fleshy or membranous, bright-
colored (white, red or blue). Hypocreales.
Perithecia (and stroma if present) hardened, never fleshy, rarely
membranous, dark-colored (black or dark brown). 28.
Walls of the perithecia scarcely distinguishable from the stroma.
Dothideales.
Perithecia with distinct walls either free or imbedded in a stroma.
Sphaeriales.
Conidia borne on short stalks in pycnidia. Sphaeropsidales.
Conidia superficial, borne on loose or innate hyphae; no true pycnidia
present. 30.
Hyphae somewhat superficial, often floccose. Moniliales.
Hyphae innate with the matrix; parasitic; the conidia borne on a
pseudo-pycnidium, formed from the altered tissue of the host.
Melanconiales.
—31—
Chlamydospores produced in the ovularies, leaves or stems of the host,
usually black, not stalked. 32.
Chlamydospores (teleutospores) usually stalked, producing black or
brown pustules under the epidermis of leaves or stems; often devel¬
oping on the same or on a different host clusters of cup-like or crater¬
like aecidia with spores formed in chains inside of a membranous
pseudoperidium. Uredinales.
Chlamydospores developing a several-celled basidium (promycelium)
which bears the spores at the sides of the cells. Ustilaginales.
Chlamydospores developing a nonseptate basidium which bears the
spores at the apex. Tilletiales.
Fungi symbiotic with algal cells. Hymenolichenes. Corales.
Fungi without helotic algae in their bodies. 34.
Plants gelatinous, basidia divided, transversely or longitudinally or
deeply two-forked. Protobasidiae. 35.
Plants fleshy, coriaceous, woody, or rarely somewhat gelatinous;
basidia nonseptate. 36.
Basidia transversely septate. Auriculariales.
78
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 4,
35. Basidia divided obliquely or lengthwise, commonly into four parts.
Tremellales.
35. Basidia deeply two-forked, not completely divided. Dacryomycetales.
36. Basidia on a distinct membranous hymenium, naked at maturity and
covering gills, pores, spines, or a smooth or wrinkled surface.
Hymenomycetae. Agaricales.
36. Basidia enclosed within a definite peridium but sometimes exposed at
maturity, the spores then borne in a more or less deliquescent gleba.
Gastromyceae. 37.
37. Spores borne in a more or less deliquescent gleba which is at first
enclosed in an egg-like body but at maturity elevated on an elastic-
ally expanding stalk or base. Phallales.
37. Spores remaining within the peridium or in the hymenial cavities
until maturity. 38.
38. Basidia united into a hymenium which lines the walls of irregular
cavities. 39.
38. Basidia uniformly distributed through the peridium or forming skein¬
like masses. Sclerodermatales.
39. Hymenial cavities remaining together within the peridium, their
boundaries mostly disappearing at maturity. 40.
39. Hymenial cavities (sporangioles) separating at maturity from the
cup-like peridium. Nidulariales.
40. Remaining fleshy until the maturity of the spores; no capillitium.
Hymenogastrales.
40. Fleshy when young, at maturity filled with dust-like spore masses
mixed with the capillitium. Lycoperdales.
ADDITIONS MADE TO THE CEDAR POINT FLORA DURING
THE SUMMER OF 1912.
E. L. Fullmer.
Setaria italica (L) Beauv. July 14, L. H. Pammel.
Hordeum vulgare L. July 14, L. H. Pammel.
Fagopyrum esculentum Moench. July 4, E. L. Fullmer.
Chelidonium majus L. June 2S, L. H. Pammel.
Melilotus officinalis (L.) Lam. July 13, E. L. Fullmer.
Verbascum blattaria L. July 4, E. L. Fullmer.
Galinsoga parviflora Cav. July 19, L. H. Pammel.
These plants with the exception of Chelidonium majus were
collected at or near the resort and were probably introduced in
grass seed or in packing material. A single plant of Chelidonium
majus was found on the bay side about one half mile from the
resort. The seed from which this plant grew may have been
carried by a bird or it may have been carried across the Bay on
drift material.
""Presented at the annual meeting of the Ohio Acad, of Sci., Columbus,
November 29, 1912.
Feb., 1913.]
The Ohio Dogbanes.
79
THE OHIO DOGBANES.
Lillian E. Humphrey.
Apocynaceae. Dogbane Family.
Perennial erect or trailing herbs, shrubs, or vines; usually with
milky acrid sap. Leaves simple, more commonly opposite,
without stipules; flowers hvpogenous, sympetalous, tetracyclic,
with actinomorphic perianth; andrecium pentamerous, the
stamens distinct, united with the corolla at least at the base;
pollen not in masses; gynecium of two united carpels, but the
ovularies separating below the style; fruit usually two follicles;
seeds often appendaged with a tuft of long hairs.
Key to the Genera.
1. Flowers solitary, large, axillary; trailing herbs. Vinca.
1. Flowers cymose; erect herbs. Apocynum.
Vinca L. Periwinkle.
Perennial trailing herbs with opposite, evergreen leaves, and
large, solitary, axillary flowers. Stem slightly woody; calyx
segments acuminate; corolla salverformed, blue; stamens included;
disk of 2 glands alternate with the two carpels; follicles with
several ovules and seeds; seeds oblong-cvlindric, without hairs.
Vinca minor L. Periwinkle. Leaves glabrous oblong to ovate,
entire, Ann, shining, green on both sides, narrowed at the base,
short petioled. Escaped from cemeteries and gardens. Huron,
Montgomery, Vinton, Portage, Williams, Stark, Wayne, Coshoc¬
ton, Richland, Auglaize, Lawrence.
Apocynum L. Dogbane.
Perennial erect herbs with opposite, entire, leaves and white
or pink flowers in corymbed cymes. Corolla usually campanu-
late, having five small triangular appendages within alternating
with the stamens; follicles slender; long, terete, containing numer¬
ous ovules with tufts of long hairs.
Key to the Species.
1. Corolla much longer than the ovate pointed divisions of the calyx;
branches diverging; flowers M to inch long. 2.
1. Corolla not longer than the lanceolate divisions of the calyx; branches
upright, ascending; terminal cyme not extending above the lateral
branches; flowers small. 3-16 to H inch long. 3.
2. Corolla campanulate, recurved, not angled, pinkish, narrowed in the
throat. A. androsaemifolium.
2. Corolla urceolate, five-angled, white or only slightly tinged with pink,
spreading. A . urceolifer.
3. Leaves petioled. 4.
3. Leaves not petioled, lower ones more or less clasping, the upper ones
sessile. A. hypericifolium.
8o
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 4,
4. Leaves and cymes smooth or very slightly pubescent. 5.
4. Leaves and cymes very densely pubescent. A. pubescens.
5. Leaves lanceolate to obovate, 2 to 4 times as long as wide; terminal
cyme larger than the axillary; flowers greenish. A. cannabinum.
5. Leaves rather small lanceolate 4 to 6 times as long as wide; flowers
white. A. album.
1. Apocynum androsaemifolium L. Spreading Dogbane.
Dichotomously branched stems 1 to 5 feet high; root stalk hori¬
zontal, leaves ovate to obovate, usually twice as long as wide,
glabrous and dark green above, more or less pubescent and light
green beneath, short petioled with mucronate apex, and a broad
base; cymes both terminal and axillary with short pediciled,
campanulate, pink, sympetalous flowers with reflexed corolla
segments. Common in fields and thickets. General.
2. Apocynum urceolifer Mill. Urnflowered Dogbane. Slen¬
der stems about 3 feet high with widely spreading branches;
cymes small with white or slightly pink tinged flowers and spread¬
ing, pointed corolla segments; calyx segments lanceolate; leaves
oblong, mucronate, slightly pubescent beneath. Along roadsides
and fields. Auglaize County.
3. Apocynum cannabinum L. Indian Hemp. Stems 3 to 5
feet high with erect or ascending branches and long verticle roots ;
leaves lanceolate to oblanceolate, apex mucronate, base of upper
ones acute while the lower ones are often rounded, short petioled,
4 to 5 inches long, to \ lA inches wide, glabrous above, sometimes
pubescent beneath, cymes dense, short pediceled, with bracts at
the base and greenish white flowers. Common in fields and
waste places. General.
4. Apocynum album Greene. River-bank Dogbane. Glab¬
rous stems with lanceolate, smooth, petioled, acute leaves 4 to 6
times as long as wide; cymes dense with small white flowers.
River banks and moist fields. Coshocton, Lake, Butler, Mercer,
Montgomery, Clermont, Holmes.
5. Apocynum hypericifolium Ait. Clasping-leaf Dogbane.
Stems glabrous often glaucous, 1 to 2 feet high -with ascending
branches, leaves oblong to oblanceolate, upper ones very short
petioled or sessile, lower ones clasping; cymes dense, bracted,
with pedicles about as long as the flowers; calyx segments lanceolate
acute. In dry soil, especially in sandy places. Erie, Ashtabula.
6. Apocynum pubescens R. Br. Velvet Dogbane. Entire
plant densely velvety pubescent; ascending branches with ovate
to oblong, mucronate leaves often twice as long as wide and obtuse
at the base; venation strongly impressed in the velvety under
surface; calyx segments lanceolate, acute; corolla purple, lobes
erect. In waste places and flood planes near streams. Franklin,
Auglaize, Harrison, Adams.
Date of Publication, February 20, 1913.
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistrj', Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Ceramic Engin¬
eering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairying, Domestic
Science, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Manual Training,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner¬
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education, Psychol¬
ogy, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School Administra¬
tion, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term. Address University Editor.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist,*’
VOLUME XIII.
19 13.
NUMBER 5
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf tht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and q f THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist .
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Cnheleity, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per vear, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, . James S. Hine.
Associate Editors.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hamblkton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages tor any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of ’ Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
arc not in arrears for annual dues.
The first twelve volumes majr be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hike.
Addresi THE OHIO NATURALIST,
Ohio Academy oi Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 cts.
3. ‘‘The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke . 50 cts.
4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. James S. Hine . ....5octs.
6. ‘‘The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. ‘‘Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonser . 50 cts.
8.. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. James G. Sanders. .. 50 cts.
9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. Max Morse. . . 50 cts.
10. “Ecological Study of Brush Lake.” pp. 20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
11. “ The Willows of Ohio.” pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. “Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio.” pp. 35.
V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. “The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity.”
F. L. Landacre . 60 cts.
14. “ Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio.” pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. “Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory.” pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. “The Pteridophytes of Ohio.” pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
APR 1 8
'The Ohio Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XIII.
MARCH, 1913.
No. 5.
library
NEW YORK
HOT AN 1C AL
QAftBftM.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Metcalf -Life-Histories of Syrphidae V . 81
Hine— Additions and Corrections to the Odonata of Ohio . 94
Williams— Carnivorous Plants of Ohio . . . 97
Claassen— Caloplaca Pyracea ( Ach.) Th. Fr.,a Crustaceous Lichen on the Sandstone
Sidewalks of East Cleveland, Ohio . 99
McLeli.an— Meeting of the Biological Club . . 100
LIFE-HISTORIES OF SYRPHIDAE V.
C. L. Metcalf.
Syrphus xanthostoma Williston.
The Pemphagus-Gall Syrphus-Fly.
(Plate IV, Figs. 81 to 89).
Larva.
Length about 10 mm. (8 to 11.5), width 3.75 to 4 mm., height
2.5 to 3 mm. Fat, thick, grub-like, sluggish larvae, elongate
oviform in outline, strongly arched dorsally (Fig. 82). Wrinkles
prominent, produced laterally into an irregular, dorso-lateral
carina; the ventral folds of the body in the principal segments
serve as very imperfect prolegs. General color very pale, pinkish-
yellow. Heart line not conspicuous. Skin bare, the segmental
bristles short and light in color, very inconspicuous.
The jaws of the mouth-parts are unusually short, their width
at base equal to their length, the lower jaw the heavier. Mouth-
hooklets apparently three pairs: two near the jaws of which the
ventral pair is the heavier, the third pair lateral in position,
heaviest of all. There are a number of sensory papillae around
the mouth-parts and antennae. The antennae are small, situated
close together above the jaws, of the usual form (see Fig. 81).
The prothoracic spiracles are slightly elevated, blunt, short,
horn-shaped as seen from the side (Fig. 81, g), the semi-circular
slit apparently guarded by six, blunt teeth, one of the median
ones emarginate or imperfectly divided (Fig. 83). The posterior
Si
82
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
respiratory appendage (Figs. 84, 85) is a fourth longer than broad,
testaceous brown, ringed about mid-length, thence slightly
constricted. The spiracles (a) moderately long, somewhat ele¬
vated above the surface; the inter-spiraeular spines (b) short,
blunt, spur-like, rather prominent. Dorsal spiracular spine (c)
short, compressed; its breadth about equal to diameter of the
approximate circular plate ( d ).
These larvae were found, full-grown, at Cedar Point, July 7,
1911. The larval stage continued indoors to July 11 and 12.
They were collected on the Poplar or American Aspen
( Populus tremuloides Mx.) in the well-known, characteristic galls
on the ends of the twigs, made bv the aphid, Pemphagus vagabundus
Walsh.
These galls are large, commonly two inches in diameter, very
irregular in shape, the outer surface thrown into numerous deep
convolutions. Their structure is such that they enclose a number
of small, partially separated chambers, the thick walls of which are
lined by the aphids.
There are usually several openings to the many-chambered
gall, but it is pretty certain that the larvae do not ordinarily
migrate from gall to gall; although there is a bare possibility that
they might do so if the food supply in any one ran out. They
are negatively heliotropic, seeking out protected dark comers
when kept in confinement. They feed on the body contents of
the aphids; hence there is commonly an abundance of food at
hand and, as the volume of the chambers in the gall is small, there
is no occasion, and little opportunity, for active movements. In
correlation with this we find the larvae very sluggish, lying quietly
for hours or even days, even though unfed. Since migration
from one of these galls to another would commonly involve trav¬
eling for several feet, it seems to me very likely that the larva or
larvae are dependent on the aphids within the single gall in which
they begin their larval existence. They are very well protected
within the poplar galls and I found no parasites affecting them.
It would seem that they are paying for their well-fed, well-pro¬
tected, sedentary life in sluggishness, and are possibly on the road
to degeneration.
Pupa.
Dimensions, average of 5: Length 7.2 mm., height 3.5 mm.,
width 3.8 mm. These puparia (Figs. 8G, 87) are exceptionally
inflated dorsally, the ratio of height to length being greater than
in any of the other species I have examined. It is characteristic of
them also that the posterior inflation is equal to, or greater than,
that anteriorly; in outline, as seen from the side, the dorsal half
of the puparium makes an almost perfect semi-circle. The ven¬
tral line is sinuate. The respiratory appendage (a) projects from
Mar., 1913.]
83
Life-Histories of Syrphidae V.
the lower posterior part. From above, the outline is sub-ovoid,
broadest in front of the middle, thence narrowing gradually to the
posterior third; whence the puparium is strongly and unevenly
compressed to the tip of the respiratory appendage.
Color at first grayish brown, sometimes marked with oblique
patches of black; posterior breathing appendage darker. As the
pupa approaches metamorphosis the anterior end darkens to deep
reddish-brown in the region of the eyes; while on the posterior
half, the three principal, yellow abdominal bands of the adult
become visible through the transparent wall.
The segmental spines remain, as in the larva, very inconspic¬
uous. The posterior breathing appendage also retains its
characteristics.
Of three specimens taken on July 7, one pupated July 11, the
other two the following day. The former emerged as adult July IS,
the latter two July 20. Hence the duration in the pupal stage
was 7 to 8 days. I did not determine the place of pupation and so
cannot say whether, in the field, this stage is passed within the
galls or not. Examination of a number of the galls later in the
summer failed to reveal any puparia.
Adult.
Male Length, 11 to 12 111m. Face and cheeks wholly yellow,
antenme reddish yellow, the third joint somewhat brownish above!
but little longer than wide, the arista black. Frontal triangle with
a small black spot in the middle, gray pollinose along the eyes,
black pilose in the middle. Dorsum of thorax shining metallic
green, with light colored pile; lateral margins distinctly yellowish
pollinose. Scutellum wholly yellow. Abdomen black, the anterior
half of the black bands sub-opaque, the three principal bands
very broad, attaining the lateral margins in nearly their full
width; first band interrupted, the spots narrowly separated, with
their inner ends rounded; second and third bands with a narrow
but deep emargination in the middle behind; fifth and sixth seg¬
ments with a yellow hind margin. The black forms narrower
bands than the yellow, and does not quite reach the margin.
Legs yellow, the tip of hind tibiae and their tarsi brownish. Wings
hyaline, the stigma yellowish.
Female: “Front metallic green, yellow below, on the lower
half with yellowish pollen. Yellow spots of the second abdominal
segment larger, more nearly square, and only narrowly separated.”
■ — Williston, Synop. N. A. Syrphidae, p. 86.
84
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
Eristalis aeneas Scopoli.
(Plate V, Figs. 131 to 141 and 145 to 14S; and Plate IV,
Figs. 149, 150.)
Egg.
The egg of Eristalis aeneas was not found but that of its near
relative E. tenax was studied and is figured in Plate V,
Fig. 142.
These eggs are much larger than those of most of the aphid-
iphagous species studied, but are equaled in size by the egg of
Didea fasciata. Length 1.6 mm., diameter 0.4 mm., elongate
ovoid, slightly bent, rounded at the ends, the anti-micropylar end
the larger. The shell shows the usual sculpturing but the radi¬
ating arms between the main bodies arc much less conspicuous or
at times apparently wanting (Fig. 143). There are about 65
bodies the length of the egg, about 100 around it at the middle.
Each body is about two or three times as long as broad, with 9-13
short arms radiating from it. The bodies are well separated from
each other. The color is the usual chalk-white.
A female of E. tenax was taken at the city sewage disposal
plant while ovipositing over filth, September 23. Within an
hour and a half after being taken she had deposited about 100
eggs. Part of these were deposited in more or less scattered
positions; the great majority, however, in one or two masses, in
which they were ranked on end, their sides closely apposed. They
were floated over a vial of water, and within 24 hours a consid¬
erable number of them had hatched and were to be seen crawling on
the vial or wriggling in the water.
Larva.
The young larva of E. tenax (Fig. 144) is scarcely longer than
the egg except for the projection of the posterior respiratory
appendage. Including this structure the length, 2 or 3 hours after
hatching, was 2.5 to 3 mm. The larvae are sub-cylindrical
but attenuated at the posterior end to the breathing tube (Fig.
144, d ). They frequently show a prominent hump dorsal ly in the
posterior third of the body. Antennae (a), prolegs ( b ), tracheal
trunks ( c ), and other larval structures are present but these are
described below for the larva of E. aeneas.
The mature larva of Eristalis ecneas (Fig. 131) resembles in a
general way the well-known rat-tailed larva of E. tenax , but is
considerably smaller.
The body is soft, slug-like, elongate-oval or sub-cylindrical in
shape, about 13 to 15 mm. long by 3 to 4 mm. broad and 2 to 3
mm. high; these dimensions varying with the different positions
assumed by the motile larva. The anterior end is commonly
Mar., 1913.]
Life-Histories of Syrphidae V.
85
retracted so as to be roughly truncate. At the posterior end the
last segment tapers rather abruptly to the posterior respiratory
appendage. This appendage (Fig. 131, d) is tube-like and very
long. Its diameter near the body is usually about 0.5 mm. while
at the end it is less than one-half this width. Its length varies
extensively; it is seldom retracted to less than 5 mm. and may be
elongated in exceptional instances to 100 mm. or nearly four
inches. A more usual elongation is about 15 to 30 mm. The
color of the larva is a dirty gray or brown.
The body-wall is soft, flexible, more or less greasy or slimy to
the touch, and translucent. The integument has a number of
transverse folds which terminate laterally in a moderately dis¬
tinct lateral carina running the full length. These folds fall into
a number of groups, between which the integument is smooth,
each group consisting of about five transverse elevations or
wrinkles. Near the middle of these groups of folds one can detect
double, flexible hairs (Fig. 136, a), about twelve in number sit¬
uated in a transverse row. The lateral margins of the body also
are constricted between these groups of folds.
For these reasons I am convinced that these divisions of the
body represent somites or body-segments. I suspect that the
bifid, flexible hairs are homologous with the single, usually rigid,
segmental hairs of the aphidiphagous forms which are similarly
located with reference to segments. Determined in this way the
body shows seven similar and perfect segments when in a retracted
position. To these may apparently be added two posterior ones
which bear the long respiratory tube and on which the anus opens
ventrally. Immediately in front of these seven similar segments
open the anterior respiratory cornua of the larva, which would
represent a tenth segment. The remaining ones in front are
indefinite, retractile, and bear the antennae, a mouth-hood, and,
within the buccal cavity, certain chitinized mouth-parts. If,
as in the case of the aphidiphagous species, we consider the
anterior larval spiracles as representing the prothoracic segment
and allow, as in that case, two segments for the head, then this
segment becomes No. 3, the last one of the seven would be No. 10,
and the ones bearing the anus and respiratory appendage would
make twelve in all.
The mouth-parts of the larva are located internal to a hood¬
like, striated, chitinous termination of the oesophageal framework.
(Figs. 138, b; 139). They are peculiar structures which I have
been unable to homologize with the parts in the aphidiphagous
larvae, but which seem to me to represent these structures in a
degenerate condition. They are represented in Plate - ,
Figs. 139, 140, 141, perhaps better than they can be described.
Of the parts there figured only the hood reaches the surface or
can be seen without dissection.
86
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
The antennae (Fig. 138, a) are located close above the buccal
cavity and seem to consist of a basal fleshy segment and two,
slightly-elongated pieces side by side at the apex. These are
located on a fleshy, partly bifurcated process of the head seg¬
ment. The small pieces at the tip are not alike in appearance; the
one nearer the middle line is abruptly constricted near its middle,
beyond which it continues with less than a fourth its diameter at
the basal half. The outer one is of nearly equal diameter to the
truncate apex.
The integument as a whole is provided with short, flexible,
light-colored hairs (Fig. 130, b ), which are specialized on the pro¬
legs, on the posterior breathing appendage, and also into the
segmental hairs.
The anterior spiracles (Figs. 131, b; 132), are borne on a pair
of horn-like prominences which are capable of considerable exten¬
sion but are usually rather closely retracted. The tip is marked
by a sub-circular opening guarded by twenty rounded lobes.
The pro-legs, of which there are seven pairs, are simply ven¬
tral, knob-like projections of the body surface, over which the
ordinary integumental vestiture has become specialized (Fig.
138, c). The hairs are larger, heavier, and decidedly curved and
retrorse; there are several sizes of these hooks on each pro-leg.
They are very efficient organs of locomotion in soft mud or over
hard surfaces, and in the present case doubtless enable the larva
to migrate to the place of pupation as described below.
The anal opening is located ventrally near the base of the
“tail.” It is slit-like, and is very peculiar in that it opens among a
group of soft, retractile, radiating flabellas about a dozen in num¬
ber. These flabellce may be entirely retracted so as to be invisible,
and are at intervals rapidly unfolded presenting a beautifully
symmetrical arrangement (Fig. 137). Buekton suggests that
they may have a renal function.
The posterior respiratory appendage (Fig. 131, d) is a most
remarkable and highly specialized organ which enables the larva
to feed at various depths beneath the water without coming to the
surface for its serial respiration. The spiracles are situated dis-
tally on an elongated tube-like appendage, which is extensile and
retractile in a telescopic manner. It is composed of three sections
of different caliber and superficial appearance, each double in
nature, enclosing two tracheae, but fused medially to the tip,
never forked. These sections are capable of sliding one within
the other. The one next the body is the largest, nearly cylin¬
drical, half a millimeter in diameter, transversely wrinkled and
bearing numerous, soft, eoneolorous, blunt hairs, similar to those
of the body surface ( the integumental hairs ) but only about half
as large (Fig. 134). The middle segment of the posterior appen¬
dage is about two-thirds the diameter of the basal one, and is
Mar., 1913.]
Life-Histories of Syrphidae V.
87
marked by irregular longitudinal ridges bearing, in longitudinal
lines, very short, sharp, recurved hairs, broad at the base (Fig.
135). These alternate on any two adjoining ridges. The ter¬
minal segment is smooth, shiny, with its surface transversely
ridged in a manner which, under low magnifications, suggests a
trachea. When more carefully examined, however, the two
trachea which run the full length of the tube are easily seen
through the outer walls of this segment (Fig. 133, a).
The tube terminates in a rounded, convex tip which seems to
be perforated by two small semi-circular slits. It is ornamented
with four pairs of tiny, delicate, feather-like appendages which
open out radially. (Fig. 133, c). These are probably lubricated
in some way for they seem to repel the water and are not easily
submerged. These feather-like structures may be homologous
with the inter-spiracular hairs or spines of the aphidiphagous
larvae.
These larvae can progress through the water by undulatory
constrictions of the body, or creep over submerged or exposed
objects by the aid of their pro-legs. (Buekton believed that in
E. tenax the tail is used by pushing from behind to aid the grub in
penetrating into soft mud.)
Numerous larvae were collected in the evaporating vats at the
Columbus sewage disposal plant in September. They were found
in large numbers swimming about in the very putrid, watery
material, near the surface where a kind of scum had collected.
Their food is undoubtedly the various decaying materials brought
in with the sewage.
These are very interesting animals to watch under a low
power microscope: the peculiar undulatory creeping or swimming
movements, the retraction and elongation of the breathing
appendage, the occasional unfolding of the flabellae about the
anus, and the peculiar opening out and introverting of the anterior
segments, lips, antennae, mouth-hood, etc., besides the action of
the viscera all being clearly visible, and fascinating objects for
study.
Pupa.
While the change from larval- to pupal-stage in the aphid¬
iphagous forms is not sharply defined, it is clearer there than in
the rat-tailed form as illustrated by E. ceneas; because in the
latter case, the shortening and dorsal inflation are proportionately
not so great.
Length 8-10 mm., height 3-4.5 mm., width 3. 5-4. 5 mm.
Shape elongate-ovoid, much like that of the larva but consider¬
ably shortened, and somewhat inflated dorsally; so that as seen
from the side (Fig. 145) the dorsal line is strong!}’ convex in front
and behind, weakly so along the middle. The ventral line is
88
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
nearly straight. From its posterior end arises the tail-like
respiratory appendage (Fig. 145, c) which is usually curved
anteriorly above or around the bod)'. It is commonly shortened
to a length of 8 to 10 mm. of which the basal segment often forms
about two-thirds, the terminal one .usually being second in length.
The tracheal tubes from these appendages soon become constricted
off a short distance within the main body of the puparium and
are not functional during most of the pupal stage.
At the approach of pupation there appears under the larval
skin, about one segment back of the anterior or larval respiratory
cornua, (Fig. 131, b ; 145, a), a pair of rounded darkened areas.
These soon become elevated to a length of about 2 mm.; their
diameter being about 0.25 mm., rather uniform to near the tip
where they round off (Fig. 145, b). They are provided on the
distal three-fourths or four-fifths of their length with several
hundred, short, rounded tubercles (Fig. 147). These tubercles are
somewhat collected into groups, and, especially along the anterior-
median surface, are absent over a longitudinal stripe. When
highly magnified each tubercle is seen to be ornamented on the
tip with about S or 9 radial elevations, which I take it are the
spiracles. (Fig. 148). The elevations as a whole are called the
pupal respiratory cornua. Internally to the puparium they
continue as large trachea, which attach to the dorsal part of the
prothoracic segment of the developing nymph (Fig. 1 4(5, a).
There is thus quite clearly a special provision for pupal respiration.
These might be considered homologous with the prothoracic
spiracles of the adult fly; and since they penetrate the puparium
about one segment back of the anterior larval respiratory cornua,
it might seem improper to consider the larval segment which
bears the latter the prothoracic. Nevertheless, it does not seem to
me that the point at which these pupal cornua emerge should be
considered of much significance. The larval skin at this time is
much distorted out of its normal shape by contraction and
inflation and it would not seem that segmental homology could
longer hold.
The larval respiratory cornua (Fig. 145, a) become fixed at a
length of about 0.75 mm. their diameter being slightly less than
that of the pupal cornua just described. They are recurved
slightly to a sharp point. The sub-circular group of rounded lobes
at its tip in the larva (Fig. 132), become obscure in this stage.
Internally the trachea from these cornua are constricted off and
have no connection with the pupa, at least in its more advanced
stages.
The buccal cavity, antennas, etc., are retracted within the
puparium a short distance back of the anterior end where the
dorsal elevation begins. Internally the oesophageal framework is
flattened against the ventral wall of the puparium from which the
Mar., 1913.]
Life-Histories of Syrphidae V.
89
pupal body becomes separated. The position of the seven pairs
of pro-legs and of the anal opening are shown as scars on the
puparium (Fig. 145, e, d).
The color of the puparium with the pupa enclosed is a very
dark brown. When empty and dried it is brittle, and a very pale
ashy-brown in color. The larval wrinkling remains visible to a
slight extent.
Pupae of this species were found in abundance at the sewage
disposal plant the middle of September. The walls of the vats
are of cement and are, much of the time, six or eight feet higher
than the level of the water. They are surmounted by an iron
railing. In the angles of this railing, or on the sides of the wall,
wherever a crevice or angularity presents itself, numbers of
puparia were found massed together and considerably over¬
grown with webs of spiders. During the winter the empty puparia
in these locations form excellent nests for the spiders.
Buckton, writing about E. tenax, states that the larvae buried
themselves in soft mud, each forming a small dome over itself,
and so pupating under a shallow covering of mud. This method
of pupation would be a protection against drought. The pupae
taken about the middle of September emerged as adults Septem¬
ber 26, so that the duration in this stage was at least ten days to
two weeks. During the winter all the puparia that could be found
were empty or contained dead nymphs. Does the fly pass the
winter in some other stage, or can it be that the puparia left
exposed cannot winter and that normally they bury themselves
in mud? If the latter is true, other puparia at this place may crawl
farther and bury in the soil.
Adult.
Description slightly modified after Williston, Synopsis N. A.
Syrph. pp. 161, 162.:
“Male and female: Length 8 to 10.5 mm. Dark metallic
green, wholly shining. Thorax sometimes with a bluish reflection.
Eyes brownish, spotted with small round dots of darker (Plate
IV, Fig. 150). [This character sometimes disappears after death].
The eyes are nearly bare, very slightly pilose near the top. Face
and front with grayish pile and pollen, a small spot on the tuber¬
cle and the cheeks narrowly shining. Antennae brown, dorsal part
of third joint darker; often the first two joints yellowish; arista
bare. Thorax and abdomen with obscure yellowish pile. Dorsum
of the thorax in the female with five grayish-white stripes, the
middle one slender, linear, the two lateral ones broader (Plate
IV, Fig. 150). Scutellum with the same dark metallic green.
Tibiae at the base, sometimes for nearly half their length, light
yellow; middle, sometimes all the metatarsi, yellowish; the femora,
except the tip, black; distal portion of tibiae blackish brown.
Wings hyaline.”
90
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
Didea fasciata Macquart, var. fuscipes Locw.
(Plate IV, Fig. 17.)
(An addition to the life-history notes on this species published
in The Ohio Naturalist, Vol. XI, No. 7, pp. 337-341, May, 1911).
Egg-
Elongate oval in outline, sub-cylindrical, but flattened ven-
trally and arched slightly dorsally; broadest about the middle.
Length 1.3 to 1.7 mm., diameter 0.4 to O.G mm. Color chalk
white. The chorion is sculptured in a characteristic manner.
The projecting bodies are close together, not highly elevated,
each one two to four times as long as broad. There are 55 to 60
of these bodies lengthwise of the egg and SO to 100 around it at
the middle. The egg of Didea differs from all the others I have
seen in that the projecting bodies are not smooth on the top but
each one has a small number (6-10) of more or less angular,
irregular-shaped, pit-like depressions hollowed out of it. These
are so arranged as to leave between them an elevated part of the
body with more or less parallel sides. The whole effect is to give
the arm-like network appearance over the main body somewhat
like that between these bodies, without the outlines of the bodies
being obscured. The arms between these bodies are irregular,
slightly branched, for the most part rather short, sometimes
long, from 10 to 15 radiating from each body.
Eggs already hatched and larvae apparently 5 or 6 days old
were taken on sycamores at Columbus, September 28, 1911. A
number of eggs, not hatched, and nearly full-grown larva were
taken October 7.
The eggs are scattered singly along the under side of the low,
spreading, more or less horizontal branches of the sycamore
( Platanus occidentalis L.) at a time in autumn when the colonies
of aphids ( Longistigma carycc Harris) are just being established,
or even in anticipation of their arrival. Indeed it seems to me
likely that the latter is usually the case. Certainly many eggs
can be found in branches where no aphids are yet to be seen. They
are laid flat down, glued by the posterior half of the ventral side
to the bark, and are of such a size and color as to be readily seen
on close examination with the naked eye.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.
Figures 81-89 Syrphus xanthostoma Wills.
Fig. 81. Antero-ventral view of head of larva much enlarged; a, sensory
papillae; b, antenna; c, upper jaw; d, outer pair of mouth-hooks;
e, other mouth hooklets; /, lower jaw; g, anterior spiracles or
larval respiratory cornua; h, oesophageal framework, within.
Fig. 82. Lateral view of larva, x 6; a, median segmental spines; b, pos¬
terior respiratory appendage.
Fig. 83. End view of anterior spiracle, highly magnified.
Fig. 84. Dorsal view of posterior respiratory organ x 40; a, one of the
three pairs of slit-like spiracles; b, one of the inter-spiracular
spurs; c, the median dorsal spiracular spur; d, the circular plate.
Life-Histories of Syrphidae V.
9i
Mar., 1913.]
Fig. 85.
Fig. 86.
Fig. 87.
Fig. 88.
Fig. 89.
Fig. 149.
Fig. 150.
Fig. 17.
End view of posterior respiratory organ, x 50; lettering as in
Fig. 84.
Dorsal view of puparium x 3; a, posterior respiratory appendage.
Lateral view of puparium x 3.
Seutellum and abdomen of female from above, showing color
pattern, x 5.
Wing of male, x 7.
Figures 149, 150 Eristalis aeneas (Fab.)
Wing of male x 7.
Dorsal view of head and thorax of female showing characteristic
spotting of the eyes, and pollinose thoracic pattern, x 5.
Didea fasciata fuscipes; characteristic sculpturing on chorion of
egg-
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
Figures 142-144, inclusive, Eristalis tenax (Linne) all the others
of Eristalis aeneas (Fabricious). See also Figs. 149, 150
Fig. 131.
Fig. 132.
Fig. 133.
Fig. 134.
Fig. 135.
Fig. 136.
Fig. 137.
Fig. 138.
Fig. 139.
Fig. 140.
Fig. 141.
Fig. 142.
Fig. 143.
Fig. 144.
Fig. 145.
Fig. 146.
Fig. 147.
Fig. 148.
Dorsal view of mature larva x 9; a, antenna; b, anterior larval
respiratory cornua; c, the large tracheal trunks; d, the posterior
respiratory tube or “rat-tail.” To avoid a confusion of detail
the vestiture is not represented in this figure.
The anterior larval respiratory cornua, much enlarged, dissected
out to show the large trachea leading from it.
Distal end of respiratory tube highly magnified, showing wrink¬
ling on outside, the two inner tracheae (a), the spiracles at the
tip ( b ) and the delicate, feather-like appendages ( c ).
A small area of the basal segment of the tube much enlarged,
showing the character of the vestiture and wrinkling.
A small area of the median segment of the tube much enlarged,
to show the character of the vestiture and wrinkling.
a, one of the bifid, segmental hairs of the larva, and b, one of the
integumental hairs of the body drawn to the same scale as
Figs. 134 and 135.
The anal opening of the larva (a) with the retractile flabellae
( b ), much enlarged.
Ventral view of the head of the larva much enlarged; a, antenna;
b, mouth hood; c, the first pair of pro-legs.
Ventro-lateral view of hood and oesophageal framework dis¬
sected out, much enlarged.
The chitinized mouth-parts internal to the hood from the side;
a, hooklets, possibly homologous with those of aphidiphagous
larvae; b, mandible-like structures; much enlarged.
The same as Fig. 140, ventral view.
Eggs of E. tenax, x 17, showing method of ranking in oviposition.
Sculpturing of chorion of egg of E. tenax, highly magnified.
Larva of E. tenax a few hours after hatching; a, antenna; b, one
of the prolegs; c, tracheal trunks; d, posterior respiratory
appendage, x 17.
Puparium of E. aeneas from the side, x 4; a, anterior larval
respiratory cornua; b, pupal respiratory cornua; c, posterior
respiratory appendage; d, anal flabellae; e, pro-legs.
Nymph, or developing imago, dissected out of puparium to
show connection of tracheae from pupal respiratory cornua to
prothorax (a); b, knee of front leg; c, wing-pads; d, seutellum; x3.
Pupal respiratory cornua very much enlarged showing arrange¬
ment of spiracular papillae.
Two of the papillae of the pupal respiratory cornua showing
radiating structures believed to be the spiracles.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate IV.
•a
Metcalf on “ I„ife Histories of Syrpliidae.”
I
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate V.
Metcalf on “Life-Histories of Syrphidae.”
94
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO THE ODONATA OF
OHIO.
Jas. S. Hine.
The “Odonata of Ohio” by Dr. David S. Kellieott was pub¬
lished in March, 1899. At that time 98 species had been taken in
the state and all were represented in Professor Kellieott ’s collec¬
tion. Anax longipes Hagen was mentioned as a possible member
of Ohio’s fauna, but no specimens had been procured and we
have no further information in regard to it at the present time.
A few misstatements have been noted in Dr. Kellieott ’s articles
concerning dragonflies, largely unavoidable at that time because
of the small amount of work that had been done on some of the
genera. Recent investigations have revealed the fact that some
additional species were at hand in 1899 but were associated with
nearly related ones on account of not being described. Finally a
number of species not previously reported for Ohio have been
collected in various sections of the state and by various collectors,
most usually while engaged in preparing general faunal collections.
On account of the few misstatements and the several addi¬
tions that have been made to the number of species taken
within the limits of the state, it seems desirable at this time to
print some statements for the purpose of bringing the list of Ohio
dargonflies up to date. In Volume I of the Ohio Naturalist,
page 13, are given a few additions and corrections, but since some
of these should be mentioned again, I have thought best at this
time to give such information as has been collected since the
appearance of The Odonata of Ohio.
An attractive species of Enallagma was considered an unde¬
scribed species and named Enallagma fischeri by Dr. Kellieott.
After studying a large amount of material Mr. E. B. WiUiamson
came to the conclusion that E. fischeri is the same as Agrion
antennata Say and Dr. Calvert concurred. I believe that Wil¬
liamson is correct in his conclusion in this matter, but due deference
to Dr. Kellieott merits the statement that Say’s description is
rather brief and does not fully explain distinctive characters.
After one is well acquainted with the dragonfly fauna of the section
where Say procured his specimens it is possible to reach the
proper conclusion by the process of elimination. In other words
there appears to be no other species in this region that answers so
well Say’s description as the one in question.
At the time when Dr. Kellieott did his work on Ohio dragon¬
flies some of the species of the genus Gomphus were not well
defined, consequently a few of his determinations have been
Mar., 1913.] Additions and Corrections, Odonata of Ohio.
95
proven incorrect and the following statements may be made in
order to harmonize his publications with recent conclusions of the
foremost students of Odonata.
In Volume XII of Entomological News, page 65, Dr. Calvert
gives a comparative study of three closely related species of this
genus. After studying Ohio material as well as much material
from other sections he announces that Gomphus fratemus var.
walshii as published in Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist. XVIII, p. 107,
and Gomphus externus in Odonata of Ohio, page 60, should be
changed to Gomphus crassus Hagen.
Gomphus intricatus mentioned in Agricultural Student, Vol.
Ill, page 143, and Gomphus sp. Jour. Cin. Soc. of Nat. Hist.,
Vol. XIX, page 67, are referable to Gomphus notatus Rambur.
Gomphus notatus Ramb. as used by Dr. Kellicott in Jour. Cin.
Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIX, page 67, is Gomphus plagiatus Selys,
as we know it at the present time.
Celithemis fasciata Kirby, Odonata of Ohio, page 104, and in
Dr. Ivellicott’s other writings, is referable to Celithemis monome-
kena Williamson, which was described as a new species in Ohio
Naturalist, Volume X, page 153, and the reader is referred to
this paper for particulars.
The following changes and statements are supplementary to
the Odonata of Ohio and are made for the benefit of future students
and collectors of the order in the state:
Enallagma antennata (Say) to be used instead of Enallagma
fischeri Kellicott.
Gomphus crassus Hagen to be used instead of Gomphus
externus Selys.
Celithemis monomelaena Williamson to be used instead of
Celithemis fasciata Kirby.
Gomphus lividus Selys should stand as it is, since Gomphus
sordid us Hagen is now considered a synonym.
Gomphus plagiatus Selys, spoken of with some doubt, is
correct as given.
Gomphus notatus Rambur is correct as given and additional
Ohio species have been procured.
The following species have been taken in the state and should
be added to the Ohio list:
Calopteryx angustipenne (Selys), was procured near Loudon-
ville by Osburn and Parker, June 10, 1899. Additional specimens
were procured at the same place in June, 1900.
Lestes eurinus Say, taken in Portage County, June 3, 1900, by
E. B. Williamson. Numerous specimens of both sexes taken on
Cedar Point, Sandusky, by the writer, July 10, 1900.
Gomphoides obscura (Rambur), taken by R. C. Osburn, at
Ironton, June 1, 1899. Additional specimens taken by myself at
Vinton, June 10, 1900.
96
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
Erpetogomphus designatus Hagen, taken by Williamson
along the White Water River near Harrison, July 20, 1903.
Calvert mentions this species as a member of the Ohio fauna in
Biol. Cent. Amer. Volume on Odonata, page 167. Williamson
states that he has seen specimens in Dury’s collection, taken at
Cincinnati .
Gomphus viridifrons Hine. In Ohio Naturalist, Volume I,
page 13, this species is listed under Gomphus abbreviatus (?)
Hagen. Specimens procured near Loudonville by J. B. Parker
and R. C. Osburn, June 10, 1899. The species was common at the
same locality June 14, 1900.
Gomphus amnicola Walsh, taken along the Little Miami River
at Cincinnati by Chas. Dury, May 5, 1899, and July 10, 1903.
Along the Ohio River by the same collector, July 25, 191 1.
Boyeria grafiana Williamson. This species was included under
B. Vinosa (Say) in The Odanata of Ohio. Williamson published
a description of it as a new species in 1907, Entomological News,
XVIII, page 1. A male, taken at Orwell, Ohio, September, 1894,
by E. E. Bogue, is in the Kellicott collection.
Aeschna mutata Hagen. Specimens taken by Osburn and Hine
at Stewart’s Lake, near Kent, O., June 22, 1900. Listed in Ohio
Naturalist, Vol. I, page 14, as Aeschna verticalis Hagen.
Nasiaeschna pentacantha (Rambur) was taken near Kent, O.,
June 21, 1900. In company with R. C. Osburn we procured three
pairs of the species. Others were seen.
Neurocordulia obsoleta (Say) has been taken at Cincinnati,
by Chas. Dury and his associates in different years. A male spec¬
imen in the Kellicott collection was taken at Cincinnati,
June 15, 1899.
Neurocordulia yamaskanensis (Provancher) was procured on
Rattlesnake Island, in Lake Eric, June 28, 1900, by Prof. H. Osborn
The additions here enumerated bring the number of species of
dragonflies actually collected in Ohio up to 109. There is no
doubt but that more additions can be made by thorough collecting
in all parts of the State.
Mar., 1913.]
Carnivorous Plants of Ohio.
97
CARNIVOROUS PLANTS OF OHIO.
Amy Williams.
In Ohio we find representatives of all the main types of insect¬
ivorous plants:
First those having traps or chambers into which the insects
go and are caught; second, those which show definite movements
in response to a stimulus caused by contact with the animal; and
third, those which have neither pitfalls nor movements, but which
have viscid-pubescence or viscid areas on their leaves or stems,
on which the insects are caught.
In the first group we find :
Sarracenia purpurea L.
Utricularia cornuta Mx.
Utricularia vulgaris L.
Utricularia intermedia Hayne.
Utricularia minor L.
Utricularia gibba L.
Silphium perfoliatum L.
Dipsacus sylvestris Mill.
Sarracenia purpurea, Pitcher-plant, has its leaves converted
into deep tubular pitchers, and arranged in rosettes, which rest
on the ground, and from there curve upward. They are some¬
what inflated at about their middle, but get smaller again near
the opening where they pass into small laminae. These are
threaded by red veins, which often form a very striking pattern.
The liquid remains in the pitcher for an indefinite period, as there
is little chance for evaporation in the hollow tubes. Insects
alighting on the short lamina above the opening or crawling up
from below, slide down readily into the pitcher because of the
smooth, stiff, reflexed hairs. After they are in, their attempts to
escape are entirely futile, because of the peculiar arrangement of
downward pointing, stiff hairs, which line the throat and prevent
them from crawling up. They finally drop into the liquid collected
in the bottom, where the}' drown and may then be absorbed by
the plant.
The Utricularias, Bladder- worts, are aquatic plants rooted in
the mud or suspended in the water, and according to season,
either sink down to the bottom or rise to just beneath the surface.
In winter, when animal life is gradually disappearing from the
upper layers of the water, the tips of the floating stems enlarge
and form spherical winter-buds, which sink to the bottom during
the winter. In the spring these buds elongate and come up to the
surface. Here they put out two lateral branches which are cov¬
ered with leaves and little bladders. The bladders are pale-
green and partially transparent. They are somewhat flattened
on the sides and have a convex dorsal surface and a slightly
98
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
curved lateral surface. Their openings are in the shape of mouths
having their borders fringed with stiff, tapering bristles. The
under lip of the mouth is very thick and has a cushion extending
into the interior of the bladder. The upper lip is very thin and
from it a transparent valve comes down to meet the inner edge of
the cushion, thus closing the opening. By pressing against this
valve minute plants or animals are able to enter the bladder from
which it is impossible for them to escape, because of the valve.
Silphium perfoliatum, Indian-cup, has its leaves arranged
opposite each other on the stem, and united to form a cup. This
cup is filled with water, probably partly rain and partly some
excretion from the plant itself.
Dipsacus sylvestris is a coarse herb having its leaves arranged
opposite each other, forming a cup to catch water, much like the
Silphium. Their edges and mid-ribs are covered with prickles.
In the second group are :
Drosera rotundifolia L.
Drosera intermedia Hayne.
The different forms of Drosera, Sun-dew, are usually rooted in
damp, mossy soil or bogs. The way in which these plants catch
their prey is by means of fine red filaments which are clavate on
the free ends and tipped by a drop of fluid. These filaments
stand out from the upper surface of the leaf, the under side being
smooth and without hairs. They are of unequal length, the
longer ones being near the outer edge, the shorter ones in the center.
There are on one leaf, sometimes as many as two hundred of these
tentacles. The clavate head is really a gland which secrete a
thick, sticky, sweet fluid. It is remarkable that in making
experiments, by placing bits of non-nit rogenous substances upon
the leaf, the movement is scarcely perceptable, in response, while
when insects alight upon the surface, the process immediately
begins. In many instances the leaf itself becomes concave, so
that when the tentacles are down, it has the appearance of a
closely doubled fist. When the insect alights near the center of
the leaf it is covered by the secretion of all the tentacles.
Those in the third group are :
Silene antirrhina L.
Silene antirrhina divaricata Rob.
Silene virginica L.
Silene noctiflora L.
Silene regia Sims.
Silene armeria L.
Silene conica L.
Silene caroliniana Walt.
Tricuspis seslerioides (Mx.) Torr.
Carduus muticus (Mx.) Pers.
Carduus odoratus (Muhl.) Port.
Parsonsia petiolata (S.) Rusby.
Polanisia graveolens L.
Circaea alpina L.
Mar., 1913.]
Caloplaca Pyracea ( Ach .) Th. Fr.
99
The plants of this group excrete a sticky substance by which
insects are often captured in large numbers.
In the Silenes, Tricuspis, Parsonsia, Polanisia and Circaea the
secretive and absorbing glands are on the stems, while in Carduus
the viscid substance is excreted on the bracts of the involucre.
In this case the excretion acts more as a protection to the flower
against crawling insects. In certain western species of Carduus
the glutinous secretion on the bracts is so abundant that it is
impossible for any crawling insects like ants to pass over it to the
flowers above. The species in Ohio have the glands on the bracts
and insects were observed adhering to them but they are much
less prominent.
CALOPLACA PYRACEA (ACH.) TH. FR., A CRUSTACEOUS
LICHEN ON THE SANDSTONE SIDEWALKS OF EAST
CLEVELAND, OHIO.
Edo Claassen.
Owing to the frequent rains last summer more algae seemed to
grow on the sidewalks than ever before. They were yellowish-
green, represented a species of Cystococcus, and occasionally
covered the entire surface of the stones. Here and there small
specks of a grayish color appeared on them, a fungal growth
several mm. in diameter. The mycelium spread out and continued
to do so while its central part began to disappear. In these centers
algae again commenced to grow while the mycelium stretched
out more and more, surrounding the algae like a ring continually
increasing in size. It frequently happened that some mycelium
located itself on the central part of this algal layer, thus apparently
repeating the former process. It was on these layers of mycelium
that apotheeia were forming in great numbers. They were yellow
to orange-yellow with their rim-like external part, the so-called
exciple, lighter in color. When young they were somewhat
convex but later on mostly flat.
The apotheeia contained asci in a more or less mature condi¬
tion. The spores were very seldom simple, except when quite
young and filled with granular protoplasm, but usually even when
rather young they were two-celled. Nearly fullgrown spores as
well as ripe ones were always two-celled. Although the two-
celled spores of this lichen are said to be generally “polar-biloc¬
ular,” none of this type could be ascertained in the specimens
examined.
All the lichen specimens were concentrically arranged on the
stones wherever they had space enough to spread; when full
grown their diameter reached 50 to 70 mm. or even more. In the
central part of an examined specimen was found an algal layer of
IOO
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 5,
40 mm. diameter, surrounded by a mycelium 15 mm. wide. In
another specimen of about the same size the central part of the
algal layer was covered again by a mycelium 12 mm. in diameter,
so that now this mycelium was surrounded by an algal and a
fungal layer in the shape of concentric rings. The apothecia in
the last mentioned case were distributed as well on the inner as on
the outer mycelium.
The apothecia are usually provided with a great number of
asci, each containing S colorless, more or less elliptical spores,
which are liable because of their small size (11-10x7-8 mic.) to be
blown to long distances by the wind.
On finding a proper substratum, as seems to have been the case
here, the algae on the moist sandstone, they reproduce innumerable
new plants. They lead a symbiotic life, apparently without
either benefit or harm to the algal symbiont, but certainly with
benefit to the fungal part.
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, November 4, 1912.
The club was called to order by Pres. W. M. Barrows. The
minutes of the last meeting were read and approved.
The principal business of the evening was the election of
officers. The nominating committee reported the names of two
candidates for each office and the following were elected:
President, W. G. Stover
Vice-President, Blanche McAvov.
Secretary-Treasurer, Marie F. McLellan.
Following the election came the president’s address on “Some
Recent Work Along the Line of Mendel’s Law.”
Prof. Barrows discussed Mendel’s original idea and showed
that the results of modern work have been slightly different from
Mendel’s expectations. The purity of germ cells and their un¬
changeability have been questioned. It has also been shown that
units are not physiologically separate, but react on one another.
He then took up the phenomena of sex-limited inheritance and
showed illustrations from the experiments of Pearl and Surface on
barred and non-barred chickens.
He showed also that dominance is not a necessary factor in the
production of Mendelian ratios.
The meeting was then adjourned.
Marie F. McLellan, Secretary.
Correction. — In the February Ohio Naturalist, p. 70, first
line below “Synopsis of the Plant Phyla,” read “then” instead
of “through.”
Date of Publication, March 25, 1913.
-
. '*.!> . ' '■ ••*• x, P 3 - H k
pp. pp .>■ - .:• /?.
s* i *- -
-
- • ' - - ' .P *3
-3;:: 3SI
> .PP.- —
SJvn ’ — • * t 35>;
- .. : ■■ ■ . s. ■ v v .. 3 •
• ,: £ • P ' -P i;
1 - - - - - . — <£ * p . PA ' . ■•
3
P \ . ■ / r*f- *? .. »
& 3'
fpPx
~ -■*« • . < <- r-r
• ...: 3- 4pL .
• • >3
'K ? • .
P>
PP
Pp-'j: pPr ' . Pp,
.- ^ ... P -
'V-X
Jr:p':
-
'
' v- -> ~ Vf"
' '* -*■ - :
■
' s",. \~-p - ; - •
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Ceramic Engin¬
eering, .Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairying, Domestic
Science, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, .English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law’, Manual Training,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner¬
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education, Psychol¬
ogy, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School Administra¬
tion, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those wrho can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term. Address University Editor.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When -writing to advertisers, please mention the “Ohio Naturalist.1
VOLUME XIII.
APRIL,
1913.
NUMBER 6,
7-'-
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN of THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf ihi OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. T, the testa woody or leathery. PINALES.
(1) . Leaves spirally arranged.
a. Pollen wingless; carpels with one to several seeds; ovu¬
liferous scale not prominent, or none.
(a) . Carpel with one seed; microsporangia 5-8, free and
pendulous, araucariace.e.
(b) . Carpel with two to nine seeds; microsporangia 2-5.
TAXODIACE.E.
b. Pollen grains winged; carpels with two inverted seeds;
ovuliferous scales prominent; plants monecious.
PINACE.E.
(2) . Leaves opposite or whorled. juniperace.e.
2. Carpels of the cone few or 1 ; seeds with fleshy' testa or covered by' a
fleshy aril. TAXALES.
(1) . Stamens with 2 microsporangia; pollen winged; seed 1.
a. Not with phylloclades. podocarpace^e.
b. With phylloclades. phyllocladace.e. Phyllocladus.
(2) . Stamens with 3-8 microsporangia, seeds 1 or 2, erect, pollen
wingless. taxace/E.
April, 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, IX.
107
II. Vessels -present in the secondary wood; wood without resin ducts;
embryo with 2 cotyledons; strobili in specialized inflorescences; leaves
opposite. Gnete^e.
1. Archegonia well developed; primary cambium persistent; leaves
scale-like; stem green and fluted.
EPHEDRALES. ephedrace.®. Ephedra.
2. Archegonia reduced; concentric cortical series of vascular bundles
produced; leaves ribbon-like or broad. GNETALES.
a. Leaves only 2, ribbon-like and split when old; stem tuber¬
ous. tumboacejj . Tumboa (Welwitschia).
b. Leaves numerous, broad, netted-veined.
gnetacejs. Gnetum.
Synopsis of the Families of Conifer.e With More Than One Genus.
araucariace.e.
1. Seed without a wing, coalesced with the carpel. Araucaria.
2. Seed winged, free from the carpel. Agathis.
TAXODIACEHi.
I. Dwarf branches; if any, and the leaves not all deciduous at the same
time.
1. Not with true dwarf branches.
(1) . Ovules or seeds 3; carpellate cones often clustered at the
end of the twig; leaves rather broad. Cunninghamia.
(2) . Ovules or seeds, 2, or more than 3, if 3 then the carpellate
bract toothed; leaves rather narrow or scale-like.
a. Microsporangia on the stamen 3-6.
(a) . Carpellate bract not toothed.
((a)). Seeds 2; carpellate cones Y2 in. long.
Taiwania.
((b)). Seeds -4—9; carpellate cones 1 in. or more in
length. Sequoia.
(b) . Carpellate bract toothed; seeds 3-6. Cryptomeria.
b. Microsporangia on the stamen 2; carpel with 4-9, mostly
5 seeds. Arthrotaxis.
2. Dwarf branches extending into a long double needle; microsporangia
2, seeds about 7. Sciadopytis.
II. Dwarf branches deciduous; carpel shield-like, ovules 2.
1. Ripe carpels persistent. Taxodium. Bald-cypress.
2. Ripe carpels deciduous. Glyptostrobus.
pinace^e.
I. Without dwarf branches.
1. With sterigmata; carpels persistent.
(1) . Carpellate bracts longer than the ovuliferous scales; leaves
flat. Pseudotsuga. Douglas-fir.
(2) . Carpellate bracts shorter than the ovuliferous scales.
a. Leaves prismatic, carpellate cones drooping.
Picea. Spruce.
b. Leaves flat.
(a) . Carpellate cones drooping. Tsuga. Hemlock.
(b) . Carpellate cones erect. Keteleeria.
2. Without sterigmata, carpels deciduous; carpellate cones erect;
carpellate bract longer than the ovuliferous scale; leavTes mostly
flat. Abies. Fir.
io8
The Ohio Naturalist.
IVol. XIII, No. 6.
II. With dwarf branches.
1. Dwarf branches persistent; leaves numerous, ordinary branches
also with leaves.
(1) . Leaves evergreen. Cedrus. Cedar.
(2) . Leaves deciduous each year.
a. Carpels persistent. Larix. Larch.
b. Carpels deciduous. Pseudolarix. False Larch.
2. Dwarf branches deciduous (self-pruned); leaves few; ordinary
branches with scale leaves only. Pinus Pine.
JUNIPERACE/E.
1. Cones w'oody, at the ends of ordinary leafy branches.
CUPRESSAT/E.
(1) . Carpels imbricate, not shield-shaped.
a. Carpels with 4-5 seeds. Thujopsis.
b. Carpels with 1-3 (usually 2) seeds.
(a) . Carpels 6-8, the four upper fertile.
Thuja. Arborvitas.
(b) . Carpels 4-6, the two upper fertile. Libocedrus.
(2) . Carpels valvate, not shield-shaped.
a. Carpellate cones with numerous sterile bracts at the
base. Actinostrobus.
b. Carpellate cones with the upper set of carpels seed¬
bearing, the lower sterile. Fitzroya.
c. Carpellate cones with 4 carpels, without sterile bracts
at the base. Callitris (including Widdringtonia).
(3) . Carpels shield-shaped.
a. Carpels with several seeds. Cupressus. Cypress.
b. Carpels with 2 seeds. Chamaecyparis. White-cedar.
2. Cones fleshy when mature, at the ends of short or axillary
branches, juniperat^e. Juniperus. Juniper.
PODOCARPACE.E.
1. Seed more or less inverted, at least in the incipient stage.
(1) . Both stamens and carpels in definite cones.
a. Leaves flat, needle-shaped; carpels spirally arranged;
monecious. Saxegothaea.
b. Leaves opposite, scale-like appressed; carpels in whorls
of 4; diecious. Microcachrys.
(2) . Carpels 1 or few, not in a definite cone.
a. Seed completely inverted, all the parts of the carpel
grown together. Podocarpus.
b. Seed only partly inverted, outer bract of the carpel not
united with the seed. Dacrydium.
2. Seed erect; leaves scale-like; shrubs. Pherosphaera.
TAXACE/E.
1. Carpel with 2 ovules. Cephalotaxus.
2. Carpel reduced, ovule 1.
a. Carpellate flowers two together; seed closely invested by
the outer fleshy layer; matured female gametophyte
grooved. Torreya.
b. Carpellate flowers usually solitary; seed surrounded by a free
aril; matured female gametophyte even. Taxus. Yew.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
iog
LILIALES OF OHIO.
Blanche McAvoy.
In this study it has been my aim to arrange the species belong¬
ing to the Liliales of Ohio in a phyletic series and to make such
keys as are needed for the easy identification of those species
known to accur within the limits of the state. The distribution
given is based on specimens in the state herbarium at the Ohio
State University. It is known that this distribution is not com¬
plete, but it was thought best to confine the list to specimens
at hand in order that it may be readily verified and that botanists
of the state may be able to see what is needed to make the herba¬
rium more complete.
LILIIFLORAE.
Herbs, sometimes shrubs, lianas or trees, usually with prom¬
inent flowers, having showy petals or staminodes ; flowers hypogy-
nous or epigynous, solitary or clustered, pentacyclic, trimerous,
usually bisporangiate, actinomorphic in the lower forms, but
zygomorphic in the higher; carpels 3 or rarely 2, ttnited.
LILIALES.
Herbs, shrubs, lianas or trees, usually with showy flowers;
flowers hypogynous, usually pentacyclic, mostly actinomorphic;
bisporangiate, monecious or diecious; endosperm mealy, horny
or fleshy.
Key to the Families.
1. Perianth not chaff-like and the flowers not in dense scaly heads; at
least the inner whorl of the perianth petal-like; perianth segments
sometimes united. 2.
1. Perianth glumaceous; or partly glumaceous with the flowers in dense
scaly heads or spikes. 5.
2. Flowers usually bisporangiate; if monosporangeate then not with ten¬
drils and flowers not in umbels. 3.
2. Flowers monosporangiate, umbellate; plants usually with tendrils,
often woody. Smilacece.
3. Perianth of similar, mostly colored, persistent segments are of 3 green
sepals and 3 colored, withering persistent petals; (rarely a 4-parted
perianth). Liliacece.
3. Perianth ephemeral, with 3 colored, deliquescent petals or a six-parted
tubular, ephemeral perianth. 4.
4. Perianth tubular, six-parted; aquatic herbs. Pontederiacece.
4. Perianth usually of 3 green sepals and 3 colored, deliquescent petals;
terrestrial herbs. Commelinacece.
5. Inflorescence paniculate or capitate, always with leaf-like bracts at
the base; perianth of similar segments. Juncaceoe.
5. Inflorescence in dense heads or spikes, without leaf-like bracts at the
base. 6.
6. Ovulary unilocular; flowers bisporangiate. Xyridacece.
6. Ovulary 2-3-locular; flowers monosporangiate. Eriocaulacetz.
I IO
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
Liliaceae. Lily Family.
Herbs, rush-like herbs, woody plants; terrestrial, usually with
prominent flowers, solitary or clustered, flowers hypogynous,
mostly actinomorphic ; perianth segments all colored alike or
differentiated into a green calyx and colored corolla; fruit a
loculicidal or septicidal capsule or a berry.
Sub-families.
1. Stem erect, occasionally short, rarely with a rhizome, never with a
bulb; anthers introrse; fruit a capsule or berry; flowers bisporangiate
or monosporangiate. Draccenatce.
1. Stems with rhizomes, corms or bulbs. 2.
2. Fruit a capsule. 3.
2. Fruit a fleshy berry, imperfect in Trillium; flowers bisporangiate.
Convallariatce.
3. Capsule usually loculicidal; plants mostly bulbous; flowers bisporangi¬
ate; anthers mostly introrse. Liliatce.
3. Capsule mostly septicidal; plants rarely bulbous; bisporangiate, imper¬
fectly bisporangiate, imperfectly monecious, monecious, or diecious;
anthers mostly extrorse. Melanthalce.
Key to the Genera of Liliaceae.
1. Leaves in 1 or 2 whorls of from 3-9 leaves, on the flowering stem;
flowers single or umbellate. 2.
1. Leaves alternate or opposite or occasionally in several whorls, often
basal. 3.
2. Leaves three, flowers solitary. Trillium. (17)
2. Leaves in two whorls; flowers in umbels. Medeola. (18)
3. Flowers in the axils of the leaves, either solitary or clustered. 4.
3. Flowers terminal or scapose, solitary or clustered. 7.
4. Leaves minute bracts, phyloclades needle-like. Asparagus. (26)
4. Leaves ordinary, not reduced to bracts. 5.
5. Flowers solitary. 6.
5. Flower clusters umbellate, consisting of 2 or more flowers.
Salomonia. (21)
6. Leaves long-acuminate, rounded, clasping, membranous.
Streptopus. (19)
6. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, mostly sessile or perfoliate. Uvularia. (10)
7. Perianth segments united. 8.
7. Perianth segments separate. 11.
8. Perianth segments 4-6 in. long; flowers bright yellow or orange.
Hemerocallis. (4)
8. Perianth segments less than in. long; flowers white, blue or pale
yellow-green. 9.
9. Leaves narrow, linear, coming from a bulb; flowers blue, rarely
pinkish, small, in a dense raceme. Muscari. (8)
9. Leaves lanceolate or broadly lanceolate. 10.
10. Scape sheathed by the bases of the 2 or 3 leaves; flowers white and
| - sweet-smelling. Convallaria. (25)
10. Scape much exceeding the many radical leaves; flowers yellow or
I* white. Aletris. (9)
11. Flowers single, terminal; scape with two oblong or oblong-lanceolate
» W leaves. Erythronium. (3)
11. Flowers in clusters of 2 or more, or if single then the stems leafy. 12.
12. Flowers in definite umbels or 1-3 at the end of the flowering branch. 13.
12. Flowers in corymbs, panicles, racemes or spikes. 17.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
1 1 1
13. Leaves linear, terete, or eliptic-lanceolate; if eliptic-lanceolate then
flowers appearing before the leaves; odor pungent. Allium. (5)
13. Leaves ovate, ovate-lanceolate, or lanceolate. 14.
14. Flower stalk leafy at the base, peduncle scapose. Clintonia. (24)
14. Flower stalk leafy to the top. 15.
15. Anthers versatile, styles united, stigma 3-lobed. Lilium. (2)
15. Anthers not versatile, styles separate above the middle. 16.
16. Leaves long-acuminate, plant finely pubescent; perianth segments %
in. long, flowers usually in 2’s, sometimes from 1-3, greenish.
Disporum. (20)
16. Leaves acute, plants glabrous or somewhat pubescent on the under
side of the leaves when young; perianth segments about 1 in. long,
flowers usually single, yellow or greenish-yellow. Uvularia. (10)
17. Leaves not grass-like, but broad-ovate, oval or lanceolate. 18.
17. Leaves grass-like or sword-shaped, occasionally fleshy, sometimes
1 in. or more broad. 21.
18. Flower cluster a spike of staminate or carpellate flowers; diecious.
Chamcelirion. (15)
18. Flowers in simple racemes at the end of leafy branches; or if in a com¬
pound raceme then without leafy bracts. 19.
18. Flowers in a compound raceme with leafy bracts, or in a closely
appressed panicle; leaves 10-14 in. long, oval to oblong.
Veratrum (12)
19. Perianth 6-parted, stamens 6. 20.
19. Perianth 4-parted, stamens 4, plants small, leaves usually 2.
Unifolium. (23)
20. Flowers large and showy, red, yellow or orange. Lilium. (2)
20. Flowers small, greenish. Vagnera. (22)
21. Flowers in simple racemes or corymbose. 22.
21. Flowers in branched racemes or panicles. 24.
22. Flowers involucrate with 3 bractlets; plants not bulbous. Tofieldia. (16)
22. Flowers not involucrate; plants bulbous. 23.
23. Flowers numerous, filaments filiform. Quamasia. (6)
23. Flowers usually less than 7, filaments flattened. Ornithogalum. (7)
24. Leaves 1 in. wide or more, pubescent or roughened. 25.
24. Leaves )4 in. or less wide, glabrous. 26.
25. Flowers large, showy, white; segments not clawed, 1-1)4 long; leaves
rigid or sword-shaped. Yucca. (1)
25. Flowers smaller, greenish-white, segments clawed; plant pubescent.
Melanthium. (11)
26. Perianth segments acute, bearing 1 or 2 glands or a spot.
Zygadenus (13)
26. Perianth segments acuminate not gland-bearing. Slenanthium. (14)
Draccenattz.
1. Yucca L. Yucca.
Stems woody, bearing evergreen, stiff, linear leaves and having
a panicle of nodding, showy, white flowers. Perianth of six
ovate or ovate-lanceolate segments; stamens shorter than the
perianth; anthers small and versatile.
Yucca filamentosa L. Adam’s-needle. Stem short; leaves
evergreen and narrowed above, acuminate and sharp pointed,
in. wide, filiferous on the margin; panicle large and densely
flowered, on a scape 1-9 feet high; perianth segments 1-2 inches
long; fruit an erect capsule, in. thick. Escaped in Franklin
County.
I 12
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
Liliatce.
2. Lilium L. Lily.
Tall bulbous herbs with short rhizomes and simple, leafy
stems; flowers erect or drooping, showy, bisporangiate ; perianth
funnel form of 6 separate, spreading or recurved segments, all
alike, or nearly so, nectar bearing; stamens 6, extrorse; anthers,
versatile; style elongated; stigma 3 lobed; capsule loculicidal.
1. Perianth segments not clawed, flowers drooping or spreading. 2.
1. Perianth segments narrowed into long claws, flowers erect. 3.
2. Leaves smooth, perianth segments recurved. L. superbum.
2. Leaves roughened or tuberculate on the veins beneath; perianth seg¬
ments recurved or spreading. L. canadense.
3. Leaves mostly whorled, lanceolate or linear lanceolate.
L. philadelphicum.
3. Leaves, all but the uppermost, -scattered, narrowly linear.
L. umbellatum.
1. Lilium superbum L. Turk’s-cap Lily. Stem 2-7>2 feet
high; leaves lanceolate, smooth, acuminate at both ends, lower
leaves whorled; one-to-many-flowered, flowers drooping or spread¬
ing, orange, yellow-orange or rarely red, purple spotted, long
peduncled, fonnimg large panicles; perianth segments recurved.
In meadows and marshes. Reported for Erie County. Mosley’s
herbarium.
2. Lilium canadense L. Canada Lily. Stem 2-6 feet high;
leaves remotely whorled, lanceolate, 3 nerved, roughened or
tuberculate on the veins beneath; flowers drooping or spreading,
long peduncled, yellow or orange, usually spotted with brown;
perianth segments recurved or spreading. In swamps or meadows.
General.
3. Lilium philadelphicum L. Philadelphia Lily. Stem 1^2-
3 feet high; leaves linear-lanceolate, mostly whorled; flowers 1-3,
erect, reddish orange, spotted with purple inside; perianth seg¬
ments narrowed into long claws. Dry or sandy soil. Fulton,
Lucas, Sandusky, Erie.
4. Lilium umbellatum Pursh. Western Red Lily. Similar
to L. philadelphicum, but more slender; leaves, all but the upper¬
most scattered, narrowly linear; flowers 1-3, red, orange or yellow,
spotted below; erect, perianth segments narrowed into claws,
shorter than the blade. In dry soil on prairies. Stark County.
3. Erythronium L. Dog-tooth Lily.
Nearly stemless herbs arising from a deep bulb, stem bearing
two smooth, spotted leaves with sheathing petioles and one
nodding flower at the top; perianth of 6 lanceolate, recurved or
spreading divisions; anthers oblong-linear, style elongated;
capsule obovoid, contracted near the base.
1. Flowers yellow; stigmas very short. E. americanum.
1. Flowers white or pinkish 'white; stigmas longer, spreading and more
recurved. E. albidum.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
”3
1. Erythronium americanum Ker. Yellow Dog-tooth Lily.
A bulbous "herb with green leaves mottled with purple and white;
perianth yellow; style club-shaped; stigmas 3, united. In woods
and thickets. General.
2. Erythronium albidum Nutt. White Dog-tooth Lily.
Leaves somewhat narrower than the preceding species, not so
much spotted; perianth white, pinkish or bluish-pink; stigmas
spreading. General.
4. Hemerocallis L. Day-lily.
Showy perennials with flberous, fleshy roots, and two-ranked,
linear leaves at the base of the tall scapes. Scape many flowered,
each flower having a bract and remaining open but for one day;
perianth funnel-form, the lobes longer than the tube; stamens
united with the tube, anthers introrse, filaments long and thread¬
like; style long, stigma simple.
1 . Hemerocallis fulva L. Common Day-lily. Scape 3-6
feet tall; leaves channeled; flowers 6-18, short pedicelled, tawny
orange. Escaped. General.
5. Allium L. Onion. Leek. Garlic.
Herbs with alliaceous odor, arising from solitary or clustered
bulbs. Leaves narrowly linear, or rarely lanceolate; scape simple
and erect; flowers small, in umbels; perianth white, pink, purple,
green; parts distinct, or united at the very base; style persistent,
and thread-like; capsule lobed; seeds black.
1. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, not present at the time of flowering; capsule
strongly 3-lobed. A. tricoccum.
1. Leaves linear or elongated, present at the time of flowering. 2.
2. Leaves hollow, terete or nearly so. 3.
2. Leaves solid. 4.
3. Stem leafy to above the middle; leaves thread-like, grooved down the
upper side. A. vineale.
3. Stem leafy only near the base; leaves usually broad, not definitely
grooved, flowers white. A. cepa.
4. Scape terete, not angular, umbels erect, with bulblets, ovulary not
crested. A. canadense.
4. Scape angular, umbels nodding without bulblets, ovulary and capsule
crested. A. cernuum.
1. Allium tricoccum Ait. Wild Leek. An herb with clus¬
tered ovoid bulbs and with oblong lanceolate leaves, withering
before flowering time. Leaves 6-12 in. long; tapering into a long
petiole; scape 4-6 in. tall; umbels bracteolate, many flowered,
erect; flowers white; perianth segments oblong, of about the same
length as the filaments; capsule 3-lobed. In woods. West
central part of the state to Franklin and Delaware. Also in
Lorain, Cuyahoga and Medina.
2. Allium vineale L. Field Garlic. A slender herb with a
stem 1-3 feet high sheathed by the bases of the leaves below the
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
114
middle. Leaves terete and hollow, slender, channeled above;
umbels many-flowered, erect, bulbiferous; flowers white; perianth
segments obtuse; capsule deeply thrce-lobed. Franklin and Har¬
rison.
3. Allium cepa L. Common Onion. Scape exceeding the
leaves; bulb scaley; leaves hollow, sometimes terete, usually
broader than thick; flowers white. Sometimes persistent.
4. Allium canadense L. Meadow Garlic. Scape 12 in.
high, terete, bulb small ; leaves basal or nearly so, narrowly linear,
slightly convex beneath; umbels bulbiferous; flowers pink or
white; perianth segments narrowly lanceolate. General.
5. Allium cernuum Roth. Nodding Onion. Bulbs narrowed
into a neck; leaves linear, flattened and slightly keeled, 1 ft. long;
scape slightly ridged, 1-2 feet tall, bearing a loose or drooping
few-to-many-flowered umbel; flowers rose-colored, to purple;
capsule 6-crested. General.
6. Quamasia Raf. Wild Hyacinth.
Bulbous herbs with linear leaves and a terminal inflorescence
of rather large, blue, purple or white flowers. Perianth slightly
irregular of 6 blue or purple, spreading 3 to 7 nerved segments;
stamens united with the bases of the segments; anthers versatile,
introrse; capsule oval.
1. Quamasia hyacinthina (Raf.) Britt. Wild Hyacinth.
Scape 6-28 in. tall; leaves keeled; raceme elongated; bracts
longer than the pedicels; flowers pale blue; 3 nerved. General,
but rare in eastern Ohio.
7. Ornithogalum L. Star-of-Bethlehem.
Bulbous herbs with narrow, basal, fleshy leaves. Inflores¬
cence in a terminal, bracted, corymb or raceme of white, yellowish
or greenish flowers; anthers introrse and versatile; stigma three
lobed or three ridged.
Ornithogalum umbellatum L. Star-of-Bethlehem. Bulbs
ovoid, tufted; scape slender, 4-12 in. high; leaves narrow, dark
green with lighter mid-rib; flowers in a simple raceme or corymb,
erect or ascending; perianth segments white above and green and
white below; stamens Yi the length of the segments. Escaped
from gardens. Montgomery, Miami, Gallia, Franklin and
Auglaize.
S. Muscari Mill. Grape-hyacinth.
Low bulbous herbs, with basal, linear, fleshy leaves and small,
usually blue (rarely pink or white) flowers, in a dense raceme.
Perianth globular of united segments; stamens included; anthers
introrse; style short.
1. Muscari botryoides (L.) Mill. Grape-hyacinth. Leaves
linear, erect; flowers deep blue, pedicels shorter than the flowers.
Montgomery, Lake.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
1 15
9. Aletris L. Colic-root.
Perennial, smooth, stemless herbs, fibrous rooted with basal
lanceolate leaves. Inflorescence a spike-like raceme; flowers
small, bracted, white or yellow; perianth campanulate of six
united, persistent segments; stamens united with the perianth;
stigmas minutely 2-lobed; capsule ovoid.
Aletris farinosa L. Colic root. Scape 1G-36 in. tall, slender,
terete; basal leaves lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, acuminate at
the tip, narrowed at the base, pale in color, 2-6 in. long; raceme
4-12 in. long or somewhat longer; flowers white or yellowish;
style subulate; capsule ovoid, loculicidal above. Counties along
Lake Erie.
Melanthatce.
10. Uvularia L. Bellwort.
An erect, perennial herb from a root-stock. Stem leafy above
and scale-bearing below; leaves alternate, perfoliate or sessile;
flowers peduncled, drooping, solitary or occasionally in two’s at
the end of the branches; perianth narrow or bell-shaped; stamens
6, free, or united to the base of the perianth segments; anthers
linear; capsule ovoid or obovoid, three angled.
1. Leaves sessile, not perfoliate. U. sessilifolia.
1. Leaves perfoliate. 2.
2. Perianth segments pubescent within, stamens shorter than the style,
plants glaucous, leaves glabrous. U. perfoliata.
2. Perianth segments smooth within or nearly so, stamens longer than the
style, plants not glaucous, leaves pubescent beneath. U. grand.ifl.ora.
1. Uvularia sessilifolia L. Sessile-leaf Bellwort. Glabrous
herb with a slender stem and but one or two leaves below the
fork. Leaves oblong or oblong-lanceolate, 1-5 in. long, thin,
sessile, acute at each end, margins slightly rough, pale or glaucous
beneath, flowers greenish yellow; perianth segments smooth;
styles exceeding the stamens; anthers blunt; capsule narrowed at
both ends, 1 in. long. Lucas, Cuyahoga, Summit, Mahoning,
Gallia.
2. Uvularia grandiflora Sm. Large-flowered Bellwort. Stem
stout, yellowish-green, not glaucous, naked or bearing 1 or 2
leaves below the fork; leaves perfoliate, oblong, oval or ovate,
somewhat acuminate, whitish-pubescent beneath; perianth seg¬
ments smooth within or nearly so; stamens exceeding the styles;
capsule obtusely lobed. General
3. Uvularia perfoliata L. Perfoliate Bellwort. A slender
plant 6-20 in. high, with 1-3 leaves below the fork. Leaves
glaucous, oblong to ovate-lanceolate, acute; perianth segments
pale yellow, pubescent within; stamens shorter then the style or
equaling them; capsule obovoid, truncate, 3-angled with concave
sides and grooved ridges. General.
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
1 16
11. Melanthium L. Bunch-flower.
Tall leafy, pubescent herbs, perennial from short root stocks.
Leaves oval, lanceolate or linear; inflorescence a pyramidal
panicle; flowers greenish, white or cream colored; perianth of
spreading segments, clawed, filaments shorter than the divisions
of the perianth, somewhat united to the perianth segments;
anthers cordate or reniform; styles 3, subulate.
1. Melanthium virginicum L. Virginia Bunch-flower. Stem
l>£-5 feet tall, rather slender; leaves linear, l 2/2~llA in. wide;
divisions of the perianth ovate to oblong, clawed, the claw about
one-third of the whole length of the segment. Richland, Wayne.
12. Veratrum L. False-hellebore.
Tall perennial herbs with short, poisonous rootstocks. Leaves
broad and for the most part clasping; stem and inflorescence
somewhat pubescent; inflorescence a terminal panicle or spike¬
like raceme; flowers greenish, yellowish or purple, bisporangiate
or monecious on short pedicels ; stamens free short and recurved.
1. Stem stout and very leafy toward the top, inflorescence spreading in a
dense spike-like raceme, ovulary glabrous. V. viride.
1. Stem slender, leaves few, inflorescence in a narrow panicle, ovulary
tomentose. V. ivoodii.
1. Veratrum woodii Robb. Wood’s False-hellebore. Stem
slender, sparingly leafy, 1-5 feet high; leaves oblanceolate, only
the lowest clasping; panicle narrow; perianth greenish-purple,
with entire segments; ovulary tomentose; capsule few-seeded.
Auglaize county.
2. Veratrum viride Ait. American False-hellebore. Stem
stout, very leafy at the top, 2-7 feet tall; leaves broadly oval,
pointed; sheath clasping; inflorescence a dense, spreading spike¬
like raceme; perianth yellowish -green ; segments twice as long as
the stamens, ciliate serrulate; ovulary glabrous; capsule manv-
seeded. Ashtabula county.
13. Zygadenus Mx. Zygadene.
Erect perennial bulbous, glabrous herbs with rather large
panicled, greenish -white flowers. Stems leafy; leaves linear;
perianth segments separate or united below; stamens free from
the perianth segments.
1. Zygadenus elegans Pursh. Glaucous zygadenus. Very
glaucous, stem slender, R?-3 feet tall; leaves keeled; inflorescence
sometimes one foot long; flowers greenish; perianth segments
oval to obovate, obtuse, somewhat united. Champaign, Stark,
Highland, Ottawa.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
1 17
14. Stenanthium Kunth.
Erect, glabrous, bulbous, perennial herbs, with long grass¬
like, keeled leaves. Inflorescence of numerous small flowers,
forming a long terminal panicle; perianth segments oblong or
ovate, spreading; stamens somewhat shorter than the perianth;
filaments sttbulate; anthers oblong.
1. Stenanthium robustum Wats. Stout Stenanthium. Stem
stout, usually leafy, 3-5 ft. tall, leaves 1 ft. or more long; panicle
dense, usually compound; flowers greenish or white; capsule
ovoid-oblong, erect, with a short recurved beak. Fairfield.
15. Chamaelirium Willd.
Smooth herbs with erect stems, from bitter, tuberous, root¬
stocks bearing a spike like raceme of small, white, bractless
flowers, diecious; carpellate plant more leafy than the staminate;
leaves flat, lanceolate or oblanceolate, tapering into a petiole;
perianth of 6, 1-nerved segments; carpellate flower with vestigial
stamens.
1. Chamaelirium luteum (L.) Gr. Chamaelirium. Stem
1- 4 feet high, the carpellate plant usually higher; basal leaves
2- 8 in. long; capsule oblong. Sandusky, Erie, Cuyahoga, Sum¬
mit, Medina, Wayne, Licking, Lawrence.
16. Tofieldia Huds.
Perennial herbs with short, erect or horizontal rootstocks,
flberous roots, and slender, erect, almost leafless stems. Leaves
linear and clustered at the base ; flowers bisporangiate in a terminal
raceme, or rarely solitary, white or green; pedicels bracted; per¬
ianth segments oblong or obovate, persistent; stamens 6; anthers
introrse; ovulary sessile, styles 3, recurved.
1. Tofieldia glutinosa (Mx.) Pers. Glutinous Tofieldia.
Stem vicid, pubescent, 6-20 in. tall with 2-4 basal leaves; inflores¬
cence a short raceme, three-eighths to one and one-fourth in. long,
bearing small involucral bracts; flowers very small; perianth
segments oblong or obtuse; capsule oblong. Stark, Champaign.
Convallariatce.
17. Trillium L.
Glabrous, erect, unbranched herbs, from short, root-stocks,
with a whorl of 3 leaves at the summit of the stem. Perianth of
3 green, persistent sepals and 3 withering or deciduous, colored
petals, ovulary 3 or 6 angled.
1. Flowers peduncled. 2.
1. Flowers sessile. 6.
2. Leaves sessile or subsessile. 3.
2. Leaves petioled; oval or ovate, o.
1 1 8
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
3. Petals obovate or oblanceolate, white or pinkish, sometimes darker
with age. T. grandiflorum. (1)
3. Petals ovate or lanceolate. 4.
4. Peduncles 1-4 in. long, erect or declined; petals spreading, flowers ill-
scented; dark purple, pink or white. T. erectum. (2)
4. Peduncles usually less than 1 in. long, recurved beneath the leaves,
petals recurved, white or pink. T. cernuum. (3)
5. Leaves acuminate, about 6 in. long; flowers pure white.
T. undulalum. (4)
5. Leaves oval, obtuse or merely acute, small, flowers white with purple
stripes at the bases. T. nivale. (5)
6. Leaves sessile, sepals erect or spreading. T. sessile. (6)
6. Leaves petioled, sepals reflexed. T. recurvatum. (7)
1. Trillium grandiflorum (Mx,) Salisb. Large-flowered Tril¬
lium. Leaves peduncled, somewhat rhombic-ovate; petals
oblanceolate or obovate, white or pinkish, sometimes darker with
age; stamens with stout filaments and usually exceeding the
slender stigmas. General.
2. Trillium erectum L. Ill-scented Trillium. Leaves broadly
rhombic, short acuminate; petals ovate or lanceolate, white,
pink or deep purple ; stamens exceeding the stout recurved
stigmas; flowers ill-scented. General.
3. Trillium cernuum L. Nodding Trillium. Leaves broadly
rhombic ovate; peduncle usually less than one in. long and re¬
curved beneath the leaves; petals recurved, white or pinkish;
filaments about equalling the anthers; stigma stout at the base,
but tapering toward the apex. Auglaize, Champaign, Medina.
4. Trillium undulatum Willd. Painted Trillium. Leaves
ovate and taper-pointed; petals ovate or oval-lanceolate, pointed
and wavy, white with purple stripes. Ashtabula county.
5. Trillium nivale Ridd. Early Trillium. Small, 2-4 in.
high. Leaves oval or ovate, obtuse; petals oblong, obtuse, white,
scarcely wavy; styles long and slender. Miami, Clark, Greene,
Franklin.
6. Trillium sessile L. Sessile Trillium. Leaves sessile and
usually mottled; flowers sessile; sepals spreading or erect, narrowly
lanceolate or oblanceolate, dark and dull purple, varying to
greenish. General.
7. Trillium recurvatum Beck. Prairie Trillium. Leaves
petioled and somewhat mottled, ovate, oblong or obovate ; flowers
sessile; sepals reflexed; petals clawed, dark purple. Auglaize,
Hamilton.
IS. Medeola L.
A slender, erect, unbranched herb, clothed with deciduous
tomentum, arising from a tube-like rootstock and bearing two or
three whorls of oblong-lanceolate leaves and a sessile umbel of
small, recurved flowers. Perianth of 6 equal, recurved, greenish-
yellow segments; stamen filaments slender; styles 3, recurved.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
119
1. Medeola virginiana L. Indian Cucumber-root. 1-2^2
feet high; the lower whorl of leaves sessile, acuminate, narrowed
at the base, 3 to 5 nerved; umbel 2-9 flowered; perianth segments
obtuse; berry dark purple. General.
19. Streptopus Mx. Twisted Stalk.
Branching herbs with thin, sessile, or clasping, alternate
leaves. Flowers solitary or in two’s, greenish, rose or purplish,
small and nodding; peduncles bent or twisted at about the middle;
perianth campanulate of 6 spreading or recurved segments,
deciduous, stamen-filaments short; style slender.
1. Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) DC. Clasping-leaf
twisted stalk. Plant 16-36 in. high, usually branching below
the middle; leaves cordate clasping at the base, glabrous; berry
oval. Reported for Ohio.
20. Disporum Salisb.
Herbs with slender root stocks and branching stems. Leaves
alternate, sessile or clasping; flowers terminal, nodding, solitary
or in simple umbels, white or greenish-yellow; perianth of narrow,
deciduous, segments; anthers extrorse; style slender; berry oval
or ovoid.
1. Disporum lanuginosum (Mx.) Nich. Hairy Disporum.
Pubescent herbs with ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate leaves,
2-4 in. long, long acuminate at the apex and rounded at the base.
Flowers solitary, or in two’s or three’s, greenish, }4 in. long,,
campanulate, glabrous, style slender; berry oval, red. In woods.
Huron, Lorain, Cuyahoga, Ashtabula, Medina, Columbiana,
Morrow, Perry, Richland, Wayne, Adams.
21. Salomonia Heist. Solomon’s Seal.
Herbs with scarred root-stocks and simple aerial stems, scaly
below and leafy above, the leaves sessile and alternate in ours.
Flowers usually greenish, axillary, drooping, peduncled, solitary
or umbellate; pedicels jointed at the base; perianth 6-lobed;
stamens included, united with the perianth; styles slender; fruit
a dark blue berry with a bloom.
1. Plants glabrous throughout; filaments smooth, flowers usually clustered.
5. commutata.
1. Leaves pubescent beneath; filaments roughened, flowers usually in
two’s. 5. biflora.
1. Salomonia commutata (R. & S.) Brit. Smooth Solomon ’s-
seal. A glabrous herb, 1-8 ft. high. Leaves rounded and some¬
times clasping at the base; peduncle 1-8 flowered, glabrous;
flowers Yi-yfm.. long. In moist woods and along streams. Gen¬
eral.
I 20
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
2. Salomonia biflora (Walt.) Britt. Hairy Solomon ’s-seal.
A slender herb 8 in.-3 ft. high with glabrous stem. Leaves acute
or acuminate at the apex, often obtuse at the base, pubescent
(especially on the veins) beneath, glabrous above; peduncles
commonly 2-flowered, sometimes 1-4 flowered; flowers l/i-l/2
inch long. In woods and thickets. General.
22. Vagnera Adans. False Solomon’s Seal.
Herbs with stems scaly below and leafy above. Leaves
alternate, short petioled or sessile; inflorescence a terminal raceme
or panicle; flowers small, white or greenish; stamens united with
the base of the segments; anthers introrse; fruit a globular berry;
seeds 1 or 2.
1. Flowers numerous and panicled. V. racemosa.
1. Flowers few and racemose. 2.
2. Leaves numerous. V. stellatu.
2. Leaves 2-4. V. trifolia.
1. Vagnera racemosa (L.) Mor. Panicled False Solomon’s-
seal. Herbs with fleshy root-stocks and angled, leafy stems 1-3
ft. high. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, or oval, sessile or short-
petioled, 24i-6 in. long, acuminate, finely pubescent beneath,
margins ciliate; panicle dense, peduncled; perianth segments
oblong; fruit an aromatic red berry speckeled with purple. In
moist woods and thickets. General.
2. Vagnera stellata (L.) Mor. Stellate False Solomon’s-
seal. A leafy herb 8-20 in. high with a stout fleshy rootstock.
Stems glabrous; leaves oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate, sessile or
clasping, minutely pubescent beneath; inflorescence a raceme fi-
2 in. long, several-flowered; berry reddish or green striped with
black. In moist soil. General.
3. Vagnera trifolia (L.) Mor. Three-leaf False Solomon’s-
seal. A glabrous herb with slender root-stocks usually with 3,
sometimes 2-4 leaves. Leaves oblong or oblong-lanceolate, sessile,
acute or acuminate at the apex, narrowed at the base; inflorescence
a few flowered panicled raceme, perianth segments obtuse or
somewhat reflexed; berry dark red. In bogs and wet places.
Fulton, Lorain.
23. Unifolium Adans. False Lily-of-the-valley.
Low herbs with slender rootstocks; simple, few-leaved stems
and small white flowers in a small, terminal raceme. Perianth of
separate, spreading segments; stamens 4, united with the base of
the segments; ovulary sessile, 2-locular, berry 1-2 seeded.
1. Unifolium canadense (Desf.) Greene. False Lily-of-the-
valley. Herbs 2-7 in. high with slender stems, bearing 1-3,
usually 2, leaves. Leaves ovate, ovate-lanceolate or cordate,
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
I 21
sessile or short-petioled ; raceme many-flowered; perianth segments
becoming reflexed; fruit a speckled, pale-red berry. In moist
woods and thickets. General.
24. Clintonia Raf.
Herbs somewhat pubescent with slender root-stocks and erect
simple scapes and broad, petioled leaves. Inflorescence an umbel
of bractless flowers ; perianth segments equal or nearly so ; stamens
united with the perianth; ovulary bi-or tri -locular; fruit a globose
or oval berry.
1. Umbel 3-6 flowered, perianth in. long, greenish-yellow.
C. borealis.
1. Umbel many flowered, perianth H in. long or less than J4 in. long, white
speckled. C. umbellulata.
1. Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf. Yellow Clintonia. Leaves
oval, thin, ciliate, short -acuminate; inflorescence 3-6-flowered ;
stamens as long as the perianth; ovulary bilocular; berry oval. In
moist woods and thickets. Ashtabula County.
2. Clintonia umbellulata (AIx) Torr. White Clintonia. Herbs
with scape S-1S in. high. Leaves 2-5, oblong, oblanceolate or
obovate, acute or cuspidate, ciliate ; inflorescence a many-flowered
umbel; pedicels pubescent; flowers white, sometimes dotted with
purple; ovulary 2-locular; fruit a few-seeded, globose berry. In
woods. Harrison, Portage, Wayne.
25. Convallaria L. Lily-of-the-valley.
A low perennial with 1 or 2 leaves with sheathing petioles.
Scape bearing a one sided raceme of white, rarely pinkish, fra¬
grant, nodding flowers, perianth of 6 united segments; stamens
united with the perianth; filaments short, anthers introrse; fruit a
berry.
1. Convallaria majalis L. Lily-of-the-valley. Scape 4-10 in.
high, shorter than the leaves and scaly near the base. Escaped
from cultivation in Franklin County.
26. Asparagus L. Asparagus.
Stem at first simple, fleshy, scaly and at length becoming much
branched and bearing phylloclades, the whole having a plume-like
appearance. Flowers small, solitary, umbelled or racemed; per¬
ianth segments alike, separate or slightly united at the base;
anthers introrse; ovulary sessile, trilocular; styles short; berry
globose.
1. Asparagus officinalis L. Asparagus. Young stems thick
and edible, but later developing into a plume-like branch. Root¬
stocks much branched; leaves reduced to scales and branchlets
reduced to phylloclades; flowers mostly solitary and drooping at
the nodes; perianth campanulate; berry red. Escaped from cul¬
tivation along road-sides, salt marshes and fields. General.
122
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
Smilaceae. Smilax Family.
Mostly vines with woody or herbaceous often prickly stems.
Leaves alternate, netted- veined, several nerved, petioled; petioles
sheathing, bearing tendrils, persistent after the fall of the leaf;
flowers small, greenish, diecious, in umbels in the axils of the
leaves; perianth of 6 segments; stamens 6; ovulary trilocular; style
short or none; fruit a berry; seeds 1-6 with much endosperm;
embryo small.
Smilax L. Smilax.
Usually twining or climbing herbs with tendrils from the
petioles. Lower leaves reduced to scales; flowers actinomorphic ;
perianth segments distinct, deciduous, the carpellate flowers with
vestigial stamens ; berry black, red or purple or rarely white.
1. Aerial stems herbaceous, dying down each year, flowers carrion-scented,
berries blue-black with a bloom. 2.
1 . Aerial stem woody, often prickly. 4.
2. Plants erect, mostly without tendrils. 5. ecirrhata.
2. Plants, with tendrils, climbing, without prickles. 3.
3. Leaves smooth on both sides, peduncles very long. 5. herbacea.
3. Leaves sparingly to densely puberulent on the veins beneath.
S. pulverulenla.
4. Leaves green, not glaucous. 5.
4. Leaves very glaucous; peduncles, fd-l in. long, usually not much longer
than the petioles. S. glauca.
5. Peduncle about 2 in. long, leaves usually 7-9 nerved. 5. pseudo-china.
5. Peduncle 1-34 in. long, leaves usually 7-nerved. 5. hispida.
5. Peduncle usually less than Lj in. long, about as long as the petiole, leaves
usually 5-nerved. A. ro tundifolia.
1. Smilax ecirrhata (Engl.) Wats. Upright Smilax. A
glabrous, erect herb with the leaves often whorled at the top.
Leaves ovate, rounded or cordate at the base, 5-9 nerved, some¬
what pubescent beneath. In dry soil. Erie, Wood, Preble,
Warren, Clinton, Brown, Fairfield, Hardin.
2. Smilax herbacea L. Common Carrion-flower. An un¬
armed, glabrous herb more or less climbing. Leaves ovate,
rounded or lanceolate, acute or acuminate at the apex, obtuse or
cordate at the base, 7-9-nerved; peduncles 6-10 times as long as
the petiole, flattened, inflorescence a many-flowered umbel ;
flowers carrion-scented; fruit a blue-black berry. In woods or
thickets. General.
3. Smilax pulverulenta Mx. Pubescent Carrion-flower. Similar
to the preceding except that the undersides of the leaves are
pubescent, especially on the veins. Williams, Fulton, Ottawa,
Erie, Seneca, Cuyahoga, Hardin, Auglaize, Fayette, Mont¬
gomery.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
123
4. Smilax pseudo-china L. Long-stalked Greenbrier. A
glabrous climbing woody vine, commonly covered with numerous
slender prickles. Branches more or less angled; petioles 1-1 in.
long; leaves ovate, abruptly acute at the apex, subcordate at the
base, usually 1 -nerved; with 12-40 flowers; fruit a black berry.
In thickets. General.
5. Smilax glauca Walt. Glaucous Greenbrier. A climbing
woody vine with terete stem and four-angled branches and glau¬
cous leaves. Stem often prickly; peduncle Rf-l in. long; leaves
ovate, acute or cuspidate at the apex, sometimes cordate at the
base, five-nerved; umbel 6-12 flowered; fruit a blue-black berry.
In dry, sandy soil. General, but more abundant in the south.
6. Smilax rotundifolia L. Round-leaf Greenbrier. A gla¬
brous woody climber with a terete, woody stem and a square
branch usually prickly. Petioles less than in. long; leaves
thick, shining when mature, acute or acuminate at the apex,
obtuse or cordate at the base, entire or very slightly denticulate,
5 nerved; peduncles flattened; umbel 6-25-flowered; fruit a black
berry. In woods and thickets. Cuyahoga, Belmont, Hocking,
Fairfield, Licking, Lorain.
Pontederiaceae. Pickerel-weed Family.
Perennial, aquatic herbs with broad, petioled leaves or long,
grass-like leaves. Flowers bisporangiate, showing some zygo-
morphy, solitary or spiked with a spathe; perianth of six united
segments; stamens 6 or 3, united with the perianth; ovulary tri-
locular or unilocular; stigma terminal; fruit a many seeded capsule;
endosperm of the seed copious, mealy.
1. Spike many-flowered, with a spathe-like bract, perianth two-lipped,
stamens 6. Pontederia. (1)
1. Inflorescence one to several-flowered, perianth with a slender tube,
perianth segments about equal, stamens 3. Heteranthera. (2)
1. Pontederia L. Pickerel- weed.
Herbs with thick leaves, long sheathing petioles and hori¬
zontal rootstock. Inflorescence a spike with numerous, eph¬
emeral, blue flowers; perianth two lipped; stamens 6, united with
the perianth; ovulary triiocular, 2 locules without ovules.
1. Pontederia cordata L. Pickerel weed. A rather stout,
erect herb with ovate or cordate, sagittate leaves, with apex and
basal lobes obtuse, the sheathing petiole often having long ap¬
pendages; spathe and inflorescence pubescent; flowers blue, the
upper lobe having two yellow spots on the middle segment.
Borders of ponds and streams. Erie, Cuyahoga, Geauga, Sum¬
mit, Portage, Wayne, Lucas, Fulton, Defiance, Licking, Perry.
Pontederia cordatalancifolia (Muhl.) Mor. Similar to the
preceding but with lanceolate leaves, rounded or narrowed at
the base. Summit County.
124
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
2. Heteranthera R. & P.
Aquatic herbs with creeping, ascending or floating stems with
petioled cordate, ovate, oval or reniform leaves; or with grass-like
leaves.
1. Heteranthera dubia (Jacq.) Mac. M. Water Stargrass.
A slender forked herb, often rooting at the nodes. Leaves flat,
elongated, acute, with thin sheathes and stipule-like appendages;
spathe 1-2 flowered, flowers light yellow, stigma lobed, fruit a
unilocular capsule. Growing in still water. Rather general.
Commelinaceae. Spiderwort Family.
Perennial or annual leafy herbs. Inflorescence an umbel-like
cyme of bisporangiate, showy, flowers, subtended by spathe-like
or leafy bracts; sepals 3, persistent; petals 3, membranous, dele-
quescent; stamens 6, sometimes 3 of them sterile; ovulary bi- or
tri-locular; capsule loculicidal; endosperm copious and mealy.
1. Bracts leaf-like, stamens 6, petals all alike. Tradescanlia. (1)
1. Bracts spathe-like stamens 3. Commelina. (2)
1. Tradescantia L. Spiderwort.
Herbs with simple or branched stems, somewhat mucilaginous;
leaves rather narrow and elongated; inflorescence in terminal or
axillary cymes subtended by bracts; perianth of 3 sepals and 3
petals; stamens (3, usually all alike, bearded; ovulary triolcular;
capsule loculocidal.
1. Leaves linear, 12-50 times longer than broad, stems elongated. 2.
1. Leaves lanceolate, 2-10 times longer than broad, and zigzag. T. pilosa.
2. Foliage glaucous pedicle glabrous, sepals often with a tuft of hairs at
the apex. T. reflexa.
2. Foliage bright green, peduncles and sepals villous with non-glandular
hairs. T. virginiana.
1. Tradescantia reflexa Raf. Reflexed Spiderwort. A slender,
glabrous, glaucous herb. Leaves narrow, linear-attenuate, strong¬
ly involute, rather rigid with sheaths; inflorescence a densely-
flowered cyme ; 2 involucral bracts reflexed ; sepals glabrous
except the tips which are tipped with tufts of hairs; petals blue.
In sandy or loamy soil. Ashtabula, Erie, Mahoning, Richland,
Coshocton, Licking, Franklin, Auglaize.
2. Tradescantia virginiana L. Virginia Spiderwort. A stout
bright-green herb, glabrous or slightly pubescent; leaves nearly
flat, linear-lanceolate, long acuminate; bracts leaf-like, inflores¬
cence usually a solitary, terminal cyme; pedicels and sepals
villous; petals blue or purple, showy. In rich soil in woods and
along railroads. General as far north as Auglaize and Stark.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
125
3. Tradescantia pilosa Lehm. Zigzag Spiderwort. A stout
herb, commonly flexuous, often branched, more or less puberulent
or short-pilose; leaves broadly lanceolate, acuminate at the apex,
darker green above than below; pedicels and calyx pubescent and
more or less glandular, rarely somewhat glabrous; petal lilac-
blue. In thickets and on shaded hillsides. Montgomery, Cler¬
mont, Hamilton.
2. Commelina L. Day-flower.
Succulent, branching herbs, with short -petioled or sessile
leaves. Inflorescence a sessile cyme subtended by spathe-like
bracts; sepals slightly united, of unequal size; petals unequal, 2
large and one small; stamens 3 or 2 fertile and 3 or 4 sterile.
1. Commelina virginica L. Virginia Day-flower. A
branched somewhat pubescent or glabrous herb. Leaves lanceo¬
late, or linear-lanceolate, acuminate at the base; sheathes inflated,
often pubescent; inflorescence a cyme surrounded by 2 bracts;
corolla showy. In moist soil. Montgomery, Clermont, Lake.
Juncaceae. Rush Family.
Perennial or sometimes annual, grass-like, usually tufted
herbs. Leaves with sheathes either open or closed; inflorescence
a panicle, cyme, corymb, or umbel, spike or head, or rarely,
flowers single; flowers small, regular, with or without bracts;
perianth of 6 glumaceous segments; stamens 6 or 3 or rarely 5 or
4; carpels 3; fruit a loculicidal capsule, seeds many or 3; endosperm
fleshy.
1. Leaf-sheathes open, seeds many, plants never hairy. Juncus. (1)
1. Leaf-sheathes closed, seeds three, plants usually hairy. Juncoides. (2)
1. Juncus L. Rush.
Usually perennial herbs with leaf-bearing stems, and open
leaf sheathes. Leaves grass-like or channeled; inflorescence a
panicle or corymb, often unilateral, or congested in heads; stamens
6 or 3, ovulary unilocular or trilocular; seeds several or many,
sometimes caudate. Commonly found in swamp habitats.
126
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
Synopsis.
I. Inflorescence apparently lateral.
1. Flowers bracteolate, inserted singly.
J. effusus.
J. balticus.
2. Flowers not bracteolate, in heads.
(No Ohio species.)
II. Inflorescence terminal.
1. Leaf blades flat or channeled, not septate.
a. Flowers bracteolate, never in true heads, sometimes clustered.
J. dudleyi.
J. tenuis.
J. bufonius.
J. monostichus.
b. Flowers not bracteolate, in true heads.
J. articulatus.
J. marginatus.
2. Leaf channeled or terete, hollow, with septa.
a. Leaf blades more or less channeled, septa usually imperfect,
not externally evident. (No Ohio species.)
b. Leaf blade usually not channeled, septa perfect and usually
evident externally.
(a) , stamens 6.
J. richardsonianus.
J. articulatus.
J. torreyi.
J. nodosus.
(b) . stamens 3.
J. brachecephalus.
J. acuminatus.
J. canadensis.
J. scirpoides.
Key.
1. Inflorescence apparently lateral. 2.
1. Inflorescence terminal. 3.
2. Perianth parts greenish, turning straw-colored, stamens 3. J. effusus.
2. Perianth parts with a chestnut strip on each side of the midrib,
stamens 6. J. balticus.
3. Leaf blade flat or channeled, not septate. 4.
3. Leaf-blade channeled or terete, hollow, with septa. 9.
4. Flowers bracteolate, never in true heads, sometimes clustered. 5.
4. Flowers not bracteolate, in true heads. 8.
5. Auricles at the summit of the sheathe cartilaginous and darker than
the stem, not extended conspicuously beyond the point of insertion.
J. dudleyi.
5. Auricles at the summit of the sheathes scarious. C.
6. Inflorescence with 3-12 secund flowers along the usually dichotomously
branched stem. J. monostichus.
<3. Inflorescence 2-4-flowered, scattered along the dichotomous branches
or sometimes aggregate at the top but not second. 7.
7. Bracts exceeding the inflorescence, plants perennial, flowers usually
in clusters of 3-4. /. tenuis.
7. Bracts shorter than the inflorescence, plants annual, flowers scattered
singly along the usually dichotomous branches. J. bufonius.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
127
8. Heads of the inflorescence 5-15, each head usually 5-10 flowered,
plants less than 20 in. high. J. marginatus.
8. Heads of the inflorescence usually 20-100, each head 2-5 flowered,
plants over 20 in. high. J. aristulatus.
9. Glomerules loosely few-flowered, hemispherical. 10.
9. Glomerules densely many-flowered, spherical. 13.
10. Stamens 6, or if 3 the glomerules only 3-7 flowered; capsule longer than
the perianth segments. 11.
10. Stamens 3, glomerule 5-many flowered, capsule shorter than the
perianth segments. J. acuminatus.
11. Stamens 6, seeds not with caudate tips. 12.
11. Stamens 3, seeds with caudate tips. J. brachycephalus.
12. Plants articulate, sepals acuminate, flowers brownish, capsule grad¬
ually tapering to a mucronate tip. J. articulatus.
12. Plants not articulate, sepals blunt, often mucronate-tipped, flowers
straw-colored, capsule acute, or obtuse with a short tip.
J. richardsonianus .
13. Involucral leaf usually much exceeding the inflorescence stamens 6. 14.
13. Involucral leaf usually shorter than the inflorescence, or if exceeding
the inflorescence then not over one inch long, stamens 3. 15.
14. Sepals exceeding the petals, leaf-blades abruptly divergent from the
stem. J. torreyi.
14. Sepals shorter than the petals, leaf-blade erect. J. nodosus.
15. Capsule obtuse or acute at the apex, sometimes mucronate but not
prolonged into a beak; seeds with definite caudate tips.
J. canadensis.
15. Capsule tapering evenly into a prominent subulate beak; seeds blunt or
merely pointed, not caudate. J. scirpoides.
1. Juncus effusus L. Common Rush. An herb with a
branching root-stock, lateral inflorescence and non-septate leaves.
Basal leaves reduced, scapes soft and pliant; inflorescence a
diffused, much-branched cyme; flowers small and greenish;
stamens 3; style short; capsule trilocular; seeds small. Marshy
ground. General and common.
2. Juncus balticus Willd. Baltic Rush. Scape rigid; in¬
florescence a lateral, loose or dense cyme; perianth parts brown
with a green mid-rib and hyalin margins; capsule about as long
as the perianth, brown mucronate, trilocular. On sand}' soil.
Erie County.
3. Juncus dudleyi Weig. Dudley’s Rush. Inflorescence
a terminal cyme subtended by bractlets; leaves non-septate;
leaf-sheath covering Y of the stem; auricles dark, cartilaginous
not conspicuously extended beyond the point of insertion; seeds
blunt. Montgomery', Clinton, Champaign, Licking, Delaware,
Tuscarawas.
4. Juncus tenuis Willd. Slender Rush. Inflorescence ter¬
minal, subtended by bracts; flowers subtended by bractlets;
sheaths covering Y\ of the stem; leaves flat, non-septate, becoming
involute in age; auricles scarious, conspicuously extended beyond
the point of insertion. Seeds blunt. General.
128
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
5. Juncus bufonius L. Toad Rush. An annual herb, 8 in.
high, with terminal inflorescence and non-septate leaves. Flowers
scattered singly along the one sided and usually dichotomously
branched inflorescence; leaf blade flat; stamens (i or 3; capsule
trilocular. Williams, Lucas, Lorain, Licking.
6. Juncus monostichus Barth. One-ranked Rush. Plant
12-20 in. high; culms compressed; inflorescence terminal; leaves
basal and involute in drying; auricles scarious; inflorescence
exceeded by the bract; flowers secund. Trumbull County.
7. Juncus aristulatus Mx. Small-headed Grass-leaf Rush.
Inflorescence terminal, usually composed of from 10-20 heads,
each head of from 2-5 flowers; stamens exserted and persistent in
the fruit; capsule rarely exceeding the calyx. Fairfield, Summit.
8. Juncus marginatus Rostle. Grass-leaf Rush. Inflores¬
cence terminal, of 2-20 heads, each with 5-10 flowers; flowers not
subtended by bractlets; capsule rarely exceeding the calyx;
stamens exserted and persistent in the fruit. Cuyahoga County.
9. Juncus richardsonianus Schult. Richardson’s Rush.
Inflorescence in terminal heads with fasicles of leaves; leaves
septate, upper cauline leaves with blades; sepals blunt; stamens
0; seeds blunt. Cuyahoga County.
10. Juncus articulatus L. Jointed Rush. Leaves septate,
upper cauline leaves with blades; inflorescence in terminal, spheri¬
cal glomerules; sepals acuminate; stamens 6; seeds blunt. Cuya¬
hoga County.
11. Juncus torreyi Cov. Torrey’s Rush. Leaves septate,
upper cauline leaves with blades; inflorescence in terminal, spheri¬
cal glomerules; petals shorter than the sepals; stamens 0; seeds
blunt. Cuyahoga, Adams, Madison, Wood and Erie.
12. Juncus nodosus L. Knotted Rush. Leaves septate,
upper cauline leaves with a blade; inflorescence in terminal,
spherical glomerules without fasicles of leaves ; involucre exceeding
the inflorescence; sepals subulate; stamens G; petals equaling or
exceeding the sepals. Madison, Cuyahoga, Erie, Franklin.
13. Juncus brachycephalus Engelm. Small-headed Rush.
Leaves septate, with well developed blades; inflorescence in ter¬
minal, 2-5 flowered heads; stamens 3; seeds with short caudate
tips. Erie, Cuyahoga, Champaign, Franklin, Madison.
14. Juncus acuminatus Mx. Sharp-fruited Rush. Leaves
septate, blades of the lower leaves 4-8 in, long; inflorescence
terminal, branches of 5-50 heads, rarely more or less, heads 3-20
flowered; petals and sepals nearly equal; stamens 3; seeds tipped
at each end. Ashtabula, Lake, Lorain, Cuyahoga, Huron,
Portage, Tuscarawas, Knox, Union, Licking, Auglaize, Carroll,
Champaign, Fairfield, Adams, Brown.
April, 1913.]
Liliales of Ohio.
129
15. Juncus canadensis J. Gay. Canada Rush. Leaves
nodose, basal leaves disappearing before flowering time; sheathes
with auricles, inflorescence in terminal, crowded heads, with 5-50
flowers to the head; stamens 3; capsule mucronate, reddish brown,
longer than the perianth; seeds with a definite tail. Cuyahoga,
Licking, Auglaize, Madison, Geauga.
1G. Juncus scirpoides Lam. Scirpus-like Rush. Leaves
septate, blade of the uppermost leaf longer than the sheath;
inflorescence in densely flowered heads ; stamens 3 ; capsule atten¬
uate, exceeding the calyx; seeds blunt. Erie County.
2. Juncoides Adans.
Perennial plants, glabrous or hairy, with grass-like leaves and
closed leaf sheathes. Inflorescence an umbel, panicle or corymb;
flowers with bractlets ; stamens 6 ; ovulary unilocular, three-
seeded.
1. Flowers occurring singly or in twos at the ends of the branches of the
inflorescence. J. pilosum.
2. Flowers occurring in glomerules. J. campestre.
1. Juncoides pilosum (L.) Ktz. Hairy Wood-rush. A
tufted herb, often stoloniferous. Stems erect, 2-4 leaved, 6-12
in. high; leaf blades flat, acuminate; inflorescence an umbel, each
pedicel 1 or 2 flowered ; perianth brown with hyalin margins ; seeds
hooked. Lucas, Cuyahoga, Trumbull, Mahoning, Hocking.
2. Juncoides campestre (L.) Ktz. Common Wood-rush.
Tufted herb, 4-20 in high; stems 2-4 leaved; leaf blades blunt,
pubescent, inflorescence an umbel, lower bracts leaf-like, acumi¬
nate; flowers brown, capsule obovoid or broadly oblong. In
woods. General.
Xyridaceae. Yellow-eyed-grass Family.
Tufted, rush-like herbs with narrow, two-ranked leaves and
leafless scapes. Flowers in heads, bisporangiate, mostly yellow,
solitary and sessile in the axils of bracts; petals 3; sepals 3, unequal,
one large and membranous and 2 small and keeled; stamens 6 or
3 ; ovulary tri-or unilocular ; ovules orthotropous ; fruit a capsule ;
endosperm mealy.
Xyris L. Yellow-eyed-grass.
Perennial herbs with the flowers single in the axils of coriaceous
scale-like bracts, which together form a head. Stamens 3 fertile
and 3 sterile; capsule unilocular, many seeded.
1. Xyris flexuosa Muhl. Slender Yellow-eyed-grass. An
herb 5-20 in. high, with a slender, straight or slightly twisted
scape. Leaves flat, becoming twisted; inflorescence globose or
oblong or obtuse; lateral sepals linear and fringed with short
hairs on the wingless keel. In bogs. Portage, Geauga.
130
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
Eriocaulaceae. Pipewort Family.
Stemless or short-stemmed, perennial or annual, bog or aquatic
herbs, with fibrous or spongy roots, monecious or diecious; scape
long, bearing a solitary terminal head of small monosporangiate
flowers, each borne in the axil of a scarious bract; perianth seg¬
ments 6 or 3, stamens 6 or 3; ovulary 2 or 3-locular; fruit a loculo-
cidal capsule; seeds orthotropous ; endosperm mealy.
Eriocaulon L. Pipewort.
Stemless or short-stemmed, monecious herbs with erect scapes
and short, spreading, acuminate, parallel-veined leaves. In¬
florescence a tomentose head, white to almost black, staminate
flowers with 6-4 stamens opposite the perianth segments, ovulary
vestigial, carpellate flowers having a stalked or sessile ovulary
with no stamens; fruit a capsule.
1. Eriocaulon septangulare With. Seven-angled Pipewort.
Monecious aquatic herbs with almost no stem from which arise
soft, awl-shaped, pellucid leaves and a weak, twisted scape some¬
what seven-angled. Involucral bracts glabrous or the innermost
ones bearded to the apex, shorter than the flower; outer flowers of
the head usually staminate; carpellate flowers generally smaller
than the staminate; perianth segments white, bearded. In still
water or on shores. No known specimens from Ohio.
April, 1913.]
Acarina of Cedar Point.
131
A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE ACARINA OF CEDAR POINT.
Chas. K. Brain.
Acarina were collected between July 20th and August 15th,
1912, in the vicinity of the Lake Laboratory, Cedar Point. Atten¬
tion was paid for the greater part to those mites found along the
edge of the Cove, and most specimens were taken from boards
found lying at the edge of, or in the water. Most of the material
was mounted as collected, and some thirty slides submitted to
Prof. Nathan Banks who very kindly consented to make the
determinations for me. Named slides have been deposited with
Prof. H. Osborn, Director of the Laboratory, and the only excuse
for publishing such an incomplete list is the hope that some
worker will continue the study of this important group in the
near future.
1. Anystis agilis Banks. On fungus beetle Boletotherus bifur cus.
2. Celaenopsis americana Banks. On Iiololepta sp.
3. Celaenopsis pedalis Banks. On larva of Passalus cornutus Say.
4. Cunaxa quadripilis Banks. On board at edge of Black Channel.
5. Galumna emarginata Banks. On board at edge of Black Channel.
6. Galumna pratensis Banks. On log N. W. of Lake Lab.
7. Hydrachna sp. On board floating at edge of Black Channel.
8. Hydrachna sp. Larva of. In tow-net. Black Channel.
9. Hydrachna sp. Larva of. On Zaitha jiuminea.
10. Hygrobates sp. On board floating at edge of Black Channel.
11. Macrocheles sublaevis Banks. Common on fungus beetle Boletotherus
bifurcus.
12. Oribatodes sp. On board floating at edge of Black Channel.
13. Oripoda sp. (probably n. sp.) On board at edge of Black Channel.
14. Parasitus inaequalis Banks. Common on Silpha americana.
15. Parasitus sp. Young of. On decaying fungus. Strobilomyces slrobila-
ceus Berk.
16. Parasitus sp. Nymph of. Found commonly on board floating at the
edge of Black Channel.
17. Polyaspis lamellipes Banks. On Orthosoma brunneum Forst. Also
found attached to legs of Parandra brunnea.
18. Rhyncholophus pilosus Banks. Collected by sweeping Tilia Americana.
19. Rhyncholophus sp. Larva of. Attached to Melanoplus bivittatus. Say.
20. Seiulus sp. Nymph of. On cotton- wood log.
21. Stractides sp. in tow-net near entrance to Black Channel.
22. Tetranychus bimaculatus Harvey. Common on plants near Lake Lab.
dock.
23. Trombidium sp. Larva of. On Musca domestica Linn.
24. Tyrrellia circularis Wolcott. On board at edge of Black Channel.
25. Uropoda sp. On Iiololepta sp.
132
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 6,
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, December 2, 1912.
The meeting was called to order by the President, W. G. Stover.
The presentation of papers followed the reading and approval
of the minutes.
Mr. C. K. Brain gave the first paper on the “Internal Anat¬
omy of Stomoxys calcitrans.” This blood-sucking fly had been
suggested as the agent in transmitting blood diseases in India and
other tropical countries, some time back. In October of the
present year, Rosenauer declared it to be the host of a part of the
life cycle of the organism causing infantile paralysis, and transmits
that disease. Anderson and Frost’s work on monkeys in
November, confirmed the idea.
Experiments by the Ohio State Board of Health point to a
mechanical transmission by Stomoxys.
The digestive systems of Stomoxys and Anopheles, the malaria
mosquito, were compared in detail and figured. The conditions in
Stomoxys appear to be on the whole more complicated and elab¬
orate than in the mosquito, though there is some reduction in
number of mouth parts and no distinction between sexes can be
made on the basis of mottth parts.
The abdominal sucking stomach and the abdominal position
of the salivary glands are noticeable features in Stomoxys.
Prof. Landacre talked on the “Production of Germinal Varia¬
tions.” He spoke particularly of the work of Dr. Tower who has
produced variations in the color patterns and antennae of beetles
by altering conditions of temperature and moisture. This work
seems to give the best of the argument to the transmissionists.
Mr. W. G. Stover exhibited some specimens of Oklahoma
fungi, calling attention especially to the wood forms, the grass
forms, and the stink-homs. A number of these Oklahoma fungi
are also found in Ohio.
The following persons were elected to membership in the Club:
Walter R. Wheelock, Lillian E. Humphrey, Ralph R. Jeffries,
Po Chen, Mary Storer.
The meeting was then adjourned.
Marie F. McLellan, Secretary.
Date of Publication, April 28, 1913.
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Ceramic Engin¬
eering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairying, Domestic
Science, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Manual Training,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner¬
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education, Psychol¬
ogy, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School Administra¬
tion, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term. Address University Editor.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
Wien writine to advertisers, please mention lie " Ohio Naturalist.
VOLUME XIII.
MAY,
1913.
NUMBER 7
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History Ohio.
OFncIAL ORGAN of THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State C'nivebsity, aud of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, Si. 25. Single copies, 15 cents,
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager . . James S. Hine.
Associate Editors.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert, Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until uotice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages foranv article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of * Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first twelve volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hinx.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST,
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports. . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . . . Price 20 eta. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . . . Price 40 cts. each
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SPECIAL PAPERS.
‘ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
‘ The Gdonata of Ohio.” pp. 1 16. David S. Kellicott . 60 cts.
‘The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke . 50 cts.
‘ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
‘ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. James S. Hike . 50 cts.
‘The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
‘Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonser . 50 cts.
‘The Coceidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. Tames G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
‘Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. Max Morse. . . 50 cts.
‘Ecological Study of Brush Lake.” pp. 20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler. ..35 cts.
‘ The Willows of Ohio.” pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
‘Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio.” pp. 35.
V. Sterki . 50 cts.
‘The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity.”
F. L. Landacre . 60 cts.
‘ Discomycetes in tbe Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio.” pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman. . . . 50 cts.
‘Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory.” pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
‘The Pteridophytes of Ohio.” pp. 41. John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian. Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
FEB 7 - 1916.
'The Ohio aturalist ,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XIII.
MAY, 1913.
No. 7.
133
112
147
— LimiAfcj
NEW rot?*
UTILIZATION AND CONTROL OF AQUATIC RESOURCES
OF OHIO * Ua;J inches high;
leaves oblong or ovate-oblong, their margins ciliate, the upper
generally sessile, the lower sometimes narrowed into broad petioles ;
flowers in terminal cymes with lanceolate sepals and 2-cleft petals.
Medina, Preble, Clermont, Fairfield, Pike, Lawrence, Gallia,
Vinton.
4. Alsine longifolia (Muhl.) Britt. Long-leaf Stitchwort.
Glabrous, ascending; stem rough angled; leaves linear, spreading,
acute; flowers numerous, arranged in terminal or lateral cymes.
General in northern Ohio; also in Highland, Jackson and Gallia
Counties.
5. Alsine graminea (L.) Britt. Lesser Stitchwort. Weak,
glabrous, ascending from creeping rootstocks; 6 to 12 inches high;
stem 4-angled; leaves lanceolate, sessile; flowers arranged ‘in
loosely spreading cymes; bracts lanceolate sometimes scarious
or ciliate; sepals equalling the 2-cleft petals. Cuyahoga, Auglaize,
Belmont.
Cerastium L.
Pubescent or hirsute herbs. Flowers white, arranged in
terminal cymes; petals 5, rarely 4, emarginate or bifid, (rarely
wanting); sepals 4 or 5; stamens 10, rarely fewer; styles 4 or 5
or fewer, arranged opposite the sepals.
1. Leaves linear or lanceolate, 8 to 10 times as long as broad; petals longer
than the sepals. 2.
1. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, about 4 times as long as wide, petals 3, equal¬
ling or shorter than the sepals. C. vulgatum.
2. Stem erect; pubescent, densely tufted; perennial; styles 5. C. arvense.
2. Stem weak, reclining or ascending, clammy-pubescent to glabrate,
annual. C. longipedunculatum .
1. Cerastium vulgatum L. Common Mouse-ear Chickweed.
Biennial or perennial, viscid-pubescent, 7 to 14 inches high. Lower
and basal leaves spatulate-oblong; upper leaves oblong, Jd to
inch long; flowers loosely arranged on long pedicels. General.
2. Cerastium longipedunculatum Muhl. Nodding Chick-
weed. Annual, reclining or ascending, 6 to 16 inches high;
clammy-pubescent to glabrate. Lower leaves spatulate, obtuse,
petioled, 1 to lpf inches long; flowers loosely arranged, pedicels
very long in fruit; petals when present about twice as long as the
sepals. General in southern Ohio, also in Ottawa and Cuya¬
hoga Counties.
3. Cerastium arvense L. Field Chickweed. Perennial, downy
or nearly smooth, 6 to 12 inches high. Basal leaves and those on
the sterile shoots linear-oblong; stem leaves distant, linear or
narrowly lanceolate; petals obcordate, longer than the lanceolate
acute sepals. Sandusky, Ottawa, Trumbull, Miami, Monroe.
4. Cerastium arvense oblongifolium (Torrj Holl. and Britt.
Pubescent; leaves oblong or lanceolate; capsule about twice the
length of the calyx. Erie, Monroe.
The Ohio Naturalist.
LVol. XIII, No. 8,
180
5. Cerastium arvense webbii Jennings. Plant more or less
viscid-pubescent, 12 to 18 inches high. Lower leaves oblong-
lanceolate, upper ones ovate-lanceolate, 1J^ to 2 inches long;
flowers arranged in strict cymes. Cuyahoga.
Spergula L.
Annual herbs. Leaves subulate, stipulate, arranged in
fascicles in the axils; flowers white, in terminal cymes; sepals
5; petals 5; stamens 10 or 5; styles 5, alternate with the sepals.
1. Spergula arvensis L. Com Spurry. Glabrous or finely
pubescent, 9 or 10 inches high. Leaves linear or subulate;
stipules small, connate; pedicels slender, divaricate. Lake County.
Tissa Adans.
Low herbs with fleshy, linear, or setaceous leaves; often ar¬
ranged in fascicles in the axils; stipules scarious; flowers pink or
white in terminal cymes; sepals 5, petals 5, rarely fewer or none,
entire, stamens 2 to 10.
1. Tissa rubra (L) Britt. Sand-spurrv. Annual or perennial,
depressed or ascending, leafy, glabrous or glandular-pubescent
above; 5 to 7>^ inches high; leaves linear, l/i inch long; flowers
bright pink; stipules ovate-lanceolate, acuminate; sepals ovate-
lanceolate, somewhat acute. Lake County.
Agrostemma L.
Annual or biennial, pubescent or wooly herbs. Leaves oppo¬
site, linear or linear-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, sessile ;flowers
red or white, solitary; petals 5, shorter than the sepals, unap-
psndaged, emarginate; calyx oblong, wooly, 10-ribbed; sepals 5,
linear, elongated and foliaceous, stamens 10, styles 5, opposite the
petals.
1. Agrostemma githago L. Corn Cockle. Plant erect, 12 to
40 inches high, covered with long, whitish, appressed hairs; leaves
linear-lanceolate; calyx ovoid, sepals exceeding the petals and
deciduous in fruit; flowers red, petals slightly emarginate. obovate-
cuneate. General.
Lychnis L.
Mostly mere or less pubescent herbs. Sepals 5, petals 5, entire,
2-cleft or laciniate, generally crowned; stamens 10; styles 5, rarely
4; calyx ovoid, tubular or inflated, 10-nerved.
1. Plant entirely pubescent, viscid. 2.
1. Plant having viscid-pubescent bands on the stems. L. viscaria.
2. Calyx-teeth twisted; plant densely white-wooly. L. coronaria.
2. Calyx teeth not twisted; only ordinarily pubescent; usually diecious. 3.
3. Flowers white or pink; calyx teeth attenuate. L. alba.
3. Flowers red; calyx teeth triangular-lanceolate, acute. L. dioica.
June, x913.]
Caryophyllaceae of Ohio.
181
1. Lychnis coronaria (L) Desv. Mullein Pink. Perennial,
wooly white, quite tall. Lower leaves spatulate; upper leaves
oblong or lanceolate, sessile, acute or acuminate; flowers few in
terminal panicles; petals crimson; calyx oblong-campanulate, its
teeth twisted and shorter than the tube. Cuyahoga, Portage,
Lake, Fairfield.
2. Lychnis viscaria L. Viscid Lychnis. Plant erect. Lower
leaves spatulate; upper ones linear or linear-lanceolate; inflores¬
cence in oppositely arranged clusters ; calyx club-shaped. Escaped
in Lake County.
3. Lychnis alba Mill. White Lychnis. Biennial and branched
with leaves ovate-oblong or ovate-lanceolate, acute; upper ones
sessile, the lower ones having petioles; flowers few, arranged in
loose panicles, white or pink, fragrant; calyx at first tubular,
becoming inflated by the ripening pod; sepals lanceolate, short;
petals obovate, 2-cleft, crowned. Lake, Meigs.
4. Lychnis dioica L. Red Lychnis. Biennial. Basal leaves
with long petioles, oblong; stem leaves sessile or the lower short
petioled, ovate, acute; flowers red or nearly white, opening in the
morning, calyx at first tubular, in fruit nearly globular. Erie
County, Mosely Herbarium.
Silene L.
Herbs with pink, red or white flowers; calyx more or less
inflated, with 5 sepals, 10 to many served, not bracted at the base;
stamens 10; styles 3, rarely 4 or 5; petals 5, narrow, clawed,
variously cleft or rarely entire; flowers solitary or in terminal
cymes.
1. Leaves verticillate in fours. 5. stellata.
1. Leaves opposite. 2.
2. Flowers white or greenish. 3.
2. Flowers scarlet to pink. 6.
3. Calyx much inflated and bladdery, not with prominent ribs. 4.
3. Calyx tubular, merely expanded by the ripening pod, prominently
ribbed. 5.
4. Inflorescence leafy bracted; flowers few. S. alba.
4. Flowers numerous, in leafy cymes. 5. vulgaris.
5. Flowers racemose, short-pedicelled, calyx ribs 5. 5. dichotoma.
5. Flowers cymose, night-blooming; calyx ribs 10. S. noctiflora.
6. More or less viscid-pubescent, perennial. 7.
6. Glutinous at or below the nodes, annual. 10.
7. Leaves broadly oval, the lower ones tapering into a long petiole; stems
pubescent. S. rotundifolia.
7. Leaves lanceolate or spatulate, the blades not rounded. 8.
8. Leaves broadest below the middle, sessile; stems very rough. .S', regia
8. Leaves, all except the uppermost, broadest above the middle, the
lower ones tapering into a petiole. 9.
9. Leaves broadly spatulate. S. virginica.
9. Leaves narrowly spatulate or oblanceolate. S. caroliniana.
10. Stems pubescent, leafy; calyx much inflated, many-ribbed. 5. conica.
10. Stems smooth. 11.
11. Clayx club-shaped, many ribbed; leaves ovate-lanceolate. 5. armeria.
11. Calyx ovoid; leaves linear. 5. antirrhina.
I 82
The. Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 8,
1. Silene stellata (L) Ait. Starry Campion. Perennial,
pubescent, erect. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, verticillate in fours
or the lowest ones opposite, their margins finely ciliate; flowers
white, in panicled cymes, l/2 to Li inches wide; calyx campanulate,
inflated, JJ to l/2 inch long, its teeth triangular, acute; petals
about equalling the stamens, not crowned. General.
2. Silene alba Muhl. White Campion. Perennial, rather
weak, reclining, slightly pubescent or glabrate. Leaves lanceo¬
late or oblong-lanceolate, opposite, 3 to 4 inches long, y2 to 1 inch
broad, acuminate; flowers white, y2 to 1 inch broad; calyx in¬
flated, elongated-campanulate, pubescent, with ovate teeth;
petals cuneate, 2-cleft or 2-lobed, minutely crowned. Butler.
Clermont.
3. Silene vulgaris (Moench.) Garcke. Bladder Campion.
Perennial herb, branched from the base, glaucous, glabrous, or
rarely pubescent. Leaves ovate-lanceolate or oblong acute,
lower ones often spatulate; flowers white, in cymose panicles,
sometimes drooping; petals 2-cleft; calyx inflated and globose,
L+ to y inch long; stamens much longer than the petals and
sepals. Erie County.
4. Silene virginica L. Fire Pink. Perennial, clammy-pube¬
scent, 10 to 24 inches high. Stem slender; leaves thin, 3 to 5
inches long, lower ones spatulate or oblanceolate, upper ones
oblong-lanceolate, acute, sessile; flowers in loose cymose panicles,
crimson, petals oblong, 2-cleft, 2-lobed, or irregularly incised,
crowned; calyx tubular-campanulate. General.
5. Silene rotundifolia Nutt. Round-leaf Catchfly. Per¬
ennial, ascending or reclining, viscid-pubescent; lower leaves
spatulate or obovate, upper ones broadly oval, thin; flowers few
or solitary; petals 2-cleft, lobed or laciniate, crowned, scarlet;
pedicels very slender; calyx tubular-campanulate, about an inch
long, somewhat enlarged by the ripening pod, it’s teeth ovate,
acute. Hocking, Jackson.
(j. Silene armeria L. Sweet William Catchfly. Glabrous,
glaucous or minutely puberulent, about 23 inches high. Leaves
ovate-lanceolate; flowers in flat cymes with petals rose-colored,
white or purple, notched and crowned with awl-shaped scales;,
calyx club-shaped. Cuyahoga, Lake, Licking, Monroe.
7. Silene noctiflora L. Night-blooming Catchfly. Annual,
erect, viscid-pubescent, 8 to 32 inches high. Leaf-blades thickish,
lower ones large and spatulate, upper ones lanceolate; flowers
few and large, white or nearly so, fragrant and opening at night;
calyx glandular-pubescent, ]/2 inch or a little more in length,
with awl-shaped teeth. Lucas, Sandusky, Erie, Cuyahoga,
Lake, Auglaize, Green, Belmont, Jefferson.
8. Silene dichotoma Ehrh. Forked Catchfly. Annual, pub¬
escent. Lower and basal leaves lanceolate or oblanceolate.
June, 1913.]
Caryophyllaceae of Ohio.
183
acuminate or acute, tapering into a petiole; upper leaves sessile,
lanceolate or linear; flowers white; calyx cylindric, hirsute, much
enlarged by the ripening pod, with ovate-lanceolate, acute teeth;
petals white, bifid, with a short obtuse crown. Ottawa County.
Mosely Herbarium.
9. Silene conica L. Striate Catehfly. Annual, puberulent
to tomentulose, or canescent, usually with several stems; leafy,
3 to 12 inches high. Leaves linear, lanceolate, acute, sessile;
calvx ovoid, rounded or truncate at the base, strongly ribbed,
about half an inch long, teeth triangular-subulate; flowers in
cvmes, petals rose-colored, obcordate. Sandusky County.
10. Silene regia Sims. Royal Catehfly. Perennial, erect
and very rough, minutely pubescent. Leaves thick, ovate-
lanceolate, acute, 1 to 2^2 inches long, all but the lower ones
sessile ; flowers numerous, on short stalks and arranged in a panicle ;
deep scarlet; petals emarginate or laciniate, crowned; calyx
oblong, tubular, slightly enlarged by the ripening pod. Clarke,
Madison.
11. Silene caroliniana Walt. Carolina Catehfly. Perennial,
viscid-pubescent, 8 to 10 inches high, basal leaves spatulate,
nearly glabrous, tapering into broad, pubescent petioles; stem
leaves sessile, oblong or lanceolate; flowers in terminal cymes,
pink; petals cuneate, emarginate, crowned; calyx tubular, much
enlarged by the ripening pod, its teeth ovate, acute. Jefferson,
Monoe, Washington.
12. Silene antirrhina L. Sleepy Catehfly. Annual, puber¬
ulent or glabrous, glutinous about the nodes, 10 to 20 inches
high. Lower leaves spatulate or oblanceolate, narrowed into a
petiole; upper leaves linear to subulate; flowers in a loose, cymose
panicle, pedicels slender, erect; flowers pink, petals obcordate
and minutely crowned; calyx ovoid, glabrous, delicately ribbed,
with ovate, acute teeth. General.
13. Silene antirrhina divaricata Robinson. More slender,
branches spreading, filiform; petals absent. Gallia County.
Saponaria L.
Annual or perennial herbs, with broad leaves and large flowers.
Calyx narrowly ovoid or subcylindric, obscurely nerved; petals
5; sepals 5; styles 2; stamens 10; capsule dehiscent by four short
apical teeth or valves.
1. Saponaria officinalis L. Bouncing Bet. Perennial,
glabrous, erect, rather tall, 24 to 32 inches high. Leaves ovate
or oval, 2 to 2pJ inches long, acute and having a broad, short
petiole; flowers pink or white, arranged in terminal corymbs
with many small, lanceolate floral leaves; calyx tubular, about an
inch long; petals obcordate with a scale at the base of the blade.
General.
184
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol.XIII, No. 8,
Vaccaria Medic.
Annual herbs, glabrous, glaucous. Flowers in corymbed
cymes; petals pale red and not crowned, longer than the calyx;
calyx sharply 5-angled and inflated in fruit; sepals 5; stamens 10;
styles 2.
1. Vaccaria vaccaria (L.) Britt Cow-herb. Annual, 20 to
24 inches high; calyx 5-angled, enlarged and wing-angled in fruit;
leaves ovate-lanceolate. Lake, Ashtabula.
Dianthus. L.
Stiff herbs. Leaves narrow; flowers terminal, solitary or
cymose-paniculate, generally purple; calyx tubular, with several
bracts at its base; sepals 5; petals 5, long clawed, dentate or
crenatc; stamens 10; styles 2; capsule cylindric or oblong, stalked, ,
dehiscent by four or five short teeth at the summit.
1. Leaves large, ovate-lanceolate or broadly lanceolate; 3 to 5 times as
long as broad; flowers clustered; perennial. D. barbatus.
1. Leaves narrowly lanceolate, linear, subulate; 8 to 12 times as long as
broad. 2.
2. Calyx densely pubescent; leaves 2 to 2p> inches long; flowers clustered;
annual. D. armeria.
2. Calyx glabrous or slightly pubescent. 3.
3. Plants much branched; flowers solitary; perennial. D. delloides.
3. Plants simple or with few erect branches; flowers in terminal heads,
rarely solitary; annual. D. prolifera.
1. Dianthus prolifera L. Proliferous Pink. Annual, gla¬
brous, 6 to 12 inches high. Leaves few, linear and acute; flowers
small, pink, arranged in terminal, oblong or obovoid heads; calyx
concealed by bracts. Cuyahoga County.
2. Dianthus armeria L. Deptford Pink. Annual, minutely
pubescent, 12 to 20 inches high, with few erect branches. Leaves
linear, about f inch wide, to 2^4 inches long; flowers ar¬
ranged in terminal clusters with lanceolate, subulate bracts,
usually longer than the calyx; sepals very acute. Licking, Jef¬
ferson, Gallia.
3. Dianthus deltoides L. Maiden Pink. Perennial, to S
inches high. Leaves short, narrowly lanceolate, glabrous or
slightly pubescent; flowers pink or white, solitary, with toothed
petals; bracts ovate and half as long as the tube. Lake County.
4. Dianthus barbatus L. Sweet William. Tufted, glabrous
and erect, l(i to 18 inches high. Leaves lanceolate or ovate-
lanceolate; '2l/2 to 3 inches long, inch wide; bracts linear-
filiform, about the same length as the sharp, pointed sepals;
flowers pink or white or variegated, in large terminal clusters.
Portage County. f
June, 1913.]
The Genus Fraxinus in Ohio.
185
THE GENUS FRAXINUS IN OHIO.
Lillian E. Humphrey.
Recent investigations of the genus Fraxinus show a diversity
of opinion in regard to the limits of certain species. A study was
made of Ohio forms and comparison made with specimens from
other regions in order to determine a suitable disposition of local
species.
In Fraxinus lanceolata a very great diversity in the size and
shape of the leaflets was apparent. Some of the leaflets from
Ohio specimens measured 3 to inches in length and JA to 2y
inches in width. Specimens ranging westward to western Kansas
have smaller leaves and fruit, the leaflets of those from Kansas
measuring 3 to -HA inches in length and JA to 1 5-8 inches in width.
The samaras of those from Ohio varied from \y to 2JA inches in
length, while the Kansas type bore fruit measuring 7-8 to 1 5 — 8
inches in length; both were of about the same width. There is
an uninterrupted gradation of sizes and shapes from the larger
eastern specimens to the smallest western types. Specimens
from Decatur County, Kansas, had the shortest samaras of any
examined.
Closely resembling Fraxinus lanceolata in general appearance
is Fraxinus pennsylvanica, which differs chiefly in having velvety
pubescent twigs and more or less velvety pubescent petioles and
under sides of the leaflets. The leaflets are generally broader
than those of Fraxinus lanceolata, but of about the same length,
the average measurements being 3JA to (i inches long and 1 1-8 to
2jA inches wide. In both species both sides of the leaflets are a
decided green and the wing of the samara is decurrent 1-3 to
y2 the length of the body. Practically the only essential difference
between the two forms is the velvety pubescence of the twigs and
a usually greater pubescence of the leaves of Fraxinus pennsyl¬
vanica.
Parallel with these two forms are Fraxinus americana and
Fraxinus biltmoreana, which also seem to be separated mainly
by the degree of pubescence. The Fraxinus americana specimens
had leaflets measuring 3 to 6jA inches by 1 to 2 y2 inches. Fraxi¬
nus biltmoreana had leaflets of about the same size. The samaras
of Fraxinus biltmoreana are 1>A to iy inches long, while those
of Fraxinus americana vary from 1 1-8 to 1 7-16 inches. Both
have plump, terete bodies and terminal wings. The leaflets
of both species are prevailingly whitish underneath. As stated,
we have the same conditions as between Fraxinus lanceolata
and Fraxinus pennsylvanica. The velvety pubescence of the
twigs may be used to segregate the two types, but even this
character is not very sharply limited. Often specimens of Frax¬
inus americana have quite pubescent leaves.
i86
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 8,
Synopsis.
I. Flowers bisporangiate, imperfectly bisoprangiate, or imperfectly
monosporangiate; calyx none or very minute.
1. Flowers bisporangiate; twigs 4-sided, sometimes sharply four-
angled; wing of fruit extending around the body; leaflets green
on both sides, not entirely sessile; calyx a minute ring.
F. quad ran gut at a.
2. Flowers imperfectly bisporangiate or imperfectly monosporangi¬
ate; twigs terete or nearly so; leaflets sessile; calyx none.
(1) Leaflets oblong-lanceolate tapering to a long point. F. nigra.
(2) Leaflets oblong to ovate-lanceolate, short pointed.
F. excelsior.
II. Flowers monosporangiate; calyx evident; leaflets with petiolules.
1. Fruit with a flattish body passing perceptibly into the wing;
leaves and twigs velvety pubescent. F. profunda.
2. Fruit with a terete or nearly terete body.
a. Wing of the samara extending somewhat down the sides of the
body.
(a) Twigs pubescent. F. pennsylvanica.
(b) Twigs smooth or nearly so. F. lanceolata.
b. Wing of the samara almost entirely terminal.
(a) Twigs pubescent. F. biltmoreana.
(b) Twigs smooth or nearly so. F. americana.
Key to the Species.
1. Leaflets more or less petiolulate. 3.
1. Leaflets sessile. 2.
2. Leaflets 7 — 11, long, gradually tapering to a point, oblong lanceolate.
F. nigra.
2. Leaflets short pointed, ovate to obovate. F. excelsior.
3. Twigs not quadrangular. 4.
3. Twigs quadrangular; stems sometimes sharply four-angled; leaflets
tftk" — 11, green on both sides, upper ones usually sessile, lower ones
short petiolulate. F. quadrangulala.
4. Twigs pubescent, often velvety. 5.
4. Twigs smooth or nearly so. 7.
5. Leaflets ovate to ovate lanceolate; base usually truncate or rounded,
unsymmetrical; upper surface dark yellow green, soft pubescent
beneath, calyx large. F. profunda.
5. Leaflets ovate, ovate-lanceolate, or lanceolate, usually acute at the
base; calyx minute. 6.
6. Leaflets pale beneath, ovate to ovate lanceolate, 7 — 11; wing of samara
terminal or nearly so. F. biltmoreana.
6. Leaflets green or greenish beneath, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate,
5 — 9; samara with a decurrent wing. F. pennsylvanica.
7. Leaflets pale beneath, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, entire or indefinitely
serrate, abruptly acute or acuminate, glabrous or somewhat
pubescent; wing of samara terminal. F. americana.
7. Leaflets green on both sides, glabrous or somewhat pubescent, usually
serrate, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate; wing of samara
decurrent on the sides of the slender body. F. lanceolata.
Fraxinus L. Ash.
Deciduous trees usually with a furrowed bark; light, tough
wood; large, light-colored, round pith and large terminal buds.
Lateral buds obtuse, somewhat flattened; bundle scars crowded
in a curved line; leaves opposite, usually odd-pinnate; flowers
inconspicuous, perfectly or imperfectly monosporangiate, some-
June, 1910.]
The Genus Fraxinus in Ohio.
187
times bisporangiate, usually diecious, in bractless pannicles,
isobilateral, usually apetalous and dicyclic, but some of the
primitive forms with a corolla; cycles tisually tetramerous or
dimerous; calyx when present usually campanulate, persistent
or deciduous, sometimes much reduced; stamens united with the
base of the corolla when present; pollination usually anemapholus;
ovularv biocular, ovules two in each cavity; fruit a one seeded
samara; seed pendulous.
1. Fraxinus quadrangulata Mx. Blue Ash. Twigs glabrous
or very slightly pubescent when young, 4 sided, sometimes sharply
4- angled leaflets 7-11, ovate to oblanceolate, green on both sides,
sharply serrate or serrulate, long acuminate, upper leaflets usually
sessile, lower ones short petioled; flowers bisporangiate; corolla
wanting, calyx reduced to an obscure ring; samara linear oblong,
IX to 2 inches long, 3-8 to )/2 inches wide, blunt, body extending
half way to the apex. On rich limestone hills and sometimes
in fertile valleys. Ottawa, Hancock, Auglaize, Franklin, Licking,
Montgomery, Highland, Ross, Brown, Adams.
2. Fraxinus nigra Marsh. Black Ash. Twigs and usually
the leaves glabrous; leaflets 7-11, sessile, green on both sides,
sometimes quite pubescent along the mid-rib, serrate or serrulate,
2Rj to 6 inches long, 1 to \y2 inches wide, ovate-lanceolate, with
a long, tapering acuminate apex and a narrow or rounded base ;
flowers imperfectly bisporangiate; samara oblong to linear-oblong,
1 to 1 5-8 inches long, X to 3-8 inches wide; calyx wanting;
wing all around the flat body which extends to beyond the
middle. In swamps and wet woods. General in northern part
of the state, south to Preble, Green, Franklin and Harrison.
3. Fraxinus pennsylvanica Marsh. Red Ash. Twigs, petio¬
les, rachis and lower surface of leaflets velvety pubescent ; leaflets
5- 9, green on both sides, ovate to oblong, margin varying from
entire to serrate, apex acute or acuminate, 3 X to 6 inches long,
IX to 2 inches wide; calyx in the staminate flower obscurely
toothed, that of the carpellate flower deeply divided; samara 1 to
2 inches long, 1-8 to 3-16 inches wide, wing decurrent, linear to
spatulate, about the same length as the body. Low, rich, moist
soil. General.
4. Fraxinus lanceolata Borck. Green Ash. Twigs and
usually the leaves glabrous; leaflets 5-9, green on both sides,
lanceolate to oblanceolate, entire to denticulate, 3 to l)/2 inches
long, X to 2X inches wide, often pubescent on the veins beneath,
apex acute to long tapering; samara 1% to 2X inches long,
1-8 to X inches wide; wing somewhat decurrent, spatulate;
body terete. Moist soil. General.
5. Fraxinus biltmoreana Beadle. Biltmore Ash. Young
twigs very pubescent; leaflets 7-9, pale beneath, more or less
pubescent, especially along the veins beneath, ovate to ovate
lanceolate, margin entire or sometimes obscurely serrate, rachis
i88
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIII, No. 8,
slightly pubescent; samara 1R> to 2 inches long; wing almost
entirely terminal, linear, two or three times as long as the
short, stout, terete body. Upper part of river banks and woods.
Erie, Hardin, Franklin, Montgomery, Morgan, Hamilton, Brown,
Lawrence, Meigs.
0. Fraxinus americana L. White Ash. Twigs and petioles
glabrous; leaflets 5-9, pale beneath, glabrous or somewhat pubes¬
cent along the veins, ovate to oblanceolate ; margin more or less
entire or sparsely toothed; samara 1 to 1 7-16 inches long, 1-8 to
5-16 inches wide; wing entirely terminal; body terete. Rich
woods. General.
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, april 7, 1913.
The meeting of the Biological Club was called to order by the
President and the minutes of the last meeting were read and
approved.
The subject of the evening’s program was “Regeneration in
Animals and Plants.”
The first speaker, Prof. Landacre, took up the work of Dr.
Childs, of Chicago. Dr. Childs does not accept the term” re¬
generation, ” preferring to use “form regulation,” which means
a return to a state of equilibrium rather than to normal form.
More generalized animals do return to normal form, while in the
highest animals a process of wound healing is all that takes place.
Dr. Childs further divides form regulation into two main
groups — regeneration, or production of new tissue, and redif¬
ferentiation, or reorganization of old tissue. He explains these
phenomena by a process of “physiological correlation” in growth,
which is brought about by “conduction” or the influence of one
cell on those near it.
Dr. Dachnowski, the next speaker, discussed the two funda¬
mental phases of regeneration in plants. There are: (1) re¬
generation which expresses itself in latent buds, or restitution;
and (2) that which expresses itself in differentiated tissue. The
quality of regenerated tissue varies with age.
He also noted the fact that Sachs worked on the physiological
side of regeneration and emphasized the conception of form regu¬
lation which Childs uses.
After these papers a discussion was opened in which Profs.
Schaffncr, Lazenby, Durrant and Barrows took part
Prof. Schaffner emphasized the fact of polarity in plants, which
he illustrated and by various illustrations showed that regeneration
usually does not indicate lines of phylogeny.
After the discussion was finished, Mr. Walter Marshall was
elected to membership. The meeting then adjourned.
Marie F. McLellan, Secretary.
Date of Publication, June 5, 1913.
5 -■ • --
v- ;ir. ' ^ - -
wsTS. *' E£ •r^l
^ .=£;
- •£'•: ■ >-
- ' 5f?- ' -
ft*V
-
-
. - -i - -v‘ • -■ . . '.r. f
- ' VT ;>"> .••_ "• •'•'
'§£.:•. '.j?. ' s" ; ' '-!•?.
*
" -5 .
■" .->• '" -r ‘
” •. • '<> . ■'
-■ •■- * V ■
•-' : -'T
. - -
.• _**■* Iv '
r '* *
-
-V "
- -- - ■ •
" ^ - - 'Jfr~ ' —
' . - >- . " - ■ ■ '■
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Ceramic Engin¬
eering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairying, Domestic
Science, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Manual Training,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy and Miner¬
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,.
Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education, Psychol¬
ogy, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School Administra¬
tion, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity' is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term. Address University Editor.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “Ohio Naturalist.'
NOVEMBER,
VOLUME XIV. 19 13. NUMBER I.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History g f Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist,
A Journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager , . James S. Hine.
Associate Editors.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Miles, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert[.Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the 4Ohio Academy of ' Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first twelve volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.
Actress THE OHIO NATURALIST,
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . . . ? . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS.
i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. David S. KELLicoTT . 60 cts.
3. “ The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. W. G. Tight,
J A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke . 50 cts.
4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
5. “ Tabaniaae of Ohio.” pp. 63. James S. Hine . 50 cts.
6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96.
Thomas A. Bonser . 50 cts.
8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. James G. Sanders. . . .50 cts.
9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. Max Morse. . . .50 cts.
10. “Ecological Study of Brush Lake.” pp. 20.
J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred. J. Tyler... 35 cts.
11. “ The Willows of Ohio.” pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. “Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio.” pp. 35.
V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. “The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity.”
F. L. Landacre . 60 cts.
14. “ Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio.” pp. 54.
Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. “Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory.” pp. 122.
John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. “The Pteridophytes of Ohio.” pp. 41- John H. Schaffner, 50 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.
'The Ohio Naturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XIV. NOVEMBER, 1913.
No. 1.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
McAvoy — The Reduction Division iu the Microsporocytes of Oenothera Bienuis . 189
Schaffner— The Classification of Plants, X . . . 198
Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora . 203
THE REDUCTION DIVISION IN THE MICROSPOROCYTES
OF OENOTHERA BIENNIS.*
Blanche McAvoy.
While making a study of the reduction division in Fuchsia (S)
it became necessary to review the literature on the Oenotheras.
Finding that Geertz (7), Gates (3, 4, 5 and 6), and Davis (1 and 2),
did not entirely agree among themselves and finding also that my
study of Fuchsia (8) did not agree in all respects with that of any
of the investigations on the evening primrose, I also became
interested in the problem presented by the reduction division
of Oenothera.
Geertz (7) describes the threads occurring in the early stages
of Oenothera lamarckiana as being irregular in thickness and
containing small discs of chromatin. He calls the contraction
stage synapsis and speaks of loops extending out from the con¬
tracted knot. He says the fully formed chromosomes are found
immediately after the contraction and that the bivalent chromo¬
somes are produced by a pairing of univalent chromosomes, but
he does not find a conjugation of two threads during the contrac¬
tion. He also observes a longitudinal splitting of the chromosomes
just after the transverse split occurs.
Gates has made various studies of the Oenotheras namely
0. rubrinervis (4), O. lata xO. gigas (6), O. lata xO. lamarckiana
(3), and O. gigas (5). In his paper on O. rubrinervis (4) he
insists that the contraction stage is not an artifact but a natural
stage leading to synapsis. After the contraction the chromatin
material arranges itself in threads which shorten, contract and
finally constrict so as to show fourteen univalent chromosomes.
These break apart in pairs, each pair fusing together to form a
bivalent chromosome. His second paper (6) is a study of the
continuity of chromosomes. He claims that there are two "methods
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Univer¬
sity, No. 76.
libra
NEW v
eOTANj,
Uak L>L
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 1,
190
of chromosome formation, one involving a side to side pairing,
the other an end to end. He finds a continuous spirem and twelve
chromosomes but makes no mention as to how the chromosomes
are formed. In O. gigas (5) he notes an irregularity in the way
homologous chromosomes seem to pair.
Davis first studied the reduction division in O. grandiflora (1).
In the early sporocyte he describes chromatin material around the
periphery connected by delicate strands. These strands thicken
by what seems to be a process of absorption of the chromatin
bodies and fill the nucleus with a close reticulum. He calls the
synizetic contraction synapsis. At the end of the contraction
stage the spirem has assumed the shape of seven bivalent chromo¬
somes some of which, he says are linked together. These rings
.are later pulled apart on the spindle.
In his second Oenothera paper on O. biennis (2) he calls the
dark staining masses found around the periphery of the nucleus
prochromosomes. He finds no evidence that they are arranged
in pairs, but says whenever there are two together they lie end to
end. Later on he finds a spirem out of which is constricted a
chain of fourteen chromosomes. He speaks of a longitudinal
split which appeared before the heterotypic chromosomes reach
the poles.
The buds of Oenothera biennis which were used as material
for this study were collected west of Cincinnati during the summer
of 1912. They were killed in Schaffner’s weaker ehromacetic
acid and run up through the grades of alcohols to absolute.
The imbedding was done from chloroform. Sections were cut
10 microns thick and stained. Both Delafield’s and Heidcnhain’s
haemotoxylin were used, the Heidenhain’s giving the better
results. The iron was used for four hours and the stain over
night .
In the very young sporocytes (Fig. 1) there is a reticulum on
which can be seen an indefinite number of chromatin masses or
granules. A little later (Figs. 2 and 3) this chromatin material
collects in seven little masses which represent the protochromo¬
somes. In some of the sporocytes these protochromosomes
appear double. Their double nature is more easily studied in
the preparation than reproduced on paper for the two parts of a
single protochromosome can often be seen best by focusing.
The masses are so large that on first sight they might almost be
taken for the bivalent chromosomes except for the small size of
the young sporocyte and the condition of the tapetum. The
tapetum in the younger stages has but one nucleus to each cell
while in the later phases each tapetal cell has two nuclei. In
passing from the younger to the older stages the tapetum retreats
from the sporocyte as the sporocyte increases in size and rounds
up. The nucleolus is quite distinct and need never be confused
Nov. 1913.] Microsporocytes of Oenothera Biennis.
191
with the chromatin masses since there is a difference in the way
the two stain. The protochromosomes are connected by delicate
strands.
Figures 4, 5 and 6 show the protochromosomes in various
stages of transformation, while their chromatin is apparently
being distributed in the form of granules on the spirem. In
Fig. 4 there are still six good sized masses although part of the
chromatin has already been distributed. Fig. 5 shows four large
masses and two small ones with a spirem forming in the cavity.
By the time the sporocyte is as far advanced as the one shown in
Fig. 7 the spirem is complete and the protochromosomes are
entirely gone. All this time the sporocytes are gradually growing
larger.
Somewhat later the chromatin material becomes loosened
from the nuclear wall and collapses in a mass in the nuclear
cavity, but the synizetic knot is never so close as in some species.
Figures 8, 9 and 10 show synizesis in different stages. In figure
10 most of the spirem can be plainly seen. The granules along
it are easily made out and the whole spirem is looped and twisted.
The nucleolus is not confused with chromatin material on account
of the differentiation of the stain. The nuclear cavity is enlarged
and frequently the cytoplasm is contracted away from the cell
wall. The spirem after the synizesis is granular and looped,
and can be traced for some distance. (Fig. 11.)
Figure 12 shows a continuous spirem. In the preparation
the spirem could be traced throughout its complete distance
without a break. In the drawing the nucleolus seems to cover
the spirem and obscure its continuity, but in the preparation,
by focusing, the spirem could be seen to be complete throughout
its entire length. The spirem is distinctly granular and is thrown
into loops three of which can not be mistaken and four more can
be made out without much difficulty. Figure 13 shows loops
while figures 14 and 16 show seven definite loops. In figure 14
one loop is filled up with stain. In the next figure (Fig. 15) five
definite loops show and two masses, one smaller than the other.
Figure 16 is probably the best figure to show that the spirem is
continuoiis and is thrown into seven definite loops. Two of
them have a double twist. The spirem is granular and lies
between the nucleolus and the nuclear wall. In figure 13, 14 and 15
the loops are crossed in the center and beneath the nucleolus
and so the continuity of the spirem can not be observed. The
looping of the thread shows plainly also in figures 17 and IS, but
the continuity of the thread can not be seen plainly on account
of the nucleolus. The spirem is granular. In these two sporo¬
cytes (Figs. 17 and 18) the nuclear wall seems to be disappearing
although in most cases the nuclear wall does not go until the
chromosomes are formed.
192
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 1,
Gates (4) in his paper on Oenothera rubrinervis states that
the spirein constricts into fourteen chromosomes which break
apart in pairs and then form the bivalent chromosomes by a
folding together and fusion of the parts of each pair. Davis
says there are ring-shaped chromosomes, some of which are
linked together in O. grandiflora (1). He says these are present
as soon as the sporocyte passes out of the svnizetic stage. In
O. biennis (2) he finds a chain of fourteen chromosomes breaking
into seven pairs from which seven chromosomes are formed by
fusion. This method of chromosome formation of course is
essentially the same as that of loop formation, but I have found
the loops defiinitely formed and just as definitely contracting
until there are seven chromosomes formed from the seven loops.
These results are the same as were found in Fuchsia (8). The
loops frequently form quite definite rings as is seen in figure 1G.
In figure 19, the chromosomes still show something of their
ring and loop character and there are two nucleoli shown. The
next figure (Fig. 20) shows a certain amount of loose material in
the nucleus which may be derived from the nucleolus although
there is no direct evidence for this conclusion. The next two
figures (Figs. 21 and 22) show the chromosomes broken apart and
the cytoplasm flowing into the nuclear space. The nuclear wall
has entirely disappeared. In the cytoplasm are seen great num¬
bers of prominent granules. These remain in the cytoplasm
throughout the reduction process. Whether these are starch or
not was not definitely determined. Figure 23 shows the beginning
of the formation of the spindle with the chromosomes being
drawn into the equitorial plane. Figure 24 is the mother star
stage at the time when the chromosomes begin to be segregated
into the univalents. The next two figures (Figs. 25 and 26) do
not show the full quota of chromosomes but show the beginning
of the true reduction in those that can be seen. The next two
drawings (Figs. 27 and 28) represent metakinesis stages with the
chromosomes half way to the poles. Figures 29 and 30 are
daughter star stages. The lower pole of figure 30 shows a slight
beginning of the nuclear wall. The seven univalent chromosomes
are about half the size of those appearing on the mother star. The
number can be easily counted at this stage.
Following this stage the nuclear membrane develops rapidly
and the daughter nuclei swell to a much larger size. The chromo¬
somes remain as distinct bodies although there is some distribu¬
tion of the chromatin material (Fig. 31). Even in the resting
condition the chromosomes in the two daughter nuclei remain as
seven distinct bodies and there is no real reticulum developed
(Fig. 32). At this stage all traces of the spindle have disappeared.
Soon after, the second division begins (Fig. 33) and the chro¬
mosomes in the mother star are again distinctly visible as small
Nov. 1913.] Microsporocytes of Oenothera Biennis.
193
bodies of the same general shapes as appear in the first division
but much smaller. The tetrad (Fig. 34) appears normal, irregu¬
larities not being so abundant as in Fuchsia.
SUMMARY.
1. In very early stages of the microsporocytes the chromatin
material is scattered throughout the nucleus on a loose reticulum.
2. There are seven protochromosomes formed, some of which
show a double nature.
3. These protochromosomes are transformed into a spirem.
4. There is a period of contraction or svnizesis during which
loops of the spirem project out from the contracted mass. The
spirem shows a granular nature.
5. The spirem is continuous and becomes thrown into loops
seven of which are shown in many preparations.
6. These seven loops contract until seven separate bivalent
chromosomes are formed. About this time the nuclear mem¬
brane disappears.
7. The univalent chromosomes remain as seven distinct
bodies in the daughter nucleus and are easily distinguishable until
the beginning of the second division.
8. The second division follows and results in the formation
of normal tetrads. The seven chromosomes are again easily
counted in this division although they are much smaller.
LITERATURE CITED.
1. Davis, B. M. Cytological Studies in Oenothera I. Pollen
Development of Oenothera grandiflora. Ann. of Botany,
23: 551-571. 1909.
2. Davis, B. M. Cytological Studies of Oenothera II. The
Reduction Division of Oenothera biennis. Ann. of Botany,
24:631-651. 1910.
3. Gates, R. R. Pollen Development in Hybrids of Oenothera
lata x Oenothera lamarckiana, in its Relation to Mutation.
Botanical Gazette, 43: 81-115. 1907.
4. Gates, R. R. A Study of Reduction in Oenothera rubri-
nervis. Botanical Gazette, 46: 1-34. 1908.
5. Gates, R. R. The Stature and Chromosomes of Oenothera
gigas De Vries. Archiv. fur Zell forschung. 3:525-552.1909
6. Gates, R. R. The Behavior of Chromosomes in Oenothera
lata x Oenothera gigas. Botanical Gazette, 48: 179-199.
1909.
7. Geertz, J. M. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Cvtologie und der
parteilen Sterelitat von Oenothera Lamarckiana. Recueil
des Travaux Botaniques Neerlandais, 5: 93, (Reprint 1-114)
1909.
8. McAvoy, Blanche. The Reduction Division in Fuchsia.
Ohio Naturalist, 13: 1— IS. 1912.
>94
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 1,
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES IX, X, XI.
Fig. 1. Microsporocyte in early stage showing the chromatin material.
Figs. 2, 3. Microsporocytes showing 7 protochromosomes.
Fig. 4. Microsporocyte showing 6 protochromosomes and some reticulum.
Figs. 5, 6. Microsporocytes in which some of the protochromosomes have
been used up in the formation of the spirem.
Fig. 7. Fully formed spirem before synizesis.
Figs. 8, 9, 10. Different stages of synizesis.
Fig. 11. Spirem beginning to show a disposition to loop.
Fig. 12. Microsporocyte which shows a continuous spirem that is thrown
into loops, three of which are plainly visible.
Fig. 13. Spirem showing loops.
Figs. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. Microsporocytes showing the spirem thrown into
loops.
Fig. 16. Spirem thrown into seven loops, two of 'which are double.
Fig. 19. Microsporocyte showing the contracted loops which are forming
the bivalent chromosomes.
Fig. 20. Bivalent chromosomes still fastened together.
Figs. 21, 22. Microsporocytes showing the seven bivalent chromosomes
completely formed.
Fig. 23. Chromosomes being drawn into the equitorial plane.
Fig. 24. Mother star stage.
Figs. 25, 26. Microsporocytes in which the chromosomes are separating.
Figs. 27, 28. Metakinesis stages.
Fig. 29. Daughter star stages.
Fig. 30. Beginning of the formation of the nuclear membrane around the
lower daughter nucleus.
Fig. 31. Daughter skein stage in which the spindle has not disappeared,
showing the seven daughter chromosomes in each nucleus.
Fig. 32. Daughter nuclei before the second division showing the chromo¬
somes as seven distinct bodies.
Fig. 33. Mother star of the second division.
Fig. 34. Microspore tetrad.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate IX .
McAvoy on “ Oenothera biennis.”
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate X.
McAvoy on “Oenothera biennis.”
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XI.
McAvoy on “Oenothera biennis.’
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 1
198
THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, X.*
John H. Schaffner.
Our knowledge of the anatomy, cytology, and life history of
many of the groups of Pteridophytes is still far from satisfactory
and only a tentative arrangement is at present possible. How¬
ever, three great lines of development are clearly marked giving
three great phyla with which to begin. There may be some dis¬
pute as to the true relationship of a few isolated groups but in the
great majority of living forms the connection is quite evident.
Some of the recent speculations in respect to the Pteridophytes
have very little morphological evidence for their support. The
writer believes that it is best not to disturb the arrangements of the
various groups as accepted in the past until there is more than a
mere foundation of assumptions based on doubtful evolutionary
hypotheses, many of which are all but disproven at the present
time.
There is a notion that external characters are less stable than
internal anatomy. But there is really no evidence that this is so.
We should first find out whether there is any ecological response
and if so whether one set of structures responds more readily than
another. Even if it could be shown that there is ecological adap¬
tion by direct response to environment or by natural selection this
would still be inconclusive, for the internal structure would neces¬
sarily have to be co-ordinated with the external. A given type of
vascular system may be found in a group and thus indicate rela¬
tionship, but the same is sometimes true of unimportant external
structures like the ligule in Selaginella. The vascular system of
the Ptenophvta, for example, shows a remarkable diversity and it
is probably because of this very plascity that some of the groups
related to this phylum have evolved into the higher forms of seed
plants.
The evolution of the Pteridophytes, in general, has been from the
homosporous condition to the heterosporous ; from the independ¬
ent gametophytes to minute semidependent gametophytes ; from
low erect perennials to tree forms with little or no branching to
branched forms and from these to geophilous perennials and
occasionally to annuals. Several types of leaf venation appear
to have developed independently and also several types of vascu¬
lar system. What the true relationship between the several
types is, is at present largely conjecture. There is no definite
evidence as to which type of stele is the oldest, nor has there yet
been much progress made as to the probable evolution and deriva¬
tion of the several types. The hiatus between the primordial
vascular systems of living Brvophytes and the highly specialized
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State Univer¬
sity, No. 77.
Nov , 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, X.
199
steles of known Pteridophytes is too great to be bridged unless
fossil forms can be found intermediate between the two. Since
these forms should be discovered in the Ordovician, Silurian, or
Cambrian rocks or perhaps in deposits of even earlier age, there is
no immediate prospect of their coming to light even if any were
preserved. The Silurian and Ordovician should be thoroughly
searched for Pre-Devonian Pteridophytes for Ordovician fossils
might give a clue as to the possible path along which the vascular
plants evolved. In the meantime it is most reasonable to classify
our living species on the basis of their entire morphology both
internal and external.
Correction.
Through inadvertance the genus, Microcycas appeared as Micro-
zamia in the IX paper of this series (Ohio Naturalist 13: 106).
Read Microcycas instead of Microzamia.
In the following synopsis the segregation has been carried as
far as the genus except in the complex Polypodiaceae which well
deserve an independent treatment.
Synopsis of the Ptenophyta.
I. Sporophyte homosporous, having only one kind of nonsexual spores;
leaves usually large and mostly compound; gametophytes comparatively
large, hermaphrodite or unisexual. Filices. Ferns.
1. Plants eusporangiate, sporangia developed from internal cells.
Eusporangiat.®.
(1) . Sporangia on a special sporangiophore distinct from the
leaf-blade; gametophvte subterranean, without chlorophyll.
OPHIOGLOSSALES. OPHIOGLOSSACE^E.
a. With reticulate venation; sporangia in a single row on
both margins of the sporangiophore. Ophiogossum.
b. With dichotomous venation, sporangia clustered on the
sporangiophore or the sporangiophore more or less
branched.
(a) . Sporangia opening transversely; on the margin of
a more or less branched sporangiophore. Botrychium
(b) . Sporangia opening longitudinally; in little clusters.
Helminthostachys.
(2) . Sporangia on the underside of foliage leaves; leaves with
two stipules; gametophytes with chlorophyll.
MARATTIALES.
a. Sporangia in sori but free from each other.
AXGIOPTERI DACE.E.
(a) . Sori very long, with 80-160 sporangia; leaves simply
pinnate. Archangiopteris.
(b) . Sori short, elliptical, mostly with 10 sporangia,
sometimes less or sometimes as high as 20; leaves
two or more times pinnate. Angiopteris.
b. Sporangia united forming synangia.
(a). Each loculus or sporangium of the synangium
longitudinally' dehiscent. marattiace,e.
((a)). Synangia elongated, oval, venation not
reticulate; leaves large pinnately com¬
pound. Marattia.
200
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 1,
((b)). Synangia round, venation reticulate; leaves
digitate. Kaulfussia.
(b). Each loculus of the synangium opening by a termi¬
nal pore; leaves simple or simply pinnate.
daw-eace.'E. Danaea.
2. Plants leptosporangiate, sporangia developed from superficial cells.
L F.PTO S PO R A X G I ATZE . FILICALES.
(1) . Sporangia without a true annulus, but with a group of thick
walled cells which are sometimes arranged in a ring at the
apex or side; sporangia nearly sessile; sporophores usually
different from the foliage leaves or leaflets.
a. Sporangia wfith an irrigular group of dorsal thick-walled
cells, not arranged in a definite ring, globular; spores
with abundant chlorophyll.
OSMUXDACEiE.
b. Sporangia with an apical ring of cells, ovoid.
SCHIZ/EACE/E.
(2) . Sporangia provided with a true, complete or incomplete
annulus.
a. Annulus usually complete; that is not interrupted by the
stalk of the sporangium.
(a). Sporangia mostly 2 to 8, not on a prolonged or pro¬
jecting receptacle; dehiscence vertical; indusium
none, veins free.
GLEICHRXIACE.E.
(b). Sporangia on a convex, projecting or thread-like
receptacle; dehescence vertical, diagonal, or trans¬
verse; indusium usually present.
a. Sori round, on the end or the back, or in the
axils of the veins.
(a) . Sori with 6 to 10 sporangia.
matoxiace/E. Matonia.
(b) . Sori with numerous sporangia.
CYATHEACE.-E.
b. Sori always on the leaf margin at the end of a
vein; leaf texture filmy. hymenophyllaceae.
b. Annulus incomplete, interrupted by the stalk of the
sporangium; dehiscence transverse; stalk usually long.
a. Usually perennial terrestrial plants.
POLYPODIACEJE.
b. Annual hydrophytes; sporangia sessile, scat¬
tered, covered by the reflexed margin of the
leaf, ceratopteridaceaj. Ceratopteris.
II. Sporophyte heterosporous, producing two kinds of nonsexual spores;
gametophytes much reduced, unisexual.
1. Plants leptosporangiate, the sporangia in sporocarps, produced
on the leaves; leaves without ligules. hydropterid.'E.
a. Plants rooted, mostly perennial; sporocarp a modified
leaflet with a thick, hard wall; terminal bud with a 3
sided apical cell; megasporangia and microsporangia in
the same sorus. MARSILEALES. marsileace.*.
b. Plants floating, mostly annuals; sporocarp thin walled,
representing a sorus; terminal bud with a two-sided
apical cell; megasporangia and microsporangia in sepa¬
rate sporocarps. SALVINIALES. salvixiace.e.
2. Plants eusporangiate; sporangia in the bases of the grass-like leaves
not in sporocarps; leaves with ligules.
Isoete.e. ISOETALES. isoftace/E. Isoetes. Quillwort.
Nov., 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, X.
201
Synopses of the Families of Filicales Containing More Than
One Genus.
No complete presentation is given of the Polypodiaceae, but a few genera
are named under each subfamily to indicate the general trend of the phyletic
series.
OSMUND ACE^E.
1. Fertile leaflets not at all or only slightly contracted.
a. Epidermis with stomata. Todea.
b. Epidermis without stomata; leaf blade thin.
2. Fertile leaflets much contracted. Osmunda.
Leptopteris.
SCHIZ.-EACE.-E.
1. Vascular strand central.
a. Leaves erect, spores bilateral. Schizaea.
b. Leaves twining, spores not bilateral. Lygodium.
2. Vascular bundles forming a net-like hollow cylinder in the stem.
a. Sporangia single or rarely in twos at the end of the
vein. Mohria.
b. Sporangia in two rows along the midrib of the leaf
segment. Ornithopteris.
GLEICHENIACE/E.
1. Rhizome erect; leaves simply pinnatified. Stromatopteris.
2. Rhizome creeping; leaves mostly dichotomously branched.
Gleichenia.
CYATHEACE/E.
I. Sori at the ends of the fertile veins; indusium forming a cup-like sheath
together with the more or less modified leaf tip around the sorus.
1. Annulus of the sporangium with a stoma or mouth of specialized
cells.
(1) . Fertile lobe of the leaflet slightly or not at all modified;
forming with the indusium a two-valved cup.
a. Stem not raised above the ground or only slightly so
Balantium.
b. Aerial stem erect, well developed. Dicksonia.
(2) . Fertile lobe of the leaflet highly modified, similar to the
Indusium. Cibotium.
2. Annulus of the sporangium with cells all alike. Thyrsopteris.
II. Sori on the back or in the fork of the fertile veins; indusium inferior;,
annulus of the sporangium of nearly similar cells, the mouth only slightly
differentiated.
1. Sorus without indusium. Alsophila.
2. Sorus with an indusium.
a. Indusium scale-like. Hemitelia.
b. Indusium cup-like, with a smooth margin or at first
closed and later breaking irregularly. Cyathea.
HYMENOPHYLLACE.E.
1. Receptacle not projecting far if at all beyond the indusium.
a. Indusium tubular or cup-shaped; gametophyte filamen¬
tous. Trichomanes.
b. Indusium two-lipped; gametophyte flat or ribbon-like.
Hymenophyllum.
2. Receptacle projecting far beyond the indusium; sori marginal;
indusium urn-shaped. Loxsoma.
202
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 1,
POLYPODIACEjE.
I. Sori naked or with marginal indusia.
1 . Sori naked or at least without a typical indusium and not covered
by the reflexed margin of the leaf-blade.
polypodiat/E. Acrostichum, Polypodium, Phegopteris, Vittaria.
2. Sori marginal and usually covered by the reflexed margin of the
leaf-blade.
pteridata;. Notholasna, Adiantum, Petris, Pteridium, Pellaea,
Cryptogramma, Cheilanthes.
II. Sori with special indusia.
1 . Sori linear or oblong, more then twice as long as broad.
aspleniat.e. Anchistea, Lorinseria, Asplenium, Athyrium,
Phyllites, Comptosorus.
2. Sori roundish, not more than twice as long as broad, usually nearly
circular in outline, dryopteridat^e. Dryopteris, Polystichum,
Oleandra, Nephrolepis, Davallia, Dennstaedtia, Filix, Woodsia,
Matteuccia, Onoclea.
Synopses of Marsileace.e and Sai.vixiace.e.
MARSILEACE/E.
a. Leaves with 4 leaflets; sporocarp bean-shaped, with
several to many cavities. Marsilea.
b. Leaves grass-like; sporocarp globose, with 2-4 cavities.
Pilularia.
SALVINIACEAE.
a. With true water roots; sporocarps (sori) on the floating
leaves. Azolla.
b. Without roots but with root-like dissected leaves;
sporocarps (sori) at the base of the submerged dis¬
sected leaves. Salvinia.
Synopsis of the Calamophyta.
I. Sporophyte homosporous; leaves united into a sheath with teeth;
sporophylls shield-shaped, with sack-like sporangia on the lower or
inner side; stem with a ring of vascular bundles and central pith which
is usually hollow. Equisete.e, EQUISETALES, equisetace.e,
Equisetum. Horsetail, Scouring-rush. Note. — The lowest forms are
the large species with evergreen aerial stems of one type; the most
specialized species have two types of annual aerial stems.
II. Sporophyte heterosporous; leaves in whorls, free or united into a sheath;
all fossil; some of the groups placed here are still imperfectly known
and may be homosporous.
1. Stems with a central triarch vascular bundle; leaves not fused into
a sheath; sporangia stalked, on the upper side of the sporophyll.
Paleozoic herbs or trees.
Sphenophylle.e, SPHENOPHYLLALES.
a. Leaves small or medium in size, usually more or less
wedge-shaped. Sphenophyllace.e, Sphenophyllum.
b. Leaves large, deeply pinnatifid.
pseudoborniace/e. Pseudobornia.
2. Stem with a ring of vascular bundles, increasing in diameter by a
cambium zone, and with a central pith, usually’’ hollow; leaves
whorled, free or at first united; Paleozoic plants often tree-like
Calamarie.e, CALAMARIALES, calamariace.e, Calamodendron,
Calamites, and other genera are recognized.
Nov., 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, X.
203
SYNOPSIS OF THE LEPIDOPHYTA.
I. Sporophyte homosporous; leaves without a ligule.
Lycopodie.e, LYCOPODIALES.
1. Sporangia unilocular; sporophylls undivided, lycopodiace.e.
a. Stems branched, with numerous leaves. Lycopodium.
Note — The lower species are without terminal cones
but with zones of sporophylls alternating with sterile
foilage leaves, the higher have definite terminal cones.
b. Stems unbranched with a few basal leaves and a small
cone at the tip of a naked peduncle. Phylloglossum.
2. Sporangia bilocular or trilocular; sporophylls two-parted.
PSILOTACE/E.
a. Leaves numerous, rather large and spreading, with a
definite midrib; sporongia with two cavities.
Tmesipteris.
b. Leaves small and rather distant without a definite mid¬
rib; sporangia with three cavities. Psilotum.
II. Sporophyte heterosporous; leaves with a ligule. selaginelle.e.
1. Without increase in thickness of stem, herbs.
SELAGINELLALES, selaginellace.e, Selaginella
2. With increase in thickness of stem, fossil trees. SIGILLARIALES.
a. Leaves spirally arranged, but the b,ark without parallel
vertical flutings or ridges.
lepidodendrace/e, Lepidodendron, etc.
b. Leaves spirally arranged, but the bark with parallel,
vertical flutings or ridges, the leaf-scars thus appearing
in vertical rows. sigillariace^e, Sigillaria, etc.
Note — Several other imperfectly known families belong
to this order.
Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora — The appearance of the
second edition of Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora marks
another stage in the progress of American systematic botany.
The revision was made at an opportune time and has been well
carried out to meet present conditions. A commendable conser¬
vatism is shown quite generally throughout the work in disregard¬
ing trivial variations and fluctuations. Much improvement is also
shown in some new illustrations.
The ‘’Illustrated Flora” will be indispensable to every working
botanist in the region covered. It will be the book to which one
will go for the final solution of difficult systematic problems. It is
the desire of the reviewer that this manual shall be taken as the
standard reference for practical work on the local flora, and the
numerous plants submitted from various sources throughout the
state will be referred to its nomenclature. In this way alone will
confusion be avoided.
The present work appropriately follows the rules of priority
disregarding the legislation of recent European congresses, which
were after all not true representative bodies of the botanists of
the world. Had the recent congresses been held in New York or
on the Pacific coast the results, would no doubt, have been differ¬
ent. Strict priority will in the end give more uniform results than
204
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 1
partial authority. But there can be no uniformity of plant names
until botanist have discovered the nature and limits of species and
genera. To the reviewer, therefore, the retention of the principle
of priority in the present manual is one of its commendable feat¬
ures, and will advance rather than retard the progress of American
botany.
In the way of criticism it might be pointed out that in some cases
there seems to be too great a tendency toward the division of
genera and families even when they are naturally rather compact.
If this process were to become as prevalent as species splitting has
been recently, botanist might well despair. We would soon
have local manuals of dictionary size. The study of subgenera
and of the myriads of varieties and fluctuations can be accomplished
without disturbing the names which are of importance to many
who do not devote their entire lives to systematic questions, but
who neverthless, have daily use for the names of many of our eco¬
nomic species.
As in all manuals and treaties of the present time, there are
various statements, contrary to the facts, inherited from the
superficial past. As an example, the stamens of the Smilaceae are
rightly said to be “2-celled,” but the same statement is made in
regard to the Liliaceae, a number of genera of which, if not all, are
known to the writer to have four microsporangia and to be quad-
rilocular. Neverthless, taken all in all, the “Illustrated Flora”
is one of the most comprehensive and accurate botanical works
that have appeared in the present generation. J. H. S.
Correction. — In the April number, Juncus gerardi Lois was
inadvertently omitted. Add this species in the synopsis just
before J. dudleyi.
Juncus gerardi Lois. Gerard’s Rush.
Plant rather tall and slender, tufted, with creeping root-
stock; leaves flat, nonseptate, with membranous auricles; inflor¬
escence paniculate, perianth segments obtuse; stamens (i barely
exceeded by the perianth; capsule longer than the perianth,
obovoid and mucronate, trilocular; seed dark brown, acute at the
base, conspicuously ribbed. In salt meadows and the vicinity of
the Great Lakes. Cuyahoga County.
Add after Smilax pseudo-china the following:
Smilax hispida Muhl. Hispid Greenbrier.
A glabrous, climbing, tendril-bearing vine with branches some¬
what angled. The stem commonly bearing numerous, slender
prickles; peduncle inches long; leaves thin, ovate, abruptly
acute and cuspidate at the apex, obtuse or sub-cordate at the base;
seven-nerved; umbel 10-25-flowered; fruit a bluish-black berry.
In thickets. General.
Date of Publication, November 18, 1913.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE TrlE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can g'et best quality at the
lowest price. In the eng'raving' industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 ELast Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% 8 GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “ Ohio Naturalist.1
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Ceramic Engin¬
eering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairying, Domestic
Science, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Manual Training,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metallurgy^ and Miner¬
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education, Psychol¬
ogy, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School Administra¬
tion, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term. Address University Editor.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D„ LL. D.,
President.
When writing to advertisers, please scention the " Ohio Naturalist.*’
DECEMBER,
VOLUME XIV. 19*3. NUMBER 2.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN of THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf th* OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Columb.?, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural bistorv of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) I'rice 51.00 per rear, parable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents'.
Editor -in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager , ....... James S. Hine.
Associate Editors.
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Natukaust is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of ’ Science, the Ohio
Naturalilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first thirteen volumes may be obtained at S1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hunt.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST.
Ohio Academy oi Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 ots.
2. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 eta.
3. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowke . 50 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 ots.
5. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hine . 50 eta.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. 96. Thomas A. Bonser . 50 cts.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. 1, pp. 66. James G. Sanders . 50 cts.
9. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. Max Morse . 50 cts.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred
J. Tyler . 35 cts.
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacbe . 60 cts.
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 54. Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory* pp. 122. John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. The Pteridophytcs of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schaffner . 50 cts.
17. Fauna of the Maxville Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Morse . 60 cts.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . 75 cts.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Frederica Detmers . 75 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
JAN 3 - 1914
The Ohio T^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XIV. DECEMBER, 1913.
No. 2.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
HiNE-The Genus Myiolepla . 205
Schaffner — The Classification of Plants, XI . . . 211
Bilsing — Preliminary List of the Spiders of Ohio . . . 215
Schaffner— The Sprouting of the Two Seeds of a Cocklebur . 216
Summer in a Bog . 217
McAvoy — Meeting of the Biological Club . 217
Philpott — An Addition to the Odouata of Ohio . 219
Hine— A Note on Ansx longipes Hagen . 219
THE GENUS MYIOLEPLA.
(Family Syrphidae.)
Jas. S. Hine.
The insects falling in this genus are modest colored, medium
sized flies usually found about flowers of various kinds in spring
or early summer. About a dozen valid species have been described ;
three or four from the old world, two from South America and
seven from North America. M. luteola Gmelin, from Europe,
is the type species.
The marginal cell of the wing is open, the anterior cross¬
vein is distinctly before the middle of the discal cell; antenn®
short, but located on a distinct prominence, third segment rather
large with a long bare dorsal arista inserted near its base; legs
rather stout, all the femora enlarged, and serrate towards the tip
but without any distinct tooth, tibiae all curved. The eyes are
holoptic or nearly so in the males and rather widely separated in
the female, bare in both sexes. Face hollowed out beneath the
antennae with a prominent facial tubercle in the male followed
by an equally prominent oral margin ; in the female the concavity
beneath the antennas is a steady curve to the oral margin.
The genus was founded by Newman in 1838 in his Ento¬
mological Magazine, Vol. V, p. 373, as Myolepta to receive M.
luteola Gmelin. In 1844 Rondani proposed the name Xylotaeja
and placed in it Syrphus valgus Panzer. These two species are
now considered as belonging to the same genus and since the
former, more correctly spelled Myiolepta, has priority it is used
by modern students. It is of interest that Walker has referred
to this genus as Leptomyia in Insecta Britannica Diptera Vol.
I, p. 254. The species do not appear to be so common as many
205
LIBRAI
NEW YC
BOTANK
tiAKDE
206
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 2,
other species of Syrphidae. The usual collection does not contain
very many specimens. The material for this paper was procured
entirely from Dury’s collection, from R. C. Osborn’s collection
and from my collection, the latter now largely with the Ohio State
University collection. All the known North American species
are represented, but none of them by more than a dozen specimens.
Key to the North American Species.
1. Whole body uniform shining black without yellow tomentum
or ground color. 2.
Whole body not shining black often either with dense yellow
tomentum or yellow ground color. 3.
2. Legs entirely black, bell a.
Middle and hind legs have the first three tarsal segments of
each white, nigra.
3. Whole body uniform brown with very short yellow tomentum.
Each side of the face below with a luteous spot, strigilata.
Body not uniform brown, no luteous spots on the face. 4.
4. Thorax with yellow transverse markings, transversa.
Thorax without transverse markings. 5.
5. Ground color of the abdomen marked with yellow on the sides
of first two or three segments, varipes.
Ground color of the abdomen not marked with yellow, body
with more or less yellow tomentum. 6.
G. Male. Tomentum of the thoracic dorsum long, entirely
hiding the ground color, abdomen with transverse pollinose
markings, aurinota.
Male. Tomentum of the thoracic dorsum short and in rows,
not concealing the ground color, abdomen without pollinose
markings, anricaudata.
Myiolepta bella Williston. One of the largest species of its genus,
whole body, including the legs, shining black, wings slightly
fumose. Length 9 millimeters.
Female: Front and face shining black, not at all pollinose,
face longer than in the other species of its genus, hollowed out
so that nearly a uniform curve extends from the base of the
antennas to the oral margin. Antenna rather short, first two
segments black third segment nearly round, reddish brown with
the upper margin darker, arista dark in color and inserted near
the base. Thorax with sparse hair which is partially light in
color, but mostly black; hair of the legs largely pale, but some
black intermixed in places; wings uniform pale fumose all over,
veins nearly black, first posterior cell closed a little way from the
margin, the petiole much less than half as long as the anterior
cross-vein, second vein nearly straight at apex, thus forming a
distinct acute angle with the costa and differing in this respect
from the other North American species of its genus. Hair of
the abdomen pale.
Dec., 1913.]
The Genus Myiolepla.
207
Williston reports three females from Washington and Mount
Hood, Oregon; Coquillett studied a male collected by Kincaid
at Virgin Bay, Alaska, and R. C. Osborn took a female specimen
at Port Renfrew, British Columbia, June 30, 1901. I have used
the latter in my study of the species.
Myiolepla nigra Loew. Rather large, black with the exception of
the middle and posterior feet which are partially white, wing
hyaline at base, unevenly infuscated on distal half; maximum
length about 10 millimeters.
Male: Vertical triangle rather small, shining black, frontal
triangle and face largely gray pollinose, a patch above the bases
of the antennae, one on middle of face, including the tubercle
and extending forward to the oral margin, and the cheeks mostly
shining black; antennae with third segment rather small, brown,
arista basal and of the same color as its segment. Thorax with
white hair, legs shining black with the exception of the first
three tarsal segments on each which are pale, sometimes the front
feet are entirely black or the first three segments may be inter¬
mediate in color, wings hyaline at base, apical part infuscated,
but paler along the posterior margin, first posterior cell closed,
the petiole much less than half as long as the anterior cross-vein,
second vein abruptly curved at the apex and meeting the costa
at nearly a right angle. Abdomen shining black, sparsely clothed
with short hair.
Female: Colored like the male, except that the front tarsi-
are uniform black in all the half dozen specimens studied. Eyes
widely separated, front narrowed above; face not tuberculate,
gradually concave from bases of antennae to the oral margin.
Specimens from Medina County, Ohio and from Montreal,
Canada. Former writers have reported the species from Pennsyl¬
vania, New York and North Carolina.
In Wiener Entomologische Zeitung, Volume I, 1882, pg. 250,
Dr. E. Becher has described a species of Myiolepta as M. obscura.
There are pretty strong reasons for believing that this is a synonym
of M. nigra Lw. I have not been able to procure examples of
obscura from Europe, so I have made no comparisons of speci¬
mens. Becher’s type was procured in Austria.
Myiolepta strigilata Loew. Smaller, rather robust, uniform
brown, wings pale yellowish, legs pale from the apexes of the
femora. Length 5-7 millimeters.
Male: This sex differs from the same sex in other American
species studied in having the eyes narrowly separated. Williston
characterized this species by the luteous spot on either side of
the face, adjacent to the cheek. In a male before me and in other
males I have seen, this spot is very obscure, although present.
The whole face and frontal triangle, except the cheeks and tubercle
with a narrow extension to the oral margin, is rather densely
208
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 2,
white pollinose, thus the spots in question are more or less con¬
cealed. Facial concavity beneath the antennae not very pro¬
nounced, facial tubercle small, round and shining black. Antenna
brown, third segment somewhat elongate, light brown with the
arista of the same color. Thorax brown, with very short, sparse
light colored tomentum. Wing nearly uniform pale yellowish,
first posterior cell closed, petiole short; second vein abruptly
curved at apex meeting the costa at nearly a right angle. All
the legs colored alike, each femur dark brown to apex; apex of
femur, whole tibia and first three or four tarsal segments pale,
last one or two tarsal segments darker usually. Abdomen
uniform shining brown with very short sparse, light colored
tomentum.
Female: Like the male in color. Facial concavity beneath the
antennas not very pronounced; luteous spots adjacent to the
cheeks more conspicuous than in the male.
Specimens from Cincinnati and Columbus, Ohio and from
Southern Pines, North Carolina, (Manee). Previously reported
from Texas and North Carolina.
Myiolepta transversa n. sp. Rather small, mostly black
in ground color, anterior part of thorax with two transverse
golden bands interrupted at the middle. Fourth abdominal
segment and sides of the third with dense golden tomentum.
Wings somewhat fumose. Length 7 millimeters.
Female: Eyes rather widely separated, front narrowed above,
front and face with a rather thin layer of golden pollen, cheeks
and middle of face shining black, antennae brown, third segment
oblong, longer than the other two segments combined, arista
very near the base and of the same color of the segment that
bears it. Thorax black, before with two narrow, golden transverse
markings interrupted at the middle and a golden transverse
spot before the scutellum, pleurae with sparse white hair, femora
dark brown or nearly black, tibiae lighter, especially at bases,
middle and hind tarsi pale brown, front tarsi nearly black, wings
slightly fumose, first posterior cell closed, the petiole about as
long as the anterior cross- vein, second vein abruptly curved at
apex, meeting the costa at nearly a right angle. Abdomen
black in ground color, fourth segment and sides of third with
golden vestiturc.
Type female taken at Puerto Cortez, Honduras, March 23,
1905.’
This species is somewhat intermediate between the genera
Myiolepta and Syritta. The concavity beneath the bases of
the antennas is very short, and extending from this concavity to
the oral margin is a prominent broadly arched carina, a character
which does not exactly agree with either genus. The hind femur
is larger than those of the outer legs, but otherwise agrees with
Dec., 1913.]
The Genus Myiolepla.
209
Myiolepta; the anterior cross- vein is plainly before the middle
of the discal cell while the petiole of the first basal cell is long
agreeing with Syritta and with Myiolepta haemorrhoidalis Philippi
from Chile.
Myiolepta varipes Loew. Dark colored species with the sides
of the first two abdominal segments more or less yellow. Length
G-S millimeters.
Male: Vertical triangle, a spot above the antennae, cheeks
and facial tubercle and oral margin adjacent shining black; face
and front otherwise black concealed bv white pollen, antenna
pale brown, third segment nearly round, arista basal and of the
same color as its segment. Thorax shining black with sparse
white tomentum; wing tinged with yellowish, slightly fumose
on anterior part near middle and at apex, first posterior cell closed
near the margin, the petiole not half as long as the anterior cross¬
vein, second vein abruptly curved near the apex and meeting the
costa at nearly a right angle; legs variable in color, femora often
dark, nearly black, but not always, remainder of legs brown,
although not always of the same shade. Abdomen yellow on
the sides of the first two or three segments, otherwise black.
The extent of the yellow of the abdomen is variable but no seg¬
ment either dorsally or ventrally, is likely to be uniformly yellow.
Female: This sex appears to be uniformly larger than the
male, there is more shining space on the face and front and not
so much yellow on the abdomen, although the extent of this
color is variable.
Specimens from southern, central and northern Ohio. Previous
authors have reported it from Colorado, Washington and Oregon.
Myiolepta aurinota Hine. Male, length 9 millimeters.
Antennae reddish, first two segments slightly darker and more
shining than the third, third segment slightly narrower than
long, arista colored nearly like the segment that bears it, slightly
darkened toward the apex. Region surrounding the ocelli, space
above the bases of the antennae, a triangular spot on the face,
including the facial collositv, the oral margin adjacent to the
facial spot and the cheeks shining black, remainder of front and
face gray pollinose, with sparse white hairs near the eyes. Meso-
notum including the scutellum entirely golden tomentose, plurae
with white tomentum ; wing nearly hyaline, slightly darkened on an¬
terior part more especially toward the apex; general color of the legs
black with white hair, all the tibiae yellow at bases, first two
segments of the middle and hind tarsi yellow, first two segments
of each front tarsus dusky, but lighter colored than the three
remaining segments, all the femora swollen and with short black
spines below on apical parts, abdomen black clothed on the
dorsum with black and golden vestiture, on sides with white
vestiture; the black vestiture of the dorsum is very short and
2 10
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 2,
distributed as follows : the anterior half of the second segment a
rectangular patch on the anterior middle of the third segment
occupying two-thirds of the length and over half the width of
this segment, and a triangular patch on the anterior third of the
fourth segment ; the golden vestiture is longer and coarser than the
black and most dense on the fourth segment; the first segment
and all the sutures between segments are thinly gray pollinose,
giving the effect of gray bands.
Description taken from the type male which was taken near
Phoenix, Arizona, June 18th, 1902, by J. T. Lloyd.
Myiolepta auricaudata Williston. According to Williston’s
figure and description this is a dark colored species with short
golden tomentum on the thorax and on part of the abdomen,
especially the last segment. The two sexes are much alike,
but the tomentum of the female mesonotum is not so yellow.
Length 6-7 millimeters. Not having much material of the
species I reproduce Williston’s description.
“Male allied to M. strigilata Loew. Body clothed with
sparse white or yellow tomentum, this being longer, dense and
brassy on the terminal abdominal segments. Vertical triangle
long, opaque white in front; contiguity of the eyes short. Face
and front clothed with dense white pollen and some golden tomentum
on the frontal triangle; a broad shining, bare spot above the base
of the antennae; a transverse band on the face, extending down on
tubercle, and the cheeks also, bare and shining black. Tomentum
of the mesonotum golden-yellow, arranged in indistinct row’s.
Second abdominal segment and the anterior part of the third
with the tomentum more sparse, apparently bare in certain lights;
on the posterior part of the third segment and on the fourth
the tomentum is longer, dense, bright brassy-yellow, concealing
the ground-color. Legs black; the base of the middle and hind
tibiae, the middle metatarsi, and the hind metatarsi in part,
light yellow or white; femora thickened and with spinulcs below.
Wings subhyaline, clouded with brownish distally. ”
“Female: Front black, writh sparse white tomentum and
two small, oval, white pollinose spots on each side; face shining
black, with an infra-antennal band and a narrovr stripe from the
eye to the oral margin white-pollinose. Tomentum of the meso¬
notum more white than in the male.”
A female, apparently of this species, before me u’as taken
in the Hauchuca mountains, Arizona. Williston studied twro
specimens from the state of Guerrero and Morelos, Mexico.
This species is generally darker than strigilata and according
to Williston, the antennas are darker and the facial spots are
lacking. .
Dec., 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, XI.
21 1
THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, XI.*
John H. Schaffner.
The various groups of Bryophyta are apparently closely
related and it is sometimes difficult to tell what characters are
of phyletic importance. There are no fundamental peculiarities
or structures which will divide the group into two or three main
divisions without considerable overlapping of equally important
structures of another type. Thus one is compelled in certain
cases to delimit classes and orders on trivial or rather unimportant
structures. Nevertheless, the complexity of the group as a whole
demands that it should be divided into a number of classes.
The homologies of the various organs are quite evident among
themselves and also when compared with the plants immediately
above; yet we often find a very illogical terminology and a set
of names applied to the various structures which makes comparison
with other phyla impossible until special explanations have been
made. If we apply a morphological terminology to the mosses
and liverworts similar to that used in other groups no difficulty
of presentation is experienced. Such an attempt has worked well
for the writer in dealing with large numbers of students in general
botany.
The synopsis of the Bryophyta given below segregates the
main groups and attempts to arrange them in phyletic series.
SYNOPSIS OF THE CLASSES OF BRYOPHYTA.
A. Archegonia not sunken in the plant body ; sporophvte without
definite intercallary growth between the foot and sporan¬
gium.
I. Gametophyte thalloid or with stem and scales, the scales
always without a midrib; sporophvte without a stalk or
differentiated into foot, stalk and sporangium mostly
with elaters, never with a columella, opening irregularly or
by a lid, or mostly by four valves. Hepaticae. Liver¬
worts.
II. Gametophyte with stem and scales, the scales mostly
with a midrib; sporophvte usually with a solid stem;
sporangium mostly opening by a lid (operculum) or if
opening by slits or valves, not with elaters; columella
present in the sporangium, complete or occasionally
incomplete ; archegonium usually developing as a calyptra
after fertilization.
* Contributed from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University,
No. 78.
212
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 2,
1. Sporophyte borne on a pseudopodium developed by
the gametophyte; columella not extending through
the spore cavity; sporangium without air cavities;
without or with a calvptra.
a. Gray-green bog-mosses with two kinds of cells
in the gametophyte; sporangium opening
by a lid; archegonium breaking irregularly
at the tip. Sphagne.e, Bog-mosses.
Sphagnales, Sphagnaeeae, Sphagnum.
b. Dark green rock mosses, not with two kinds of
cells; sporangium opening by four or more
vertical slits ; archegonium developing a
ealyptra. Andrev£.e, Granite Mosses,
Andreaeales, Andreaeaceae, Andreaea.
2. Sporophyte not borne on a pseudopodium, usually with a
prominent stalk or seta ; columella usually extending thru
the spore cavity ; sporangium with an air cavity, usually
with stomata; archegonium developing a ealyptra.
Musci, True Mosses.
B. Archegonia having their venters imbedded in the thallus;
gametopyhte thalloid, without typical scales; its cells
usually with only one or two chloroplasts ; sporophyte
with intercallary growth between the foot and the
sporangium; sporangium with a central columella, open¬
ing by two valves, sometimes with stomata.
Anthocerote.e, Homworts, Antocerotales,
Anthocerotaceae, Notothylas, Anthoceros, Dendrcceros.
SYNOPSIS OF THE HEPATIC^.
I. Gametophyte a thalloid, dorsiventral frond composed of
several distinct tissue layers; mostly with air passages;
sporophyte spherical or with a foot and short stalk;
sporangium rarely opening by 4-8 valves.
Marchantiales
1. Sporophyte spherical, without foot or stalk, remaining
enclosed in the venter of the archegonium ; no sterile
cells in the sporangium. Ricciaceae, Riccia,
Ricciocarpus, etc.
2. Sporophyte differentiated into foot, stalk and sporan¬
gium, breaking thru the venter of the archegonium
at maturity; sporangium with spores and sterile
cells which mostly develop as elaters.
Marchantiaceas, Targionia, Grimaldia, Conocephalus
Lunularia, Marchantia, etc.
Dec , 1913.]
The Classification of Plants, XI.
213.
II. Gametophyte a frond with stem and scales, or if flat and
thalloid not composed of several distinct tissue layers,
never with air passages; sporophyte consisting of foot,
stalk and sporangium, nearly always opening by 4
valves. Jungermanniales.
1. Archegonia not terminating the growth of the axis on
which they are borne; perigonium not consisting of
distinct scales but of a continuous sheath; frond
without scales or with imperfectly developed scales.
Metzgeriaceae. Metzgeria, Pallavicinia, Pellia,
Fossombronia, etc.
2. Archegonia terminating the growth of the axis;
perigonium consisting of scales or occasionally
wanting; frond nearly always with 2 or 3 rows of
scales. Jungermanniaceae. Nardia, Lophozia,
Kantia, Porella, Frullania, etc.
SYNOPSIS OF THE ODRERS AND MAIN FAMILY GROUPS OF MUSCI.
At present, only a partial segregation of the families of Hypna-
les and Brvales is attempted.
A. Sporangium without a columella, the sporogenous and vegeta¬
tive cells commingled; spores very large; archegonium
not forming a calyptra but finally rupturing irregularly.
Archidiales, Archidiaceae. Archidium.
B. Sporangium with a definite central columella.
I. Archegonia situated on top of short, special lateral
branches ; peristome when present usually double, develop¬
ed in the amphithecium from thickened parts of the cell
walls; teeth transversely barred, the outer set usually
16, alternating with the inner; frond usually of creeping
habit. Hypnales.
Eropodiaceae, Eustichiaceae, Entodontaceae, Fabroniaceae,
Hedwegiaceae, Fontinalaceae, Climaciaceae, Cryphaeaceae,
Lcucodontaceae, Prionodontaceae, Crvtopodaceae,
Eehinodiaceae, Ptychomniaceae, Spiridentaceae,
Lepyrodontaceae, Pleurophascaceae, Neckeraceae,
Lembophyllaceae, Pilotrichaceae, Hookeriaceae,
Ephemeropsaceae, Hypopterygiaceae, Helicophvllaceae,
Rhacopilaceae, Leskeaceae, Hvpnaceae, Leucomiaceae,
Brachytheciaceae, Sematophyllaceae, Rhegmatodontaceae,
Hvpnodendraceae.
214
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 2,
II. Archegonia situated at the tip of the main stem or of
ordinary branches; frond usually of erect habit.
1. Peristome single or double or sometimes absent,
developed in the amphitheeium from thickened parts
of the cell walls; teeth always transversely barred.
Bryales.
a. Peristome single, seldom wanting.
Dieranaceae, Leucobryaceas, Fissidentaceae,
Calymperaceae, Pottiaceae, Grimmiaceae.
b. Peristome double at least in its inception,
rarely wanting, the endostome thin and
membranous.
(a.) Teeth of the endostome alternating with
those of the exostome.
Orthotrichaceae, Mitteniaceae,
Drepanophy 11 aceae , Schistostegaceae ,
Calomniaceae, Rhizogoniaceae,
Bartramiaceae, Timmiaceae,
Catoscopiaceae, Aulacomniaceae,
Meeseaceas, Mniaceae, Leptostomaceae,
Bry aceae.
(b). Teeth of the endostome, when present,
opposite those of the exostome, either free
or united with the outer set.
Funeriaceae, Disceliaceae, Oedipodiaceae,
Voitiaceae, Splachnaceae.
2. Peristome single or double, developed from two tissue
layers of the sporangium; teeth consisting of entire
cells, not transversely barred, or if developed from
thickened parts of cell walls then the sporangium
decidedly dorsiventral and zygomorphic.
Polytrichales.
a. Peristome of 4-6 teeth; sporangium actinomor-
phic. Georgi aceae. Georgia.
b. Peristome with numerous teeth; sporangium
actinomorphic or zygomorphic.
(a) . Sporangium strongly zygomorphic and
dorsiventral. Buxbaumiaceae.
Buxbaumia, Webera, Dawsonia.
(b) . Sporangium actinomorphic, usually pris¬
matic. Polytrichaceae. Catharina,
Atrichum, Polytrichum, etc.
Dec., 1913.] Preliminary List of the Spiders of Ohio.
215
PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE SPIDERS OF OHIO.
S. W. Bilsing.
LYCOSID.E.
Lycosa carolinensis,
Lycosa scutulata,
Lycosa fatifera.
ATTID.E.
Phidippus audax,
Phidippus podagrosus.
CLUBIONimE.
Castianeira descripta
ULOBORID.E.
Misumena vatia,
Xysticus gulosus.
PISAURID/E.
Dolomedes tenebrosus.
DICTYNIDAJ.
Dictyna frondea.
AGELENIDjE.
Agelena naevia,
Coras medicinalis,
Tegenaria derhami.
EPEIRID.E.
Metepeira labyrinthea,
Lecauge hortorum,
Epeira stellata,
Epeira trivitatta,
Epeira domiciborum,
Epeira foliata,
Epeira trifolium,
Epeira trifolium candicans,
Epeira gigas,
Argiope trifasciata,
Argiope riparia,
Tetragnatha laboriosa.
THERIDID/E.
Theridium tepidariorum,
Pholcus phlangoides,
Steatoda borealis.
216
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 2,
THE SPROUTING OF THE TWO SEEDS OF A COCKLEBUR.
John H. Schaffner.
In 1901, Masterman reported some observations on the sprout¬
ing of cocklebur seeds, showing that both seeds of a bur usually
sprout in the same year. This conclusion was at variance with
Arthur’s experiments; for Arthur had reported that the germina¬
tion of both seeds of a bur of Xanthium in one season was excep¬
tional. Crocker, in 1906, in his paper on the role of seed coats in
delayed germination, reported tests on various cockleburs and
stated that high temperature had a decided effect on the sprouting
of the seed of the “upper” achene. This fact, no doubt explains
most of the discrepancies of reported observations and experi¬
ments.
In 1909, the writer studied sprouting cockleburs on the sandy
upper beech at Cedar Point, Ohio. A great majority of the burs
buried in the sand were sprouting both embyros. In the summer
of 1913, further observations were made. Because of the dry
weather very few seeds of any kind were sprouting on the upper
beech but on the bay side of the Point various low, moist, sandy
areas contained abundant cocklebur seedlings. The plants all
seemed to belong to the species, Xanthium pennsvlvanicum
Wallr. Most of the burs had two seedlings. Of those juvenile
plants, one was usually larger than the other, as might be expected.
Of course, it was not possible to determine whether these burs
were one or two years old. But there is no question that in sandy
soil with abundant heat and exposure to the sun, the two embryos
sprout in the same season. And this is the practical side of the
question for the fanner. In a cold climate under certain soil
conditions only one embryo may sprout the first season and the
other one the second, or even later.
In most cases the one seedling is considerably larger than the
other as noted above. This would be expected if one begins to
sprout earlier than the other. But there is frequently a difference
in size and perfection of the two achenes in the bur. This dif¬
ference is probably often simply caused by abortive development.
The cocklebur has evolved from a small flower cluster, only two
flowers remaining. There is little room in the bur and so in the
struggle for space and food one achene often has the advantage
and develops a better seed than the other. Probably in some
species, the one seed is becoming vestigial while in others both
achenes still have room to develop normally under ordinary condi-
ditions. It will be found on examination that even for normal
burs, a certain percent have only one achene with an embryo
capable of development.
Dec., 1913.]
Meeting of Biological Club.
217
In conclusion it might be stated that what is frequently taken
for the seed-coat in the cocklebur is really the wall of the achene
and quite different in structure from a true seed-coat. If past
experiments have correlated this pericarp with true seed-coats it
may be that further investigations might be of advantage.
Summer in a Bog. Mrs. Katharine D. Sharp, of London, O.,
has published an interesting little volume with the above title. In
the course of the narative many Ohio plants are mentioned with
some of their peculiarities, habits, and habitats. There are also
paragraphs on the women botanists of Ohio, short biographies on
Ohio botanists in general and on some of the great botanists of the
world.
Altogether Mrs. Sharp has produced a readable book which will
no doubt, lead many a person into the woods and bogs to discover
some of the interesting plants enumerated, for themselves. If
this result is accomplished and even a few brought into direct con¬
tact with nature the book will have performed its mission. There
is need for the city dwellers especially, who have mostly been
turned to the merry-go-round park and the Sunday picture
show, to return to the saner tvpes of recreation.
J. H. S.
Meeting of the Biological Club.
Orton Hall, October 6, 1913.
The first meeting of the year was called to order by the Pres¬
ident, Mr. Stover, at 7 :45 P. M.
In the absence of the Secretary, Blanche McAvoy was appointed
Secretary pro tern. Reports of summer work were given.
Prof. Osborn spent the first part of the summer at Lake
Lab. and the latter part collecting leaf hoppers in the State
of Maine for economic purposes. He collected 125 new species
for the State of Maine and extended the range for 30 species.
Prof. Lazenby spoke of the effect of light on certain introduced
species of trees, the Norway maple for instance. He also spoke
of the scarcity of flies during the summer, due to the precautions
used in the different neighborhoods.
Prof. Schaffner told of his observations at Cedar Point. Weeds
and introduced species are more plentiful than they were a few
years ago. Prof. Schaffner found many ecological variations of
the sand bar willow, Salix interior. His state catalogue of
vascular plants has been finished. There are 2,065 species of
2 1 8
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 2,
which about 500 are introduced. Prof. Hine talked of the relation
that ants bore to plant lice injury. He spoke of the work that
Forbes, of Illinois, has done with corn root aphids.
Prof. Griggs spent his summer in Alaskan waters in a fifty-
six foot boat. There were three scientists in the party besides
the crew. They traveled by day. From Seattle to Cook’s
Inlet is entirely forested. Cook’s Inlet is a meeting place for all
kinds of plants. The expedition collected kelps for the govern¬
ment.
Mr. Sim found several specimens of Lycopodium obscurum in
which there were leaves above the cones. Mr. Kostir found the
box-elder bug in Sandusky County on August 28, 1913. This
is its first appearance in the state. In September they were
reported on the campus. Their means of distribution is unknown.
Miss Detmers observed the succession of plant associations in the
northern peninsula of Michigan, making St. Ignace her head¬
quarters. The region is limestone and has many little lakes and
bogs. Sphagnum grows in pools with chara contrary to its
usual habit. Mr. Brown reported his work with the trees of
Michigan. He was mapping, photographing and working up
the ecology of Wayne County. He found twro new species for
the state. Mr. Stover told of his work with the leaf mold of
tomato which he did at Wisconsin.
The Committee recommended Prof. Schaffner for editor and
Prof. Hine for business manager of the Naturalist for the present
year. A vote of thanks was given these two men for the efficient
way in which they have run the paper during the past.
The appointment of a Committee to nominate officers was left
to the President. The meeting then adjourned.
Blanche McAvoy,
Secretary pro tern.
Dec., 1913.] An Addition to the Odonata of Ohio.
219
AN ADDITION TO THE ODONATA OF OHIO.
Rees Philpott.
The list of dragonflies of Ohio given by Professor Kellicott
contained 98 species actually collected, and mentioned one,
Anax longipes Hagen, as having been recognized on the wing
in June, 189S, by Chas. Dury, of Cincinnati.
Records for this species might lead one to believe that it
is partial to coast regions. Hagen and Calvert record it from
Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Maryland, Georgia,
Florida, Mexico, West Indies and Brazil. It is a fact, however,
that it has never been reported as common in any region.
This past summer the author had the good fortune to capture
a male of Anax longipes on the wing while at the Lake Labora¬
tory, at Cedar Point, Sandusky, Ohio. The specimen was taken
July 25th, 1913, about half a mile south of the laboratory, midway
between Lake Erie and Sandusky Bay, near a small pool of stag¬
nant water. This capture extends the known distribution of the
species westward and suggests the possibility of its presence
over a much wider range than actual records would indicate.
Ohio Wesleyan University.
A NOTE ON ANAX LONGIPES HAGEN.
Jas. S. Hine.
Since Mr. Philpott has taken a specimen of Anax longipes
at Sandusky, there can be no further discussion as to whether
or not it is a member of the Ohio fauna.
This large dragonfly has been of much interest to me ever
since Dury related his observation of the species at Cincinnati,
in June, 1S9S. I never doubted the correctness of his observation,
but as he did not procure the specimen, there was nothing in
our collections of the state to convince others. Dury’s statement
is published in the Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural
History, Volume XIX, page 169, and is as follows: “June 2,
1898, one of this species was flying over Glen Lake in Spring
Grove. I watched it for two hours, and though it came within
a few feet of me, I was unable to catch it. It was a very large
specimen, the abdomen bright brick red, thorax and eyes green.
June 3rd, I went again to this lake, but did not see it until I
moved down to Linden Lake, nearly adjoining, when I again
saw it, but failed to catch it. Its flight is steady and in regular
220
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 2,
beats up and down the middle of the lake, seldom coming near
shore. I made careful search during June, 1899, but did not
see any at these lakes.”
Two other reports of observations of the species seen on the
wing, but not taken, appear in literature: one by Mr. Daecke,
at Lucaston, New Jersey, another by Dr. P. P. Calvert, near
Poyntelle, Pennsylvania.
The specimen taken by Mr. Philpott is a fine male, having
a total length of 81 millimeters to the tip of the appendages; total
expanse 112 millimeters; third femur including the trochanter
17 millimeters; third tibia 13 millimeters; abdomen exclusive
appendages 53 millimeters; superior appendages (} millimeters;
hind wing 53 millimeters and greatest width of hind wing 14
millimeters. The frons is plain green all over, thorax green,
first two segments of the abdomen mostly green, somewhat
reddish in parts, abdomen otherwise brick red, membranule
dark gray, paler at extreme base, hind wing widest at base grad¬
ually narrowed towards apex. Compared with Anax junius
from the same locality, longpipes is slenderer, the wings are
narrower, the frons is unmarked and the abdomen is colored
very differently.
Anax longipes may be considered a tropical species by pre¬
ference, for most specimens have been taken well south, however,
its range is from Brazil to Massachusetts. Its capture is recorded
from Brazil, 15 degrees south of the Equator, while the Massachu¬
setts locality is 42 degrees north of the Equator. It does not
appear that more than a score of specimens are in the collections
of the world.
Mr. Philpott has donated the specimen to the Ohio State
University and it will be placed in the Kellicott collection of
Ohio Odonata.
Date of Publication, December IS, 1913.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 E,ast Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH^ & GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the ** Ohio Naturalist.'
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Ceramic Engin¬
eering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Dairying, Domestic
Science, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Manual Training,
Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Military Science and T actics, Metallurgy and Miner¬
alogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics,
Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education, Psychol¬
ogy, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School Administra¬
tion, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Term, which offers
work in many departments. Send for bulletin of the Summer
Term. Address University Editor.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “Ohio Naturalist. 1
JANUARY,
VOLUME XIV. I9M. NUMBER 3.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf U* OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, 91.00
Single Number 15 cent*.
Entered at the Post-Offiiee at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist .
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 8100 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 16 cents.
Ediior-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager , . James S. Hinb.
Associate Edilots.
Wm, M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert^Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of " Science, the Ohio
Naturamlt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first thirteen volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds shouid be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Him.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8^&usn.w<5r^
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . . . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
2. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 cts.
3. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Foxvke . 50 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 ots.
5. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hine . 50 cts.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lynd§ Jones . 75 cts.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. 96. Thomas A. Bonser . 50 cts.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 66. James G. Sanders . 50 cts.
8. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. Max Morse . 50 cts.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. U. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred
J Tyler . 35 cts.
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacre . 60 cts.
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 54. Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. The Pteridophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schaffner . 50 cts.
17. Fauna of the Maxville Limestone. pp. 65. IV. C. Morse . 60 cts.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . 75 cts.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Frederica Detmers . 75 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
I T 9114
The Ohio aturalist ,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
- LIBR
Volume XIV. JANUARY, 1914. No. 3. NEW ,
60TAP
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Williams — A Starfish Found in the Whitewater Division of the Richmond on Blue QAR1
Creek, Adams County, Ohio . 221
Hike— Tabauus longus, fulvulus and sagax . 225
Shidei.er— The Upper Richmond Beds of the Cincinnati Group . 229
Williams — Solanaceae of Ohio . . . 235
A STARFISH FOUND IN THE WHITEWATER DIVISION OF
THE RICHMOND ON BLUE CREEK,
ADAMS COUNTY, OHIO.
Stephen R. Williams.
The fossil to be described was not found in place but the shales
nearby yielded Byssonychiariehmondensisand Hebertella sinuata.
The Clinton boundary was located on the same branch of the
stream at an elevation (estimated) of forty feet above the point
of discovery.
The specimen consists of a part of the disc and of two neigh¬
boring arms of a starfish. The arms of this starfish were split
vertically along the middle of the ambulacral grooves, separating
the pairs of ambulacral plates one from the other. Enough of the
disc remained to connect the two half anus together and no more.
Fortunately the aboral side of the fragment of disc contains the
madreporic body.
The preservation of the fossil is ideal. Except for a certain
amount of crushing of the aboral skeletal wall together the skeleton
shows much as a similar section of a recent starfish does.
Using the dimensions of the two part-arms and disc as a basis
for measurement one can reconstruct the whole animal. I esti¬
mate that the starfish when living was approximately four inches
in diameter from end to end of the rays on opposite sides.
The remains of the disc and longer arm are 40 m. m. long, the
disc and shorter arm 35 m. m.
The pairs of ambulacral pieces which formed the ambulacral
grooves in the specimen must have been directly opposite each
other. This is indicated both by the shaping of the free ends of
each ambulacral piece and by some fragmentary remains on the
tips of some of the ambulacral pieces on the longest arm. These
are very probably ends broken from the plates which formed the
other half of the ambulacral groove.
222
The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. XIV, No. 3,
There are 39 ambulacral plates on one half-arm and 29 on the
other. The adambulacral plates, sometimes called the inter-
ambulacrals, alternate with the ambulacral plates. There are
forty of these on the one arm and twenty-seven on the other. The
skeleton is complete along the whole of the inter-ray in which the
madreporite lies except for the rows of the movable spines which
were based on the adambulacral plates.
Fig. 1. Promo-palaeaster dyeri Meek (?). Natural size, dorsal view
part of disc and arms.
There are a number of starfishes described in the publications of
the Ohio Geological Survey. Of these Palaeaster dyeri Meek,
(Plate 4 Vol. 1 part 2 of the Palaeontology) resembles most closely
the starfish under discussion. The specimen there figured was
of a larger animal than this one but as Professor Meek says in his
introductory statement, the poor preservation of the parts leaves
much to be desired in the description.
The madreporite of P. dyeri is trilobate. Its shortest dimen¬
sion is in the inter-ray and its longest at right angles to this in the
horizontal plane. These dimensions are (> m. m. vertically and
9 m. m. horizontally.
The madreporic body of my specimen shows a trace of this
lobation only. The vertical plane dimension is 7 m. m. while the
horizontal diameter is 0 m. m. It has quite a different general
shape then from the madreporite of P. dyeri but the size is almost
the same relatively, in view of the sizes of the animals. The
appearance of the canals on the surface of the two madreporic
bodies is very similar, though the pattern of the lines differs with
the shape of the bodies.
Jan , 1914.]
.4 Starfish found in Adams County.
223
The aboral side of the rays and disc, as far as can be made out,
is rather less regular than the small portion of the aboral side of
P. dyeri figured. When one picks out the dorsolateral plates
with a lens however many of them are of the same quadrangular
type illustrated for P. dyeri. There is also a central depression
on each of these plates for the insertion of the spine as in P. dyeri.
It is possible that there are some shorter, slighter pieces which lay
between the rows of quadrangular or triangular plates.
Fig. 2. Promo-palaeaster dyeri Meek (?) Natural size; ventral view
part of disc and arms.
The crushing down of the arch of the aboral skeleton and the
mixing the broken spines from the surface in with the plates
makes it difficult to state precisely how many rows of dorsolateral
plates intervened between the supero-marginal plates and the
indistinct carinals which occupy the mid-dorsal line. The modem
starfish does not have as many dorsolateral plates as another
Richmond starfish, Palaeaster magnificus Miller, has. In this
respect my specimen seems more like the recent Asterias.
The ambulacral plates seen from below are naturally partly
covered by adambulacral plates. There are, however, three
ambulacral plates at the end of the shorter arm which have lost
their adambulacrals. These are 5 m. m. long and a little more than
a millimeter wide. The locations of the pores through which the
tube feet passed are easily distinguishable. These pores seem to
alternate so that each half of the ambulacral groove would present
two rows of tube feet. This alternation is only apparent as there is
but one tube foot in the opening between two consecutive ambula¬
cral plates and one plate between two successive pores. The
device is correlated in the recent starfish, with a more rapid loco-
224
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
motion as more tube feet can be crowded into a given length of
arm. We can assume that the alternation served the same pur¬
pose in the fossil form.
The adambulacral plates are 3 m. m. long by one m. m. thick.
Their third dimension, in the vertical plane is about 2 m. m. The
aboral ends of these plates fit in between the outer ends of the
ambulacral plates. For this reason they are also called the inter-
ambulacral plates.
There is evidence that they bore a double row of movable
spines on their oral or ventral aspect, but I am not sure that any
of these are preserved. There are a few spindle-shaped spines
3 m. m. long, larger near the outer end and tapering gradually to
the point of attachment. Spines like these though larger arc the
ones which Professor Meek calls the movable spines in P. dyeri.
Other fragments of starfishes of undetermined species lead me
to think that these might have been the spines broken from the
infero-marginal row of plates and that the regular movable spine
was more slender.
The infero-marginal plates are elongate near the disc where
the arm is thicker and become more nearly cubical, corresponding
to the shape figured for P. dyeri, out near the tip of the arm.
Some of these plates show impressions which with some
uncertainty I consider to be the remains of pedicellaria around
their outer surface. There are also here and there in the spaces
between plates isolated structures which might be the larger
pedicellaria with the basal plate and two jaws which are found
singly in such spaces in recent starfishes.
This specimen shows so many similarities to Palaeaster dyeri,
the canals of the madreporite, the shapes of the spines, and of the
infero-marginal plates that in spite of differences and pending
the publication of an authoritative monograph on the Palaeozoic
starfishes by Professor Sebuchert of Yale University I refer it to
this species.
In a letter Professor Schuchert says that the specimen certainly
belongs to his genus Promo-palaeaster and that it may be P.
wykoffi, P. dyeri or a new species. •
In all events and whatever its name, we have in this fragment
of a starfish from the Richmond division of the Ordovician sea,
millions of years ago, the plates, the pores, the spines and probably
the pedicellaria very similar to those which are found in the star¬
fishes of the present day.
If it is in the direct line of ancestors from which our present day
Asterias has decended it adds one more to the list of forms which
have been essentially constant for ages and after once becoming
fixed have varied only in very slight degrees around the type.
Miami University.
Jan., 1914.] Tabanus Longus, Fulvulus and Sagax.
225
TABANUS LONGUS, FULVULUS AND SAGAX.
Jas. S. Hine.
These three species of North American horseflies have proven
more or less troublesome from the standpoint of determination on
account of their resemblance to one another and the variation
among different specimens of each species as well as their general
aspect which corresponds very closely with several other species
of their genus.
The following combination of general characters will serve well
to group the three species in question and separate them from
others similar in appearance: the wings are transparent with no
vestiage of infuscation on the cross veins or furcation of the third
vein; no suggestion of a stump of a vein on the anterior branch
of the third vein in any of the specimens I have examined; the
costal cell is transparent or very pale yellowish; the general color
of all specimens is yellowish or brown, never black; the abdomen
has a middorsal stripe with a row of spots on each side; these
spots are usually rounded and do not reach the hind margins of
their respective segments; in longus the dorsal stripe is narrow
and nearly always abbreviated posteriorly and in rubbed speci¬
mens may disappear altogether. The characteristic thing about
the middorsal stripe in the three species under consideration is
its widening on the posterior margin of each segment thus pro¬
ducing an irregular stripe quite different from the regular stripe
in costa lis, linecla and a long list of other North American species.
With the material at hand the opportunity is given for a
study of variation. Each of the three species has been divided
into series mainly from the standpoint of coloration and size as
not much variation in structure is apparent. Colorati n appears
to be largely a matter of locality and almost invariably specimens
from southern regions are decidedly smaller than those taken
well north.
The following key should be of use in separating the species
here considered:
1. Third segment of the antenna narrow, without a distinct angle near
its base on the dorsal side, sagax.
Third segment of the antenna wider, with a distinct angle near its base
on the dorsal side. 2.
2. Thorax yellowish, without stripes, middorsal abdominal stripe
distinct, front in the female narrow, fulvulus.
Thorax brown, often faintly striped, middorsal abdominal stripe narrow
and usually more or less abbreviated posteriorly, front in the female dis¬
tinctly wider, longus.
226
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
Tabanus sagax Osten Sacken. Middorsal abdominal stripe
usually quite wide and extending the full length of the abdomen.
Thorax without stripes, uniformly clothed with gray pollen.
Front rather wide, sides nearly parallel; frontal collasity brown,
nearly square and with a shining spot above it. Third antennal
segment without an angulate prominence at base.
1. Female. This appears to be the form Osten Sacken
described as the type of the species. Front rather wide, frontal
callosity shining brown, nearly square, almost as wide as the front
and with a more or less connected denuded spot above it. Face
and front with yellowish gray pollen, the former partially clothed
with white down. Palpi stout, pale with black and white hairs
intermixed. Antenna yellow with the exception of the annulate
portion of the third segment which is clear black, first and second
segments with some black hair above, third segment rather long
and narrow and without a pronounced basal prominence. Thorax
gray or with a shade of yellowish and without stripes, wings
hyaline, costal border pale yellowish; legs largely yellow, front
tibia darker apically on account of the presence of black hairs,
front tarsus and tips of the other tarsi more or less brown. Abdo¬
men brown in general color, dorsal stripe nearly white, wide,
expanded at the incisures, lateral rows of spots not very con¬
spicuous but apparent on segments two to six inclusive. Length
13-15 mm. Specimens from Illinois, Massachusetts and New
Jersey.
2. Female. A second series is composed of similar specimens,
the thorax is yellower, the color of the abdomen is lighter brown,
the dorsal stripe usually is narrower and the lateral spots are
more conspicuous, while the tarsi are not so brown and in some
specimens the annulate portion of the third antennal segment is
yellow like the basal part or the coloration may vary thru different
shades of brown . Length 11-12 mm. Specimens from north
western Louisiana.
3. Female. Specimens of a third series are smaller still, the
width of the thorax and abdomen is decidedly less than in the
other two groups. The general color is a slightly darker brown.
The middorsal stripe is quite narrow" and the lateral abdominal
spots are small altho pronounced. The antennae are entirely yel¬
low" or the annulate portion of the third segment is some shade of
brown . Length 9-11 mm. Several specimens from De Soto
Parish, Louisiana.
Tabanus fulvulus Wiedemann. Middorsal abdominal stripe
running the entire length of the abdomen, distinct, wddened on the
posterior border of each segment and with a row of distinct spots
on either side. Thorax uniformly pollinose so that no stripes are
visible. Front plainly narrower than in either sagax or longus.
Jan., 1914.] Tabanus Longus, Fuhmlus and Sagax.
227
1. Female. Front and face yellowish pollinose, the latter
with numerous yellow hairs, frontal callosity shining dark brown
with an unconnected elongate shining spot well above it, antenna
yellow except the annulate portion of the third segment which is
black; basal portion of the third segment with a well marked
anlge above. Front narrow, sides nearly parallel. Thorax
yellowish gray pollinose concealing the ground color, wing hyaline,
costal border dilute yellowish as far as the stigma; legs in large
part yellowish, all the femora dark nearly to apex, apical part of
each front tibia and whole of each front tarsus dark, extreme
apex of each of the other tibiae slightly brownish, all but the base
of each of the other tari brown. The legs may vary however and
in some specimens before me are almost entirely yellowish, other
specimens are intermediate in this respect. Abdomen dark
brown and yellow or black and yellow, middorsal stripe well
marked, widened on the posterior margin of each segment, a row
of spots on either side, each spot well defined and more or less
surrounded by dark brown or black. Length 13-16 mm. Speci¬
mens from District of Columbia, Kentucky, North Carolina and
Tennessee. This appears to be the form that Osten Sacken
considered as fulvulus in his Prodrome.
2. Female. This form differs from the above mainly in the
greater intensity of color, the yellow is golden and the dark is
nearly black. On the abdomen the row of spots on either side
of the middorsal stripe takes more or less the form of a zigzag
stripe on account of each spot reaching the hind border of its
respective segment. Length 13-15 mm. Specimens from St.
Simon’s Island, Georgia and from Raleigh, North Carolina.
3. Female. Colors paler than in either of the two forms
given above, and the size is less. Specimens are decidedly gray
in general appearance, the lateral rows of abdominal spots are
small and distinct and surrounded by light brown, while the
frontal callosity instead of being nearly black is a sort of faded
brown. Length about 12 mm. Specimens taken at New Roads
Louisiana. At the time specimens were taken it was the only
form observed and it appeared to be plentiful. Numerous exam¬
ples were procured.
4. Female. Size about the same as number 3, altho some
specimens are smaller and more slender. The pale legs and en¬
tirely yellow antennae are most characteristic for this form. The
coloration of the body in general is something like specimens of
number 1. Length 10-13 mm. More than a dozen specimens
from various localities in Louisiana and Georgia.
Tabanus longus Osten Sacken. Middorsal abdominal stripe
very narrow and abbreviated behind in most specimens, spots in
the lateral rows small but distinct. Front in the female wider
than in the same sex of fulvulus, widest at vertex and gradually
228
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
narrowed towards the antennae. The width and form of the front
and the modest brown and gray colors overlaid with a thin coating
of gray pollen are characters which easily separate longus from
the other two species considered in this paper.
1 . Female. This form is considered as corresponding to
the typical specimens described by Osten Sacken. Front widest
at vertex, gradually narrow toward antennae, frontal callosity
pale brown, sometimes darker or even nearly black, higher than
wide, with an unconnected spot above, antenna largely yellowish,
first two segments clothed with short black hairs, third segment
long and narrow with a distinct angle near the base on the dorsal
side, annulate portion clear black, cheeks and lower part of the
face with silky white hair, palpi white with white and black hairs
intermixed. Thorax brown with more or less obscured stripes
and gray pollen, wings hyaline, legs largely brown, apex of front
tibia, whole front tarsus and apical part of each middle and hind
tarsus darkened. Abdomen brown sometimes rather dark,
middorsal stripe gray, very narrow, usually abbreviated poster¬
iorly; lateral rows of spots gray, each spot small and usually not
reaching either margin of its segment. Length 13-16 mm. Speci¬
mens from northern Ohio and Eastern Kansas.
Male. Very much like the female in color. Markings of the
abdomen quite distinct. Large and small facets of the eyes
plainly differentiated. Length 13-14 mm. Specimens from the
same localities as the female.
2. Female. Smaller and of a clearer brown than number 1.
Annulate portion of the third segment of the antenna usually
brown and not black. In some specimens the middorsal stripe
is visible for nearly the entire length of the abdomen and the
lateral spots are distinctly larger. Altho structural characters
are quite uniform thruout this form and the next appear quite
different from typical longus. I have noted that in many species
of Tabanus, southern examples are likely to be smaller and of a
clearer brown than northern specimens of the same species.
Length 11-14 mm. Specimens from North Carolina and Kansas.
3. Female. This form appears decidedly small but measure¬
ment of length hardly indicates it because of the slenderness of
the specimens. Coloration and appearance are suggestive of
form number 2. The atennae are yellowish to the tip. Length
10-13 mm. Specimens from southwestern Georgia.
Jan., 1914.] Richmond Beds of the Cincinnati Group.
229
THE UPPER RICHMOND BEDS OF THE CINCINNATI
GROUP.
W. H. Shideler.
Perhaps more geologists, amateur and professional, have been
developed upon the Cincinnati arch than in any other region in
America. Yet the fact that the beds known as the Saluda have
been classed sometimes as occurring beneath the Whitewater beds,
and sometimes as above, shows that the Cincinnati stratigraphy
is not yet a closed question.
With the hope of determining the exact relationships of the
Upper Richmond beds, the field seasons of 1912 and 1913 were
spent in studying the upper strata of the northern half of the
Cincinnati anticline. The second season’s work was made pos¬
sible by a grant from the Emerson McMillin research fund of
the Ohio Academy of Science.
The subdivisions of the Richmond in ascending order have
been usually given as Waynesville, or Lower Richmond, Liberty,
or Middle Richmond, and Saluda, Whitewater and Elkhom,
constituting the Upper Richmond. We are not concerned here
at all wdth the Waynesville, and but little with the Liberty.
Of these subdivisions, the Saluda beds were the first to be
defined*, and were originally termed Madison, from the typical
locality at Madison, Ind. But the name being preoccupied,
Saluda was substituted.
These Saluda beds at Madison consist of massive, often decid¬
edly arenaceous or argillaceous limestones which have no parallel
elsewhere in the northern half of the Cincinnati arch. These
heavy strata are of a prevailing grayish color, sometimes bluish or
brownish, but weather to various shades of brown. In texture,
the rock is smooth-grained and non-crystalline, and except at the
top is almost entirely barren of fossils.
The “typical Saluda” of Foerste was given a thickness of 37',
being based at the top of 3' of sandy limestones just above the top
of a conspicuous 2' reef of the coral Columnaria alveolota. 6' below
the base of this reef is the top of another Columnaria reef , 1' thick.
Cumings includes both reefs in his Saludaj and identifies the lower
one with the reef as the base of the Saluda farther north. But,
as will be presently shown, it is the upper reef, not the lower, that
extends toward the north and north-east. Hence it seems best
here to consider the top reef as the base of the Saluda.
*Foerste, Indiana Dept. Geol. & Nat. Resources, 21st Ann. Rept., 1896,
p. 220.
flndiana Dept. Geol. & Nat. Resources, 32nd Ann. Rept., 1907, p. 640.
230
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
The Liberty or Strophomena planumbona beds were assigned
a thickness of about 35',* and the base was defined as the first recur¬
rence of Hebertella inseulpta. The top was not definitely located,
but by general agreement seems to have been taken as the base
of a 3'-4' bed of shales and soft, shaly, blocky limestones, contain¬
ing Trochoceras baeri, and many characteristic Whitewater clams,
and with Pachydictya fenestelliformis just above.
The Whitewater or Homotrypa wortheni beds constituted the
remainder of the Richmond, until the distinct and even bedded
shales and limestones at the top were separated from the very
characteristic soft, lumpy, shaly limestones beneath, and called
the Elkhorn.
Beginning with the detailed study of the formation at Madison,
the lower Columaria reef is here sometimes underlain by as much
as 10' of the general type of Saluda rocks, only rarely massive and
with more shale. These strata contain a few poorly preserved
Liberty fossils, Homotrypa wortheni, etc. It may be said here
that in Indiana the Trochoceras baeri bed is generally undefined,
and no sharp distinction can be made between Liberty and White-
water. These undefined strata have been named Versailles, from
Versailles, Ind.f
The lower reef, like the upper, is quite variable in thickness.
Averaging V at Madison, it reaches 3}^' in thickness on a north
branch of Razor Creek, five miles north, and then thins out and
occurs intermittently at several places northward before disap¬
pearing.
Between the reefs at Madison are 6' of shale. This shale is
Al/2 thick along the road following the valley of a westward
branch of Crooked Creek, three miles north of Madison. Five
miles north of Madison the thickness is only 2' 4". In the shale
are a few poorly preserved Hebertella sinuata, Platystrophia
acutilirata, and Dystactospongia madisonensis.
The second reef thins from 2' at Madison to 1' toward Hanover,
where it has quite a percentage of Calapoecia cribriformis. At
the locality three miles north of Madison it averages only 8"
thick, and five miles north is represented only by a hard, tough,
irregular limestone G"-10" thick with no distinct colonies. Like
the lower reef, the second occurs intermittently as far north as the
exposures below the road on the West Branch of Laughery Creek,
four miles south of Batesville. Huge isolated colonies, sometimes
4' across, were seen near Versailles.
Above the second reef are 3'-6' of shales and thin limestones,
in some places carrying a prolific mollusc fauna. Just at Madison
this fauna is almost absent, but three miles north were collected
Dystaetospogenia madisonensis, Dowlsonia cycla, Tetradium
*Nickles, American Geol. Vol. 32, 1903. Pp. 207-9.
fFoerste, Science, N. S., Vol. 22, 1905, P. 150.
Jan., 1914.] Richmond Beds of the Cincinnati Group.
231
minus, Calapoecia cribriformis, Hebertella sinuata, Platystrophia
acutilirata, Ischyrodonta truncata, Losphospira bowdeni, Liospira
sp., Bellerophon sp., Endoceras sp., Primitia glabra, Isochilina
subnodosa, Tetradella simplex, etc., etc.
The Tetradium minus is rather scarce at Madison, but is
common 1' above the second Columnaria reef toward Hanover,
and again above the mollusc layers 3 miles north. At the locality
five miles north it is very abundant through T of blocky, shaly
limestones, immediately above the limestones representing the
second reef. From here on this Tetradium horizon is very con¬
stant, and occurs whereever the rocks have been exposed as far
north as Liberty, Ind. and as far toward the east as Oxford, 0.
A mile east of Liberty, where the Oxford pike crosses Hannah’s
Creek, the Tetradium is scattered abundantly through the whole
4' 9" of Saluda rocks. Beneath are exposed 3' of shales and thin
limestones with much the same fauna as is carried by the same
strata at Laurel.
North of Liberty only three miles, at the last long exposure
on Richland Creek, the Saluda strata have almost lost the Tetrad¬
ium, and are distinctly shaly except at the top, where they end
in two heavy limestones, the lower one 1 ' 2" thick and very irregu¬
lar, the top one 10" thick and more even. The top stratum is
composed largely of fossil "hash,” and in this are water- worn
Rhyncotrema capax, etc. It occurs at this level to within four
miles of Oxford. Immediately above it are the characteristic
Whitewater strata and fauna.
The lower shales are partly replaced by evenbedded limestones
along Elkhom Creek, and at the quarries along the Whitewater
River south of Richmond are represented by limestones indistin¬
guishable from those below. But the top stratum is still heavy
and characteristic.
While perhaps not strictly the equivalent of the second Colum¬
naria reef, this Tetradimn reef developed immediately above it
and replaced it further north. Outside the Madison region it
bases the Saluda type of strata.
Practically whereever this reef is seen it is closely associated
with a fauna similar to the one three miles north of Madison.
Sometimes this fauna is above the reef or in it, but usually is
beneath. Near Versailles the Dystactospongia is especially abun¬
dant and ju.st below it are found, besides the molluscs listed above,
Ptilodictya magnificia, Monticulipora epidermata, Leptaena
rhomboidalis, Agelacrinus cincinnatiensis, and Lichas sp.
At Oxford, Ohio, the first incursion of the Whitewater fauna is
preserved in the 3' of Trochoceras shales, and among the clams
are such characteristic forms as Byssonychia grandis, B. richmond-
ensis, Ischyrodonta elongata, I. truncata Opisthoptera casei,
Ortonella hainesi, and Whitella obliquata.
232
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
Between the top of this bed and the base of the Tetradium
reef are about twenty feet of more or less even bedded limestones
and shales, so we thus see that there are, here at least, as much as
twenty-three feet of Whitewater strata beneath the base of the
Saluda. Even should we base the Saluda with the lower Colum-
naria reef at Madison, the result would be but little change, and
nowhere could the Saluda be said to be beneath the Whitewater.
Above the Tetradium level at Madison are 37'-40' of massive,
typical Saluda strata, almost wholly barren of fossils except near
the top. As one goes north the strata immediately above the
basal reef becomes more fossiliferous, the best localities for collect¬
ing being near Hamburg, Ind., and Oxford, O., at the latter place
being 3' thick. The fauna is characterized by the scarcity of
Brachiopoda and Bryozoa, and includes Leperditia appressa, L.
cylindrica, L. caecigena, Ceratopsis ehamersi, Eurychilina
striatomarginata, Primitia glabra and Tetradella simplex, the
first four of these ostracods being recurrent Trenton species.
Other fossils are Byssonychia grandis, B. riehmondensis, several
species each of Cyrtoceras and Orthoceras, Tryblidium indianense,
etc., etc. Fragments of a large Euryteroid are found, and
remains of plants are occasionally found.
Everything in these strata points to a shallowness of the sea,
and a nearness to land, and it is hoped that there will be found in
these rocks some definite information as to the nature of the land
life of the closing Ordovician.
Above the Saluda type limestones in the Oxford region are
about 10' of thin limestones and shales, sometimes just crowded
full of Bryozoa, mostly several species of Homotrypa, including
H. wortheni. It is the Bryozoa from these beds that have given
the name Coral Banks to the dump from the R. R. cut above
Oxford.
West of Cross Plains about one and a half miles, nine miles
south of Versailles, a second Tetradium horizon appears, only
this “reef” has in places as much Labechia as Tetradium. At
Cooper’s Falls, four miles south of Versailles, it occurs in the
breast of the first little fall below the road, is only 1' thick, and
is about 30' above the top of the lower reef.
This horizon was not seen at Versailles, but doubtless closer
examination would show it. It occurs, however, at all other localities
as far north as Laurel and as far eastward as a number of exposures
on little tributaries of Indian Creek, three miles west of
Oxford, O. In this latter region the Labechia is absent, and the
Tetradium forms a definite, hard, massive reef, in places two and
one-half feet thick. Most of the colonies are upside down, giving
evidence of wave action upon this ancient reef, much as upon the
reefs in the present coral seas.
Jan., 1914.] Richmond Beds of the Cincinnati Group.
233
Sometimes 2'-3' below this second Tetradium reef is another
1' of Tetradium. Between these Indian Creek exposures and
Oxford this reef disappears and is not known to the east.
And between the two reefs at this locality are not only the 10'
of Bryozoa beds, but about 20' of characteristic soft, lumpy,
shaly Whitewater strata with the characteristic Whitewater
fauna. The Rhvnehotrema dentata beds appear just above the
reef. Hence we see from the position of these two reefs that the
Saluda is in part the equivalent of the Whitewater.
Returning to the Madison section to pick up another marker
and trace it through, we find that the extreme top of the Richmond
is again fossiliferous. Just above the Hanging Rock these fos-
siliferous strata begin with 8" of thin limestones and dark shale,
with Bvssonychia richmondensis, Pterinea demissa, Orthoceras
hammelli, Labechia ohioensis, and Tetradium minus. Next is
a 16" massive dark limestone, with a richly fossiliferous film of
rather poorly preserved fossils on the top. These fossils constitute
a distinct and peculiar fauna, part of which appears to have no
near relationship in the Cincinnati. The more common species
are Labechia montifera, Labechia sp., Streptelasma sp., Cteno-
donta sp., Pterinea demissa, Liospira sp., Holopea hubbardi,
Lophospira hammelli, Orthoceras hitzi, O. gorbeyi, and Cyrtocer-
ina madisonensis. At the exposures along the road to Hanover,
three miles west of Madison, there are added Hebertella sinuata,
Platystrophia acutilirata, Leperditia caecigena, Labechia ohioensis
and Tetradium minus, there being no distinction here between
the two fossil layers as at Madison. This assemblage of fossils
constitutes the so-called “Hitz fauna.”
Between the Hitz fauna proper at Madison and the Ordovician-
Silurian contact, ’s a 2' 4" limestone with all of the ostracods listed
from the Saluda of Oxford, except Leperditia appressa, and with
Entomis madisonensis added. This ostracod limestone is not
distinct at the locality three miles west.
Between Madison and Cooper’s Falls the Tetradium and Labe¬
chia become consolidated into a rather definite reef, though not
of great thickness. At Cooper’s Falls this reef is C/f thick. It
is about 19' above the second Tetradium reef and 5' beneath the
Silurian contact. These o' are massive limestones much like the
top limestones at Madison, and carry a reduced Hitz fauna. The
Hitz fauna is seen no farther toward the north.
This third reef is seen constantly at about this level, whereever
it is exposed, around the northern edge of the Cincinnati outcrops
as far east as the vicinity of Waynesville, O. The only place
where it was not seen was at Laurel, and a more careful examina¬
tion of the strata would doubtless show it here.
On Elkhorn Creek the total thickness of the beds between the
level of the lower reef and the Silurian contact is about 125', as
234
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
contrasted with 71' at Laurel and 57' at Cooper’s Falls. The
presence on Elkhorn Creek of the upper reef, S' 4" below that
Silurian contact, shows that this thickening of strata is due to the
more rapid accumulation of sediments toward the north. In the
region about Camden, O., winch is as far eastward as the Saluda
can be traced, the thickness of strata between the level of the
lower reef and the upper reef is about 100', as nearly as the various
exposures can be correlated.
It is not the usual thing to have limestones and calcareous
shales accumulating more rapidly than the more shallow water
sands and shales, but between the limits of the lower and upper
reefs on Elkhorn Creek the calcareous sediments accumulated over
three times as fast as the argillaceous and arenaceous sediments
to the north. The land evidently was so low as to suffer from
little erosion, and the sea about it so shallow that the shifting sands
and muds were kept stirred up by the waves when not exposed
between tides, as shown by the ripple marks and sun cracks at
various levels. Thus the organic accumulations here would be
reduced to a minimum while to the north the usual favorable
conditions would prevail.
Of these 125' of strata on Elkhorn Creek, about 75' at the
base are typical Whitewater sediments with the typical fauna.
The remaining strata are 15' of barren shale at the base, with pre¬
dominating shales and more or less even-bedded limestones to
the Silurian contact. These strata constitute the Elkhorn beds,
and bear a fauna quite distinct from the Whitewater.
The change from the Saluda sediments and fauna begins at
Cooper’s Falls. Beneath the upper reef there are 7' of heavy
Saluda limestones, and beneath those about 10' of thin, somewhat
lumpy, barren shales and limestones.
At Versailles the second reef was not seen and the sections
studied did not run high enough to show the upper reef. But the
10' of strata at Cooper’s Falls are represented at the top of the
Versailles section by 9' of strata which arc much softer and more
lumpy than at Cooper’s Falls, and they bear quite a fauna of a
Composite Whitewater — Elkhorn type.
Three miles north of Osgood, on Big Plum Creek and in that
vicinity, these strata are thicker, more characteristically White-
water at the base, then with even bedded shales and limestones
up to the upper reef, which is 2' thick and o' beneath the Silurian.
On a north fork of Big Salt Creek, west of Oldenburg, the
Richmond ends with 40' of apparently fossiliferous strata. (The
middle of this 40' is covered.) At the base are about 10' of strata
with Rhynchotrema dentata, Strophomena sulcata, S. vetusta,
Platystrophia laticosta, P. acutilirata, Monticulipora epidermata,
Batostoma varians, Rhombotrypa quadrata Byssonvchia rich-
mondensis, Ischyrodonta truncata, Conularia sp., Comulites sp..
Jan., 1914.]
Solanacece of Ohio.
235
Protarea vetusta, Streptelasma rusticum, S. divaricans, etc. etc.
At the top are Schizolopha moorei, Salpingostoma riehmondensis,
Platystrophia lynx, the species of Platystrophia, Strophomena, and
Streptelasma listed above, Rhynchotrema capax, Protarea vetusta,
etc. etc.
On Big Sains Creek near Laurel the 55' of strata between the
second reef and the Silurian are largely barren. No good exposures
at this level are seen between Laurel and Elkhom Creek. But
between these places the fossils become differentiated into the
distinct Whitewater and Elkhorn faunas.
Nowhere on the upper half of the Cincinnati arch was more
than a local unconformity seen between the Richmond and the Sil¬
urian. Usually it was quite difficult to tell just where Ordovician
ended and Silurian began.
The upper reef varies in position from immediately beneath
the contact three miles west of Madison, to an extreme of 14' be¬
neath it near Waynesville. In this latter region a conspicuous
band of purple shale appears about 5' above the reef and occurs
constantly at about this level everywhere on the east side of the
arch.
To summarize in conclusion, all of the Elkhorn and nearly all
of the Whitewater are but the deeper water equivalents of the
shoal water Saluda to the south.
Second: The only Saluda in Ohio is in the northern part of
Butler and southern part of Preble Counties.
Third: The third coral reef and the purple shale together
show that the top of the Ordovician is quite uniform and that any
unconformity is but slight, and close examination of the contact
bears this out.
Oxford, Ohio.
- v
SOLANACECE OF OHIO.
Amy Williams.
In the following study, the genera and species have been ar¬
ranged in what appears to the writer to be their phvletic sequence.
Easy keys for identification and the distribution in the state, so
far as shown by specimens in the state herbarium, should make a
study of the family readily accessible to the amateur botanists
of Ohio.
soLANACEiE. Potato Family.
Herbs, shrubs, vines, or some tropical species trees, with alter¬
nate or rarely opposite leaves without stipules, and with hypo-
genous, bisporangiate, regular or nearly regular cvmose flowers.
Calyx mostly 5-lobed; corolla sympetalous, mostly 5-lobed, the
lobes induplicate- valvate or plicate in the bud; stamens united
with the corolla, as many as it’s lobes and alternate with them,
236
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
all equal and perfect in the following genera except Petunia.
Gvnecium of 2 united carpels, rarely 3 or 5; ovules and seeds
numerous; fruit a berry or capsule.
Key to the Genera.
1. Corolla funnelform, fruit a capsule. 2.
1 . Corolla campanulate to rotate, fruit a berry, sometimes nearly dry. 4.
2. Flowers in large terminal racemes or panicles, viscid-pubescent;
calyx tubular-campanulate or ovoid. Nicotiana.
2. Flowers axillary or in simple, leafy racemes. 3.
3. Calyx tube \i inch long and with long, leaf-like lobes. Petunia.
3. Calyx tube an inch or more long. Datura.
4. Stems woody, often with thorns, leaves lanceolate, fruit a nearly dry
berry. Lycium. ,
4. Stems herbaceous, or if woody then the leaves lobed or compound,
and fruit a fleshy berry. 5.
5. Anthers unconnected, corolla broadly campanulate, fruiting calyx
enlarged. 6.
5. Anthers connivent or slightly connate, corolla rotate, fruiting calyx
not enlarged. 7.
6. Ovulary 3-5-locular, fruiting calyx deeply o-parted, corolla pale blue.
Physalodes.
6. Ovulary bi-locular, calyx 5-lobed, not parted, corolla yellow or whit¬
ish, often with a dark centre. Physalis.
7. Anthers opening by terminal pores or short slits, leaves entire, lobed
or pinnately compound. Solatium.
7. Anthers longitudinally dehiscent, leaves usually bi-pinnatifid,
or bi-pinnate. Lycopersicon.
Petunia Juss.
Viscid-pubescent herbs with entire leaves. Flowers white,
violet, or purple, having funnelform corollas with plicate, spreading
or slightly irregular limbs; stamens 5, united with the corolla, 4
of them didynamous, perfect, the fifth smaller or obsolete; filaments
slender; ovulary bilocular.
1. Petunia violacea Lindl. Common Petunia. Very viscid,
from 8 to 25 inches high. Leaves ovate or obovate, all but the
uppermost petioled, mostly obtuse; corolla commonly violet-
purple with a campanulate tube, the limb plicate; sepals linear.
Monroe, Franklin. Native of South America.
Nicotiana L.
Viscid-pubescent narcotic herbs or shrubs. Leaves entire or
slightly undulate; flowers white, yellow, greenish or purplish; in
terminal racemes or panicles; calyx tubular-campanulate or
ovoid, 5-cleft; corolla-tube usually longer than the limb, 5-lobed,
spreading; stamens 5, united with the corolla; ovulary bilocular,
rarely 4-loeular; style slender; stigma capitate.
1. Nicotiana tabacum L. Common Tobacco. Large, showy
herbs about 30 or mere inches high. Leaves lance-ovate, dccur-
rent, or the upper ones lanceolate; flowers rose-purple, in panicles
with funnelform corolla, with somewhat inflated throat and short
lobes. Huron, Adams. Escaped from cultivation.
Jan., 1914.]
Solanacece of Ohio.
237
Datura L.
Large narcotic herbs, or rarely shrubs or trees. Leaves
petioled, alternate; flowers large, solitary, erect, short-peduncled
and white, purple or violet; calyx elongated-tubular or prismatic,
5-cleft; corolla funnelform, 5-lobed, the lobes plicate, broad, acumi¬
nate; stamens included or little exserted, with long, filiform
filaments, united with the corolla tube to about the middle.
1. Leaves entire, calyx tubular. D. metel.
1. Leaves lobed and angled, calyx prismatic, flowers white to purple.
D. stramonium.
1. Datura metel L. Entire-leaf Jimson-weed. Annual;
finely glandular-pubescent, 3 to 9 feet high. Leaves broadly
ovate, acute, inequilateral, rounded or subcordate at the base;
flowers white, corolla about twice the length of the calyx; capsule
nearly globose, obtuse, prickly and pubescent. Lake county.
From tropical America.
2. Datura stramonium L. Common Jimson-weed. Annual,
glabrous or the young parts minutely pubescent. Stem stout;
leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, often with a tinge of purple,
irregularly sinuate-lobed, the lobes acute; flowers white or violet;
calyx prismatic; capsule ovoid, prickly. General. Naturalized
from the tropics.
Lycium L.
Shrubs or woody vines, with small leaves and with smaller
ones in fasicles in the axils. Flowers white, greenish or purple,
solitary or in clusters; calyx campanulate, 3 to 5-lobed; corolla
tube short or slender, the limb 5-lobed (rarely 4-lobed), the lobes
obtuse; stamens 5, (rarely 4) filaments filiform.
1. Lycium halmifolium Mill. Matrimony- vine. Glabrous,
with thorns or unarmed. Leaves lanceolate, oblong, or spatulate,
with short petioles; stem slender, climbing or trailing; thorns when
present slender; calyx lobes ovate; corolla purplish, changing to
greenish; stamens slightly exserted; berry oval, orange-red.
Rather general. From Europe.
Physalodes Boehm.
Annual, erect, glabrous herbs. Leaves alternate, petioled,
sinuate-dentate or lobed; flowers large, solitary, light-blue,
nodding; calyx-segments ovate, connivent, cordate or sagitate at
the base, netted-veined ; corolla broadly campanulate, slightly 5-
lobed; stamens 5, included, united with the base of the corolla.
1. Physalodes physalodes (L.) Britt. Apple-of-Peru. Plant
IS to 45 inches high with angled stem. Leaves ovate or oblong,
acuminate but blunt, narrowing into a long petiole; limb of corolla
almost entire; segments of the fruit ing-calyx terminating in
cusps, loosely surrounding the berry. Hamilton, Clinton, Clark,
Franklin, Licking, Gallia, Montgomery, Champaign. From
Peru.
238
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
Physalis L.
Herbs with entire or sinuately toothed leaves. Calyx cam-
panulate, 5-toothed, when in fruit much enlarged and 5-angled or
10-ribbed and reticulate, wholly enclosing the pulpy berry;
corolla often with a brownish or purplish centre, open-campanulate,
or rarely campanulate-rotate, plicate; stamens united with the
base of the corolla.
1. Stems glabrous or only slightly pubescent, peduncles usually longer
than the flowers, leaves usually acute or acuminate at the base. 4.
1. Stems very pubescent or wooly; peduncles usually shorter than the
flowers; leaves usually shorter than the flowers; leaves usually
cordate or truncate at the base. 2.
2. Leaves with long hairs, plants perennial; fruiting-calyx pyramidal,
o-angled and with long points. P. heterophylla
2. Leaves with short pubescence, plants annual; fruiting-calyx rather
small, points very short. 3.
3. Plant green, leaves ovate, usually only slightly cordate at the base,
nearly entire or dentate. P. pruinosa.
3. Plant somewhat hoary; leaves cordate at the base, strongly oblique,
coarsely sinuate. P. pubescens.
4. Leaves ovate-lanceolate; fruiting-calyx green. 5.
4. Leaves broadly ovate, acute; fruiting-calyx red. P. alkeketigi.
5. .Stem usually not 2-forked; leaves not decidedly dentate toward the
tip; fruiting-calyx ovoid. 6.
5. Stem noticeably 2-forked; main-stem erect; fruiting-calyx pyramidal,
5-angled, deeply sunken at the base; leaves usually dentate at the
outer end. P. virginiana.
6. Peduncles shorter than the flower; annual. P. ixocarpa.
6. Peduncles longer than the flower; perennial by rootstocks or roots.
P. lanceolata.
1. Physalis lanceolata Mx. Prairie Ground-cherry. Plant
with slender, creeping root-stock. Young stems erect, later
spreading or diffuse, slightly angled, somewhat hirsute with flat
hairs; leaves mostly entire, sometimes slightly lobed, sparingly
covered with short hairs; calyx lobes triangular-lanceolate, when
in fruit round-ovoid, not sunken at the base, indistinctly 10-
angled; corolla dullish yellow with a brownish centre. General.
2. Physalis ixocarpa Brot. Mexican Ground-cherry. When
young erect, later widely spreading; stem angled, glabrous or the
younger parts slightly hairy; leaves cordate to ovate with a cuneate
base, sinuately dentate or entire; calyx slightly hairy; corolla
bright yellow with purple throat; fruiting-calyx round ovoid,
obscurely 10-angled, often purple veined; berry purple, filling the
husk. Franklin county. Native of Mexico.
3. Physalis virginiana Mill. Virginia Ground-cherry. Peren¬
nial; about 14 inches high; stems slightly angled, strigose-hairy
with flat hairs, or glabrous; dichotomously branched; leaves
ovate-lanceolate, usually sinuately dentate; peduncles in fruit
curved but scarcely reflexed; calyx lobes triangular or broadly
lanceolate, nearly equalling the tube; flowers sulphur-yellow with
purplish spots. Cuyahoga county.
Jan., 1914.]
Solanacece of Ohio.
239
4. Physalis alkekengi L. Chinese Lantern (Ground-cherry)
Perennial. Leaves thin, broadly ovate, entire or angled; fruiting
calyx much enlarged, veined, scarlet or crimson. Persistent after
cultivation. Franklin, Lake.
5. Physalis heterophylla Nees. Clammy Ground-cherry.
Perennial by a creeping rootstock, viscid and glandular, 12 to 18
inches high, with long, spreading, jointed, flat hairs; leaves acute,
very rarely with an acumination, thick, sinuately toothed or some¬
times subentire; calyx long- villous with triangular lobes usually
not as long as the tube; corolla greenish-yellow with a brownish
or purplish centre. General and abundant.
6. Physalis pubescens L. Low Hairy Ground-cherrv. Plant
pubescent, with spreading stems slightly swollen at the nodes.
Leaves ovate, acute, or acuminate, slightly cordate, upward
repand-denticulate or entire, pubescent, sometimes becoming
nearly glabrous except along the veins ; corolla yellow with a dark
centre; calyx lobes narrow, in fruit membranous, pyramidal, ovoid-
acuminate, retuse at the base. Shelby, Morgan.
7. Physalis pruinosa L. Tall Hairy Ground-cherry. Stout,
generally erect, quite hairy. Stem finely villous or somewhat
viscid; leaves finely pubescent, ovate, cordate, and deeply sin¬
uately toothed; calyx villous or viscid, its lobes as long as the tube,
narrow but not subulate-tipped; fruiting calyx reticulate, ovoid,
cordate; berry yellow or green. Franklin county.
Solanum L.
Herbs or shrubs, often stellate-pubescent, sometimes climbing.
Flowers cymose umbelliform, paniculate, or racemose; calyx
campanulate or rotate, usually 5-cleft; corolla rotate, the limb
plaited, 5-angled or 5-lobed, the tube very short; stamens united
with the corolla, filaments short.
1 . Leaves compound or divided. 2.
1. Leaves entire, toothed, or merely lobed. 4.
2. Plants not prickly. 3.
2. Plant and enlarged fruiting-calyx very prickly; one stamen enlarged
and beaked. 3’. ro sir alum.
3. Herbs with tubers; stems prominently wing-angled. 5. tuberosum.
3. Climbing vines, more or less woody; stems not winged, or only slight¬
ly angled. 5. dulcamara.
4. Plants prickly or if only slightly so, then stellate-pubescent, or sil-
very-canescent all over. 0.
4. Plants glabrous or somewhat pubescent, not prickly or silvery-canes-
cent; ripe berries black. 5. nigrum.
5. Leaves repand-dentate or entire; densely silvery-canescent.
5. eleagnifolium.
5. Leaves lobed and angled; hirsute. 5. carolinense.
1. Solanum elaeagnifolium Cav. Silverleaf Nightshade.
Perennial, silvery-canescent all over. Stem sometimes with
sharp prickles; leaves lanceolate, oblong or linear, petioled, mostly
obtuse, repand-dentate or entire; flowers cymose; peduncles short;
240
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 3,
ealyx-lobes lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, acute. Lucas county,
(a waif.)
2. Solanum carolinense L. Horse-nettle. Stellate-pubes¬
cent with 4 to 8 rayed hairs, erect, branched, prickly. Leaves
oblong or ovate, repand, lobed or pinnatifid; flowers cymose-
racemose with pedicels recurved in fruit; petals ovate-lanceolate,
acute; calyx-lobes lanceolate, acuminate, about half the length of
the corolla, persistent at the base of the berry; berries orange-yel¬
low, glabrous. General.
3. Solanum tuberosum L. Potato. Plant erect, finely
pubescent. Leaves pinnate, made up of several ovate leaflets
and some minute ones inter-mixed ; flowers blue or white, arranged
in cymes; sepals about half the length of the petals; berries round,
green. Franklin, Ottawa, Erie, Tuskarawas, Hocking, Monroe.
4. Solanum dulcamara L. Bitter-sweet. Perennial; stem
climbing, somewhat woody below. Leaves ovate cr hastate;
petioled, acute or acuminate, entire, 3-lobed, or 3-divided with the
terminal segment the largest; flowers blue, purple or white in
compound lateral cymes; corolla 5-lobed, petals triangular-lanceo¬
late, sepals short, oblong, obtuse, persistent at the base of the berry;
berry oval or globose, red. General in northern Ohio as far south
as Clark, Licking and Jefferson counties; also in Meigs county.
5. Solanum nigrum L. Black Nightshade. Annual, glab¬
rous or slightly pubescent, about 15 inches high. Leaves ovate,
petioled, more or less inequilateral, acute, acuminate at the apex;
flowers broad, 3 to 10 on an umbel; calyx-lobes much shorter than
the corolla, persistent at the base of the berry; berries glabrous,
globose. General and abundant.
6. Solanum rostratum Dun. Buffalo-bur. Densely pubes¬
cent with 5 to 8 rayed hairs and covered with yellow subulate
prickles. Leaves ovate or oval in outline, irregularly pinnately
5 to 7 lobed or 1 to 2 pinnatifid; flowers in lateral racemes; pedi¬
cels erect both in flower and fruit; calyx densely prickly, entirely
covering the berry. Franklin, Marion, Ottawa, Cuyahoga, Sum¬
mit, Lake. From the west.
Lycopersicon Mill.
Annual, or rarely perennial, coarse herbs with 1 to 2 pinnately
divided leaves and flowers in lateral irregular racemose cymes
opposite the leaves. Corolla rotate, the tube short, the limb 5-
cleft rarely 6-cleft, plicate; calyx 5-parted rarely 6-parted.
1. Lycopersicon lycopersicon (L). Karst. Tomato. Viscid-
pubescent, much branched, one to several feet high. Leaves
petioled, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, mostly acute, dentate, lobed or
again divided with several or numerous small leaflets, sepals about
equalling the petals. Rather general as an escape.
Date of Publication, January 23, 1914.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 E^ast Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
i
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the 44 Ohio Natnraliat.**
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Biblical Literature,
Botany, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering,
Dairying, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History', Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Home Economics, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Manual Training, Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical
Engineering, Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metal¬
lurgy, Mineralogv,. Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education,
Physics, Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Session, which
offers work in many departments.
Address University Editor for a bulletin describing the
session, or any of the Colleges. s
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
Whtn writing ta advertisers, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist.'
VOLUME XIV.
FEBRUARY,
1914.
NUMBER 4.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
(Ni
CM
[M.
IO
cm
to
o
CM
•o
-
CM
CM
CM
s
C\i
CM
-
-
-
o
CM
T
-
to
-
CM
CM
CM
CM
-
-
CM
C\1
CM
CM
8
iO
T
-
-
-
On
o
-
a
CM
N
O
CO
C\»
CM
CM
-
-
-
>©
o
o
\S
to
CM
-
—
in
-
—
—
NT
mT
tr
mt
o
to
-
-
_
cm
-
-
-
-
o'
N
n
to
CM
-
—
t
-
to
to
CN
N
n
-
—
CM
CM
co
cm
CM
—
-
—
0-
CQ
n
CM
o
—
-
—
MD
-
—
—
—
lO
Csi
CM
CM
-
—
~
■o
■o
-
CM
CM
CM
IT)
’•0
—
—
-
—
CM
-
\o
—
LO
—
V
1 Cx
1 jQ
E
z>
2
§
10
5
c
<
r
«0
D
~C
2
-X
"5
0
i.
O
r>
£
0
0
~0
i.
cy
E
w
X
a
U
0
£
y
*0.
0
3
N
&
:
T3
~D
5
<
y
0
“0
~5r
O
y
0
~D
L
L
C*
o
y
0
"0
y
0
•*.
13
£
y
Z
vO
£
0
a
i.
y
0
0
£
y
a
0
y
0
y
0
"0
A
5
£
0
u
y
0
T5
y
£
u
o
O
y
0
■o
r
3
X
a
0
CO
y
0
X
~r-
X
c
0
a
10
d
L.
O
-£
a-
0
-C
c
r
-c
cr
cy
0
>
£
0
y
y
H
£
£
£
if
Cy
0
X
£
0
£
3
y
c
-c
o
G
CJ
o
>
5 d
. o
c c
X
d
<
U
March, 1914.] The Food of Rana Pipiens Shreber.
259
and covered with a sticky secretion which adheres firmly to the
food seized. So rapid is the protrusion of this weapon that a
careful watch is necessary in order to see the animal feed.
The material contained in the stomachs examined can be
divided into two classes, animal and foreign. All the evidence
indicates that the presence of substances other than those of an
animal nature is merely incidental, and due to the mode and con¬
ditions of feeding.
Foreign Matter. Nothing can be more natural, since the
frog captures the greater part of its prey on the ground by means
of its tongue, than that a small amount of foreign substance
should be swept into the mouth along with the animals upon
which it feeds. In the stomachs examined, this foreign substance
LOT 11
Frog N umber
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1 1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
AmmaU
5
8
9
3
2
12
7
6
6
9
6
2
9
2
3
6
18
1 1
8
7
2
Mollusca
1
1
2
1
1
1
1 30 pod a
1
1
1
1
1
•Spi d«rs
2
2
4
1
4
2
3
2
4
4
1
1
3
4
4
1
Insects
j
5
4
2
2
8
4
3
A
6
2
2
5
1
2
3
12
6
6
4
2
Acr ididae
2
Gcrndae
1
1
1
1
3
Membrac idae
1
1
1
Cote rpt II ars
2
2
1
2
4
2
5
2
1
2
1
5
1
Coleoptera
2
3
2
1
4
2
3
4
1
1
2
1
2
1 1
2
1
1
Cara btolac
1
1
1
2
3
1
/
STapb ^Imi da<2
1
2
Rhgnc^ophor a
2
2
2
1
3
2
3
4
1
2
3
2
Beetle Larvae
3
Pormi cina
1
Bembeciolae
1
Collected Aug. 11, 1913, between 2:00 p. m. and 3:30 p. m.
consisted of vegetable and animal matter. Very little vegetable
matter was found. In four stomachs, it consisted of bits of rotten
wood, in eight stomachs, seeds of Washingtonia claytoni Britton,
in two stomachs, pieces of linden leaves (Tilia americana L.),
and in two stomachs, a little spirogyra, the latter being found
in stomachs containing aquatic insects. The mineral matter,
which consisted of pebbles and sand, composed the greater part
of the foreign material. Four small pebbles were found in four
stomachs, and about fifteen per cent of the stomachs contained
sand, three being completely filled with the latter only. Almost
invariably, in the stomach containing sand, the frog had been
feeding or preying on animals found on the ground. As the frog
swallows its prey entire and the stomach does the whole process
of trituration, it is probably that the sand aids in grinding the
animals, especially insects like beetles with hard chitinous bodies.
LOT III.
260
The Ohio Naturalist,
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
«0
CM
CM
-
-
—
t This stomach was entirely empty.
Collected Aug. 12, 1013, between 2:00 p. m. and 4:30 p. m.
0
ro
00
-
N
T
0
0
Ov
CVi
VS
CM
-
to
0
0
CO
cv
T)
-
V
-
0
to
N
04
O
CM
CM
CM
CM
-
-
VC
CM
t-
U3
CM
ro
to
O
-
-
—
&
0
O
-
-
to
—
0
-
CM
-
to
CM
00
00
—
n
CM
-
-
CM
CM
-
to
CM
—
-
CM
i0
-
CM
CM
O
CM
T
T
-
0
Gv
r~
ro
T
CM
CM
CM
CO
T
CM
CM
-
-
CM
CM
-
-
v£
L-
N
CM
CM
-
CM
LO
if)
to
-
T
T
—
—
-
n
n
to
-
CM
CM
CM
CM
z
to
-
CM
CM
-
—
O
10
CM
0
CM
-
-
C\
O
-
T
—
-
—
CM
CD
n
CM
to
CM
—
-
N
ro
to
—
CM
-
-
■o
—
-
—
in
T
—
to
-
-
—
—
'T
T
CM
CM
-
—
-
ro
IN
—
V
CM
—
-
—
cm
CM
CM
—
—
-
—
T
—
to
CM
—
—
L
cy
_Q
£
o
Z
q
0
L.
Li.
10
0
£
E
<
0
u
tn
D
"O
2
0
-0
0
Q.
0
w
cO
L
b>
d
if)
(0
4—
U
W
10
c
C*
0
"0
£
0
*0
£.
CL
V
3
13
u
0
-
J3
£
&
2
<0
”6
(0
3-
L.
-L
0
<0
i.
_0
d
i.
O
0
L
C*
■*—
Q.
C
0
0
0
0
~c
2
0
L.
0
0
0
“O
o»
r
u
Cl
0
0
0
G
~D
r
3-
—
a
0
to
0
0
-0
a
£
0
in
3
i-
u
G
i_
0
-C
a
0
-C
0
c
nr
JT
(X
cy
0
>
i-
0
-J
a
a
0
CD
0
r
u
L
£
&
0
“0
u
X
5
flj
March, 1914.] The Food of Rana Pipiens Shreber.
261
Since the greater number of stomachs contained no sand, and
since, as a rule, sand was found only in stomachs containing
ground animals, I am inclined to think that its ingestion was
merely incidental.
LOT IV
Tog N umber
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
Ani mats
2
1
1
2
1
X
4
2
3
2
2
2
3
4
Spiders
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
2
2
1
3
I n -sects
2
1
2
1
2
2
/
Acrid i olae
1
/
Membractdae
1
1
Cote rp i 1 1 or s
2
1
1
Colcoptera
1
1
1
Cicindcliolae
1
1
Rhqnchophora
1
Pom pi lidae
1
t This stomach contained sand only.
Collected Aug. 13, 1913, between 4:00 p. m. and 5:00 p. m.
LOTV.
Frog Number
1
2
3
4
3
6
7
8
9
noti ii
12
13
14
15
16
Am mods
(0
7
3
3
6
Cd
5
3
4
3
2
2
5
3
3
1
Mol lusca
2
l
Mpnapod 0
2
Spiders
3
4
2
3
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
Insects
3
3
1
2
2
G
4
4
2
3
2
4
/
3
Acr ididae-
l
1
1
Cate rpi 1 la rs
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
Diptera
1
Coleopfera
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
1
2
2
Carabidae
1
1
1
1
Cicindelidae
1
1
Rbqnchophora
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
For m i ci h a
1
l
2
Bembecidac
2
Collected Aug. 15, 1913, between 10:30 a. m. and 1:00 p. m.
Animal Matter. The frog’s food consists of mollusks,
crustaceans, myriapods, spiders, and insects; in fact any sort of
living creature is acceptable to it as both sense of taste and of smell
are apparently obtuse. In a few stomachs, a smail amount of
262
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
CNi
IT)
-
CM
CM
—
J This stomach contained sand only.
Collected Aug. 16, 1913, between 11:00 a. rn. and 2:30 p. m.
SO
(V
cm
—
-
—
to
cv
s
CM
CM
N-)
CM
n
n
CM
—
—
CM
CM
n
CM
CM
(Mi
CM
CM
CM
O
CM
M-
T
T
On
CM
CM
—
-
CO
CM
CM
—
CM
—
—
N
oa
CM
—
—
sQ
V
On
CN
On
g
n
n
—
CM
CM
St
•*— h
rO
n
n
—
CM
CM
CM
CM
—
—
—
zz
CM
CM
—
—
—
g
M-
—
n
n
—
CM
On
io
n
CM
CM
CM
CO
+-*■
o
—
—
-
MD
n
r>
LO
—
—
n
CM
—
-
—
n
—
CM
—
—
~
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
—
CM
-
—
—
1
a
J 3
£
0
2
s
cZ
<0
0
£
c
<
0
u
<0
D
c
£
X
a
w
(f)
*u
y
w
r
0
~0
^5
i.
u
fcl
0
*0
3
0
cy
O
TS
"
March, 1914.] The Food of Rana Pipiens Shreber.
263
partially digested animal matter was present that could not be
placed in its proper phylum and I will make no further reference
to it.
Acknowledgment. I wish to express here briefly, my
sincere appreciation to those who have very kindly assisted me in
the cl etermi nation, as follows: Prof. W. M. Barrows and Mr.
W. J. Kostir of Ohio State University, the spiders and the Orthop-
tera; Prof. Stephen R. Williams of Miami University, the Myria-
poda; Mr. Chas. Dury; the Rynchophora; and to Doctors Harriet
Richardson, A. K. Fisher, and J. C. Crawford of the National
Museum, Washington, D. C., the Isopoda, the Lepidopterous
larvae, and the Hymenoptera.
lot vn
F"r ojg N u mlc <2 r
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1 1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
201
A n inials
6
1
5
5
2
13
7
5
3
3
5
2
4
2
3
2
7
2
2
1
Mollusca
1
1 sopcd a
(0
2
5 pi d crs
3
2
2
3
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1 n se ct,s
2
3
10
7
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
5
1
1
G r u 1 1 i d a 0
CM
m-
CM
CM
-
-
CD
cm
vO
0
-
tr
-
OJ
Oi
-
-
-
0
CM
O
O
O
cm
to
-
CM
-
-
cm
10
-
CM
Oi
Oi
V
O.
v
ro
01
-
-
to
CM
-
-
-
-
Oi
CM
m-
CM
-
0
in
LO
CM
n
5 jo
0
Oi
Oi
Oi
-
0
Oi
Oi
-
-
to
0
to
oi
-
S'
ON
-
co
fM
L
(T5
CM
-
2
to
*
-
-
O.
CM
0
fO
-
CM
-
tO
O
0
O
w
X
-
O
to
CN
CD
CM
01
—
~
-
CC
Oi
OI
N
ro
-
Oi
-
-
-
O
>
—
O
—
10
LO
0
-
-
k
-
-
—
-
-
O
CM
V
Oi
n
0
NO
Oi
-
-
to
r\
_
-
■ ■'
n
to
Oi
-
—
V
Ct
_Q
£
Z
0*
o-
Z
1
r
c
<
3
0
0
2
0
"0
0
Q.
G
O
0
75
0
a.
a
u
T
2
*>
L
0
-o
Q.
C'?
0
*0
cy
w
t
C
a.
0
OJ
x
N
O'
0
"0
_C
0
a
75
0
•>
r
0
*0
Z
X
s_
*5
V)
i.
0
a
V
0
*0
O
0
.
&
Q_
Q
0
i.
*a
0
O'
"0
0
■v
0
~o
X
r
0
cy
r
75
15
a
v_
3
u
Oi
0
-0
TZj
-c
Q
G
S.
75
X
H
Cy
C
~D
r
"x
_r
a
0
co
cy
0
73
t
0
0
U
0
73
X
*0
L.
u
c
73
t.
*0
W
cy
0
73
X
73
C
0
a.
sK
2
2
I sopoda
3
4
8
68
85
M qriapoda
2
1
3
Spiders
5 8
42
25
18
23
2 1
23
39
249
Insects
123
87
95
1 1
40
50
48
109
563
Eptemeridae
9
9
Odonata
4
1
5
OrThopte ra
7
2
2
3
4
3
3
26
Hcmiptera
13
1 0
5
2
3
1
36
Ne uroptcrat
1
1
Lepid optera
24
30
30
3
1 1
2
14
9
123
D i pt e ra
1
I
2
1 1
15
Coleopfe ra
57
43
49
3
19
35
22
74
302
H trvenopte ra
[7
L2
1 1
1 | 6
4
5
IO
46
Orthoptera . 26
Blattidce . 3
Blatella germanica Linn . 1
Periplaneta americana Linn . 1
Ischnoptera pennsylvanica DcG . 1
Acrididce . 17
Melanoplus differentials Uhler . 2
Melanoplus femur-rubrum DeG . 12
Conocephalus (Xiphidum) sp . 3
Gryllidce . 6
Gryllus pennsylvanicus DeG . 6
March, 1914.] The Food of Rana Pipiens Shreber.
267
Hemiptera . 36
N otonectidce . 1
Notonecta undulata Say . 1
Gerridce . 20
Gerris marginatus Say . 20
Pentatomidce . 1
Cosmopela comifix Pen . 1
Membracidtz . 14
Ceresa bubal us Say . 14
Neuroptera . I
Myrmeleonidce . 1
Myrmeleon immaculatus De Geer . 1
Lepidoptera . 123
Insects of this order were found in the stomachs of seventy-
three frogs, consisting of one imago, one chrysalis, and one
hundred and twenty-one caterpillars. These larvae were
eaten indiscriminately and constitute one of the most import¬
ant foods. Such hairy caterpillars as the larvae of the Tiger-
moths and Fall Web-worms were present in several stomachs.
Frogs taken at night or in the morning contained such noc¬
turnal larvae as cutworms (Agrotinae).
Lepidopterous larvae are so easily digested that in many
stomachs they were ground up beyond specific recognition
and could not be identified beyond the family.
Pyromorpkidee . 1
Harrisina americana Guer.-Men . 1
Pyralididce, not further identifiable . 9
Geometridce, not further identifiable . 14
N otodontida? . 28
Datana ministra Drury . 16
Datana sp . 12
Noctuida . 39
Apatela sp . 5
Agrotinae (cutworms) . 11
Arsilonche albovenosa Goeze . 2
Catocala sp . 7
Plusiodonta compressipalpis Guenee . 2
Noctuidae, not further identifiable . 11
Arctiida . 28
Hyphantria cunea Drury . 1
Arctiidae (chrysalis) . 1
Arctiidae, not further identifiable . 11
Sphingidce . • . 1
Hemaris thysbe Fahr . 1
Hesperiidce . 2
Eudamus tityrus Fabr . 2
Nymphalidce . 1
Euvanessa antiopa Linn. (Adult) . 1
26S
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
Diptera . 15
Tipulidce, not further identifiable (larvae), . 1
Muse idee . 12
Chrysomyia maeellaria Fabr . 4
Musca domestiea Linn . 8
Dipterous larvae, not further identifiable . 2
Coleoptera . 302
The beetles found, belonged to fourteen different familes
and were present in the stomachs of one hundred and thirty-
five frogs, eleven being found in a single stomach. They
constitute thirty-three per cent of the whole number of animals
and fifty-four per cent of the insects.
Coleoptera Genuina . 17G
Carabidce . 89
Carabids were found in fifty-two stomachs, composing
about ten per cent of the animals. Because of their preda¬
ceous habits, these insects form a constant food for frogs.
Omophron americanum Dei . 2
Bembidium variegatum Say . 5
Callida punctata Lee . 4
Calathus gregarius Say . 5
Platynus rubripes Zimm . 3
Chlaenius sericeus Forst . 1
Chlaenius impunetifrons Say . 1
Harpalus pennsylvanieus Dei . G8
Cicindelidce . 44
Cicindela punetulata Oliv . 1G
Cicindela hirticollis Say . 5
Cicindela repanda Dej . 23
Hydrophilidce . 1
Hydrophilus triangularis Say . 1
Staphylinidce . 8
Creophilus villosus Grav . 8
Coccinellidce . 13
Hippodamia 13-punctata Linn . 4
Coccinella novemnotata Herbst . 1
Megilla maculata DeG . 8
Erotylidce . 1
Languria mozardi Lat . 1
Elateridee . 1
Alaus oculatus Say . 1
Spondylidce . 2
Parandra brunnea Fab . 2
Cerambycidee . 4
Leptosylus parvus Lee . 4
March, 1914.] The Food of Rana Pipiens Shreber.
269
Chrysomelidce . 2
Calligrapha scalaris Lee . 1
Diabrotica 12-punctata Fabr . 1
Tenebrionidce . 1
Only one of the darkling beetles was found. This has been
pronounced by Mr. Dury as being a new record for Ohio.
Paratenetus gibbipennis Mots . 1
Staphylinidce (larvae) . 4
Creophilus villosus Grav . 4
Beetle larvae, not further identifiable . 6
Rhynchophora . 126
Weevils were taken from seventy different stomachs. The
habit of these insects of dropping to the ground when dis¬
turbed gives the frog a chance to capture them.
Otiorhynchidcc . 120
Otiorhynchus oratus Linn . 120
Calandridm . 1
Sphenophorus costipennis Horn . 1
Curculionida . 5
Sitones hispidulis Linn . 5
Beetle larvae . 10
Hymenoptera . 46
Tenthredenida . 1
Cimbex americana Leach . 1
Pompilidce . 1
Priocnemis alienatus Smith . 1
I chneumonidae . 5
Compoplex sp . 1
Glypta sp . 1
Itoplectis annulipes Br . 2
Itoplectis conquisitor Say . 1
Bembecidez . 13
Microbembex fascicta Fabr . 13
V espida . 1
Halictus sparsus Robt . 1
Formicina (Hymenoptera) . 25
Componotus sp . 5
Formicina, not further identifiable . 20
TABLES. In the tables, the frogs are grouped into eight lots
as collected and are numbered in the order of dissection. Under
each frog’s number, the animals found in its stomach are placed
in their respective classes.
270
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
OHIO MOLLUSCA.
Additions and Corrections.
V. Sterki.
Since the preliminary catalogue of the Ohio Mollusca was
published*, a good deal of collecting has been done, principally
in northern Ohio, by Dr. R. C. Rush, John A. Allen, Calvin Good¬
rich, and myself. The fauna of the southern part of the State is still
very insufficiently known, outside of the vicinity of Cincinnati,
and the Ohio River, and in that, mainly the naiades. It is desir¬
able that thorough, systematic collecting be done there, and also
that at least one collection of the Ohio Mollusks be secured, as
complete as possible, before it is too late. Then, a revised cata¬
logue may be prepared.
Species and varieties added, up to the present time, are given
in the following list, and also some alterations. A number of
forms are doubtful; with more good material, their affinities may
be ascertained. Additional localities of species enumerated in
the catalogue, are noted only in a few instances.
The Naiades have been carefully studied by Dr. A. E. Ortmann,
during the last years, and their arrangement and nomenclature
have been changed considerably. These changes cannot be in¬
cluded here. Additional species and varieties of Lymnaea, and
some changes, are cited partly from Dr. Frank C. Baker’s mono¬
graph. The old generic name is retained.
Gastrodonta lasmodon, (Phillips), from Rootstown, are G. sup-
pressa Say; “G. suppressa,” from Tuscarawas Co., are of an
undescribed species, known also from Virginia.
Polygyra fastigiata (Say) : Millville, Butler Co. ! (t. Bryant
Walker).
Philomycus biseriatus Sterki: Summit Co.! (Dr. R. C. Rush),
Tuscarawas Co. (St.); distinct, or a var. of carolinensis.
(Bose.)
Bifidaria armifera similis Sterki. Kelley’s Id.! (Allen).
B. armifera affinis, Sterki: dunes at Fairport (St.); Hartwell,
Cincinnati! (Goodrich).
Vertigo pygmaea: (Draparnaud) : Hudson, woods, and abundant
in town lawns! (Rush).
V. pygmaea albidens Sterki (changed from callosa, preoc.), Colum¬
bus.
Succinea retusa magister Pilsbry. Lucas Co.! (Goodrich).
Lymnaea stagnalis appressa Say is the typical American form.
* Proc. Ohio State Acad. Sc., Vol. IV, Part S, Special Papers No. 12,
1907.
March, 1914.] Ohio Mollusca — Additions and Corrections.
271
Lymnasa columella casta Lea: Poland (type locality); Kent
(Dean, St.).
Lymnaea sterkii Baker, is a var. of parva Lea, t. Baker.
Lymnaea dalli Baker, West of Cleveland! (Allen).
Lymnaea modicella Say, is a var. of humilis, Say, not of obrassa,
t. Baker.
Lymnaea humilis rustica Lea: Poland (type locality).
Lymnaea humilis Say, typical, is not in Ohio, t. Baker.
Lymnaea obrussa Say, has to take the place of L. desdiosa, Say,
which is a var. of palustris, t. Baker.
Lymnaea elodes Say, distinct from palustris, Muller, t. Baker;
various parts of the State.
L. elodes jolietensis Baker. Poland, Mahoning Co.; Akron
(B. Walker); La Grange, Lorain Co. (B. Walker).
Lymnaea reflexa walkeri Baker. Near Cincinnati. (Lea).
Lymnaea exilis Lea, = L. zebra, Tryon, distinct from L. reflexa
Say, t. Baker; Cincinnati; Poland, Mahoning Co.; pond near
Congress Lake (Walker); Hudson (Rush).
Lymnaea kirtlandiana Lea, a distinct species, t. Baker; Portage
Co. (Dean); Garrettsville, Portage Co. (t. Hinklev, Walker).
Lymnaea lanceata Gould. Hudson! (Walker, Rush); Lucas Co.
(Goodrich.)
Planorbis trivolvis binneyi Tryon. Near Hudson, Summit Co.!
(Rush); Mantua, Portage Co. (Allen); Lucas Co. (Goodrich).
Planorbis multilineatus Vanatta, appears to be not distinct from
dilatatus, Gould.
Planorbis deflectus Say, needs revision.
Segmentina crassilabris Walker. Wood Co.! (Goodrich).
Vivapara contectoides W. G. Binncv. A specimen is said to have
been found in Sandusky Bay.
Campeloma integrum Say is a var. of decisum Say.
Ammicola letsoni Walker. Toledo! (Goodrich). — Amn. — “sp.”
is still undescribed.
Lampsilis ovata (Say) is a form, or var., of ventricosa Barnes.
Quadrula hippopoea Lea is a form of undulata Barnes, not of
plicata Say.
Quadrula schoolcraftensis Lea appears to be distinct from pustu-
losa; Tiffin Riv. (Goodrich ,St.) ; Lake Erie at Toledo (Good¬
rich); Ohio River, rare (St.).
Quadrula pustulosa kleineriana Lea is a southern form, not in
Ohio.
Sphaerium simile Say must be S. sulcatum Lamarck.
Sphaerium acuminatum Prime. Lake Erie at Toledo and Maumee
Riv.! (Goodrich).
Sphaerium ohioense Sterki. Ohio Riv. at Cincinnati (St.) ; also
in W. Va. and Ind.
272
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
Musculium jayense Prime. Big Reservior, Summit Co. (Rush
& St.); Midvale, Tuscarawas Co., rare (St.).
Musculium sphaericum Anthony. Authentic specimens are in
the T. Prime collection, Mus. Comp. Zool., and in the National
Museum. A small pond at Wooster (St.) ; pools near Geauga
Lake, and west of Lorain (Allen) .
Musculium parvum Sterki. Summit, Stark and Tuscarawas
Cos. (St.).
Musculium “sp.” = rosaceum Prime. Also: Mishler, Portage Co.
(Allen); Hudson (Rush); Turkeyfoot Lake (St.); New Phila¬
delphia (St.).
Pisidium minusculum Sterki. Navarre, Stark Co. (St.).
Pisidium regulare Prime. Cuyahoga and Geauga Cos. (Allen) ;
Lucas Co. (Goodrich); Cincinnati (Anthony collection).
Pisidium subrotundum Sterki. Hudson (Rush, St.); ditch on
Congress Lake (St.).
Pisidium tenuissimum Sterki. Turkeyfoot and Springfield Lakes
(St.), rather different from the typical Michigan form.
Pisidium trapezoideum Sterki, in the catalogue, is probably a
form of P. neglectum. (Typical trapezoideum is eastern).
Introduced Species.
Arion hortensis Ferusac. Storrs and Harrison’s nurseries,
Painesville (St.).
Stenogyra octona Chemnitz. Greenhouses at Painesville, and
Akron (St.)
Lymnaea (Radix) auricularia Linne. Toledo! (Goodrich).
Field Manual of Trees by John H. Schaffner, is a convenient
pocket manual for the study of trees at any season of the year.
It includes in its area Southern Canada and the Northern United
States to the Southern boundary of Virginia, Kentucky, and
Missouri, westward to the limits of the Prairie. It contains
among other things a key to the genera of trees in the summer
condition; a key to the genera of trees in the winter condition; a
general key to the families and genera based on the flowers; a
key to the fruits and a general classification of the wood. A
unique feature is the brief but distinctive characterization of each
genus by vegetative characters. The publishers are R. G. Adams
& Co., Columbus, Ohio. J. h. s.
March, 1914.]
Soil Bacteria.
273-
SOIL BACTERIA.
M. C. Sewell.
To one interested in the manifold works of nature, the impor¬
tant factors concerned in crop production, and the maintenance
of soil fertility, a resume of present day knowledge of soil bacteria,
may well claim attention.
Scientists have demonstrated the presence of fossilized bacteria
in the beds of ancient geological periods. We may then believe
that long ages before man himself came to this earth, their existed
microscopic forms of life, which found their food and energy in
the destruction of organic matter.
The largest numbers of bacteria are found just beneath the
first three inches of soil. From that point, with increasing depth,
the numbers diminish, until at a depth of six feet but few bacteria
exist. At the surface, bacteria are few in number because they
are destroyed by snow and dryness.
Most bacteria require organic matter as a source of food, a
certain degree of moisture, and a condition of aeration. The
factors then influencing their growth are :
The character of the soil;
Tilth of the soil;
Percentage of moisture;
The reaction of the soil.
The pathogenic bacteria in the soil are present only tem¬
porarily. They do not increase in numbers and tend at all times to
disappear, due to the lack of proper environment and the compe¬
tition of soil bacteria.
The normal soil inhabitants are those which are particularly
active with reference to nitrogen; carbon; sulphur; hydrogen; and
iron.
Reaction of Bacteria to Nitrogen of the Soil.
Plants absorb nitrogen most readily in the form of a nitrate.
To what extent they can absorb nitrogen in the form of amido-
compounds we do not know. Nitrogen compounds are unstable.
They are derived from organic sources, excepting such small
amounts as may be combined by atmospheric electrical discharges
and the larger amounts of ammonia vapor which some bacteria
take from the air.
Four-fifths of the atmosphere is composed of nitrogen, so bac¬
teria that can use this free nitrogen as it circulates with the air
in the porespaces of the soil, have an abundant source.
There are present in the soil, two classes of bacteria, which,
independently of green plants, absorb free nitrogen. They are
nonsymbiotic and are unlike the well known leguminous bacteria.
274
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
One of these classes of nitrogen-absorbing bacteria is aerobic,
requiring the presence of air in the soil. These bacteria are called
Azotobacter. They require an abundance of lime, phosphoric acid,
an optimum condition of moisture, and a soluable form of organic
matter, namely, a carbohydrate.
The other classes of nonsymbiotic bacteria which absorbs
free nitrogen, grows in the absence of oxygen, so is an aerobic.
These bacteria are called Clostridium pastorianum. They are
not as active nitrogen absorbers as the Azotobacter.
Azotobacter and Clostridium can both absorb nitrogen from
other sources than the free nitrogen of the air. That is, if nitrates
are abundant in the soil, then these bacteria will take their re¬
quired nitrogen from this source. Bacteria contain seme proteid
material, as do plants, hence nitrogen is needed by them to build
up proteid compounds.
Nature, when undisturbed in her processes, is able to main¬
tain a sufficient supply of nitrogen in the soil by means of these
absorbing bacteria. However, for man’s improved cropping
methods, the amount of nitrogen added by nature is not adequate.
Bacteria and the Decomposition of Soil Humus.
Soil humus is the decaying remains of plants which in their
life process lacking in their body substance, large amounts of
carbon, combined chiefly with oxygen, hydrogen, and nitrogen.
All of these elements have been obtained from the atmosphere.
Deposits of peat and beds of coal have likewise been formed from
the atmospheric air. By the burning of peat and coal, carbon-
dioxide is restored to the atmosphere. Other means of the restor¬
ation of carbon dioxide is the respiration of animals, of plants, and
the production of carbondioxide by bacterial action in decomposi¬
tion processes.
The organic matter in the soil furnishes food for bacteria and
the bacteria in turn furnish food for green plants. Humus may
be said to contain practically all of the combined nitrogen in the
soil. An exception being the nitrogen contained in the bodies of
free nitrogen absorbing bacteria. The term humus would include
the nitrogen derived from the decay of leguminous plants.
While chemical changes take place in the process of decay and
putrefaction, the process is biological in character. There would
be no decay in the absence of bacteria and other micro-organisms.
Carbon.
In the form of carbon dioxide, carbon is taken by plants from
the air and built into cellulose, starches, and proteins. Some of
the carbon is oxidized directly by cells of the plant and returned
to the air. Plants die and are returned to the soil or the plant
becomes food for animals. Both within the plant and the animal,
March, 1914.]
Soil Bacteria.
275
the carbon is built into fats, protein, carbohydrates, or directly
oxidized and returned to the air. The waste products are sub¬
jected to bacterial action and where the action is complete, carbon
is converted into carbondioxide again or into carbohydrates.
Bacteria are thus the agents which conserve the carbon supply.
The cellulose of woody tissue of plants is acted upon by many
organisms — namely, molds and Streptothrix, which are higher
bacteria and look like mycelial threads of mold. The nitrogen
absorbing bacteria and denitrifying organisms are also active in
cellulose decomposition. Intermediate products of the process
are organic acids and under anaerobic conditions, (absence of air)
the production of hydrogen and methane. • (CH4).
Nitrogen is present in organic remains in the form of complex
proteins. By a series of reductions, decomposing bacteria reduce
these complex proteins to the form of ammonia (NH3) and finally
to free nitrogen. The nitrogen waste in animals and birds, in the
form of urea and uric acid especially, is reduced likewise to the
form of ammonia (NH3).
Nitrifying Bacteria.
Within the soil a class of nitrifying bacteria (nitrous and
nitric bacteria) convert ammonium salts into nitrates or salts
of nitric acid. It is important that a base such as lime be present
in the soil, in order to unite with this acid form of nitrogen. These
bacteria do not require light to enable them to grew and they can ob¬
tain their nitrogen, carbon and other food elements from inorganic
salts. Plants, on the other hand, take their carbon from carbon
dioxide. Thus these forms of bacteria are absolutely independent
forms of life and may have existed before the period of higher green
plant life occured upon the surface of the earth.
The work of these bacteria is to convert nitrogen into the form
of nitrates, in which state nitrogen is assimilated by plants.
Deintrification is the reverse of nitrification. The latter is an
oxidation process by which oxygen is added by the activities of
bacteria and organic nitrogen converted into nitrates. Denitri¬
fication is, on the other hand, a reduction process whereby the
nitrate is made to part with its oxygen wholly or in part and is
changed to a nitrate, to ammonia, or to nitrogen gas. The re¬
duction to a nitrate or to ammonia does not remove nitrogen from
the soil, as it may again be oxidized to a nitrate. But once re¬
duced to free nitrogen, it is returned to the air and last to the soil
and to the crops.
The denitrifying bacteria require a certain amount of oxygen
for their growth. When oxygen is absent, they take it out of the
nitrate (N03). Thus denitrification is favored by an exclusion of
276
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
air. This explains the reduction of nitrate in water-logged surface
soil and the tendency to denitrification in heavy compact soils as
compared with the more open sandy loams.
Drainage, liming, and thorough tillage, greatly lessen the
danger from denitrification by improving the circulation of air in
the soil.
The Symbiotic Root Tubercle Nitrogen
Fixing Bacteria.
Much has been written regarding the relation of legumes to
the tubercle forming bacteria that grow upon their roots. But
because of their importance to a permanent system of agriculture,
it is well to call attention to them in this short review of the soil
bacteria.
These root tubercle bacteria (Bacillus radiciola) are parasites.
They require carbohydrate material and are unable to manufacture
it from the elements of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen; conse¬
quently they derive it by growing upon the roots of leguminous
plants. The agricultural plants included under the term legumes
are: alfalfa or lucerne; clover; melilotus or sweet clover; peas;
beans; and vetches.
The bacteria can enter the roots of legumes when the latter
are in a weakened condition, such a state resulting when the
nitrogen supply of the soil is deficient. In a weakened state,
they have slight power of resistence, and the nodule bacteria,
seeking carbohydrate material, gain enterance to the root through
the tip of the root hairs. The bacteria may possibly secrete an
enzyme which dissolves the substance of the tip of the root.
After they have entered the root, the bacteria cause excessive
reproduction of the plant tissue about it, which results in the
formation of the tubercles. The bacteria are not found in all
parts of the plants, but are confined to the nodules and rootlets.
The presence of bacteria upon seeds results from the contam¬
ination of the seed with soil.
The symbiotic bacteria, developing in the nodules, absorb
nitrogen from the air circulating in the porespaces of the soil.
The nitrogen absorbed by these bacteria becomes immediately
available to the plant. Soil fertility, however, is only increased
when these plants become dead and have passed through the
cycle of decomposition (humus, ammonia, nitrous salts, nitric
salts) .
Although past attempts to develop these bacteria to grow upon
non leguminous plants have been unsuccessful, it may yet be
possible to do so.
March, 1914.]
Soil Bacteria.
277
Action of Bacteria upon Potash and Other Minerals.
As a result of various bacterial activities, there is a production
of carbon dioxide (C02) which, on being absorbed by soil water,
forms a weak carbonic acid solution; it thus increases the solvent
action of water, and in this manner aids in rendering plant food
in an available form. Silicates of potash, unavailable to plants,
may be decomposed by carbonated water and in the presence of
lime the potassium silicate may be converted into potassium
carbonate, a form of potash that is available to the plant.
Another action of bacteria in dissolving mineral within the
soil is by their production of organic acids in decomposing humus.
The bacteria acting upon iron are not true bacteria, but be¬
long to a higher thread like form. They deposit in the sheaths of
their cells quantities of ferrous hydroxide or ferrous oxide. They
grow in water charged with iron carbonate and are known to
develop to such an extent in water pipes as to clog them with
ferrous hydroxide.
When decomposition of animal and vegetable remains goes
on under anoerobic conditions, iron occurs as the sulphide when
under aerobic conditions, it occurs as ferrous carbonate.
It is doubtful whether these organisms are essential in main¬
taining a circulation of iron in the soil.
Action of Bacteria in Relation to Sulphur.
Usually sulphates are present in sufficient amounts within the
soil. They are taken by plants and converted into protein ma¬
terial. Plants either die and decompose or are eaten by animals.
In the former case, as a result of bacterial decomposition of pro-
teids, hydrogen sulphide is produced. A group of sulphur oxidiz¬
ing bacteria (Beggiatoa), which are thread like, oxidizes the
hydrogen sulphide (H2S) to furnish energy, and store up sulphur
in its cells. When the hydrogen sulphide becomes diminished,
these bacteria oxidize the sulphur, which then becomes sulphur
dioxide (S02). They do this without the aid of light or any
pigment. Another colorless group of sulphur bacteria is Thiotrix.
Other forms of sulphur bacteria are red pigmented, the red
pigment being analogous to the action of chlorophyll in plants.
These bacteria require light for growth. They occur abundantly
in sea water near the shore. The red color occasioned by the de¬
velopment of bacteria has given the Red Sea its name.
There probably are certain bacteria that act upon phosphorous.
In the decomposition of proteid material (of which phosphorous
is a component) there are two end products, under anaerobic
conditions the end product is phosphein (H3P) ; under aerobic
conditions the end product is phosphoric acid (P,05).
278
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
Generally the practises of modern agriculture are advantageous
to the development of bacteria within the soil.
The amount of moisture in the soil and the degree of aeration
are controlled by the mechanical operations of plowing, discing,
harrowing, and rolling. The resulting condition of moisture and
aeration affects the rate of increase of the soil bacteria.
The application of manures and fertilizers and the turning
under of green manures produce changes in the soluble salts as
well as modifying the conditions of moisture and aeration. Barn¬
yard manure contains bacteria to the extent of one-third of its
* dry weight. Though a large percentage of bacteria in foeces are
dead, the application of several tons of barnyard manure per acre
to soils, introduces many millions of bacteria.
Applications of lime affect the rate of development of bacteria
by the neutralization of acid conditions and improvement of
texture cf heavy soils.
The same amounts and proportions of plant nutrients are not
taken by different crops. As this causes difference in composition
of the soil, there occurs an unequal change in the number and
character of the bacteria. A rotation of crops that includes a
legume is advantageous to the proper maintenance of an available
store of plant food constitutents and the economical use of the soil
humus.
Ohio State University.
Plant Life and Plant Uses by John G. Coulter, published by
the American Book Company, represents a new type of elementary
botany for the high school. It is a very interesting book and its
method if intelligently followed will go far to place elementary
botany on a firm basis in the high school curriculum. The
author has presented a book that corresponds to the capacity of
high school children. Too often college professors who have
written high school texts have lost sight of the fact that they were
addressing immature minds that needed direction and a sympa¬
thetic attitude rather than the dry facts and abstractions cf a
science suitable for the mature college student or graduate. This
book followed by a course in elementary agronomy should make
an ideal course in what some are now pleased to call “agriculture. ”
If the new “elementary agriculture” now being exploited is to be
taught without a basis of knowledge of plants it will accomplish
little of value. But even an elementary knowledge of agriculture
based on an elementary knowledge of plants should give us a far
better practice on the farm, and in the garden than we have had
in the past. In city schools the course outlined in the book
might well be followed by special courses on trees, gardening and
household and food plants in which all city people should have
an interest. J- H. s.
March, 1914.]
Meeting of Biological Club.
279
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, November 3, 1913.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. Stover,
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and corrected.
The following persons were elected to membership: Lawrence W.
Durrell, Gustav A. Meckstroth, Carl J. Drake, Frank H. Lathrop.
In the absence of a report from the nominating committee it
was moved and seconded that the nominations for the officers for
the ensuing year be made from the floor. Those nominated were:
W. J. Kostir, for president, Clara G. Mark for vice-president and
Blanche McAvoy for secretary.
The Secretary was instructed to cast a vote for these persons.
Air. Kostir took the chair and introduced the speaker, Air.
Stover, who gave the presidential address on the Present Aspects
Phytopathology.
The meeting adjourned at 9:10.
Blanche W. AIcAvoy, Secretary.
Orton Hall, December 8, 1913.
The meeting was called to order promptly at seven-thirty by
Mr. Kostir. The meeting was well attended, there being a few
more than one hundred present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and approved.
Benj. H. Repp, Dan G. Tear, and Alary Blanche Howe were
elected to membership.
Prof, Griggs had the first paper of the evening, It was a
record of his trip to Alaska and was entitled “The eruption of
Katmi, an Alaskan Volcano, and its Effect on the Vegetation.”
Katmi is on the peninsula and erupped on June 6, 1912. So far
as is known there were no warning eruptions. The noise was
heard 750 miles and the steam from the volcano was seen for 100
miles. At Ivodiac which is 100 miles away the ashes fell to the
depth of one foot and the darkness lasted for sixty hours. There
was approximately 4.9 cubic miles of material thrown up. Great
quantities of pumice were floating on the water. Soon after the
eruption it rained and the lava became mud which washed down
off the mountains and hills and filled up the valleys and covered
the houses. To illustrate the effect of all this on the vegetation
he showed pictures of places, that he had taken similar to
the region around Katmi. The pictures showed great meadows
and forests and quantities of flowers. The pictures taken around
280
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 5,
Katmi showed devastation every where. The eruption occured
just after the leaves on the trees had opened. As the result the
growth for 1912 and the leaf buds that would have opened in 1913
were killed so the trees looked dead altho the wood was not injured
and probably in another year many of the trees will put out leaves
and go on growing. Equisetum seemed to be the plant that came
up first thru the lava. The Indians thought that it had been
thrown up by the volcano.
Prof. Barrows showed a number of guinea pigs. The agoute
type is black haired, tipped with red. If the agoute is absent
black results. He has had trouble in getting pure black. Among
others he showed a silver agoute. If the chocolate is absent in
the color coat red results and if red is absent yellow results. If
yellow is modified cream results. He had a tricolor in which the
inheritance is hard to work out. The other color coats are strictly
Mendelian but the spots are seemingly not.
Mr. Meckstroth reviewed two papers on plant variation from
the New York Botanical Garden. One was on the leaf variation
in hybrid violets and the other a bud variation of the white mar¬
gined Pelargonium. He had a number of slides to illustrate his
review. The cross in the violets was made between the bird-foot
and several entire leafed species. The result was intermediate.
Observations were made of a wheel bug sent to Prof. Osborn
and new for the state. The report of wild pigeons found in Mich¬
igan was spoken of and criticized. Prof. Alfred R. Wallace’s
death was noted. A Zamia that is in bloom in the green house
was mentioned. L. W. Durrell told of his new stippeling machine
and said that he would demonstrate it after the meeting.
The meeting was then adjourned.
Blanche McAvoy, Secretary.
Date of Publication, March 23, 1914.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS. OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 E^ast Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING, r" PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “Ohio Naturalist.'
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Biblical Literature,
Botany, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering,
Dairying, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Home Economics, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Manual Training, Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical
Engineering, Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metal¬
lurgy, Mineralogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education,
Physics, Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Session, which
offers work in many departments.
Address University Editor for a bulletin describing the
session, or any of the Colleges.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W.. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the '* Ohio Naturalist.1
VOLUME XIV.
APRIL,
1914.
NUMBER 6.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History qf Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN tf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
df Iht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, mid gf THE
OHIO ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.
Ohio State University, Columbus.
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00
Single Number 15 cents.
Entered at the Po6t-Offiiee at Columbs, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist.
A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
Academy ok Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price SI .00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents'.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner.
Business Manager, . James S. Hine.
Associate Editors ,
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice' of discontinuance is received by the management. The
.Naturalist will pay for illustrations not exceeding two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of ’ Science, the Ohio
Naturai.ilt is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first thirteen volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST,
Ohio Academy ol Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
1 2. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 116. David S. Ivellicoit . . . 60 cts.
3. The Pregiacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. Tight, J. A. BowNOCKEn, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowke . 50 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
5. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hine . . . v . 50 cts.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. 96. Thomas A. Bonser . 50 cts.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 66. James G. Sanders . 50 cts.
v 9. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. Max Morse . . . , . 50 cts.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred
J. Tyler . 35 cts.
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity, F. L. Landacre . 60 cts. 1
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 54. Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaffner . '....75 cts.
16. The Pteridophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schaffner . . . ..; . 50 cts.
17. Fauna of the JYlarvillc Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Morse....... . 60 cts.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . 75 cts.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Frederica Detmers . 75 cts.
>
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio i^aturalist,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
LIBRAR'
NEW YOH
BOTANIC--
Harden
Volume XIV. APRIL, 1914.
No. 6.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Melchers— A Preliminary Report on Raspberry Curl or Yellows . 281
Wells— Some Unreported Ceeidia from Connecticut . 289
Humphrey — The Honeysuckle Family in Ohio . 299
A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON RASPBERRY CURL OR
YELLOWS *
Leo E. Melchers
Raspberry curl, or “yellows,” can probably be regarded as the
most serious of raspberry diseases. This malady was first re¬
ported by Green in Minnesota (1894), and is apparently the same
trouble as mentioned by Stewart and Eustace (1902), who called
it “raspberry yellows.” The writer' believes that the original
name, raspberry leaf curl, or raspberry curl, is descriptively more
appropriate and lessens the possibilities of a misconception re¬
garding its undetermined cause.
Although this malady has been known for some years, little
work seems to have been done upon it. Green (1895), reported
raspberry leaf curl as the worst raspberry disease in the state.
Stewart and Eustace (1902), reported raspberry yellows as occur¬
ring in New York; they regarded it as distinct from raspberry cane
blight caused by Coniothyrium fuckelii Sacc., ( Leptosphaeria
coniothyrium (Fckl.) Sacc., and the description of its field char¬
acteristics show it to be entirely different. Clinton (1903, p. 35),
mentioned cane blight of raspberries, but from the symptoms
given, namely, that “the foliage of the infected cane is usually
streaked with yellow and crinkled,” he appears to have been
describing the raspberry curl disease, for the above symptoms
are not characteristic of cane blight caused by Leptosphaeria
coniothyrium (Fckl.) Sacc. Paddock (1914-5), stated that rasp¬
berry yellows attacked the Malboro in Colorado. Sackett (1910),
merely mentions raspberry yellows, without giving any descrip-
* Department of Plant Pathology, Kansas State Agricultural College,
Manhattan, Kansas.
282
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
tion of its symptoms. In a later report (1911, p. 18), he speaks
of spraying experiments in connection with “Project III Rasp¬
berry Yellows.”
He does not clearly distinguish between raspberry “yellows”
and raspberry cane blight. Interpretation of his results indi¬
cates that spraying with Bordeaux mixture controlled both
diseases — a conclusion which is not in accord with the uniter’s
experience with raspberry curl.
Fig. 1. Plants affected with raspberry curl showing the stunted growth
and bushy appearance.
Lawrence (1911), assigns various factors as a possible cause
of raspberry yellows, among them fungi, poor grainage, lack of
soil fertility etc. A “bacterial disease” of raspberries was re¬
ported by Detmers (1891) in Ohio. From the description of the
disease, the malady is undoubtedly the one under discussion.
The name “raspberry yellows” has been and is used indiscrim¬
inately to cover a multitude of symptoms. In some instances
in which people have heard that there is such a disease as “rasp¬
berry yellows,” a case definitely diagnosed as such, because a
few yellow leaves happen to be present. The true raspberry curl, or
“yellows”, has very definite, striking, characteristic symptoms
and should not be confused with unthriftiness of plants due to
cultural conditions nor to a drying or blighting of the leaves and
canes as brought about by raspberry cane blight.
April, 1914.] Report on Raspberry Curl or Yellows.
283
Occurrence of Raspberry Curl. Raspberry curl is found main¬
ly on Cuthbert, Marlboro, Golden Queen, Early King and Her¬
bert, the varieties being susceptible in the order named. Cuthbert
and Marlboro are probably the most susceptible varieties, and at
present are being discarded entirely for commercial purposes.
The disease is found occasionally in other varieties of red raspber¬
ries, but very rarely on black caps or purple kinds.
Besides occurring in Minnesota and New York, it has been
reported in Connecticut and Colorado. The writer has found
this disease in Ohio, Michigan, California, and Washington, and
it is probable that this same trouble occurs in Canada, Massachu¬
setts, Pennsylvania, and Kansas, while not improbable that it
could be found in most localities where the red raspberry is grown
extensively.
Fig 2. Current year's growth showing premature flowering.
Economic Importance. The writer has made a study of rasp¬
berry curl in Ohio, especially in Lucas and Cuyahoga counties,,
two localities which have grown raspberries extensively. In
these regions red raspberries were at one time a very important
crop. Today there is grown only one-fifth the acreage of eight
years ago. _ This falling off has been due, as far as can be ascer¬
tained, entirely to the raspberry curl disease. A number of grow¬
ers conservatively estimate an annual loss of $200 per acre due to-
this disease.
Symptoms of Raspberry Curl. Generally the disease does not.
make its appearance until the second year after planting, while
sometimes three season elapse before it becomes severe enough
to attract attention. When it once appears in a plant, it invari¬
ably reappears annually to a greater or less extent and as long as
2S4
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
Fig. 3. Showing comparative size of healthy and diseased leaves, also the
sunken vascular system and the arching uwpard of the intervenal tissues.
April, 1914.] Report on Raspberry Curl or Yellows.
285
that plant happens to live. According to some of the older
growers in Lucas county, raspberry plants twelve years old are
said to have produced this “curly foliage” annually for nine years.
One of the more striking symptoms of this disease is the
stunted or dwarfed appearance of the plant. See fig. 1, compare
with fig. 5. A withering or blighting of the canes or leaves never
occurs in the case of this disease. There are no indications of a
lack of turgescence in any of the tissues of an affected plant.
The canes are short, and when the fruiting laterals are formed
the plant has a compact, bushy appearance. The internodes
both in the canes and in the laterals are very short. We may have
Fig. 4. Mottled effect of the leaves of raspberry curl.
apparently healthy and diseased canes arising from the same
crown. Premature flowering of the current years’ growth is
not uncommon, terminal inflorescence being frequently present,
as shown in fig. 2. Diseased sprouts emerge from the soil with a
sickly, pale yellowish-green color, the leaflets being small and more
or less curled. The writer has observed such sprouts arising at a
distance of three feet from the parent crown. As these canes grow
older, the leaflets become darker green and noticeably revolutely
curled. See fig. 3.
The most striking characteristic of the diseased leaflet blade,
is the arching upward of the intervenal tissues, which cause the
vascular system to appear sunken. See fig. 3. It is this
286
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol.XIV, No. 6,
uneven expansion of tissues which brings about the rcvolutely
curled condition of the diseased foliage. During the summer
months the foliage may acquire a mottled appearance, at first a
light yellow, gradually changing to darker shades of green and
yellow and eventually transforming into a reddish-bronze hue.
See fig. 4. The severity of curl and variations and intensities of
color depend very greatly upon soil and climatic conditions. An
abundance of rain is unfavorable to the development of the above
symptoms, while hot and dry weather produce the more con¬
spicuous cases. All diseased foliage, besides being curled and mot¬
tled, is considerably smaller and never attains its natural size.
See fig. 3. In September or October it is not uncommon to find
Fig. 5. Two-year-old healthy Cuthbert raspberry plants.
considerable mottled foliage; the spots may vary from a yellowish
tinge to a bronze, in many cases not unlike mosaic disease in their
color, size, shape and location with reference to the vascular
system. See fig. 4.
The berries mature from ten days to two weeks earlier than the
normal crop. They are small, often deformed, lighter in color
than the normal berry, and when apparently ripe are bitter, later
becoming insipid. If allowed to remain on the cane until they
become “dead ripe”, they acquire a slight flavor, which is, however,
far from pleasant. In fact the berries are so small and poor in
quality that berry pickers refuse to pick at the customary price
per quart and commission men will not handle the fruit on ac¬
count of its inferior qualities.
April, 1914.] Report on Raspberry Curl or Yellows.
287
From general appearances, the root system of diseased plants
seems normal. This disease is peculiar in that we may have
diseased and healthy plants of the same or different varieties grow¬
ing side by side. This has often been observed by the writer where
Cuthbert and Early King were growing in the same row, the former
variety always being the more susceptible. It is also of interest
to note that raspberry curl may make its appearance in a plot
even though cane blight has never been known to occur among
such plants. The writer has likewise noticed that although cane
blight may be very severe in a patch of berries, a careful search did
not reveal the presence of a single case of raspberry curl.
Cause of Raspberry Curl. As yet no definite cause can be
assigned to this disease. Stewart and Eustace (1902), intimated
that it might be related to the so-called physiological diseases,
such as, peach yellows, while others are attacking this problem
with the expectation of locating a pathogen. Paddock (1904-5),
noticed that the disease was more pronounced where plants were
growing in a soil which had a high water table. This in part agrees
with the observations made by the writer, particularly where
plants were growing in a heavy soil. It was thought at one time
that insects might be contributing factors toward the production
of these curled leaves. The opinions of entomologists which the
writer has at hand, however, do not substantiate this.
The writer has made numerous attempts at isolating a causal
organism, selecting different parts of diseased tissue of various
ages, but up to the present time no organism has been obtained
which has been conclusively shown to be the cause of this disease.
Old crowns frequently contain various fungi, but their connection
■Rath the appearance and production of raspberry curl, in the writ¬
er’s opinion, is problematical. An attempt was made to corre¬
late this disease with the occurence of crown gall on raspberry
plants, but of the hundreds of plants examined, no relationship
was found to exist.
At present the writer is making a histological study of diseased
tissues. So far, he has been unable to locate bacteria or fungi in
typical specimens which have been examined. This, however, is
not to be interpreted as meaning that a pathogen does not exist
in the diseased tissues of the raspberry plant. Inability to dis¬
cover an organism up to this time may be due to various factors,
such as the size of the organism concerned or the difficulty in
properly staining and differentiating the very fine mycelia within
the host tissue. Further studies are being made along this line,
and a more detailed report will be published later.
The writer has had occasion to observe that heavy, compact
soils, lacking proper drainage, are more liable to have plants
affected with raspberry curl, than lighter soils which are ade-
288
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
quately drained and aerated. During rainy seasons we apparently
have less of this disease than during hot and dry weather. Indi¬
cations are that the soil fertility question is not directly involved.
Recommendations. In planting red raspberries, secure plants
from localities where raspberry curl does not occur. Grow varie¬
ties which do best in your locality and which seem adapted to
your soil conditions. St. Regis seems to be a promising variety
not so susceptible to this disease. Early King and Herbert are
standard varieties doing well in some localities. The former is
is the only red variety which can be economically grown in Lucas
county, Ohio, and is entirely replacing all other varieties.
Plant on a rather light or medium heavy soil which is provided
with adequate drainage. The addition of barnyard manure well
incorporated into the soil is of value in producing vigorous and
thrifty plants. Where irrigation is possible, it is highly beneficial
and is advisable, especially during adverse seasons.
Plants affected with raspberry curl are best removed and
destroyed, as they are worthless for the production of marketable
fruit. Never use disease plants for propagation purposes.
The application of fungicides is useless in controlling raspberry
curl.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Clinton, G. P. 1903. Report of the Station Botanist. Conn.
Ag. Expt. Sta. Rpt. pt. 4. pp. 354-355.
Detmers, F., 1891. Diseases of the Blackberry and Raspberry.
Ohio Expt. Sta. 4: 128-129. No. 6. Oct. 1891.
Green, S. B., 1894. Leaf Curl of Raspberrv. Minn. Sta. Ann.
Rept. 1894: 230.
— , 1895. Small Fruits, Variety Tests. Minn. Sta. bul.
45:321-325.
Lawrence, W. H., 1912. Insect Pests and Diseases of Bush
Fruits. Better Fruit Magazine, 7:18.
Melchers, L. E., 1913. Mosaic Disease of the Tomato and
Related Plants. Ohio Naturalist, 13:169. No. 8. pi. 3.
Paddock, W., 1904-5. Eighteenth Annual Report of the Colo¬
rado Agricultural Experiment Station. 1904-5:44-45.
Sackett, W. G., 1910. Thirty-second Annual Report of the
Colorado State Board of Agriculture. 1910:93.
— , 1911. Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the Colorado
Agricultural Experiment Station. 1911:18.
Stewart, F. C. and Eustace, H. J., 1902. Raspberry Cane
Blight and Raspberrv Yellows. New York Station bul.
226:362:364.
April, 1914.]
Unreported Cecidia from Connecticut.
289
SOME UNREPORTED CECIDIA FROM CONNECTICUT
B. W. Wells
Thru the winter of 1912-1913 and the summer of 1913, in pre¬
paring for some work on abnormally developed plant parts, the
writer made a collection of insect galls in the eastern highland
region of Connecticut. Most of the field work was done in the
town of Mansfield in the vicinity of Storrs and Spring Hill. The
extreme northern part of the eastern half of the state was visited
a few times as well as the southern portion bordering on Long
Island Sound. In the course of eleven months residence in the
eastern Connecticut region, 204 galls were found, 22 of which are
believed to be as yet unreported in the United States.
The object of the present paper is thus to present descriptions
and illustrations of some heretofore undescribed cecidia pro¬
duced by insects and mites in the eastern Connecticut highland
region. A bibliography of the more important literature con¬
sulted, is appended.
The writer wishes to express his appreciation of valuable
assistance rendered by Mr. Billings T. Avery of Ledvard, Conn,
who not only materially assisted in enlarging the collection of
previously described galls but found a number of the new ones
described in the present paper.
It is self evident that such a report as the present one in which
the galls only are adequately described, is an imperfect report.
Yet, a list of these newly discovered definite hypertrophies and
hyperplasies of plant parts should be set forth as a basis for future
work, in which the whole of the subject entomological as well as
botanical may be elucidated. Such a paper as the present one
may perhaps act as a stimulus to the collection of cecidia by show¬
ing the unworked condition of the field. The animal induced
pathologic structures developed on plant parts have not been col¬
lected with any degree of completeness; and no full and extended
systematic studies have been made of those collected in America.
Careful search in any locality, particularly among herbaceous
plants is bound to bring to light some little known or entirely new
cecidia.
The writer has left the matter of naming the causal organisms
to future workers, believing that specific names should be origin¬
ated by the first describer of the mite or insect concerned. The
custom on the part of some of applying a specific name to an in¬
sect or mite merely on the basis of the intimately associated gall,
is to be deplored. New names of gall producing forms should
appear only with adequate descriptions of the arthropods con¬
cerned.
290
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
The galls herein described and believed to be heretofore unre¬
ported, are arranged on the basis of the plant affected. The plant
genera are arranged alphabetically, Gray’s Manual being followed
in the matter of nomenclature.
Acer saccharum. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, not found.
A small, monothalamous, laterally flattened gall on the under¬
side of the leaf veins. 3-4 mm. dia. Semicircular in outline as
seen from the side. The vascular tissue traverses the edge of the
gall. Gall opens above by a slit which is bounded by definite
lips. No pubescence present. Green in summer, brown in dried
condition. Fig. 1.
Amelanchier canadensis. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, not found.
A small, monothalamous, smooth, cone-shaped gall, promi¬
nently curved at the tip, occurring on cither side of the leaf. On
the side opposite the gall is a short narrow slit, definitely lip-
bordered, which leads into the small chamber. In mid-summer
the galls are yellowish at the base to red or brown black at the tip.
Under lens the surface is finely striate. No pubescence. When
found they occur in great numbers on the leaves of the shad-bush,
where they are distributed heterogeneously; bearing no relation
to the venation system. Common locally. Fig. 2.
Possibly the gall described by Hagen (33) and Chadwick (22)
as “similar to a Phrygian cap, the tip rolled down; on the upper
side of the leaf, rarely below.”
Amelanchier canadensis. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, unknown.
A flattened, monothalamous, pocket gall occurring in numbers
on the underside of the leaf. 3-4 mm. long. Distal edge toothed,
rarely more than three pointed. Ivory white, smooth as tho
polished. Cavity confined to the proximal two thirds of the gall.
Wall smooth. Opens on the opposite or upper side of the leaf by
a narrow slit sunken in a depression of the blade. Galls are locally
abundant.
Undoubtedly an insect gall, whose larva; leave the cccidia by
mid-summer. The material described was collected in Aug. and
showed no inhabitants of any kind. Fig. 3.
Possibly the same as Felt’s (29) “flattened, white, pouch gall
on leaf margin, denticulate. Ceeidomyia sp.” The galls, how¬
ever, are scattered over the leaf blade.
Betula lenta. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, undetermined.
A monothalamous, closed vein gall on the principal veins of
the leaf. 5-10 mm. long, often merging into each other. Narrow,
not over mm. wide. Smooth and color of the normal vein.
Tubular cavity small. Larvae not found. Not common. Fig. 4.
April, 1914.]
Unreported Cecidiafrom Connecticut.
291
Carya ovata. Leaf Gall.
A bright red, sub-globular, monothalamous, fleshy gall on the
under side of the leaflet. At first white, later red (July 16) 3 mm.
high, 5 mm. broad. A slight papilla terminates the apex. Wall
of larval chamber white, rest of tissue reddened. Larva white.
Fig. 5.
Castanea dentata. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, an undetermined aphid.
A marked wrinkling and crumpling of the leaf particularly in
the region of the mid-vein. No definite cavities formed. Aphids
numerous, scattered in the folds of the distorted intervenal tissue.
Not common. Fig. 6.
Castanea dentata. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, Eriophyes sp.
This gall consists of a yellowish erineum developed between
the secondary veins of the leaf, chiefly on the upper side. Ex¬
hibits a shallow concavity above.
Clematis virginiana. Bud gall. Gall maker, Eriophyes sp.
A gall of the terminal leaf bud made up of the greatly hyper¬
trophied and rigid leaf petioles. These assume the form of ir¬
regular flattened scales. On each of the outermost ones the three
minutes leaflets can be readily seen borne on the summit of the
highly expanded petiole. The sub-spherical galled bud measures
about 1 cm. in dia. The irregular cavities within are nearly
filled by the dense growth of filamentous trichomes. This white
pubescence chokes up the entrance way between the outermost
scales.
This gall often develops irregularly and the enlarged semi-
woody petioles are so compactly pressed together, that its essen¬
tial morphology might be missed in a hasty examination. Fig. 7.
Evidently the same gall as one produced on C. Flammula and
described by Frank, A. B. (30).
Decodon verticillatus. Bud Gall. Gall maker, a cecidomyid insect.
A gall formed by the thickening of the two or three uppermost
minute bud leaves of the terminal or lateral buds. Galled bud
3-5 mm. long. Green. The two or three modified leaves neatly
overlap forming a well protected chamber within, which contains
a single salmon colored larva. Rather common. Fig. 8.
Dulichium arundinaceum. Stem Gall. (Rachilla.) Gall maker,
a cecidomyid insect.
A monothalamous, open, “groove” gall of the rachilla. One
or generally two intemodes involved. The normal rachilla is
grooved both sides and the gall chamber is an enlargement of the
deeper one whose edges are the membranaceous, decurrent bract
base. The galled rachilla is so prominently hypertrophied that
the affected spikelets can be picked out at a glance due to their
greater width.
292
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
Larvae bright salmon color, breast plate prominent. Evidently
mature Sept. 1 . Galls common on Dulichium in the Conn, region.
Figs. 9, 10 and 10a.
Hamamelis virginiana. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, unknown.
A monothalamous, “groove” vein gall opening on the upper
side of the leaf. Affecting principal veins. Variable in length,
1-3 cm. long. Surface minutely roughened, green, turning black
when old. Not common. Possibly the same as Felt’s (29)
“fleshy vein folds. Cecidomyia sp.” Fig. 11.
Juncus canadensis. Bud and Stem Gall. Gall maker, not
determined.
Elongated bud-like galls made up of overlapping leaves.
The branch axes are very much shortened causing the leaves to
tightly enfold one another. From four to seven of these affected
branches or galls occur together in a cluster. Average length of
gall, 4 cm. Green. Fig. 12.
A gall exactly similar to this is pictured by Connold (23) who
states that the gall is formed by the larva of Livia juncorum,
Latr. Reported from Hastings, England. Fig. 12.
Mikania scandens. Stem Gall. Gall maker, undertermined.
A large, monothalamous, fusiform gall of the stem internode.
l-2m cm. long, y2 as wide. Six longitudinal low ridges divide the
surface area into as many faces. Surface smooth, color of the
normal stem. Texture tough almost woody. Cavity large (as
wide as the wall is thick) extending the length of the gall. A
single white larva found within. Fig 13.
Muhlenbergia mexicana. Bud Gall. Gall maker, undetermined.
A lateral bud gall formed by an extreme shortening of the
axis resulting in a compact structure made up of overlapping
leaves. The leaves, tho greatly reduced in length and much
broadened still show the sheath and blade portions definitely
divided by the minute ligule. 4 cm. long, 1 cm. wide.
The larvce (Aug. 20th) just visible distributed in the spaces at
the very base of the sheaths. Fig. 14.
Myrica asplenifolium. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, Eriophyes sp.
A gall formed by the thickening and folding of the mid-vein,
with which it associated an incurling of the leaf edges. If the
entire mid-vein is affected, the whole blade is much contorted.
Reddish and smooth without. A thick, white pubescence fills
the cavity within. The trichomes are highly elongated. Not
common. Fig. 15.
April, 1914.] Unreported Cecidia from Connecticut.
293
Ostrya virginiana. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, Eriophyes sp.
A small, sub-spherical pocket gall generally on the upper
side of the leaf. 1-2 mm. dia. Red tinged, smooth. Opening
below marked by a tuft of white hairs. Few or many on leaf.
Not common. Fig. 10.
Rhus copallina. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, Eriophyes sp.
A terminal mass of dwarfed branches, bearing abortive leaves,
the leaflet margins of which are strongly inrolled. In addition
the leaflets are more or less contorted. No definite erineum present.
A gall identical to this has been collected on R. glabra.
Fig. 17 illustrates merely one of the numerous dwarf branches.
Fig. 17.
Jarvis, 39th Ann. Rept. Ent. Soc. of Out. 1908. p. 90 (35) a
similar gall on Rhus typhina.
Salix sericea. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, undetermined.
A monothalamous, elongate, irregular, tubular gall formed in
the blade of the leaf near to and paralleling the margin. The
edge of the leaf is turned, simulating the nest of a leaf roller insect.
There .is, however, a marked hyperplasia of tissue. 1-1 cm.
long. Smooth, light green above. Thin walled. The escape¬
ment pore is below at the distal end. No larvae or pupae present
Sept. 1. Fig. 18.
A similar gall is found in England on Salix viminalis caused by
Cecidomyia marginem-torquens, Wtz. See Connold, (23) British
Vegetable Galls, p. 194. 1902.
Solidago odora. Terminal Brxd Gall. Gall maker, undetermined.
A monothalamous gall probably formed by the transformation
of the growing point of the terminal bud into an olive shaped
structure, 15 mm. long, 11 mm. wide. Base enveloped by an
involucre like mass of overlapping leaves. Surface reticulately
marked. Areas brownish. The distal region surrounding the
mucronate tip, green and smooth. The single elongate flash¬
shaped cavity contains one large white larva. In long, section
the walls are observed to be composed of a compact pith, thru
which more or less prominent vascular bundles are distributed.
Not common. Fig. 19. A longitudinal median section is shown
in Fig. 19, a.
Spirea latifolia. Bud Gall. Gall maker, a cecidomyid insect.
Galled terminal and lateral buds. The leaf primordia deve-
lope into thick green scales, which overlapping form the large
larval chamber within. 7-10 mm. in length. Many larvae (pos¬
sibly inquilines) to a gall chamber. Possibly one of the following:
Fig. 20.
Jarvis, “A bud-like sessile gall in the axil of the leaf.” ‘‘Un¬
described)” 39th Ann. Rept. of the Ent. Soc. of Ont. 1908. p. 90.
Felt, (29) reports a ‘‘terminal globular bud gall, 4 mm. Hor-
momyia clarkei, Felt.”
294
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
Tilia americana. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, undetermined.
A monothalamous, fusiform hypertrophy at the base of the
petiole, 10 mm. long, 5 mm. wide. Surface and color same as
the normal petiole base. Texture tough, almost woody. Cham¬
ber, elongate, narrow, flattened lying centrally. A single white
larva present. Fig. 21.
Vitis aestivalis. Leaf Gall. Gall maker, an undetermined insect.
^ A small, monothalamous, sub-cylindric gall, extending both
sides of the leaf. Hairy on both sides with reddish brown hairs
below, lighter above. 2-3 mm. Walls rather thick. Pupa
present July. Not common. Fig 22. Plate II.
1. Ashmead, W. H. A Bibliographical and Synonomical
Catalog of N. Am. Cynipidae with descriptions of new
species. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 12: 291-304. ’85.
2. Ashmead, W. H. New Cynipidous Galls and Gall Wasps
in the U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 19:
113:136. ’96.
3. Bassett, H. F. Description of several new species of Cynips
and a new species of Diastrophus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.
Vol. 3: 679-691. ’64.
4. Bassett, H. F. Description of several supposed new species
of Cynips with remarks on the formation of certain galls.
Proc' Ent. Soc. Phil. Vol. 2; 323-333. ’63.
5. Bassett, H. F. New Cynipidae. Can. Ent. Vol. 13: *4-79,
92-113. ’81.
6. Bassett, H. F. New Species of N. Am. Cynipidae. Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 26: 310-336. ’00.
7. Bassett, H. F. New Species of N. Am. Cynipidae. Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 17: 59-92. ’90.
8. Brodie, Wm. Lepidopterous Galls collected in the vicinity
of Toronto. Can. Ent. Vol. 41: 7-8. ’09.
9. Beutenmuller, Wm. The N. Am. Species of Aulacidea
and their Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 28, art. 22:
253-258. TO.
10. Beutenmuller, Wm. The N. Am. Species of Aylax and
their Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 28, art. 11: 137-
144. TO.
11. Beutenmuller, Wm. The N. Am. Species of Diastrophus
and their Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 26, art. 11:
135-145. ’09.
12. Beutenmuller, Wm. The N. Am. Species of Neuroterus
and their Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 28, art. 10:
117-136. TO.
13. Beutenmuller, Wm. The N. Am. Species of Drvophanta
and their Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 30, art. 15:
343-369. ’ll.
April, 1914.] Unreported Cecidia from Connecticut.
295
14. Beutenmuller, Wm. The N. Am. Species of Rhodites
and their Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 23, art. 27 :
629-651. ’07.
15. Beutenmuller, Wm. The N. Am. Species of Holocaspis
and their Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 26, art. 5:
29-45. ’09.
16. Beutenmuller, Wm. The Species of Amphibolips and their
Galls. Amer. Mus. Hist. Vol. 26, art. 6; 47-66. ’09.
17. Beutenmuller, Wm. The Species of Biorhiza, Philonix
and allied genera and their Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Vol. 26, art. 18: 243-256. ’09.
18. Beutenmuller, Wm. Some N. Am. Cynipidae and their
Galls. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 26, art. 22: 277-281.
’09.
19. Beutenmuller, Wm. New Species of Gall producing
Cecidomyidee. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 23: 385-400.
’07.
20. Beutenmuller, Wm. Catalog of the Gall producing
Insects found within fifty miles of New York City with
descriptions of their Galls and of some new species. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 4: 245-278. ’92.
21. Buckhout, Wm. A. On the Gall Mites, Phytoptus.
Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 31st meeting, 1882, pp.
473-476.
22. Chadwick, Geo. H. A. Catalog of the “Phytoptid” Galls
of N. America. New York State Mus. 23rd Rep’t. of
State Ent. ’07.
23. Connold, E. T. British Vegetable Galls. Hutchinson &
Co. London, Eng. 1902.
24. Cook, Mel T. Galls and Insects producing them. Ohio
Nat. Vol. 2: 263-278, vol. 3: 419-436, vol. 4: 115-147.
25. Cook, Mel T. The Insect Galls of Indiana. 29th Ann.
Rep’t. Dep’t. Geol. and Nat. Res. Ind. 1904. pp. 801-
867.
26. Felt, E. P. Studies in the Cecidomyidse. 23rd Rep’t
State Ent. of New York, 1907, pp. 307-342.
27. Felt, E. P. New Species of Cecidomyidee. 22nd Rep’t of
the State Ent. of New York, 1906. 53 pages.
28. Felt, E. P. New Species of Cecidomyidee. 23rd Rep’t
of the State Ent. of New York, 1907. 23 pages.
r 29. Felt, E. P. Hosts and Galls of American Midges. Jour.
Econ. Ent. Vol. 4: 451-475, 1911.
30. Frank, A. Die Kranlcheiten der Plfanzen. Die durch
tierische Feinde hervorgerufenen Krankheiten, dritter Band.
Breslau, ’96.
31. Gar man, H. Amer. Phytoptocecidii. Psyche, Vol. 6'
241-246. ’92.
296
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
32. Garman, H. The Phytoptus and other injurious Plant
Mites. Trans. Dep’t Agr. Ill. n. s. Vol. 12: 123-143, ’82.
33. Hagen, H. A. The collection of Phytoptocccidia or mite
galls in the Cambridge museum. Can. Ent. Vol. 17 : 21-29.
’85.
34. Hunter, W. D. The Aphich'cke of N. America. Iowa Agr.
Coll. Ex. Sta. Bull. GO, 1901.
35. Jarvis, T. D. A Catalog of the Gall Insects of Ontario.
39th Ann. Rep’t Ent. Soc. Ont. pp. 70-98. ’08.
36. Siiimer, H. A summer’s study of the Hickory Galls with
descriptions of supposed new insects bred therefrom.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 2: 386-398, ’69.
37. Stebbins, Fannie A. Insect Galls of Springfield, Mass.
and vicinity. Bull. 2 Springfield, Mass. Mus. 1910.
38. Walsh, B. D. On the insects, coleopterous, hymenopterous
and dipterous inhabiting the galls of certain species of
willow. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. Vol. 3: 543-644, vol. 6:
223-288. ’64-’67.
39. Walsh, B. D. On Genera of Aphidae found in the U. S.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. Vol. 1: 294-311. ’62.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE XII.
Fig. 1. Acer saccharum. Vein gall. x4.
Fig. 2. Amelanchier canadensis. Leaf with galls, xl. Single gall. x5.
Fig. 3. Amelcanchier canadensis. Leaf with galls, xl. Single gall in
section slightly enlarged.
Fig. 4. Betula lenta. Vein gall, x%.
Fig. 5. Carya ovata. Leaf gall. x%.
Fig. 6. Castanea dentata. Aphid ieaf gall. xpb
Fig. 7. Clematis virginiana. Bud gall. xl.
Fig. 8. Decodon verticillatus. Bud gall. xl.
Fig. 9. Dulichium arundinaceum. Opened spikelet showing galled
rachilla.
Fig. 10. Dulichium arundinaceum. Normal spikelet.
Fig. 10a. Dulichium arundinaceum. Galled spikelet. See Fig. 9.
Fig. 13. Mikania scandens. Stem gall. xl.
Fig. 15. Myrica asplenifolium. Mite leaf gall. xj£.
Fig. 18. Salix sericea. Leaf gall. xj^.
PLATE XIII.
Fig. 11. Hamamelis virginiana. Leaf with vein galls. xJJ-
Fig. 11a. Hamamelis virginiana Vein gall from upper side. x%.
Fig. 12. Juncus canadensis. Bud and stem galls. xb£.
Fig. 14. Muhlenbergia mexicana. Bud and stem gall. xj£.
Fig. 16. Ostrya virginiana. Leaf with galls, xp
Fig. 17. Rhus copallina. Galled leaflets, xl.
Fig. 19. Solidago odora. Terminal bud gall. xJJ-
Fig. 19a. Solidago odora. Long. med. section of 19. xpC
Fig. 20. Spirea latifolia. Bud gall. x§.
Fig. 21. Tilia americana. Petiole gall. x|.
Fig. 22. Vitis aestivalis. Leaf gall. xl.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XII.
Wells on “ Cecidia.”
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XIII.
Wells on “Cecidia."
April, 1914.]
The Honeysuckle Family in Ohio.
299
THE HONEYSUCKLE FAMILY IN OHIO.
Lillian E. Humphrey.
Caprifoliaceae. Honeysuckle Family.
Shrubs, trees, or perennial herbs with opposite leaves, with or
without stipules; flowers axillary or terminal, sympetalous, usually
pentamerous except the gynecium, epigynous, actinomorphic or
zygomorphic, often 2-lipped, stamens united with the corolla,
alternating with its lobes; ovulary 1-6-locular; styles slender,
ovules anatropous; fruit a berry, drupe ,or capsule; seeds oblong,
globose, or angular; embryo rather small situated near the hilum;
endosperm fleshy.
Synopsis.
I. Style deeply 5-2-lobed; corolla rotate.
1. Ovulary 5-3-locular; drupe 5-3-seeded; leaves pinnate. Sambucus.
2. Ovulary 3-1-locular; drupe 1-seeded; leaves simple. Viburnum.
II. Style single, slender; corolla more or less tubular.
1. Stigma 5-3-lobed; ovulary 5-3-locular, ovules one in each cavity.
Triosteum.
2. Stigma capitate or nearly so; ovulary 3-2-locular, ovules several
to many in each cavity, or at least several in some cavities.
a. Fruit a berry.
(a) . Ovulary with four cavities; corolla campanulate.
Symphoricarpos .
(b) . Ovulary with 3-2 cavities; corolla short or long tubular.
(1) . Stamens 5; fruit fleshy. Lonicera.
(2) . Stamens 4; fruit dry. Linncea.
b. Fruit a capsule. Diervilla.
Key to the Genera.
1. Leaves simple. 2.
1. Leaves compound, pinnate. Sambucus.
2. Woody shrubs or vines. 3.
2. Herbs with sessile axillary flowers; leaves connate or sessile, glandular,
pubescent, perennial. Triosteum.
2. Trailing somewhat woody plants with evergreen leaves; flowers on long
peduncles, geminate; fruit tri-locular but one-seeded. Linncea.
3. Flowers with rotate corolla; inflorescence cymose. Viburnum.
3. Flowers with tubular to campanulate corollas; inflorescence a terminal
spike or in axillary clusters. 4.
4. Leaves entire or nearly so. 5.
4. Leaves serrate, long-acuminate; ovulary elongated; stems ridged lat¬
erally; corolla funnelformed, calyx tube long, slender. Diervilla.
5. Corolla almost actinomorphic, short, more or less campanulate; leaves
normally entirepfruit a 4-locular 2-seeded berry. Symphoricarpos.
5. Corolla zygomorphic, 2-lipped, tubular; fruit a several seeded berry
Lonicera.
300
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
Sambucus L. Elderberry.
Shrubs or small trees with opposite pinnate leaves often with
stipules and stiples; leaflets serrate, acuminate; flowers white or
pinkish-white, actinomorphic, bisporangiate ; trimerous to pen-
tamerous, corolla rotate or campanulate; calyx tube ovoid or
turbinate; stamens five united with the base of the corolla, fila¬
ments slender, anthers long; inflorescence a compound or depressed
cyme; ovulary tri-locular to quinquc-locular; ovules one in each
cavity, pendulous; fruit a bcrrv-like drupe containing 3 to 5 onc-
seeded nutlets; embryo long.
Key to the Species.
1. Leaflets glabrous above, sometimes pubescent beneath, 5 to 11, ovate
or oval; pith large, white; cyme convex. 5. canadensis .
1. Leaflets and twigs commonly pubescent, 5 to 7; pith in the young
branches a reddish brown; inflorescence a compact panniculate cyme.
5. racemosa.
1. Sambucus canadensis L. Common Elderberry. A shrub
2 to 13 feet high; stem often but slightly woody, containing a
large soft white pith when young; leaflets 5 to 11; ovate to obovate,
acuminate or acute, short petioled, glabrous above more or less
pubescent along the mid-rib beneath, 2 to 5 inches long, f to 2
inches broad, serrate; cymes broad, flat convex; flowers white
to { inches broad; drupe | inch in diameter, purplish black;
nutlets roughened. In moist soil. General.
2. Sambucus racemosa L. Red Elderberry. A shrub 2 to
1 3 feet high ; twigs and leaves more or less pubescent ; stems woody
with a reddish brown pith; leaflets 5 to 7; ovate to oblanceolate,
acuminate, inequalateral, lj to 5 inches long, \ to 1^ inches broad,
sharply serrate; cymes elongated, flowers white turning brown;
drupe red, f to \ inch in diameter; nutlets slightly roughened. In
rocky places. General.
Viburnum L.
Shrub or trees with entire or lobed simple, sometimes stipulate
leaves; flowers white or sometimes slightly pink, actinomorphic;
corolla rotate or campanulate; calyx tube ovoid or turbinate;
stamens five, anthers long exserted; inflorescence a compound
cyme; outer flowers sometimes radiant and sterile; ovulary 1-3
-locular; style short; three cleft; fruit an ovoid drupe, sometimes
flattened, one seeded; seed compressed; embryo minute.
Key to the Species.
1. Leaves palmately veined, 3-lobed, the two lateral veins prominent. 2.
1. Leaves pinnatcly veined, not 3-lobed, lateral veins 5-11. 3.
2. Leaves glabrous above, pubescent along the veins beneath; outer flowers
of the cyme enlarged and flat. V. opulus.
2. Leaves more or less pubescent on both sides; cymes not radiant.
V. acerifoliutn.
April, 1914.] The Honeysuckle Family in Ohio.
301
3. Outer flowers of the cyme large and flat. V. alnifolium.
3. Outer flowers not enlarged. 4.
4. Leaves coarsely dentate. 0.
4. Leaves serrate or denticulate. 7.
5. Leaves sessile or the petioles not exceeding }4 inch; oval to ovate,
acuminate, pubescent; stipules long, slender, prominent.
V. pubescens.
5. Leaves with petioles 14 to \lA inches long, broadly oval, obtuse to long
acute. G.
6. Leaves pubescent beneath, more or less stellate; cyme pubescent.
V. scabrellum.
6. Leaves glabrous beneath sometimes with tufts of hair in the axils; cyme
glabrous or nearly so. V. dentatum.
7. Leaves very pubescent, denticulate, cyme stalked. V. lantana.
7. Leaves glabrous or nearly so, serrate or crenulate. 8.
8. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, usually crenulate; petioles rather stout;
peduncles about the length of the cyme or shorter. V. cassinoides.
8. Leaves ovate or broadly oval, margin serrate; petioles slender; cyme
sessile or nearly so. 9.
9. Leaves long-acuminate; petioles often wavy margined. V. lentago.
9. Leaves obtuse or sometimes acute, oval; petioles rarely margined.
V. prunifolium.
1 . Viburnum pubescens (Ait) Prash. Downy Arrow-wood.
A shrub 18 to 46 feet high with straight gray branches; leaves
ovate or obovate, acute or acuminate, rounded or somewhat
cordate at the base, sessile or short petioled, margin dentate,
upper surface sparsely pubescent, under surface velvety pubescent,
If to 2f inches long, f to If inches broad; cyme peduncled, If to
2f inches broad, all flowers bisporangiate; fruit an oval drupe
about 2f inches long; stone somewhat 2-grooved on both sides. In
rocky woods. Lorain, Erie, Wyandot, Auglaize, Wilhams.
2. Viburnum dentatum L. Toothed Arrow-wood. A shrub
about 15 feet high with glabrous branches; leaves If to 4 f inches
long, 1 to 3 inches wide, ovate to bread ovate or orbicular, base
rounded or somewhat cordate, acute or short acuminate, petioles
f to If inches long, veins prominent, margin coarsely dentate,
both surfaces glabrous except a slight pubescence in the axils on
the under surface; cymes with long peduncles, 2 to 3 inches broad.
In moist soil. Ashtabula, Geauga, Lorain, Summit, Stark,
Wayne, Ashland, Tuscarawas.
3. Viburnum scabrellum (T & G) Chapm. Roughleaf
Arrow-wood. A shrub with more or less densely tomentose
twigs; leaves If to 5 inches long; f to 3f inches broad, usually
tomentose on both sides, crcnate or dentate; petioles short and
stout; fruit an ovoid, globose, blue drupe. Along river banks
and in moist woods. Adams, Brown, Hocking, Madison.
4. Viburnum cassinoides L. Withe-rod. A shrub 2 to 12
feet high with ascending branches, more or less gray, often scurfy
or glabrate; leaves ovate to obovate, thick, base often narrowed
but sometimes rounded, apex acute, margin crenulate, £ to 3f
302
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
inches long, ^ to If inches wide, both surfaces glabrous or nearly
so; penduncle shorter or somewhat shorter than the cyme; fruit a
pink drupe which turns dark blue, globose to ovoid, f to b inch
long; stone rounded or oval flattened. In swamps and moist
places. Ashtabula, Cuyahoga, Geauga, Lorain, Summit, Hocking.
5. Viburnum lentago L. Sheepberry. A shrub or small
tree; leaves lanceolate to oblanceolate and oval, acuminate,
rounded at the base, sharply serrulate, glabrous or only slightly
pubescent beneath, 2 to 4 inches long, \ to 2 inches wide; petioles
widened often with a wavy margin; cyme several -rayed, 2 to 5
inches broad; fruit an oval bluish-black drupe with a bloom,
\ to f inches long, stone flattened, circular or oval. In rich fields
and woods. Rather general.
6. Viburnum prunifolium L. Black Haw. A shrub or small
tree with reddish-brown pubescence, rather small flattened winter
buds; leaves ovate to broad obovate, obtuse to somewhat acute,
finely serrulate, usually glabrous, f to 3f inches long, \ to 2 inches
wide; petioles usually not margined; cyme several-rayed, 2 to 4
inches broad; fruit a bluish-black glaucous drupe, f to f inches
long; stone flattened on one side, somewhat convex on the other,
ovoid. In dry field and along roadsides. General.
7. Viburnum lantana L. Wayfaring-tree. A shrub about
12 feet high; branches densely stellate pubescent; leaves 1^ to 3|
inches long, f to 2 inches wide, ovate, serrulate, upper surface
dark green, glabrous or only slightly pubescent, lower surface
lighter, more or less stellate pubescent beneath, base subcordate;
petioles short and stout; cyme short peduncled, many flowered.
Escaped in Lake County.
8. Viburnum acerifolium L. Mapleleaf Arrow-wood. A
shrub 3 to G feet high with smooth gray branches and pubescent
twigs; leaves ovate, deeply 3-lobed, 2| to 4§ inches long, 2f to 4
inches wide, lobes acute or acuminate, orbicular, base cordate or
somewhat truncate, both sides pubescent when young later
becoming glabra te, coarsely dentate; petioles \ to 1§ inches long,
pubescent; cymes with long peduncles, 1| to 3 inches broad;
flowers all bisporangiate, | to f inch broad; fruit an oval nearly
black drupe about l inch long; stone lenticular, slightly two-
ridged on one side, two-grooved on the other side. In dry woods.
General.
9. Viburnum opulus L. Cranberry-tree. A shrub some¬
times reaching 12 feet in height; branches smooth; leaves broadly
ovate, glabrous above, more or less pubescent along the veins
beneath, deeply three-lobed, 2\ to 3f inches long, l£ to 3| inches
wide, the lobes acuminate, base truncate or cordate, 3-ribbed;
margin coarsely dentate; petioles \ to 2\ inches long; cyme with
sterile outer flowers, large, radiant, peduncled, 3 h to 4 inches
April, 1914.] The Honeysuckle Family in Ohio.
303
broad; fruit a red globose or oval drupe f to f inch in diameter,
very acid, translucent; stone not grooved, flat, orbicular. Low
fields and woods. Lake, Geauga, Champaign.
10. Viburnum alnifolium Marsh. Hobblebush. A shrub
with smooth purplish bark, branches often procumbent, irregular
and wide spreading; young twigs often scurfy; leaves orbicular or
very broadly ovate, apex short acuminate or acute, base usually
cordate, upper surface usually becoming glabrous, lower covered
with a stellate pubescence especially along the veins, margin
finely serrate, If to 2f inches broad, If to 3 inches long, petioles
f to If inches long; cymes sessile, 3f to of inches broad, outer
flowers large usually about one inch in diameter; fruit a red drupe,
becoming purple, oblong, f to If inches long; stone three-grooved
on one side, one-grooved on the other. In low woods. Ashtabula
and Lake Counties.
Symphoricarpos [Dill.] Ludw.
Shrubs with opposite branches; leaves mostly entire, simple,
short petioled, flowers mostly white or pink, bisporangiate,
usually somewhat zygomorphic, tetracyclic or pentacyclic; corolla
campanulate or salverform, often somewhat lipped, and gibbous at
the base; calyx nearly globular; stamens as many as the corolla
lobes; inflorescence axillary or in terminal clusters; ovulary
4-locular, two cavities containing vestigial ovules, the other two
each containing a single suspended ovule; style slender; fruit a
2-seeded berry; seeds oblong with a small embryo.
Key to the Species.
1. Leaves usually glabrous, sometimes slightly pubescent beneath; flowers
in few-flowered axillary and terminal clusters; style glabrous; berries
snow white. S. racemosus.
1. Leaves glabrous above, usually soft pubescent beneath; flowers in dense
axillary clusters; style bearded; berries purplish red.
5. symphoricarpos.
1. Symphoricarpos racemosus Mx. Snowberrv. An erect
almost glabrous shrub; leaves oval, obtuse at both ends, glabrous
above, sometimes slightly pubescent beneath, f to If inches long,
f to If inches wide, margin entire, wavy, or slightly dentate when
young; petioles \ inch long; flower clusters terminal and axillary,
the terminal one irregularly spicate; corolla campanulate, base
gibbous, bearded within, style glabrous; fruit a white globose
berry abcut f to f inch in diameter. In waste places and along
river banks. Rather general.
2. Symphoricarpos symphoricarpos (L.) MacM. Coral-berry.
A shrub 1 to 5 feet in height with purplish usually pubescent
twigs; leaves oval to ovate, entire or undulate, glabrous above,
usually soft pubescent beneath, f to If inches long, f to 1 inch
3°4
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6.
wide; petioles § to \ inch long; flower cluster dense, many flowered
becoming spicate; corolla campanulate, pink, somewhat pubescent
within, about j inch in length; stamens included; fruit a pur¬
plish-red globose berry § to \ inch in diameter. In rocky fields
and along river banks. General.
Lonicera L. Honeysuckle.
Erect shrubs or woody climbing vines with oval or ovate,
usually entire leaves; flowers often in pairs, spicate, or clustered,
bisporangiate, pentamerous, usually zygomorphic; corolla com¬
monly gibbous at the base, somewhat 2-lipped; ovularv 2-3-locu-
lar, sometimes 1 -locular; ovules many, pendulous; style slender,
stigma sometimes capitate; fruit a fleshy berry; embryo terete.
Key to the Species.
1. All the leaves distinct, flowers in pairs on axillary peduncles. 2.
1. Upper leaves connate-perfoliate, flowers in heads or interrupted spikes. 6
2. Shrubs, not twining; cluster small with small, linear to subulate bracts;
flowers small, f to f inch long. 3.
2. Twining vines; flowers large, lj to If inches long, white or pink fading
to yellow. L. japonica.
3. Corolla almost actinomorphic; twigs glabrous; leaves green on both
sides. 4.
3. Corolla zygomorphic, more or less 2-lipped; twigs pubescent when young,
sometimes becoming glabrous when mature; leaves pale green, lighter
beneath than above. 5.
4. Leaves not ciliate; bracts linear; corolla with wide spreading lobes about
as long as the tube, white to rose colored. L. tarlarica.
4. Leaves strongly ciliate; bracts small subulate; corolla lobes shorter
than the tube, greenish yellow. L. canadensis .
5. Leaves glabrous or nearly so when mature, not ciliate; peduncles l to lj
inches long, slender. L. oblongifolia.
5. Leaves persistantly pubescent beneath, ciliate; peduncles j to 5 inch
long. L. xylosteum.
G. Corolla tubular, nearly regular, glabrous; leaves dark green above,
slightly glaucous beneath; stamens and style little exserted.
L. sempervirens.
6. Corolla 2-lipped; upper lip consisting of four lobes. 7.
7. Corolla glabrous within; terminal cluster sessile. L. caprifolium.
7. Corolla pubescent within; flower cluster more or less stalked. 8.
8. Leaves pubescent on both sides, very strongly so beneath, only slightly
glaucous. L. hirsuta.
8. Leaves glabrous on both sides or only slightly pubescent beneath; very
glaucous. 9.
9. Leaves glabrous above but pubescent beneath especially along the
veins; corolla strongly gibbous at the base. L. glaucescens.
9. Leaves glabrous on both sides; corolla tube somewhat gibbous. 10.
10. Corolla tube not much exceeding ; inch in length; uppermost leaf-
disks oblong. L. dioica.
10. Corolla tube usually 5 inch long; uppermost leaf-disks orbicular.
L. sullivantii.
April, 1914.] The Honeysuckle Family in Ohio.
305
1. Lonicera canadensis Marsh. American Fly Honeysuckle.
A shrub 3 to 5 feet high with glabrous twigs; leaves ovate to ob-
ovate, acute, base rounded or somewhat cordate, upper surface
glabrous, under surface soft pubescent when young becoming
glabrous when mature, l\ to 3| inches long, 1| to 2 inches wide,
margins ciliate; petioles slender, \ tc f inch long, flowers in axillary
pairs, yellowish green, about f inch long, with small subulate
bracts, actinomorphic ; corolla lcbes short; fruit a scarlet ovoid
berrv about J inch thick. In moist shaddy places. Lake,
Summit, Cuyahoga, Lorain.
2. Lonicera oblongifolia (Goldie) Hook. Swamp Fly Honey¬
suckle. A shrub with grayish branches; leaves ovate, acute,
sometimes rounded, nearly glabrous when mature, downy pube¬
scent when young, margin ciliate; flowers in pairs, axillary, yellow
with purple tints within, J to f inches long, gibbous at the base,
zygomorphic, bracts very small or wanting; ovularies distinct or
sometimes united; fruit a red berry. In wet places and swamps.
Cuyahoga County.
3. Lonicera tartarica L. Tartarian Honeysuckle. A shrub
with glabrous grayish branches, 5 to 10 feet high; leaves 1 to 2f
inches long, \ to 1| inches wide, thin, ovate, acute, base truncate
or cordate, not ciliate, flowers in pairs, axillary; corolla pink or
white \ to | inch long, gibbous at the base, deeply five parted,
some'what 2-lipped; peduncles \ to lj inches long; bracts linear,
rather long; stamens and style somewhat exserted; fruit of sepa¬
rate berries. Along roadsides and meadows; mostly escaped
from cultivation. Ashtabula, Lake, Cuyahoga, Lorain, Licking,
Franklin, Auglaize.
4. Lonicera xylosteum L. European Fly Honeysuckle. A
shrub 3 to 7 feet high with pubescent twigs; leaves ovate to obovate
upper ones acute, lower ones sometimes rounded or obtuse at the
base, margin entire, f to 1§ inches long, f to f inch wide, densely
pubescent on both sides when young, and beneath when mature;
petioles short, pubescent; flowers axillary with peduncles about
as long as the flowers, i to f inch long, yellowish white, bracts
linear-subulate; fruit a scarlet berry. In fields and along road¬
sides where it has escaped from cultivation. Lake County.
5. Lonicera japonica Thunb. Japanese Honeysuckle. A
climbing or trailing vine; leaves ovate, acute with rounded base,
glabrous above, somewhat pubescent beneath, 1 to 3 inches long,
§ to lj inches wide, margin entire; flowers axillary in pairs at the
ends of the vines ; bracts large and leaf-like ; peduncles J to J inch
long, white or pink fading to yellow, pubescent without, 2-lipped;
stamens and style exserted; fruit a black berry \ to f inch in
diameter. Escaped from cultivation. Adams, Brown, Auglaize.
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
306
6. Lonicera sempervirens L. Trumpet Honeysuckle. A
glabrous high climbing vine; leaves oval, obtuse, f to 2 inches
long, i to 1^ inches wide, lower ones somewhat smaller, sessile,
and more ovate than the upper connate-perfoliate ones, upper
surface dark green, glaucous, lower surface sometimes rather
pubescent; inflorescence a terminal interrupted verticilate spike;
corolla scarlet or yellow, usuallv glabrous sometimes slightly
pubescent, 1 to If inches long, its tube narrow, somewhat expanded
above the stamens; stamens and style little exserted; fruit a scarlet
berry about 5 inch in diameter. In moist fields or on hillsides.
Cuyahoga County.
7. Lonicera caprifolium L. Italian Honeysuckle. A high-
climbing glabrous or glaucous vine ; leaves oval to obovate, rounded,
the entire upper ones connate-perfoliate, the lower ones sessile or
nearly so, glaucous beneath; flowers in terminal sessile clusters;
corolla glabrous and white within, purple without, 1 to If inches
long, 2-lipped, upper lip 4-lobed, lower one narrow, reflexed;
corolla tube curved ; stamens and style much exserted; fruit a
red berry. In thickets. No specimens.
S. Lonicera hirsuta Eaton. Hairy Honeysuckle. A hairv-
pubescent, long, climbing vine; leaves If to 4 inches long, f to if
inch wide; lower ones sessile or very short petioled, the upper
pairs larger and connate-perfoliate, dark green and appressed-
pubescent above, lighter and soft-pubescent beneath, ciliate,
obtusish, base rounded or somewhat cordate or narrowed; flowers
verticillate in terminal interrupted spikes; corolla orange-yellow
turning reddish, clammy pubescent without, 2-lipped, slightly
gibbous, narrow; filaments hirsute below; stamens and filaments
exserted. In swamps, woods, and copses. Ottawa, Lorain,
Monroe.
9. Lonicera glaucescens Rydb. Glaucescent Honeysuckle.
A vine with glabrous branches; leaves dark green and glabrous
above, lighter and pubescent beneath especially along the veins,
If to 5 inches long, 1 to 3 inches wide, upper pair perfoliate,
forming a rhombic disk, obtuse or acute, margin entire, papery;
verticillate flowers in terminal interrupted spikes; corolla pale
yellow changing to a reddish color, usually pubescent without and
within; tube one inch long, gibbous, 2-lipped; stamens nearly
glabrous, exserted; ovulary sometimes hirsute. In fields, meadows
and woods. General.
10. Lonicera sullivanti Gr. Sullivant’s Honeysuckle. A
very glaucous vine; leaves If to 3 inches long, f to 2f inches wide,
ovate to obovate, upper surface dark green and glaucous, lower
lighter and slightly pubescent, obtuse; inflorescence a terminal
cluster; corolla pale yellow, tube f to f inch long, 2-lipped,
April, 1914.]
The Honeysuckle Family in Ohio.
307
slightly gibbous; fruit a yellow berry about f inch in diameter.
In woods. Stark, Muskingum, Franklin, Madison, Clark,
Highland.
11. Lonicera dioica-L. Smoothleaf Honeysuckle. A trailing
or shrubby plant 3 to 10 feet high; leaves oval to obovate, If to 3
inches long, | to If inches wide, usually glaucous beneath, upper
pair connate-perfoliate, lower ones sessile, obtuse, base truncate
or cordate; inflorescence a terminal cluster; corolla yellowish green
tinged with purple, gibbous, 2-lipped, glabrous without, pubescent
within, tube f to f inch long, stamens and style exserted; fruit a
red berry f to f inch in diameter. In dry rocky fields and along
roadsides. Champaign, Franklin.
Triosteum L. Horse-gentian.
Perennial herbs with simple, terete, pubescent stems; leaves
opposite, perfoliate or sessile, ovate, oblong, or oblanceolate,
constricted below the middle, usually pubescent; flowers solitary
or in clusters, bisporangiate, 2-bracted, sessile; corolla yellowish,
green, or purple, tube narrow, gibbous at the base, campanulate;
calyx lobes elongated, linear-lanceolate, leaf-like, persistant;
filaments short, anthers linear, included; ovulary 3-5-locular
containing a single ovule in each cavity; fruit a coriacious, orange
or red drupe containing 2-3 one-seeded nutlets, embryo small.
Key to the Species.
1. Stem slender, hirsute pubescent, H to 3J feet high; leaves rough pube¬
scent, corolla yellowish. T. angustifolium.
1. Stem erect, stout, finely glandular-pubescent, 1 to 3 feet high; leaves
soft pubescent, some connate-perfoliate; corolla purple or dull red.
T. perfoliatum.
1. Triosteum angustifolium L. Yellow Horse-gentian. Stem
slender, very pubescent, 1 to 3 feet high; leaves lanceolate to
oblanceolate, acute to long acuminate, 2f to 5 inches long, f to If
inches wide, tapering below the middle to an acute sessile base,
roughly pubescent; corolla yellowish, about f inch long; flowers
axillary, solitary. In fertile places. Cuyahoga, Warren, Clermont.
2. Triosteum perfoliatum L. Common Horse-gentian. Stems
If to 3f feet high, covered with short glandular hairs; leaves
3f to 8f inches long, If to 5 inches wide, ovate to oblong-lanceo¬
late, acuminate, tapering to a narrow base, often somewhat con¬
nate, upper surface appressed pubescent to glabrous, lower quite
pubescent; flowers not solitary, f to f inch long, corolla lobes
rather large, somewhat spreading; stamens and style moderately
exserted; calyx lobes linear, obtuse; fruit an orange-red drupe
about f to f inch long. In rich soil. General.
3°8
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 6,
Linnaea L.
Small creeping rather woody herbs; leaves evergreen, petioled,
obovate to orbicular; flowers in pairs, long peduncled, pink or
purple, bisporangiate, campanulate to funnelformed, actinomor-
phic; andrecium pentamerous, united with the base of the corolla,
included; ovulary 3-locular, one cavity containing a perfect ovule
while the others have several rudimentary ovules; fruit almost
globose, containing a single long seed.
1. Linnaea americana Forbes. American Twinflower.
Branches woody, slender, somewhat pubescent, trailing; leaves
\ to \ inch long, | to f inch wide, usually somewhat crenate,
slender, petioled, erect; peduncles about 3 inches long, 2-bract-
eolate at the tip; flowers funnelform, fragrant, f to \ inch long;
ovulary subtented by two glandular ovate scales which often
cover the fruit and are attached to it. In cool places. Stark
County.
Diervilla [Tourn.] Mill. Bush-honeysuckle.
Shrubs with opposite leaves and yellow cymose or solitary
bisporangiate flowers; corolla narrow funnelform, nearly actino-
morphic., base somewhat gibbous; calyx tube slender narrow below;
stamens five, anthers linear, ovulary bilocular; ovules many, seed
coat minutely reticulate; fruit a glabrous, slender, beaked, septi-
cidal, many seeded capsule; embryo minute.
1. Diervilla diervilla (L.) A-IacM. Bush-honevsuckle. A
shrub 1 2 to 3 feet high; branches glabrous or nearly so, terete
usually with two pubescent ridges; leaves short petioled, ovate to
obovate, acuminate, irregularly crenate, sometimes slightly
cilia te; flowers terminal or in upper axils in 1-5-flowered clusters;
corolla about f inch long, pubescent, very slightly 2-lipped. In
rocky dry woods. Lucas, Lorain, Summit, Wayne, Stark,
Franklin.
Date of Publication, April 24, 1014.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can g'et best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 ILast Gay St.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING.
PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING,
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET.
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “ Ohio Naturalist.’
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Biblical Literature,
Botany, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering,
Dairying, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Home Economics, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Manual Training, Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical
Engineering, Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metal¬
lurgy, Mineralogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education,
Physics, Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consul^ the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
. departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Session, which
offers work in manjr departments.
Address University Editor for a bulletin describing the
session, or any of the Colleges.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to wrhom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Natoralietr**
VOLUME XIV.
MAY
1914.
NUMBER 7
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
A Journal Devoted more
Especially to the Natural
History of Ohio.
OFFICIAL ORGAN THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
iff the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY; «n3 -’.
Editor-in-Chief, . . John II. Schaffner
Business Manager, . . ... - James S. Hinb.
Associate Editots . ■ ' s.
Wm. SI Barrows, Zoo'.dgy, W. C. Miles, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J C. HambleTon, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. SI. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory. Board, ' >■.
Herbert Osborn. John H. Schaffner.
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled hy the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University. . -?
in order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The
NaturaU. -"I will pay for illustrations not exceeding; two pages for any article.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy ok ‘ Science, the Ohio
NatuRaliLt i- sent without additional Expense tor all members oi the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues. _ •
The fir.'t thirteen volumes may be obtained at il.OO per volume. . •
Remittnm vs of all kinds should be nradc'ptiyajJle to tlie Easiness Manager, J. 8. Bine.
nddreii THE OHIO NATURALIST,
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . . % . . Price 30 els. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . ’. . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . . ...... Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . . . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. I.. Mosei et . . . 60 eta.
2. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 1 10. David S. Kelucott . . 60 cts.
3. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H.
Todd sod Gerard Tow ke . . . . . 50 ote.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Raymond C. Osbcrn. . . . 60 cts.
5. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Bine . . . — 50 cts.
0. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lynda Jones . . . .75 cts.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie. . pp. 96. Thomas.A. Bonser . 50 eta.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 68. James G. Sanders. . 50cts.
9. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. Max Morse . 50 eta.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred
J. Tyler. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 cts.
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs _ '. . 50 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-w ater Mollusca of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacee . 60 eta.
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 54. Freda M. Bachman . 50 eta.
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. The Pterldophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John II. Schaffner . 50 eta.
17. Fauna of the Max* Hie Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Morse . 60 eta.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . 75 ots.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 133. Frederica Detmers . 75 eta.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
JUL6- 1914
The Ohio £) Naturalist ,
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University. NEW YORK
ROTANIC * •
Volume XIV. JUNE, 1914. No. 8. •A*''
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Hine— Diptera of Middle America . 333
Lamb— Middle Mississippian Unconformities and Conglomerates in Northern Ohio . 344
McAvoy — The Panieums of Ohio . . 347
McAvoy — Meetings of the Biological Club . 355
Rice— Meeting of the Executive Committee of the Ohio Academy of Science . 356
DIPTERA OF MIDDLE AMERICA.
FAMILY SYRPHID.-E.
Jas. S. Hine.
A large number of species of diptera from southern localities
have accumulated in the collections at the Ohio State University.
They have been procured from various sources and come from
many localities, having been taken by different collectors. In
working up this material it is my purpose to consider one family at
a time. Having quite fully studied the Syrphidas I offer for pub¬
lication the following notations on the included species. For the
pur] loses of this paper and those of the same series to follow the
term “Middle America” may be taken to include a wide stretch
of territory from Southern United States to points in South
America several degrees beyond the Equator.
Microdon Meigen.
Microdon angustus Macquart. This name is applied to
two specimens from Bartica, British Guiana. The body is elon¬
gate, face, legs, scutellum and base of abdomen pale yellowish;
disk of thorax greenish black with a transverse narrow golden
band ; toward the apex the abdomen gradually shades into brown ;
antennae long, scutellum with spines. Total length 14 mm.
Microdon angustiventris Macquart must be very close to this
species.
Microdon baliopterus Loew. One specimen from Gualan,
Guatemala, January 20th, 1905.
Microdon bidens Fabr. Thorax greenish black, scutellum
with the extreme apex and two spines pale brown. Abdomen
and legs mostly reddish. Wings uniformly fumose. Five speci¬
mens from Bartica, British Guiana, April and May.
333
334
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
Microdon coarctatus Loew. A small bright green species
with many of the wing veins margined with dark brown. Three
specimens from Louisiana.
Microdon flavitibia Walker. Thorax and abdomen purplish
black. Wings fumose. Of the same form and size as bidens. Six
specimens from Bartica, British Guiana.
Microdon rufiventris Rondani. Face, front and thorax
shining green clothed with golden pile; antennae brown; abdomen
reddish yellow with the exception of a triangular green spot near
the scutellum. Legs pale, wings nearly hyaline. Length 1 1
mm. One specimen from Bartica, British Guiana.
Mixogaster Macquart.
Five American species have been described in this genus.
Some of them might well be placed in Microdon were it not for
the discinctly elavate abdomen but others do not show such close
relationship with that genus. M. breviventris Kahl is the only
species that has been taken as far north as the United States.
An additional species was taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, and is
here described as new. The following key for the separation of
the known species has been compiled in large measure from
descriptions and figures that have appeared in various publications.
1 . Thorax with a middorsal yellow stripe, conopsoides Macq.
Thorax not with a middorsal yellow stripe. 2.
2. The third longitudinal vein emits a stump into the first posterior
cell. 3.
The third longitudinal vein does not emit a stump into the first
posterior cell. 4.
3. Wing clear hyaline, legs brown, claripennis n. sp.
Base of marginal cell and a cloud along the third vein brown,
bases of all the tibiae light yellow, bellula Will.
4. The vein closing the distal end of the first posterior cell almost
straight, breviventris Kahl.
The vein closing the distal end of the first posterior cell distinctly
angulated. 5.
5. Face extraordinarily arcuate, dimidiata G. Tos.
Face normal, mexicana Macq.
Mixogaster claripennis n. sp. Length about 10 mm., body
black with yellow bands, legs generally brownish. Face yellow
on each side and black at middle, clothed with yellow appressed
hairs, cheeks black; front largely shining black narrowed near
lower third where there is a transverse space clothed with short
yellow hairs, vertex tumid, also a prominence just above base
of antennae. Antennae long, first segment long and slender,
second segment short, third segment thickened and about as long
as the first, whole antenna black except the extreme base of first
segment which is yellow. Thorax black in ground color, humerus
with a very small pale spot, suture with a very narrow band of
yellow pile. Scutellum golden pilose. Wings clear hyaline.
June, 1914.]
Diptera of Middle America.
335
Legs brown, coxae and parts of the femora darker, bases of the
tibiae somewhat paler. Abdomen generally black, second seg¬
ment narrow and elongate, on basal half with two transparent
spots separated by a black interval, apex of the same segment
with a narrow pale band, apex of the third segment with a narrow
band of golden yellow pile, apex of the fourth segment and all
of the fifth brownish. A male type taken at Los Amates, Guate¬
mala, in February, 1905.
This species is related to Willistons’ bellula but differs from it
in having entirely hyaline wings, and the coloration of the legs
and abdomen is quite different. Also the elongation of the
stump of a vein from the third longitudinal almost dividing the
first posterior cell appears to be an important characteristic of
claripennis.
Baccha Fabricius.
Baccha callida n. sp. Length about 10 mm. Front with a
slight prominence for the insertion of the anenme, front, face and
antennae yellow, a small geminate black spot on the middle of the
front near the antennae. Thorax largely yellow with four black
stripes separated by yellow on the dorsum, and an irregular greenish
brown marking passes beneath the scutellum to the bases of the
middle legs; wings narrowly at base and along the anterior border
pale yellowish , otherwise clear hyaline; legs all yellow with the
exception of the hind pair, each of which have a pale brown band
around the apical third of the femur and a wider band of the same
color on the basal half of the tibia. Abdomen black, brown and
yellow, first segment yellow with a black marking beneath the
scutellum and a clear brown band on the posterior margin, second
segment brown on anterior half, this followed by an area of vel-
lowish somewhat intermixed with brown and this by a black band
occupying more than the apical fourth of the segment, third
segment with a middorsal stripe slightly abbreviated before, an
apical band and an oblique marking on each side connected with
apical band black, fourth segment like the third, fifth segment
with three black stripes, all the segments behind the second are
yellowish where they are not black.
The male type collected at Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March
5, 1905.
This species is somewhat suggestive of lineata but is colored
quite differently.
Baccha capitata Loew. A female example of this fine species
was taken at Holguin, Cuba, by H. S. Parish. The species has
been reported from Cuba and Porto Rico by previous writers.
Loew’s type is a male. From reading the original description and
comparing my specimen with it I find the two sexes are very
similar in coloration.
336
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
Baccha conjuncta Wiedemann. Two female specimens of this
species were taken at Bartica, British Guiana. The head is short
and the antennas are attached high up and much elongated for a
species of Baccha. The front is wide with the sides parallel giv¬
ing quite a different appearance from that present in many species
where the front is distinctly narrowed above. The two specimens
differ in having the submarginal cell hyaline in one and plainly
yellowish in the other.
Baccha cultrata Austin. A female specimen from Puerto
Barrios, Guatemala, agrees well with Austin’s figure and descrip¬
tion in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for
1893, page 151. Austin’s specimens were taken in Brazil and this
record extends the range for the species much to the northward
and establishes it as a member of the North American fauna. The
general form is quite different from most species of Baccha, but
the characters of the head are nearly normal.
Baccha clavata Fabricious. Specimens of this common
species are before me from many localities ranging from South
America to Wisconsin. I have taken it plentifully in Ohio,
Louisiana and in several localities in Guatemala and Honduras
where it occurs from the Atlantic to the Pacific.
Baccha lineata Macquart. This is a very common species in
Guatemala and numerous specimens are at hand from Honduras
and British Guiana. The coloration of the body and wings varies
somewhat in a series of specimens. Williston suggests that livida
Schiner may be the same as lineata Macquart and from my study
of more than a score of specimens of both sexes I am convinced
that the species should be called lineata and that livida should
drop into synonomy. Macquart describes and figures the female
and my specimens of that sex are as near to the figure certainly
as most identifications are to his reproductions.
Ocyptamus Macquart.
Ocyptamus dimidiatus Fabricius. Plentiful in a number of
localities in Guatemala and Honduras.
Ocyptamus funebris Macquart. Three specimens. A
male from Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March 5th, and a male and
female from .San Pedro, Honduras, February 21, 1905.
Ocyptamus fuscipennis Say. Numerous specimens from
Slidell, Louisiana. The species is common in all parts of Ohio.
Ocyptamus scutellatus Loew. Four specimens from Boniato.
Cuba. It is much like dimidiatus but the wings are more suffused
and the body is not so highly colored.
Salpingogaster Schiner.
Salpingogaster pygophora Schiner. A male specimen from
Boniato, Cuba, appears to be this species. The mesonotum is
dark, scutellum light, slightly darkened across the disk, lcg^
wholly yellow and abdomen reddish-brown throughout.
June, 1914.]
Diptera of Middle America.
337
Mei.anostoma Schiner.
Melanostoma fenestratum Macquart. Three specimens from
La Paz, Bolivia.
Syrphus Fabricius.
Syrphus bisinuatus Williston. Taken at Laguna, Guatemala.
Syrphus poecilogaster Philippi. From Arequipa, Peru; La
Paz, Bolivia and from Valparaiso, Chile.
Syrphus similis Blanchard. From .Santiago, Chile. This
species is very similar to S. ribesii, but the markings are paler and
the wings are slightly fumose.
Mesogramma Loew.
Mesogramma basilaris Wiedemann. From Puerto Barrios
and Los Annates, Guatemala and Boniato, Cuba.
Mesogramma bidentata Giglio-Tos. From Puerto Barrios,
Los Amates and Santa Lucia, Guatemala.
Mesogramma ciliata Gigilo-Tos. From Los Amates, Guate¬
mala.
Mesogramma confusa Schiner. From Los Amates, Guate¬
mala .
Mesogramma diversa Giglio-Tos. From Los Amates, Guate¬
mala.
Mesogramma duplicata Wiedemann. From Puerto Barrios
and Los Amates, Guatemala.
Mesogramma laciniosa Loew. From Gualan and Los Amates,
Guatemala; San Pedro, Honduras, and Holguin and Bonioto,
Cuba.
Mesogramma linearis van der Wulp. From Los Amates,
Guatemala and Boniato, Cuba.
Mesogramma marginata Say. From Los Amates, Guatemala
and Slidell, Louisana.
Mesogramma polita Say. From Panzos, Gualan, and Puerto
Barrios, Guatemala.
Mesogramma rombica Giglio-Tos. From Los Amates, Guate¬
mala and Boniato, Cuba.
Mesogramma saphridiceps Bigot. From Georgetown, British
Guiana.
Mesogramma subannulata Loew. From Boniato, Cuba and
Los Amates and Puerto Barrios, Guatemala.
Mesogramma variabilis van der Wulp. From Los Amates
and Santa Lucia, Guatemala.
SpHvEROPhoria St. Fargeau and Serville.
Sphoerophoria picticauda Bigot. Numerous specimens from
Los Amates, Guatemala and from San Pedro, Honduras. The
San Pedro specimens were collected by E. B. Williamson.
338
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
Vou'CF.lla Geoffroy.
Volucella abdominalis Wiedemann. Three specimens of this
conspicuous species have been received from Cuba, a female from
Holguin and a pair from Boniato. The large size, the uniform
blue-black abdomen, yellow scutellum and face and plain black
cheeks characterize it. Length 1 ( j mm.
Volucella azurea Philippi. A brilliant green species, wings
clear hyaline with a conspicuous dark spot at the stigma. Length
13 mm. One female from Santiago, Chile.
Volucella boliviana n. sp. Body dark colored, front and face
prominent making the head appear unusually large, wings hyaline.
Length 12 mm. Front and face wide, pale yellowish green; front
tumid, antenna? rather small, reddish; face concave beneath the
antennae, quite prominent above the oral margin; eyes pilose,
pilosity of the face and front largely dark colored. Thorax,
dark, scutellum paler, legs black with the exception of the bases of
all the tibiae which are red, wings hyaline. Abdomen dark with
mostly dark hair, some tufts of white hair on the outer margins
of each segment behind the incisures.
Type female from La Paz, Bolivia. Also a female from
Arequipa, Peru.
At first glance this species much resembles a Gdniops of the
family Tachinidae, but it has all the structure characters of Volu¬
cella.
Volucella dichroica Giglio-Tos. Entirely purplish-green with
unevenly infuscated wings. Length close to 10 mm. A male
from Los Amates. Guatemala.
Volucella esuriens Fabricius. A large violet colored species
with the base of the wing distinctly brown before. The species
is widely distributed and has many synonyms. Length l(i mm.
Taken at Santa Lucia, Guatemala.
Volucella eugenia Williston. A specimen from Boniato, Cuba
seems to be this species. Face and front pale, cheeks black, thorax
dark on the disk, sides and scutellum pale. A row of p rescut ell ar
bristles and another row at the apex of the scutellum. Wings
nearly hyaline, crossveins narrowly margined with fuscus. Legs
dark, tibiae partially pale. Abdomen black with yellow on sides
of first and second segments. Length 13 mm.
I have made this identification with some hesitation mainly on
account of the yellow at base of abdomen which Williston does not
mention in his description.
Volucella guianica n. sp. Length 7 mm., entire body shining
dark green, antenna? and face, including the cheeks, yellow, wings
with dark markings.
Face strongly produced forward and downward, tubercle
prominent, front brown below, black at vertex. Thorax including
scutellum dark green, a row of spines at the apex of the scutellum
June, 1914.]
Diptera of Middle America.
339
and one before the scutellum; wing largely hyaline and brown,
base largely hyaline, anterior border pale yellowish, first basal
cell with a small oblique dark marking; a large dark marking at
stigma sending out three prominent extensions, one backward
along the veins which close the second basal and anal cells, another
obliquely along the vein which separates the second and third
posterior cells and one outward along the costa. The first second
and third posterior cells also have more or less dark color at
their apexes. Legs dark with the exception of the apical two-
thirds of each front femur and all the tarsi which are pale.
Abdomen very dark shining green. Type female from Bartica,
British Guiana, collected by H. S. Parish.
Volucella macula Wiedemann. General color metallic red¬
dish, wings nearly hyaline with a well defined quadrate black spot
near the middle of the costal border. Length 9 mm. Four
specimens from Bartica, British Guiana.
Volucella obesa Fabricus. This is the most common species of
the genus in middle America. Body shining green, wings nearly
hyaline with a black stigmatic spot and a black point at the apex
of the marginal cell. Length 12 mm. one specimen a little smaller.
Our collection contains specimens from Mexico, Cuba. Guatemala,
Honduras, British Guiana and Bolivia.
Volucella perlata n. sp. Face and front bright shining green.
Thorax bright green, scutellum and abdomen pale with shining
irridescent reflections, wings yellowish, more intense on apical
half. Length 9 mm.
Face produced largely downward, green, and obscure yellow
markings on the cheek, antenna including the arista yellow, eyes
hairy. Thorax green, scutellum pale with an apical depression,
three weak bristles on each side; legs dark with purplish or green¬
ish reflections, knees pale; wings yellowish, most intense in the
marginal and first second and third posterior cells. Abdomen
pale with a very bright, shining irridescent reflection. Type male
taken at Los Amates, Guatemala.
Volucella picta Wiedemann. Very close to fasciata and
pusilla from the United States. In fact Williston suggests that
the latter may be a synonym of picta. Length 8 mm. Speci¬
mens from Gualan, Guatemala. The larva probably lives in the
stems of some species of cactus.
Volucella praescutellaris Williston. A modest colored species.
Dorsum of thorax green with yellow and black pile intermixed,
scutellum pale, a row of prescutellar bristles and eight rather
strong bristles on the posterior border of the scutellum; wings
infuscated, not quite so dark on posterior border; legs black; ab¬
domen yellow and brown, the tip shining. Length between 1 1 and
12 mm. A male specimen from Los Amates, Guatemala.
34°
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Yol. XIV, No. 8,
Volucella scutellata Bigot. Mostly plain black, front and face
pale, scutellum brown with stout spiniferous tubercles. Many
of the veins adjacent to the costal border of the basal part of the
wing margined with brown. Length 15 mm. Santiago, Ouillota
and various other localities in Chile.
Volucella tympanitis Fabricus. A rather small pale species
with the abdomen banded with brown. Wing hyaline with a
brown spot at stigma and another near the apex. Volucella
ardua Wiedemann seems to be a synonym. True Wiedemann
recognizes both as valid species in the same publication but the
descriptions read so near alike that I cannot make the distinction.
Length 9 mm. A specimen from Bartica, British Guiana and one
from Santa Lucia, Guatemala.
Phalacromyia Rondani .
Phalacromyia nigrifrons n. sp. A small dark colored species.
Thorax, including the scutellum, shining purple, abdomen brown,
front black, face yellow. Length 6 mm.
Face much produced forwaid but not so much downward,
yellow without black markings, antenna yellow, proboscis near
the length of the front femora; front shining black, the color
changing at the insertion of the antennae producing a pronounced
contrast with the yellow of the face. Thorax shining purple,
scutellum of the same color as the thorax and with a distinct im¬
pression just before its apex. Legs all dark brown with the
exception of the posterior tibiae which are pale. Wings very pale
yellowish, costal border more intense, a dark brown point at
stigma. Abdomen dark yellowish brown, slightly darker at the
incisures.
The type female taken at Bartica, British Guiana, May 28,
1901, by H. S. Parish.
Phalacromyia virescens Williston. A pale green species with
vellowish wings. Anterior part of the thorax yellowish, a small
dark spot in front of the scutellum and another in the transverse
impression just before its apex. Front pale green, face yellow.
A female specimen from Bella Vista Yungas, Bolivia.
The locality is some distance from where Williston’s type was
procured but the specimen answers the description in detail.
Eristalis Latreillc.
Eristalis aemulus Williston. Five specimens from Bartica,
British Guiana. Williston has reported the species from Mexico and
Central America.
Eristalis albifrons Wiedemann. We have the species from
Louisana, Yucatan and Guatemala.
Eristalis assimilis Macquart. Numerous examples of both
sexes from Arequipa and Puno, Penn
June, 1914.]
Diptera of Middle America.
34i
Eristalis atrimanus Loew. Specimens from Cuba are con¬
sidered as this species. This and Wiedemann’s fasciatus must be
much alike.
Eristalis bogotensis Macquart. From La Paz, Bolivia and
Puno, Peru.
Eristalis conicus Fabricus. Numerous specimens from Bartica,
British Guiana and one which is typical for the species from Liv¬
ingston, Guatemala. This is the first North American record
so far as I can find.
Eristalis cubensis Macquart. So far as I am aware this species
has not been recognized since Macquart named it, but there are
nearly fifty specimens in our collection from various places in
Louisiana and Guatemala and one each from Honduras and
Jamaica agreeing well with its description. C. W. Johnson says
he has the same from Cuba, the type locality, and my opinion is
that Williston referred to the same under “21”, Biologia Vol. Ill,
page 65.
The species is much like alibifrons but the markings of the
abdomen are distinctly yellower and the pile of the front is mostly
black instead of pale.
Eristalis fasciatus Wiedemann. Numerous specimens from
Bartica, British Guiana.
Eristalis furcatus Wiedemann. Specimens from various places
in Guatemala. Common on the west shore of Lake Amatitlan
in low ground February 7th.
Eristalis minutalis Williston. A single example from San
Pedro, Honduras, February 25, 1905. Collected by E. B. William¬
son.
Eristalis obsoletus Wiedemann. Taken at several stations
in Guatemala during the first part of February.
Eristalis philippi Schiner. Three specimens from Chile.
The type came from Chile.
Eristalis pusillus Macquart. Said to be the same as Eristalis
tricolor of Jaennicke. From several places in Guatemala.
Eristalis ruficeps Macquart. A specimen from Coroico
Yungas, Bolivia has many characters with ruficeps although it
may not be that species.
Eristalis rufiventris Macquart. Rather common, flying near
the margin of a stagnant pond at Los Amates, Guatemala, January
18, 1905. Other specimens from San Pedro, Honduras.
Eristalis scutellaris Fabrieius. From Los Amates, Sanarate
and Puerto Barrios, Guatemala and from Bartica, British Guiana,
more than a dozen specimens.
Eristalis triangularis Giglio-Tos. Collected at Los Amates,
Gualan, Mazatenango and Santa Lucia, Guatemala. Others
have taken the species at several stations in Mexico and Brazil.
342
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
Eristalis vinetorum Fabricius. Widely distributed and com¬
mon from southern United States southward. Lynch reports
it from Argentina and Macquart claimed to have it from Phila¬
delphia. We have abundance of specimens from Cuba, Guate¬
mala, British Guiana and Louisiana.
Lycastrirhyncha Bigot.
Lycastrirhyncha nitens Bigot. One specimen of this extra¬
ordinary species taken at Los Amates, Guatemala near the middle
of January 1905.
Meromacrus Rondoni.
Meromacrus acutus Fabricius. One specimen from Los
Amates, Guatemala. The front margins of the wings are widely
infuscated.
Dolichogyna Macquart.
A genus somewhat related to Helophilus. The latter genus
is listed from South America but all my specimens belong to
Dolichogyna on account of the wide and prominent front, and the
exserted sexual organ of the male. There may be some question
whether or not it is advisable to separate the two genera on such
small characters. I have four species which is more than is recog¬
nized usually, but surely the four are congeneric. The bibliog¬
raphy of the species of the genus is given by Williston in Trans¬
actions of the American Entomological Society, Vol. XIII, page
320 and Vol. XV, page 392.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
1. Specimens 10-12 mm. in length. 2.
Spcimens less than 9 mm. in length, abrupta n. sp.
2. Legs largely black, face much produced, nigripes Bigot.
Legs largely yellow, face not so much produced. 3.
3. Markings of the abdomen bright yellow, at most only a trace of
pale color near the middorsal line. Legs all yellow.
fasciata Macquart.
Markings of the abdomen largely pale gray. Legs often partially
black, variable, chilensis Guerin.
Dolichogyna abrupta n. sp. Small sized species, markings of
the abdomen mostly bright yellow. Length a little less than
9 mm.
Male. Ocelli widely separated and located within a black
area at vertex, all the front except the vertex, yellow, a crescent
shaped area immediately above the antennae devoid of pile,
from thence to where the black grottnd color begins with promi¬
nent dark pile; the black vertex and rear of the head with yellow
pile. Front prominent with the antennae inserted on the most
prominent part. Face yellow, mostly naked, cheeks slightly
brown on posterior margin. Dorsum of the thorax dark and
clothed with yellow pile; margins next the insertions of the wings,
two stripes near the mid-dorsal line and scutellum yellow; wings
hyaline; legs mostly reddish yellow, some or all of the femora
black or blackish on basal parts. Abdomen dark above, second
June, 1914.]
Diptera of Middle America.
343
segment with a large yellow triangular marking on each side, third
with a similar shaped marking which is yellow outwardly and gray
inwardly, fourth with a similar shaped marking which is nearly
all gray; venter mostly pale. Hypopygium exserted and pro¬
truding forward under the abdomen to about the middle of the
third segment.
Female. Like the male but the markings of the dorsum of the
abdomen are more plainly yellow.
Type male, alotype female and four paratype males from
Arequipa, Peru, October 28, 1898.
Dolichogyna chilensis Guerin. This species was described
as Helophilus but if I have made a correct determination it should
be placed in this genus. Helophilus pictus Philippi I consider a
probable synonym. Nearly a dozen specimens from Arequipa
and Puno, Peru, have been placed here.
Dolichogyna fasciata Macquart. Helopnilus chilensis Walker
and Dolichogyna hahni Bigot have been placed as synonyms by
Williston. This is the type of the genus. Five specimens from
Santiago, Valparaiso and Chiloe, Chile, are determined as fasciata.
The markings of the abdomen are mostly bright yellow and nearly
the whole body is clothed with prominent yellow pile.
Dolichogyna nigripes Bigot. A male specimen with the face
produced and legs mostly black is placed here. The middle and
front tarsi are flattened and the comers at the apex of each seg¬
ment are produced into rather long appendages thus forming a
pronounced type of foot very different from that present in the
other species. The knees, bases of all the tibiae and all the tarsi
are yellowish while the other parts of the legs are shining black.
One specimen from Puno, Pern.
Asemosyophus Bigot.
Asemosyophus bicolor Bigot. Two specimens taken at Lake
Amatitlan February 7, 1905.
Asemosyophus mexicanus Macq. Two males and a female
from San Antonia Canyon, California, July 25, 1907.
Xylota Meigen.
Xylota chloropyga Schiner. A specimen from Bartica, British
Guiana.
Xylota coerulea Rondani. Same as Strephus antennalis
Philippi. One specimen from Alhue, Chile.
Stilbosoma Philippi.
Stilbosoma cyanea Philippi. This shining green species
with red front and face and black antenna) is one of the most
striking spryphides I have seen. Three specimens from Santiago
and Quillota, Chile.
Ceria Fabricius.
Ceria tricolor Loew. Two specimens from Holguin, Cuba,
collected by H. S. Parish, December 23, 1904.
344
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
MIDDLE MISSISSIPPIAN UNCONFORMITIES AND CON¬
GLOMERATES IN NORTHERN OHIO.
By G. F. Lamb.
(Published by permission of the Ohio Geological Survey).
In northern Ohio there are two unconformities with a con¬
glomerate associated with each which occur in rock of about
middle Mississipian age. The area in which the unconformities
and conglomerates have been observed include portions of five
contiguous quadrangles — West Salem, Wooster, Massillon, Medina
and Akron.
Two conglomerate beds have long been known in central
Ohio and which Herrick recognized as extending northward into
this part of the state. His conclusion would appear to be correct,
but it is not yet known that these beds at the north lie at exactly
the same horizon as those in central Ohio.
In his report on Wayne county (Ohio Geol. Surv. Vol. Ill, p.
539) Read incidentally mentions a stratum filled with quartz
pebbles which he observed in a quarry at Wooster. In the sum¬
mer of 1912, the writer examined this outcrop and noted the
presence of the unconformity. Later study at other points led
to the discovery of another unconformity at the base of the lower
conglomerate. The presence of these stratigraphic breaks is
evidence of crustal movement in this region in middle Mississip-
pian time that may have involved a larger area than is at
present known.
The principal facts may be noted briefly: The lower con¬
glomerate. The best exposures of the base of this stratum occur
on either side of the Ivillbuck Valley in the western part of the
Wooster and eastern part of the West Salem quadrangles. The
conglomerate varies in thickness from about two feet to eighteen
or twenty feet as found along the Killbuck, but thickens eastward
and is thirty to forty-five feet before it passes under cover. The
basal one to three feet is virtually a bed of loosely cemented
quartz pebbles ranging in size from shot to nearly an inch in di¬
ameter. They are usually yi to inch in diameter, well rounded,
and quite even in size at any given place. Cobble stones from
hard layers of the underlying shale are frequent and often lenticu¬
lar in shape, ranging in size from two to six inches. The largest
one found measured two and one-half feet long by one and one-
half feet wide, and over five inches thick, and completely embed¬
ded in quartz pebbles.
At every point where the base was well exposed, the pebble
and cobble bed rests upon blue shale with the contact sharp and
generally with very conspicuous undulations. The remainder
June, 1914.] Middle Mississippian Unconformities.
345
of the conglomerate stratum is largely a coarse grained standstone
with streaks of fine pebbles. This is followed by shale and fine
grained clayey sandstone up to the next unconformity.
The lower conglomerate three miles east of Wooster lies about
six hundred and twenty feet above the Berea sandstone and about
two hundred feet below the lowest Coal Measure rock in the
same locality. These figures would appear to put the time of
these movements in the late Mississippian, but this system of
rocks is known to have been deeply eroded in this region in Missis¬
sippian time. To double or treble the two hundred feet would
seem quite permissible, and it may have been much more. For
the above reasons, the time of the movements is assigned to mid¬
dle Mississippian.
At Berea, Ohio, the top of the Berea Sandstone lies at 760 feet
above sea, 42 miles due south at Apple Creek Village in the south¬
ern part of the Wooster quadrangle, it lies at 300 feet above,
dipping 11 feet per mile. The dip of the lower conglomerate in
the same direction, is almost exactly the same. This would indi¬
cate not merely a local uplift, but an uplift of considerable extent
so far as a north-south direction is concerned. There is reason
to think it extended much farther southward.
The upper conglomerate. This bed lies, as found so far, from
45 to 85 feet above the base of the lower conglomerate. The
lesser measurement applies in the southern part of Wooster
quadrangle, and the interval increases northward. The dip of
this stratiun southward is 13 feet to the mile and lies nearly
horizontally from east to west. It is apparent that it departs
somewhat from a parallel to the lower conglomerate and the
Berea due to differential movement. It is a remarkably uniform
stratum in thickness, in composition, and in uniformity of size of
pebbles. From east to west it has been observed across nearly
its entire belt of outcrop, and about twenty-five miles along the
belt. It is only one to three feet in thickness, is always largely
and often purely a bed of quartz pebbles ranging in size from shot
to pebbles three-fourths of an inch in diameter and notably even
in size at any one point. Cobblestones from tinder rock three to
five inches in diameter are found in places. Overlying the pebble
bed occurs rather soft, fine grained clayey sandstone and shale,
typical of the Logan shale to the southward, and carrying the same
fauna.
It was marine laid as shown by brachiopods and crinoid frag¬
ments. These occur mingled with the pebbles. The persistency
of the bed, the uniformity of its thickness, the assortment of its
pebbles, and their well rounded form, the writer ascribes to the
work of waves in a sea slowly advancing upon the land. The
character of the lower conglomerate indicates that it was laid
down in the same way. Both appear to be basal conglomerates.
346
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
Where was the land from which these pebbles came? One
would be inclined to answer at once, from the west and north
where older rocks now occur. But this leaves a structural feature
observed in both conglomerates rather hard to explain. At dif¬
ferent points south-east of Wooster, the upper conglomerate is
found to be cross bedded with bedding planes dipping sharply
toward the north. In the northwestern part of the Massillon,
the southwestern part of the Akron, and the eastern part of the
Medina quadrangles, the lower conglomerate shows conspicuous
crossbedding, either toward the west or toward the north. It is
hard to see how this structure can occur in any other way than
dipping away from a shore, whether produced by stream current
or undertow from wraves. If one would assign the structure in
this case to northward flowing currents along shore, another
difficulty is met. In the last named region where twenty to thirty
feet of the conglomerate is exposed in one outcrop, various levels
of crossbedding occur in different directions varying from west
to north. This would seem to be more like a delta deposit of a
stream flowing from the southeast. No case of crossbedding has
been found which would indicate that the shore was to the west
or north, but rather to the south and east. If the interpretation
of this structure be correct, it points to the presence of a land
mass where we have thought there was open sea.
The existence of these unconformities in middle Mississippian
rock would seem to throw light on the time of the very numerous
small folds found in the Medina quadrangle and only less numerous
in a number of other quadrangles eastward to the Pennsylvania
state line. They rarely occur where the Pennsylvanian is exposed
above, hence the uncertainty of assigning them to that age or
later. Some of them very likely belong to post Mississippian
time, but it should be stated that so far as observed they are much
less numerous in the Pennsylvanian than in the Mississippian and
particularly in the Mississippian below the conglomerate horizons.
One very clear case occurs in an outcrop in the north-east comer
of the Medina quadrangle in a ravine one-half mile southwest
of Hinckley village, where the horizontal beds of the Sharon
conglomerate (base of Pennsylvanian) rest upon the upturned
edges of the Mississippian. The top of the latter here is about 430
feet above top of the Berea, or more than 150 feet below the hori¬
zon of the lower conglomerate. The contact is sharp and the
layers of shale are inclined about twenty-five degrees.
If these conglomerates described above are the same beds
found in the central part of the state and southward, which would
appear to be true, it implies the presence of associated uncon¬
formities wherever they occur.
June, 1914.]
The Panicums of Ohio.
347
THE PANICUMS OF OHIO.
Blanche McAvoy.
This study of the Panicums of the state and the distribution
as given for each species are based on specimens in the state
herbarium at the Ohio State University. All of the Panicums
in the herbarium were studied and their identification revised
by Hitchcock and Chase of the United States Department of
Agriculture, while they were preparing their material for “The
North American Species of Panicum.” It was thought advisable
not to include any records of plants not so identified as it is some¬
times difficult to discover the exact species from the older names
used a few years ago.
Panicum L.
Perennial or annual grasses; inflorescence usually a panicle,
rarely a raceme; spikelet two-flowered, but the upper flower either
staminate, sterile or reduced; the empty glumes unequal, the outer¬
most one often minute; lemma and palet of the perfect flower
indurated; margin of the lemma inrolled; grain freely inclosed
within the {Lowering glumes.
Key.
1. Basal leaves like those of the stem. 2.
1. Basal leaves unlike those of the stem. 10.
2. Basal leaf-sheaths compressed, often keeled. 3. (Agrostia).
2. Basal leaf-sheaths round, little flattened, never keeled. 4.
3. Fruit stipitate. Panicum stipitatum. (2).
3. Fruit not stipitate. Panicum agrostoides. (1).
4. Leaf-sheaths smooth, panicle smooth; tall perennials having long root¬
stocks or stolons with numerous, small, broad, scale-leaves.
Panicum virgatum. (3).
4. Leaf-sheaths pubescent, or if smooth, then the branches of the
panicle pubescent; annuals. 5.
5. Leaf-sheaths smooth, panicle branches rough pubescent.
Panicum dichotomiflorum. (4).
5. Leaf-sheaths pubescent. G.
G. Spikelets ovate, more than inch long, spikelets close.
Panicum miliacium.
G. Spikelets lanceolate or elliptic, less than ps inch long; spikelets
distant. 7.
7. Panicle narrow', branches of the panicle ascending; spikelet less than
Hs inch long. Panicum flexile. (8).
7. Panicle spreading when mature; spikelet xs inch or less long. 8.
8. Panicle very large, usually p£ the plant. Panicum capullare. (6.)
8. Panicle not so large, usually 1 of the plant. 9.
9. Stem delicate; leaf blade less than pf inch wide.
Panicum philadelphicum. 9.
9. Stem stout; leaf-blade usually p£ to ps inch wide.
Panicum gattingeri. (7).
10. Leaf-blades pz wav up the stem less than p£ inch wide, attenuate to
cordate at the base. 11.
10. Leaf-blades way up the stem inch or more wide, usually cor¬
date to clasping at the base. 30.
348
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
11. Spikelets Y inch long or more. 12.
11. Spikelets less than Ys inch long, usually about ys inch. 22.
12. Leaves less than ys inch wide and about IS times as long as wide.
Panicum depauperation. (10).
12. Leaves more than Y inch wide, and not elongated. 13.
13. Upper surface of the leaves glabrous. 14.
13. Upper surface of the leaves pubescent. Panictim leibergii. (24).
14. Outer empty glume J as long as the spikelet. short acute.
Panicum scribnerianum. (25).
14. Outer empty glume Y2 as long as the spikelet, long acuminate.
Panicum xanthophysum. (26).
15. Stem simple or with basal branches only. 16.
15. Stem at length faciately branched. 22.
16. Hairs on the leaf sheath almost an Y inch long or longer, spreading,
usually dense. Panicum linearifolium. (11).
16. No hairs on the leaf sheath, or with hairs less than ys inch long,
sometimes ciliate on the margin. 17.
17. Leaf blade ^ inch or less wide, usually 18 or more times as long
as wide; spikelets usually glabrous. 18.
17. Leaf-blade usually much more than Y inch wide, never more than
8 times longer than wide; spikelets more or less pubescent. 20.
18. Leaves much elongated; often 6 to 10 inches long, attenuate at the
base. Panicum werneri. (12).
18. Leaves not elongated; generally less than 3V£ inches long, not at¬
tenuate at the base, spikelet less than Y inch.
Panicum bicknellii. (13).
19. Spikelets roundish, not over ^ inch long. 20.
19. Spikelets oblong-eliptic oreliptic, usually ^ inch or more long. 21.
20. Nodes pubescent with appressed hairs, base of the leaves ciliate,
panicle near’y as wide as long. Panicum sphaerocarpon. (14.)
20. Nodes glabrous, base of the leaves not ciliate, panicle not more than
Y wide as long. Panicum polyanthes. (15).
21. Stems pubescent. Panicum tsugetorum. (23).
21. .Stems glabrous. Panicum boreale. (18).
22. Spikelets glabrous. 23.
22. Spikelets pubescent. 24.
23. Nodes densely bearded. Panicum microcar pon. (17).
23. Nodes not bearded. Panicum dichotnmum. (16).
24. Ligule at the top of the leaf sheath minute or absent. 25.
24. Ligule present. 26.
25. Nodes of the main stem glabrous or with a few hairs.
Panicum boreale. (18).
25. Nodes of the main stem crisp pubescent.
Panicum ashei. (27).
26. Upper sheaths glabrous (ciliate on the margin).
Panicum lindheimeri. (19).
26. All of the sheaths pubescent. 27.
27. Upper surface of the leaves glabrous, except for a few long hairs
near the base. Panicum tsugetorum. (23).
27. Upper surface of the leaves pilose. 28.
28. Outer empty glume acute; spikelet rg inch long pubescence on the
sheath more than ys inch long. Panicum villosissimum. (21).
28. Outer empty glume blunt; spikelet less than ys inch long; pubes¬
cence on the sheaths not so dense and less than ys inch long. 29.
29. Upper surface of the leaf-blade long-pilose; plants yellowish-green.
Panicum hauchucae. (20).
29. Upper surface of the leaf-blade long-appressed pubescent.
Panicum implicatum. (22).
June, 1914.]
The Panicums of Ohio.
349
30. Spikelet inch or more long. 32.
30. Spikelet less than Y% inch long. 31.
31. Spikelet less than Jg in long. Panicum polynnthes. (15.)
31. Spikelet more than Jg inch long. Panicum commutatum. (28).
32. Leaf sheaths mostly pappilose-hispid; nodes glabrous or short
pubescent. Panicum clandestinum. (31).
32. Leaf-sheaths glabrous or soft-pubescent. 33.
33. Nodes glabrous. Panicum latifolium. (29).
33. At least the lower nodes pubescent or bearded. 34.
34. Lower surface of the leaf blade velvety-pubescent; leaf-sheaths
hairy. Panicum boscii molle. (30a).
34. Lower surface of the leaf blade not velvety-pubescent. 35.
35. Panicle narrow, its branches appressed, rarely a little spreading;
upper nodes at least, not bearded. Panicum xanthophysum. . (26).
35. Panicle open, its branches spreading; the nodes appressed-pubes-
cent. Panicum boscii. (30).
SPECIES DESCRIPTIONS.
1. Panicum agrostoides Spreng. Agrostis-like Panic-grass.
An erect, rather stout, glabrous, perennial, 1/J-3H feet high;
sheathes loose; blades flat, inches long, inch wide;
inflorescence a panicle, purplish, oblong-ovate, 6-12 inches long,
stiffly ascending, parts of the panicle densely flowered; spikelets
crowded, a few hairs on the short pedicel ; second empty glume and
lemma of the staminate flower sub-equal. Along shores. Erie
county.
2. Panicum stipitatum Nash. Long Panic-grass. A branch¬
ed perennial 3-5 feet high; leaf-blade 1 foot long, often purplish,
acuminate, and scabrous; inflorescence a pyramidal, purplish
panicle, 4-12 inches long, more open than in the proceeding
species; spikelets secund, acuminate, crowded, second empty
glume and lemma of the staminate flower equal; the outer empty
glume about § as long as the second; no hairs at the base of the
spikelet. North-eastern Ohio tc Lorain, Fairfield and Colum¬
biana.
3. Panicum virgatum L. Tall Smooth Panic-grass. A
tall tufted perennial from a creeping rootstock; 1-2 4^ feet tall,
glabrous. Leaves long-acuminate, flat, 1 foot long, inches
wide, narrowed toward the base, rough on the margin ; panicle
erect or spreading, 6-20 inches high and about as wide; spikelets
ovate, acuminate; outer empty glume acuminate, half as long as
the spikelet, 3-5 nerved; second empty glume longer than the
other glumes, 5-7 nerved, and exceeding the fruit. Low ground,
salt marshes or prairies. Variable. General.
4. Panicum dichotomiflorum Mx. Spreading Panic-grass.
A glabrous, branching annual, becoming decumbent and geni¬
culate. Sheathes loose, glabrous and somewhat flattened; leaves
6-20 inches long, inch wide, scabrous above or on the
margin ; panicle diffuse 4-16 inches long, spikelet crowded 1-8 inch
long; lanceolate, acute, glabrous, sometimes purplish; outer
empty glume If as long as the spikelet. General.
35°
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
5. Panicum miliaceum L. Millet Panic-grass. An erect
or decumbent annual 8-20 inches high, hispid or sometimes gla¬
brous. Sheathes papillose-hirsute ; leaves 5-10 inches long, 3-8
-1 inch wide, generally pubescent; panicle dense, erect or spreading
and drooping at maturity; spikelets ovoid-acuminate; outer
empty glume § as long as the spikelet, 5-7 nerved; second empty
glume 13 nerved, slightly longer than the other glumes. In
waste places. Lawrence, Erie, Richland introduced.
6. Panicum capillare L. Tumble Panic-grass. A stout spar¬
ingly branched, erect or decumbent annual, very sparingly branch¬
ed; sheaths papillose-hirsute; leaves pubescent, 0-12 inches long;
A to | inches wide; panicle very large and diffuse, included until
maturity; spikelets about A inch long; outer empty glume
’4-^ as long as the spikelet ; second empty glume exceeding the
fruit. In dry soil as a bad weed. General and abundant.
7. Panicum gattingeri Nash. Gattinger’s Panic-grass. Sim¬
ilar to P. capillare but branching from all the nodes. Panicles
more numerous but not so spreading or diffuse, leaves less hirsute.
Moist open ground. Rather general.
8. Panicum flexible (Gatt.) Scrib. Wiry Panic grass. A
slender erect annual V2 to 2 feet high with a few erect branches.
Bearded at the nodes; sheaths papillose-hirsute; leaves 4-10 inches
long; A t° A inches wide or wider; more or less pubescent;
panicle narrow, 4-0 inches long, about half the entire length of the
plant; spikelets lass than f inch long, solitary at the ends of
the branchlets; outer empty glume >4 as long as the spikelet;
second empty glume long acuminate. Adams, Champaign,
Madison, Franklin, Erie, Cuyahoga.
9. Panicum philadelphicum Beruh. Philadelphia Panic-
grass. A slender erect, freely-branching annual, decumbent at
the base, 6-16 inches high. Leaves less than 4 inches long. A
to A inch wide; panicle § the entire length of the plant, few
flowered, spikelet A inch long, solitary or in 2’s at the end of the
divergent branchlets, eliptic, acute, smooth; outer empty glume
4 the length of the spikelet; inner empty glume and lemma of the
sterile flower equal and barely longer than the fruit. In dry
woods or sandy shores. Ottawa county.
10. Panicum depauperatum Muhl. Starved Panic-grass.
An erect or ascending dichotomous perennial, N-16 inches high.
Nodes ascending pubescent; upper sheaths shorter than the
internodes, glabrous or pilose; leaves erect, elongated, A to i
inch wide; primary panicle much exserted, lower panicle often
hidden in the leaves; spikelets | inch long, glabrous, acute; the
second empty glume extending beyond the fruit. In dry soil.
Cuyahoga county.
11. Panicum linearifolium Serib. Linear-leaf Panic-grass.
A densely tufted perennial, 8-22 inches high; culms glabrous, erect,
June, 1914.]
The Panicums of Ohio.
35i
very slender, spreading or drooping; sheaths as long or longer than
the intemodes; leaves glabrous or pilose, especially on the lower
surface; 4-10 inches long, ^ to | inch wide; primary panicle
loose and open; spikelets obtuse or aeutish, pubescent with spread¬
ing hairs; outer empty glume to 3 as long as the spikelet. In
woods. Rather general.
12. Panicum werneri Scrib. Werner’s Panic-grass. A
smooth, light colored, tufted, sparingly branched or simple
perennial (5- IS inches tall. Leaves erect, linear, acuminate 2-4
inches long, | to A inch wide; panicle loose and open and
usually included within the leaves; spikelets A inch long,
somewhat pubescent ; cuter empty glume 1 4 as long as the spike-
let, 1 nerved; the second empty glume 7 nerved. In the dryer
parts of swamps. Lake, Cuyahoga, Franklin, Athens.
13. Panicum bicknellii Nash. Bricknell’s Panic-grass. A
slender, erect or decumbent perennial 8-lb inches tall. Lower
intemodes puberulent; sheaths ciliate on the margins, the lower
ones pubescent; leaves ciliate and narrow at the base, erect, linear-
lanceolate, primary leaves 3-7 inches long, | to A inch wide;
panicle 3-4 inches or less long, the primary ones longer than the
secondary ones ; spikelet oval, or ovate, pubescent, hairs ascend¬
ing; outei empty glume 1 -nerved; the second empty glume 9-
nerved. Dry woods. Gallia county.
14. Panicum sphaerocarpon Ell. Round-fruited Panic-
grass. An almost simple, usually erect perennial with somewhat
pubescent nodes. Sheaths shorter than the intemodes, ciliate
on the margin, glabrous; leaves 1-4 inches long, | to | inch wide,
acuminate, ciliate toward the base; panicle ovoid, long-ex ser ted,
1-3H> inches long, loosely flowered; spikelets greenish to purplish,
re inch or less long. Dry or sandy soil. Cuyahoga, Summit,
Trumbull, Hocking, Sciotc.
15. Panicum polyanthes Schultes. Many-flowered Panic-
grass. An erect, smooth, light-green perennial 1 to 3 feet tall.
Sheaths usually longer than the internodes; leaves ciliate toward
the base, long-acuminate, all of about the same size, 5 to S inches
long; to 1 inch wide; panicle 3 to 9 inches, longer than wide,
branches slender; spikelets A inch long, numerous, ovoid to
spherical; outer empty glume minute; second empty glume 7
nerved. Woods. Fairfield, Hocking, Jackson.
lb. Panicum dichotomum L. Forked Panic-grass. A
smooth perennial or having the lower nodes barked, erect, purplish
from a rootstock. Sheaths about JT the length of the intemodes;
leaves light green to purplish, spreading, 2 to 4 inches long, | to
1 inch wide; panicle 1 to 3J4 inches long, primary panicle
much exserted, secondary panicle included; few spikelets borne at
the ends of the long, flexuous branches of the panicle; spikelets
A inch long, glabrous, or rarely pubescent; outer empty glume
352
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
minute, secoiid empty glume shorter than the fruit, faintly nerved.
Woods. Rather general. No specimens from the northwestern
counties.
17. Panicum microcarpon Muhl. Small fruited. Panic-
grass. A perennial, simple at first, later densely branched,
prostrate or leaning, reflexed barbs at the nodes. The primary
leaves 3 to 4 y2 inches long, lA inch wide, secondary leaves 1 to 2
inches long, ^ to | inch wide, smooth; primary panicle long
exserted, rigid, 3 to 4R? inches long; secondary panicle smaller,
lax and included; spikelets about ^ inch long, purplish, glab¬
rous; outer empty glume § as long as the spikelet; second empty
glume slightly longer than the spikelet. Moist soil. Cuyahoga,
Lorain, Erie, Fairfield, Hocking, Jackson, Adams.
18. Panicum boreale Nash. Northern Panic-grass. An
erect, simple, perennial 1-2 feet tall, later becoming somewhat
branched and decumbent. Leaves erect, glabrous or rarely
puberulcnt beneath, sparingly ciliate toward the base; Panicle
2 to 1 inches long; narrow, ascending and spreading loosely flower¬
ed; spikelets A inch or slightly longer, outer empty glume 5
as long as the second empty glume; second empty glume as long
as the fruit. Moist open ground or woods. Fulton county.
19. Panicum lindheimeri Nash. Lindheimer’s Panic-grass.
An erect or spreading dichotomous perennial, glabrous, or pubes¬
cent below. Nodes swollen, intemodes longer than the sheaths
ligule of hairs at the top of leaf sheath ^ to 3/32 inches long;
leaves 2 to 31 4 inches long, 1 4 to A inches wide; ascending when
young with a few hairs on the margin of the base, glabrous above
and glabrous or puberulent below; primary panicle long-exserted
1 to :iy2 inches long, about as broad as long, loosely flowered, as¬
cending or spreading; spikelet somewhat pubescent, purplish, less
than A inch long; outer empty glume minute; second empty
glume shorter than the fruit. Sandy woods and open grounds.
Ashtabula, Hocking.
20. Panicum hauchucae Ashe. Hairy Panic-grass. A per¬
ennial, erect and simple at first, later profusely branched and some¬
what decumbent. Nodes barbed; sheaths papillose-hirsute;
ligule of hairs ^ inch or less long; leaves erect or spreading, thin
lax or firm, upper surface pilose, lower surface appressed-pubes-
cent with a luster; panicle 2 to 4 inches long, secondary shorter
than the primary, branches ascending or spreading; spikelets
pubescent, 1-10 inch or less long; outer empty glume minute;
second empty glume papillose-pilose, slightly shorter than the
fruit. Prairies or open ground. General.
21. Panicum villosissimum Nash. Villous Panic-grass. A
villous, olive green, erect or ascending slender perennial. Sheaths
villous with spreading hairs, ligule at the top of leaf sheath | to
jA inch long; leaves firm, ascending, 2% to 4 inches long, {
June, 1914.]
The Panicums of Ohio.
353
to | inch wide, slightly involute toward the end, pilose on both
surfaces, hairs appressed on the upper surface; primary panicle
long-exserted or equaled by the uppermost leaf, loosely flowered ;
spikelets a little more than ^ inch long, obovate to eliptic,
densely pubescent with short spreading hairs; outer empty glume
a little less than El as long as the second empty glume; second
empty glume a little shorter than the fruit. Sandy or dry soil.
Cuyahoga, Erie, Licking.
22. Panicum implicatum Scrib. Slender stemmed Panic-
grass. A slender, more or less pubescent tufted and erect peren¬
nial. Sheaths shorter than the internodes, papillose-pilose; ligule
at the top of the leaf sheath inch or less; leaves 1 to 3 inches
long, | to \ inch wide, erect, lanceolate, firm, upper surface
pilose, hairs erect, hairs on the lower surface appressed; panicle
open, wide-spreading, flexuous, 1 X to 2 inches long, branches
sometimes tangled; spikelets about A inch long, obovoid,
obtuse, papillose-pilose; outer empty glume almost l/2 as long as
the spikelet, pubescent; second empty glume equaling the fruit.
Wet soil. Gallia county.
23. Panicum tsugetorum Nash. Hemlock Panic-grass. A
bluish-green or purplish, slender perennial, 10 to 20 inches ascend¬
ing or spreading, often geniculate below. .Sheaths appressed
pubescent, shorter than the intemodes; leaves 2 to 2 ]/2 inches long,
j to ] inch wide, minutely appressed-pubescent beneath,
glabrous above or with a few hairs near the base or margin; panicle
loosely flowered, branches ascending or spreading; spikelets about
i3* inch long, broadly ovate, pubescent; outer empty glume f
as long as the spikelet; second empty glume equalling the fruit.
Sandy woods. Defiance, Summit.
24. Panicum leibergii (Vasey) Scrib. Lciberg’s Panic-grass.
A perennial 1 to 2 pi feet tall, scabrous at least below the nodes.
Sheaths sometimes longer than the internodes, papillose-hispid,
hairs spreading; ligule minute; leaves ascending, lanceolate, ciliate
near the base, papilose-hispid on both sides or almost glabrous
above, 3 to (i inches long; panicle 3 to (i inches long, less than
as wide, branches ascending; spikelets | inch long, papillose-
hirsute with spreading hairs; outer empty glume p2 as long as
the spikelet, 1 to 3 nerved; second empty glume oval, 7 to 9 nerved.
Dry soil. No specimens.
25. Panicum scribnerianum Nash. Scribner’s Panic-grass.
An erect perennial (i to 14 inches high, in clumps. Sheaths
papillose-hispid or nearly glabrous; ligule V32 inch long; leaves
2 to 4 inches long, | to ^ inch wide, sometimes ciliate toward
the base; panicle short-exserted, \y2 to 3 J4 inches long; spikelets
inch long, turgid, obtuse, slightly pubescent, outer empty
glume minute, second empty glume shorter than the fruit. Sandy
or dry soil. Cuyahoga, Erie, Wood, Franklin.
354
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8,
26. Panicum xanthophysum Gr. Slender Panic-grass. A
tufted, yellowish-green ascending perennial 1 to 2 feet tall, simple.
Sheaths loose, sparingly papillose-pubescent; ligule minute; leaves
3 to 6 inches long, J to f inch wide, often widest at the middle,
strongly nerved, glabrous except near the ciliate base; panicle
short to long exserted, few flowered, branches erect; spikelets |
inch long, or slightly more, obovate, turgid, pubescent, or rarely
glabrous; cuter empty glume about l/2 as long as the spikelet,
second empty glume and lemma of the sterile flower equal. Dry
soil. Rare. Lake county.
27. Panicum ashei Pear. Ashe’s Panic-grass. An erect,
stiff, usually sparingly branched, purplish perennial, in loose
clumps 10 to 20 inches high. .Sheaths short-eiliate on the margin,
pubescent, shorter than the internodes; leaves 2 to 3JJ inches long,
^ to po inch wide, rigid, spreading or ascending, glabrous, ciliate
near the base; panicle 2 to 4 inches long, branches ascending;
spikelets purplish, a little more than | inch long, obtuse; outer
empty glume minute. Dry woods. Cuyahoga, Lake, Trumbull,
Fairfield.
28. Panicum commutatum Schultes. Variable Panic-grass.
A stout, erect, perennial, glabrous, except for the puberulent nodes,
8 to 30 inches high, diehotomously branched above. Sheaths
glabrous or puberulent toward the summit, ciliate on the margin,
sheaths generally shorter than the intemodes; leaves firm, cordate
clasping, glabrous or puberulent 2 to 4p2 inches long, f to £
inches wide; panicle 2 to 5 inches long, spreading; spikelets less
than | inch long, cliptic, obtuse; outer empty glume minute;
second empty glume as long as the fruit, 7 nerved, pubescent.
Dry woods. Lawrence, Gallia, Fairfield, Wayne.
29. Panicum latifolium L. Broad-leaf Panic-grass. An erect
smooth, perennial, simple or branched above, 1 to 3 feet high.
Sheaths smooth and glabrous, ciliate; leaf-blades 2 to 7 inches long,
| to \]/2 inch wide, cordate, clasping at the base, acuminate,
glabrous or nearly so, ciliate, panicle 2J< to 6 inches long, short
or long exserted, rarely included, ascending, rather few flowered;
outer empty glume almost }-2 as long as the spikelet, acuminate;
second empty glume oval, obtuse 9 nerved, pubescent. In
woods. General.
30. Panicum boscii Poir. Bose’s Panic-grass. A glabrous
or minutely pubescent perennial 1 to 'll/2 feet, bearded with re¬
flexed hairs at least at the lower nodes. The sheaths usually
glabrous or pubescent on the margin and at the summit, leaves
ovate to broadly lanceolate, 2 to 5 inches long, l/2 to 1 b4 inches
wide, pubescent below, slightly pubescent or glabrous above;
panicle 2 y2 to 4 inches long, usually nearly as wide; spikelets £
to 3-16 inch long, ovate; outer empty glume ^ to \ as long as
the spikelet. Warren, Adams, Jackson and Belmont.
June, 1914.]
Meeting of Biological Club.
355
30 a. Panicum boscii molle (Vasey) Hitche, and Chase. Much
like P. boscii except not quite so tall and downy pubescent thru-
out. Hamilton, Lawrence, Cuyahoga.
31. Panicum chandestinum L. Hispid Panic-grass. An
erect or ascending rather stout perennial, simple at first but much
branched later in the season. Sheaths longer than the internodes,
papillose-hispid, especially the upper ones; leaf-blades 2 to 8 inches
long, to IJ4 inches wide, cordate, clasping, glabrous, ciliate at
the base; primary panicle 3 to .5 inches long, branches ascending,
often long-exserted, secondary panicles often inclined; spikelets
I inch long, pubescent, eliptic; outer empty glume § as long
as the spikelet; the second empty glume 9 nerved. In moist
thickets. General.
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, February 2, 1914.
The meeting was called to order at 7 :30 by the President,
Mr. Kostir. The minutes were read and approved. The fol¬
lowing were elected to membership: Eric S. Cogan, Fred Perry,
Gertrude Bartlett, Malon Yoder, Rudolf Pintner and Newton
T. Miller.
The first paper of the evening was a review of the thesis on
the study of “Capillary Movement of Soil Moisture, ” by Malcolm
Sewell. There are three reasons why a plant may not get suf¬
ficient water. First the soil water may be gone, second the
transpiration may be greater than the absorption and thirdly
the transpiration may be greater than the capillary action of the
roots. A plant may draw water from a much larger area than
that in which the roots are, due to capillary action. Mr. Sewell
then showed a dozen or more slides showing pictures of his tanks
in which he grew the com on which he based his conclusions.
One tank had no concrete bottom. The others had concrete
bottoms in which he kept the water levels at three and five feet,
respectively. He found that the best results were obtained in the
tank without a concrete bottom.
Prof. Osborn next gave an illustrated talk on his trip to
Maine. He said that there is little known about Maine and that
much of the State is unexplored. Much of the timber is wasted
by poor means of lumbering. The path that he took up Mt.
Katahden was that of an old avalanche. The trip up was a hard
one due to the rough out-crop of huge rocks. The purpose of
his trip was to collect leafhoppers.
Mr. Reed gave a review of some papers read at the meeting
of physiologists held in Philadelphia.
Blanche McAvoy, Secretary.
356
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XIV, No. 8V
MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE
OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
On the call of President Mendenhall, a meeting of the Executive
Committee of the Ohio Academy of Science was held on May 2,
in the Biological Building of the Ohio State University. The
invitation was extended to the officers of the Academy to meet
with the Committee.
Professors Mendenhall, Hine, Walton and Rice, of the Com¬
mittee, were present; also Professors Osborn, Lazenbv, Mills,
Schaffner and Cole.
It was unanimously voted that the invitation of the Ohio
State University to hold the next Annual Meeting of the Academy
in Columbus, be accepted with thanks. Voted that the Executive
Committee recommend to the Annual Meeting of the Academy
the holding of a field meeting during the month of May of 1915.
Voted that the President and Secretary be authorized to
appoint a representative to consult with the Secretary of State
of Ohio and to take such steps as may be necessary to secure
the change of the corporate name of the Academy from “The
Ohio State Academy of Science” to “The Ohio Academy of
Science” in conformity with the revised constitution and the
general usage of the Academy. Prof. Lazenby was appointed
after the meeting.
Voted that the President be requested to communicate with
Governor Cox with a view to securing closer mutual relations
between the Ohio Academy of Science and the State Government.
A careful discussion of the relations of the Ohio Academy of
Science and the Ohio Naturalist showed a general sentiment
in favor of a broadening of both scope and title of the Naturalist
to correspond with the broadening scope of the Academy, as
shown especially in the recent organization of a Section for
Physics. As the result of this discussion, it was voted that the
recommendation be presented to the publishers of the Ohio
Naturalist that the name of that journal be changed for the
year 1914-1915 to “The Ohio Naturalist and Journal of Science,”
with a view to the further change in 1915-1916 to “The Ohio
Journal of .Science;” also voted that the Editor and Business
Manager of the Naturalist be requested to report to the Annual
Meeting concerning the advisability of the financial co-operation
of the Academy in the publication of the Naturalist.
Edward L. Rice, Secretary.
Date of Publication, June II, 1914.
The College Book Store
Reference books in al! depart aents of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.'
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We c^n convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving' Co.,
57-59-61 East Gay St; COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “ Ohio Naturalist.1
The Ohio State University,
COLUMBUS.
Seven colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods offered in modern education. The following list of
departments will suggest the organization of the institution :
Agricultural Chemistry, Agronomy, American History, Anat¬
omy and Physiology, Animal Husbandry, Archaeology, Archi¬
tecture, Art, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Biblical Literature,
Botany, Ceramic Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engineering,
Dairying, Economics and Sociology, Engineering Drawing,
Electrical Engineering, English, European History, Forestry,
Geology, German, Greek, History and Philosophy of Education,
Home Economics, Horticulture, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law,
Manual Training, Mathematics, Mine Engineering, Mechanical
Engineering, Mechanics, Military Science and Tactics, Metal¬
lurgy, Mineralogy, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Education,
Physics. Political Science, Principles and Practice of Education,
Psychology, Romance Languages, Rural Economics, School
Administration, Veterinary Medicine, Zoology and Entomology.
Consult the Catalogue for the particulars in any of these
departments. Short courses in the Colleges of Agriculture and
Engineering are provided for the convenience of those who can¬
not pursue the full courses. Superior opportunity is offered for
the study of Dairying.
Special attention is called to the Summer Session, which
offers work in many departments.
Address University Editor for a bulletin describing the
session, or any of the Colleges.
The Graduate School has been formally organized under
the direction of a Graduate Council. Professor William Mc¬
Pherson, Ph. D., is Dean, to whom all correspondence should
be addressed.
W. O. THOMPSON, D. D., LL. D.,
President.
When -writing to advertiser*, pleaee mention the “Ohio NeturaJiet."
NOVEMBER,
Volume XV. 1914 Number 1.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Official Organ of the OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE and
BIOLOGICAL CLUB of the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00 Single Number, 15 Cent*
Entered at the Post-Ofliiee at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio naturalist
and Journal of Science
A Journal devoted more e*pecially to the Natural History of Ohio.
The Official Organ of The Ohio Academy of Science and The Biological Club of the
Ohio State University. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers). Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance.
To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Edilor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner
Business Manager . James S. Hine
Associate Editors
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board
Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner,
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice ot discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy’ of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first fourteen volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all-kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. g&gSS®3Si»
Ohio Academy of Science 'Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . . . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
2. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 cts.
3. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. Tioht, I. A. Bownocker, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowke . . 50 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Ratmond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
6. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hinb . 50 eta.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. B6. Thomas A. Bonseb . 50 cts.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 66. James G. Sanders . 60 cts.
9. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. MaxMobse . 50 cts.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schaftneb, Otto E. Jennings, Fred
J. Tyler.....'. . 35 cts.
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Stebki . 50 cts.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacbb . .60 cts.
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 54. Freda M. Bachman . 60 cts.
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. The Pteridophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schaffner . 50 cts.
17. Fauna of the Maxville Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Morse . 60 cts.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . 75 cts.
49. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Frederica Detmers . 75 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
iDEC 1 0 1914
The Ohio JJ\£aturalist,
and Journal of Science
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XV. NOVEMBER, 1914.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
No. 1.
Lie
NEW
ROTA
Humphrey— A Cytological Study of the Stamens of Smilax herbacea . . 357
Kostir — Additions to the Known Orthopterous Fauna of Ohio . 370
Jennings— Publications of the Ohio Biological Survey . . 374
McAvoy — Meeting of the Biological Club . 376
A CYTOLOGICAL STUDY OF THE STAMENS OF SMILAX
HERBACEA*
Lillian E. Humphrey.
INTRODUCTION.
There seems to be a general agreement among the various
investigators of the reduction division, that there is a pairing
and conjugating, in the first reduction division, of the univalent
chromosomes to form bivalents, but there is a considerable
diversity of opinion as to the time of the pairing and fusion.
Allen, Gregoire, Overton and many others hold the view that there
is a side to side pairing of the chromatic elements occurring usually
about the time of “synapsis.” De Vries also claimed that there
is a side to side pairing, but was not certain when it occurred,
although it was some time before the separation of the halves
of the bivalent chromosomes. As a proof of this theory it was
held that, since a longitudinal split of the spirem is discernible in
the early stages of the reduction division, the double spirem was
the result of a conjugation of two simple spirems. But according
to Schaffner, Fanner and Moore, Mottier and others the early
split is a longitudinal division of the same nature as that which
occurs at each vegetative karyoldnesis. The pairing of the
univalents according to this view must occur very early, before
the formation of the spirem; and the protochromosomes, which
in some species are rather definite masses and approximate the
reduction number of chromosomes, probably represent the end
of the stage when the pairing occurs.
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State
University, No. 85.
357
358
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1,
In my studies, therefore, careful observations of the spirem
were made with the view of determining whether there is a con¬
tinuous thread or whether there are a number of short individual
threads interwoven but distinct as described by Lawson and others
in a number of cytological studies of plants more or less closely
related to S. herbacea.
The exact. manner of chromosome formation was also studied
to determine whether they were the result of a looping and a
later longitudinal folding, or if there was simply a transverse
constricting and breaking apart of the spirem to form the chromo¬
somes as described by Miss Elkins in Smilax herbacea.
It was with these points in view that this study and review
of the necessary literature was taken up under the guidance of
Prof. John H. Schaffner, whose assistance and advice was found
to be of inestimable help in all work undertaken with him.
GENERAL CONSIDERATION OF PAST LITERATURE ON THE SUBJECT.
Since in recent years all except the latest papers have been
repeatedly reviewed, it is not considered necessary to refer to any
except such as have a very direct bearing on the matter in hand.
Those dealing with plants closely related to Smilax herbacea are
however included so far as they are available for study.
Miss Elkins in her paper, “The Maturation Phases in Smilax
herbacea,” states that she did not find a distinct reticulum in the
microsporocytes, and often the chromatin bodies were in pairs
or fours scattered through the finely granular meshes. According
to her account the multinucleolate condition is the rule rather
than the exception and often the nucleoli have papillate pro¬
jections which are present quite late. At “synapsis” or contrac¬
tion there is never more than one nucleolus present which condition
is brought about by the union of the nucleolar elements, but often
there are dark staining bodies left in the nuclear cavity. .She
also found that the nucleolus disappears at the metaphase just
as Gates found for Oenothera rubrinervis. In the presynaptic
stages, the linin meshes are said to contract, drawing the chro¬
matin material together, while the nucleolus is at one side pro¬
jecting from a mass of threads. It is during this period that
she found the chromatin becoming arranged into an interwoven
beaded filament. The appearance of the nucleus after synizesis
is stated to be quite different from its previous condition, the
chromatin emerging as a homogeneous filament. It is also
vaguely suggested that this may facilitate proper placing of
the paired parental elements in the chromosomes in the spirem.
She says that the chromosomes do not appear as definitely united
until the segmentation of the spirem. After synizesis the spirem
is a fairly thick thread, slightly beaded, but in a short time becomes
homogeneous. She observed that the double character of the
Nov., 1914]
Stamens of Smilax herbacea.
359
spirem was discernible at this time and at intervals the spirem,
which is made up of previously paired chromatin elements, was
constricted in some places to a narrow thread and finally separated
into irregularly shaped double segments. These pieces continue
to thicken and shorten, forming X and V-shaped chromosomes.
She says that the first division is merely a separation of the
chromosomes, but the second is a true mitosis. At the telophase,
she observed that the spirem was disposed about the periphery
of the newly formed membrane. The nuclear membrane dis¬
appears and the spirem is spread out over the spindle and in a
short time the spirem contracts into the equatorial plane, dividing
into chromosomes which become attached to the spindle with
the open ends outward. She could not determine the exact
number of chromosomes, but decided that there were either
twelve or thirteen.
Schaffner found in his study of Erythronium that the spirem
was at first long, slender, with chromatin granules that are not
prominent before the looping. The spirem undergoes a contrac¬
tion and a preceptible thickening, and is thrown into twelve
loops which are apparently broken apart by the twisting and
contracting. The chromosomes are said to be of various sizes
and seem to be double. They are attached to the spindle near
the free ends and during metakinesis are uncoiled and pulled
apart in the middle.
In Lilium tigrinum, (13), he found the chromatin network
forming a thin spirem with a single row of spherical granules.
There were no free ends so this would point to the fact that the
spirem is continuous and is also free in the cavity. The spirem
was then found to be in a condition of contraction and there
was not any apparent change in the spirem after it had come out
of this condition. After this the linin thread is said to elongate.
The spirem also has a tendency to form into loops. Twelve
loops are formed which break up into twelve chromosomes.
These are attached to the spindle fibers near the free ends in the
mother star and are separated by a transverse division. The
split in the second division is a longitudinal one.
When working with Agave virginica (15), he found that
there was a course chromatin net present and the cytoplasm
was dense and spongy. The chromatin net stretched out and
formed bivalent protochromosomes which in turn formed a
delicate spirem with a single row of granules. Synizesis fol¬
lowed, and in a study of the living material no contraction of the
chromatin material was noticeable. After synizesis a transverse
division of the chromatin granules takes place with a shortening
and thickening of the spirem which is thrown into loops of various
sizes and pressed against the wall of the nuclear cavity. With
the breaking of the spirem there results three ring chromosomes,
360
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1,
five smaller, and four large, long ones, which are rather well
individualized. The chromosomes are attached to a bipolar
spindle and are said to undergo a transverse splitting or breaking
at the loop end in the first division and a longitudinal separation
occurs in the second.
Lawson made a study of the microspores of several plants and
arrived at a number of new conclusions in regard to the relation
of “Osmosis as a Factor in Mitosis,” (5). He said that the
nuclear membrane did not break down or disappear during the
development of the spindle, but acted as any permeable mem¬
brane would under varying osmotic conditions. He gave drawings
showing that when the amount of nuclear sap became very
much reduced, the membrane drew close to each chromosome
and finally there were as many osmotic systems as there were
chromosomes and each chromosome has its own sphere of “kino-
plasm. ” He holds that the achromatic spindle is simply an
expression of the tension of the cytoplasm and is not an active
factor in mitosis.
In his paper, “The Phase of the Nucleus known as Synapsis, ”
(4), he states that the condition described is not a contraction
at all and has nothing to do with the fusion of maternal and
paternal chromatin, so was not a critical stage in reduction.
In his study of Smilacina he did not find protochromosomes,
but the reticulum was found to be made up of a number of linin
threads which approximate the diploid number of chromosomes.
Since he found no vacuoles in the cytoplasm he concluded that
the nuclear cavity itself was acting as a vacuole, since the spcro-
cytes were still enlarging and also on account of the turgid appear¬
ance of the nucleus. By the stretching of the nuclear membrane,
the space within was increased causing a great osmotic pressure,
which he concluded facilitated growth. This condition is probably
synonymous with that described by many authors as “synaptic
contraction. ” By actual measurements he stated that he was
able to determine that there was no contraction whatever. Thus
the conclusion reached in the paper was, that “synapsis” is
simply a period of growth during which the great amount of
nuclear sap causes the nuclear membrane to distend and with¬
draw from the chromatin material. This was all explained as
occurring before reduction division, because all the sporocvtes
had merismatic activity which manifests itself in the two divisions
immediately following.
Sehaffner in his paper, “Synapsis and Synizesis” (14), defines
synapsis as the formation of bivalent chromosomes from uni¬
valent ones by an end to end fusion and a subsequent folding.
McClung’s term Synizesis was accepted as appropriate for the
contractions usually observed in prepared sections showing early
stages in reduction. Synizesis was explained as an artifact
probably due to plasmolysis.
Nov., 1914.]
Stamens of Smilax herbacea.
361
Sauer, when investigating Convallaria majalis (10), found that
there was a resting period after the last archesporial division,
but that in a short time a chromatin network was formed. The
nueleous described as being visible from the beginning, fragments
in the later stages forming several micronucleoli. He says that
there is a clear area in the nucleus and that the continuity of the
spirem is very evident. After synizesis a loosening and unwinding
of the thread begins. The linin thread becomes thicker and the
chromatin granules elongate. Altho the spirem is shorter it
occupies the whole cavity and the division of the granules is
apparent. After this stage the doubleness of the spirem is no
longer visible. The spirem is next thrown into sixteen loops
which later divide into sixteen chromosomes. The first division
of the chromosomes in the microsporocvtes is transverse and
therefore qualitative.
Miss Hyde found in Hyacinthus orientalis (3), a definite
network in the microsporocyte, but fails to discover any accumula¬
tion of chromatin material that might be interpreted as proto¬
chromosomes. She determined, however, that the complicated
spirem was continuous, undergoing synizesis, looping, and finally
breaking into eight well individualized chromosomes.
Miss McAvoy, in her observations of the reduction division
in Fucshia (7), found protochromosomes which seemed to stretch
out and form a continuous spirem with chromatin granules.
The spirem undergoes synizesis after which the delicate thread
soon begins to thicken and in a short time shows loops which
lie along the periphery of the nucleus. These loops, fourteen in
number, break apart to form fourteen chromosomes.
The study that she made of Oenothera biennis (8), served
to confirm the results stated in her previous paper in as much
as she found a reticulum and protochromosomes which in turn
formed a continuous spirem that could be traced its entire length.
The synizetic knot is not so tight as in some plants and even
in this stage she was able to trace out much of the spirem. Loops
were formed which break apart forming seven chromosomes.
MATERIALS AND METHODS.
The primary purpose of this study was to observe the reduc¬
tion division in the microsporocvtes of Smilax herbacea and
also to incidentally consider any peculiarities in relation to the
degeneration of normal stamens to vestigal structures or to
their complete disappearance. It was found, however, that the
material available did not give the more critical stages bearing
upon the second part of the problem.
The material used in the investigation was collected from the
first week in May, 1913, at Columbus, Ohio, to the middle of
June, 1913, near the Lake Laboratory at Cedar Point. The
362
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1,
buds were killed in Schaffner’s weaker ehrom-acetic acid with a
trace of osmic acid added, being left in this for twenty-four
hours. After being thoroughly washed in water, the material
was dehydrated by passing it through the various grades of
alcohol to 70%, where it was left until September, when it was
passed through the higher grades into chloroform, from which
it was gradually passed into pure parafine and imbedded. Sections
10m to 13m thick were cut.
Several methods of staining were used. The first tried
was analin safranin, which was a fairly good stain, but it did
not make enough differention between the chromatin material
and the cytoplasm to be easily studied. Next Heidenhain’s
iron-alum haemotoxylin was used and found to be very good,
staining the chromatin material black and the surrounding
tissues brownish. In using this stain, the slides were passed
through turpentine, xylol, the different grades of alcohol to
water, then passed into iron-alum, where they were left for two
hours; after being well washed in water they were left four hours
or longer in Heidenhain’s haemotoxylin after which they were
washed and placed in iron-alum to clear, and after dehydrated
they were mounted in Canada balsam. The? most satisfactory
stain was Delafield’s Haemotoxylin. The slides were passed
through the alcohols to 25%, then into Delafield’s Haemotoxylin
where they were left for two hours, after which they were washed
in water and passed up through the alcohols and mounted.
INVESTIGATION.
The earliest preparations show the resting cells after the last
archesporial division, but before the tapetum has become
differentiated. In the youngest sporocytes the nuclei are small,
measuring 9m or 10m, and the cells fit closely together forming a
compact mass. In many nuclei there are several nucleoli present
which do not appear spherical, but have one or more finger-like
projections. In the youngest sporocytes the chromatin material
seems to be arranged in a loose reticulum (Fig. 1), which is not
uniformly spaced throughout the nuclear cavity, and is easily
distinguished in it. Following this reticular stage the chromatin
material has a tendency to draw together in masses which are
rather definite in shape, spongy and flaky in appearance, and have
fine threads radiating in all directions from the central lumps.
(Fig. 2).
There is a tendency for these spongy masses to become more
compact and definite in shape, approximating the reduced number
of chromosomes, (Fig. 3), and without doubt these are the pro¬
tochromosomes described by various authors, and designated
as “prochromosomes” by Overton and Strasburger. It is prob¬
ably at this stage that the univalent chromosomes are paired in
Nov., 1914.]
Stamens of Smilax herbacea.
363
order that they may have a definite position in the spirem during
the synaptic stages when the bivalent chromosomes are formed
by an end to end pairing and later longitudinal folding of the
chromatic elements. By many investigators “synapsis” is used
to designate the period of contraction which very generally
appears in the earlier stages of reduction. But it is much better
to use the term synizesis as was suggested by McClung and
adopted by Schaffner in the more recent of his cytological papers.
By eliminating this confusion of terms such expressions as “synaptic
mates,” etc. in relation to the chromosomes, become intelli¬
gible without further explanations.
The protochromosomes do not retain a definite shape, but in
a short time there is an apparent elongation of each mass and
a tendency for the delicate connecting linin threads to become
thicker as the elongation continues. (Figs. 4, 5, 6). Soon no
traces of the flaky masses are left, but instead there is a very
delicate continuous spirem which can be traced for long distances
in many of the sporocytes without finding any free ends. The
free ends in most cases can all be accounted for by their having
been cut in sectioning. (Fig. 7).
There is now a perceptible enlargement of the nucleus, which
appears very turgid; as a result of this enlargement the very
delicate spirem becomes loosened from the nuclear membrane
and does not appear to be so uniformly arranged about the
periphery as before, but has the appearance as if it had been
treated with some plasmolizing reagent. (Fig. 8).
By this time there is usually one large nucleolus present,
which very seldom appears in a central position and sometimes
there are also dark staining granules in the nuclear cavity which
in all probability are minute nucleoli. Miss Elkins noted this
same fact in her study of Smilax herbacea.
The spirem and granules in the earlier division stages show no
evidence of a double character. Soon after the spirem has
become loosened from the nuclear wall, there is an irregular
massing of the thread, which either may or may not enclose the
nucleolus. (Figs. 9, 10, 11). The types of contraction are not
always the same and there was no evidence that synizesis is an
actual stage in the reduction division. As previously mentioned
Lawson considered this condition to be due to a period of growth
in the nucleus, there would be thus no actual shrinking of the
chromatin, but there can be no question that in the preparations
studied there was a considerable actual contraction. Schaffner
(15) regarded this condition as an artifact on account of experi¬
ments tried with living material of Agave virginica and the
reactions also obtained by the treatment with different reagents
which caused plasmolysis to take place in the vegetative cells,
giving the spirem much the same appearance that was found in
364
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1,
many reduction preparations of apparently the same age. Miss
Elkins regards this “synapsis” as a natural stage in the reduction
division and not as an artifact as the many types of synizetic
masses lead the writer to believe. The synizetic knot is not
necessarily found to one side of the nuclear cavity, but is often
in the center in which case the nucleolus is usually found to be
lateral in position. Often threads with numerous granules are
seen projecting from the greater mass of chromatin material
toward the periphery of the nucleus. Before the contraction
of the spirem, there were no double granules observed and the
spirem was single, but following svnizesis a heavy spirem extends
throughout the nuclear cavity touching the periphery at various
points. (Figs 12, 13, 14). No evidence whatever in favor of
the theory that the double spirem is the result of the conjugation
of two simple spirems was found. The evidence rather points
to a longitudinal splitting instead of a conjugation. (Fig. 14).
The heavy spirem which often showed very plainly its double
character is thrown into loops around the periphery of the nuclear
cavity and in an older sporocvte each incipient loop appeared
to have twisted more tightly together, showing as definite bodies
still connected together so that almost the entire length of the
spirem may be traced by following the twists of the loops. Miss
Elkins described the chromosomes as being formed by the halves
of the double spirems constricting at intervals until only a very
slender thread united the segments, but the writer found a number
of preparations which showed well defined loops in which the
twisted condition appeared plainly just at the time when they
were pulling apart, as seen in Figure 17. Often large granules
are seen upon the linin thread even after well twisted loops are
formed and the double character of the thread is seen even in the
fully formed chromosome, if one focuses carefully.
By the transverse pulling apart of the heavy looped spirem,
there results rather indefinitely shaped chromosomes which are
joined together for some time by very delicate threads. (Figs.
18, 19, 20, 24). The irregular masses tend to shorten and thicken
forming twelve rather well individualized chromosomes. (Figs.
21, 22, 23). In many of the preparations of this stage it is impos¬
sible to count the chromosomes because of their proximity and
the irregularity of shape.
After the chromosomes have acquired their individual shape
they are still connected by fine threads (Fig. 24) and the nuclear
membrane becomes indistinct while the incipient spindle appears
about it. (Figs. 24, 25). The membrane disappears and a
definite bipolar spindle is apparent from the beginning with the
chromosomes and their connecting threads arranged over it.
The chromosomes appear to be gradually pulled into an equatorial
position by a shortening of the connecting threads. During this
Nov., 1914.]
Stamens of Smilax herbacea.
365
change the nucleous disappears. It is not possible to discover
whether it was dissolved or disintegrated into smaller bodies and
ejected into the cytoplasm. The cytoplasm at this stage has a
very spongy appearance, but no micronucleoli were seen in it.
In the mother star of the first division the chromosomes
are attached to the spindle fibers near their free ends with the
head of the loop extending outward as found by Schaffner in
Lilium philadelphicum (11) and by Miss Hyde in Hyacinthus
(3). There is a gradual shortening of the spindle fibers and at the
same time the chromosomes uncoil and pull apart at the outer
head of the loop or at the point where fusion took place during
synapsis. From drawings of metakinesis it will be seen that
the transverse splitting of the chromosomes of Smilax herbacea
is not simultaneous as is found in many plants. (Fig. 27). After
metakinesis the chromosomes are arranged around the poles
forming the daughter stars of the first division. (Fig. 28). There
is also a perceptible increase in the density of the cytoplasm in
the equatorial region where in a short time a distinct cell plate
is seen. By the time of the complete formation of the cell plate,
the spindle is no longer visible and a new nuclear membrane
is laid down around the daughter masses of chromatin material
thus forming two new cells very similar to the parent cell, but
much smaller. With the formation of the new nuclear membrane,
it is also found that the nucleoli of the daughter cells are beginning
to appear. The chromatin material in these daughter cells
does not undergo such changes as were evident in the nuclei of
the sporocyte, but the newly formed chromosomes are massed
together not to form a continuous spirem, but an irregularly
shaped mass in which the individual chromosomes may be
distinguished. (Fig. 29).
The daughter cells do not immediately separate, but may be
seen still clinging together after the second division is well
advanced. In the second division the chromosomes are attached
to the spindle fibers in the equatorial plane by the head of the
chromosome, having the free ends extending outward. (Fig. 30).
The separation of the chromosomes at this division is along the
longitudinal split. After the second metakinesis we find the
two daughter stars with the distinct chromosomes (Fig. 31)
which were readily counted in several preparations from the
polar views. The number was found to be twelve. (Fig. 32).
The cell plates of this division soon appear and a new nuclear
membrane is evident in each daughter cell around the rather
small chromosomes which become more or less crowded together
and connected by fine connecting strands. All the tetrads
appeared to be normal, there being no such irregularities found
as shown by Fullmer in Hemerocallis and by Miss McAvoy in
Fuchia.
366
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1,
LITERATURE CITED.
1. Elkins, Marion G. The Maturation Phases in Smilax
herbacea. Botanical Gazette, 57: 32-53, 1914.
2. Fullmer, E. L. The Development of the Microsporangia and
the Microspores of Hemerocallis fulva. Botanical Ga¬
zette, 28: 81-88, 1899.
3. Hyde, Edith. Reduction Division in Hyacinthus. Ohio
Naturalist, Vol. IX, No. 8, 1909.
4. Lawson, A. A. The Phase of the Nucleus known as Synapsis.
Trans. Rov. Soc. Edinburgh, Vol. XLVII, Part III, No. 2,
1911.
5. — - - — . Nuclear Osmosis as a Factor in Mitosis. Trans.
Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Vol. XLVIII, Part I, No. 7,
1911.
6. McAllister, Frederick. On the Cytology and Embry¬
ology of Smilacina Racemosa. Trans, of the Wis. Acad¬
emy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters, Vol. XVII, Part I,
1913.
7. McAvoy, Blanche. Reduction Division in Fuchsia. Ohio
Naturalist, Vol. XIII, No. 1, 1912.
8. - — — . Reduction Division in Microsporocytes of
Oenothera biennis. Ohio Naturalist, Vol. XIV, No. 1,
1913.
9. McClung, C. E. The Chromosome Complex of Orthopteran
Spermatocytes. Biol. Bull. 9: 304-340, 1905.
10. Sauer, Louis W. Nuclear Divisions in the Pollen Mother-
cells of Convallaria majalis. Ohio Naturalist, Vol. IX,
No. 7, 1909.
11. Schaffner, J. H. Contributions to the Life History of
Lilium philadelphicum. The Division of the Macrospore
Nucleus. Botanical Gazette, 23: 430-449, 1897.
12. - . A Contribution to the Life History and
Cytologv of Erythronium. Botanical Gazette, 31: 369-
387, 1901.
13. - . Chromosome Reduction in the Microsporo¬
cytes of Lilium tigrinum. Botanical Gazette, 41: 183-191,
1906.
14. - . Synapsis and Synizesis. Ohio Naturalist,
Vol. VII, No. 3, 1907.
- . The Reduction Division in the Microsporo¬
cytes of Agave virginica. Botanical Gazette, 47: 198-214;
1909.
15.
Nov., 1914.]
Stamens of Smilax herbacea.
367
Explanation of Plates XVI and XVII.
The plates were reduced f in reproduction. All the drawings
were made with a compensating ocular 12 and a 1-16 oil immersion
lens. An Abbe camera lucida was used.
Fig. 1. Microsporocyte before the beginning of the division of the chro¬
matin network.
Fig. 2. Microsporocyte showing the flaky and spongy appearance of the
chromatin material.
Fig. 3. Masses of chromatin material which are the protochromosomes.
Figs 4, 5. Later stages showing the elongation of the protochromosomes
in their tendency to form a spirem by stretching out along the
linin thread.
Fig. 6. Early spirem with irregular flakes along its sides.
Fig. 7. Early spirem with small granules.
Fig. 8. Microsporocytes showing the spirem free from the nuclear mem¬
brane and collapsing.
Figs. 9, 10. Sporocytes showing different types of synizesis.
Fig. 1 1 . Sporocyte in synizesis with the projecting strands showing granules.
Fig. 12. A synizetic knot with rather heavy projecting loops.
Fig. 13. Heavy spirem showing granules and beginning of looping.
Fig. 14. Sporocyte showing the double nature of the spirem and granules.
Fig. 15. Sporocyte showing the early looping stage and double spirem.
Fig. 16. Sporocyte showing well formed loops.
Fig. 17. Chromatin loops completely formed and just breaking apart.
Figs. 18, 19, 20. Sporocytes showing the prominent chromosomes that
have not completely separated, but still show some connecting
threads.
Figs. 21, 22, 23. Sporocytes showing the twelve mature chromosomes;
the looped nature of the chromosomes is still evident in most
cases.
Fig. 24. Sporocyte showing the delicate connections between the chro¬
mosomes and the incipient spindle.
Fig. 25. Chromosomes in the spindle being drawn into the equatorial
plane.
Fig. 26. Early stage of metakinesis showing the chromosomes dividing.
Fig. 27. Later stage of metakinesis showing most of the chromosomes
divided.
Fig. 28. Daughter star of the first division.
Fig. 29. Daughter cells showing the more or less distinct chromatin masses
in the nuclei.
Fig. 30. Mother star of the second division.
Fig. 31. Daughter star of the second division.
Fig. 32. Polar view of the twelve chromosomes of a daughter star of the
second division.
Fig. 33. Normal tetrad within the old sporocyte wall still showing the
more or less distinct daughter chromosomes.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XVI.
Humphrey on “Stamens of Smilax.”
Ohio Naturalist,
Plate XVII.
Humphrey on
Stamens of Smilax
370
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1
ADDITIONS TO THE KNOWN ORTHOPTEROUS FAUNA
OF OHIO.
W. J. Kostir.
The first attempt to catalog the known Orthoptera of Ohio
was made by Charles S. Mead in 1904. His list was published in
the Ohio Naturalist for March of that year. It was based
upon the collection of Orthoptera of the Ohio State University
and the results of his own collecting in several parts of the state.
The list contained nearly one hundred names. No additions
to this list have been published up to the present time.
At intervals during the past three years the writer has
collected in various parts of the state, and has also examined all
the private and college collections of Orthoptera that were avail¬
able. The literature has been carefully gone over for possible
Ohio records, though little information was obtained in this way.
Much help was received through the kind co-operation of
numerous friends, and for this the writer wishes here to express
his deep obligation. As a result of this work the species and
varieties listed below have been added to the known Orthopterous
fauna of Ohio. Much has also been learned about the distribu¬
tion within the state of many of the other forms, and this informa¬
tion the writer hopes to incorporate in a short descriptive catalog
of Ohio Orthoptera, upon which he is at present working.
Records of exotic species taken in the state have not been
included in this list, except in cases where they seem to have
become established.
Acknowledgment should here be made of assistance in identi¬
fication kindly given by Mr. A. N. Caudell, Prof. A. P. Morse,
and Mr. Morgan Hebard. Except where otherwise noted, all
identifications have been made or verified by the writer.
Family FORFICULIDAE.
Vostox (Spongiphora) brunneipennis Serv.
One c? , taken by Mr. Charles Dury at Cincinnati.
Family BLATTIDAE
Ischnoptera borealis Brunn.
All but one of the specimens referred by Mead to I. uhleriana
belong to I. borealis. This one exception is the only specimen
of I. uhleriana from Ohio that the writer has seen. It is a typical
efi, and was taken at Vinton, Vinton County, by Prof. James S.
Hine. I. borealis has been taken in various parts of the state.
Ischnoptera couloniana Sauss.
One $ , taken by Prof. J. S. Hine at Hanging Rock, Lawrence
County.
Nov., 1914.]
Orthopterous Fauna of Ohio.
37i
Ischnoptera (Temnopteryx) deropeltiformis Brunn.
One d\ taken by Mr. F. W. Cowles at Sugar Grove, Fairfield
County.
Ischnoptera johnsoni Rehn. (I. intricata Blatch.)
One $ , taken at Castalia, Erie County, by Miss Blanche Howe.
Family MANTIDAE.
(?) Paratenodera (Tenodera) sinensis Sauss.
This species was introduced in Cincinnati about 1905 by Miss
Annette Braun, the egg-masses having been brought from Phila¬
delphia. Specimens were seen each summer for several years
afterward. It has not been seen for the past three summers
and may have died out.
Stagmomantis Carolina Linn.
Numerous specimens of this common southern species have
been taken in the southern part of the state. 1 9 was taken by
Mr. M. M. McLeish, in Franklin County, just east of Columbus.
Family PHASMIDAE.
(?) Diapheromera velii Walsh.
Scudder, in his paper on the genus Diapheromera (Psyche,
vol. IX, (1901), pp. 187-189), records this species as present
in Ohio. Until Scudder’s material can be examined, however,
it would seem to be doubtful whether he did not have at hand
specimens of the later-described Manomera blatchleyi Caudell,
9 s of which, according to Caudell, are scarcely separable from
those of D. velii.
(?) Manomera (Bacunculus) blatchleyi Caud.
Numerous specimens, all 9 s, agreeing with the descriptions
of the 9 of both Manomera blatchleyi and Diapheromera velii,
have been taken by the writer at Cedar Point in the past three
summers. Since no cfs were taken, certain identification is hardly
possible, but as D. velii is a species of distinctly southern range,
it is very probable that they belong to M. blatchleyi.
Family GRYLLIDAE.
Ellipes minutus Scudd.
The specimens referred by Mead to Tridactylus apicalis
Say belong to this species. They were collected in Columbus.
The writer has also taken this species at Cedar Point, Erie County,
and at Sugar Grove, Fairfield County.
Myrmecophila pergandei Brun.
This interesting myrmecophilous species was taken by Mr.
Dury in thick woodland, near Cincinnati. It was found in
ant-nests which had been exposed by overturning logs and stones.
372
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1,
Nemobius bruneri Heb.
Several specimens, cT and 9 , taken by the writer among
the pebbles and stones along the Olentangy River, Columbus.
(Id. M. Hebard).
Gryllus pennsylvanicus arenaceus Blatch.
One 9 , collected by Mr. Mead at Cedar Point.
Gryllus pennsylvanicus firmus Scudd.
Four specimens, collected by the writer: One c?, two 9 s, at
Ironton, Lawrence County, and one 9 , at Sugar Grove.
Gryllus pennsylvanicus integer Scudd.
Two 9 s, taken by the writer at Cedar Point. (Id. A. N.
Caudell).
Oecanthus exclamationis Dav.
A number of specimens have been taken by the writer at
Cedar Point.
Hapithus (Apithes) agitator Uhl.
One cT, taken by Prof. Herbert Osborn at Rupels Station,
Ross County.
Orocharis saltator Uhl.
Taken by Prof. Osborn at Rupels Station, Ross County,
and by Mr. Dury, at Cincinnati.
Family TETTIGONIIDAE (LOCUSTIDAE).
Amblycorypha uhleri Stal.
One cf, taken by the writer at Hanging Rock, Lawrence. Co.
Neoconocephalus (Conocephalus) triops Linn.
One d\ taken at Etna Junction, Lawrence Coiinty.
Orchelimum agile DeG.
Two cfs, taken by the writer at Hanging Rock, Lawrence
County. (Id. A. N. Caudell).
Orchelimum glaberrimum Bunn.
.Specimens taken by Mr. Dury at Cincinnati and by the
writer at Cedar Point and Columbus.
Orchelimum gladiator Brun.
One 9 , taken by the writer at Cedar Point.
Camptonotus carolinensis Gerst.
One 9 , taken by Prof. Osborn at Rupels Station, Ross County.
Diestrammena marmorata Haan.
This interesting Ceuthophilus-like form was introduced
into this country some years ago from Japan. Specimens have
been taken in an empty dwelling at Clintonville, Franklin County
and in a greenhouse at Springfield. In the latter place, at least,
it seems to have established itself permanently.
Nov., 1914.]
Orthopterous Fauna of Ohio.
373
Ceuthophilus ensifer Pack.
Two specimens are in the Ohio State University collection,
one d from Sugar Grove and one 9 from Columbus.
Ceuthophilus gracilipes Hald.
One d, taken by Mr. Durv at Cincinnati, and one 9 , taken
by Dr. Morrey at Chester Hill, Morgan County. (Id. A. N.
Caudell) .
Ceuthophilus heros Scudd.
One d , taken by Mr. C. J. Drake, at Tiffin, Seneca County,
and several specimens, ds and 9 s, collected by the writer
near Clyde, Sandusky County and at Rocky River, Cuyahoga
County. (Id. A. N. Caudell).
Ceuthophilus neglectus Scudd.
Several specimens, cps and 9 s, taken by Mr. R. J. Sim,
at Jefferson, Ashtabula County.
Ceuthophilus pallidipes Walk.
Two ds, one 9 , taken by Mr. R. J. Sim, at Jefferson.
Ceuthophilus tenebrarum Scudd.
In his paper on the North American Ceuthophili, (Proc.
American Academy, vol. XXX (N. S. XXII) (1894), p. 72),
Scudder says of this species: “Two d, two 9 , from Ohio are in
the collection of Riley. (U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Family ACRIDIIDAE.
Neotettix femoratus Scudd.
One specimen of this southern species, a d, was taken by the
writer near S. Bloomingville, Hocking County.
Acrydium (Tettix) hancocki Morse.
One d , taken by the writer at Ironton.
Tettigidea lateralis Say.
One d and two 9 s of this southern form were taken by the
writer at Ironton. A few fairly typical specimens from Hanging
Rock, Sugar Grove and Columbus are in the University col¬
lection. A number of specimens taken in the southern half
of the state are plainly more or less intermediate between T.
lateralis and T. parvipennis, through a perfect connecting series
between the two is lacking.
Trachyrhachis thomasi Caud. (Mestobregma cincta auct.)
Several specimens, cfs and 9 s, have been taken by the
writer at Ironton, and near S. Bloomingville, Hocking County.
One 9 was picked up on the University campus, Columbus.
Trimerotropis citrina Scudd.
Taken by Mr. Dury on sand bars along the Ohio River at
Cincinnati, where it is common.
374
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1,
Schistocerca alutacea rubiginosa Harr.
One specimen, taken at Athens, Athens County. In the Ohio
State University Collection.
Schistocerca damnifica Sauss.
Taken by Mr. Dury at Cincinnati and by the writer at Sugar
Grove.
Melanoplus minor Scudd.
One c? , two $ s, taken by the writer near Newark, Licking
County.
Melanoplus morsei Blatch.
Two $ s, taken by Mr. B. B. Fulton and the writer near
S. Bloomingville, Hocking County.
Melanoplus obovatipennis Blatch.
Numerous specimens, cfs and 9 s, have been taken by the
writer at Hanging Rock, Lawrence County, at Cincinnati, at
Sugar Grove, and near S. Bloomingville, Hocking County.
Melanoplus punctulatus .Scudd.
Two specimens of this arboreal grasshopper have been taken
at Cedar Point in different years, by Miss E. D. Faville and
Mr. J. L. King.
Melanoplus similis Morse.
One c? , one 9, taken at Vinton, Vinton County. In the
Ohio State University collection. (Id. A. P. Morse).
Publications of the Ohio Biological Survey.
The writer has before him two botanical bulletins of great
interest as relating to the flora and vegetation of Ohio. The
bulletins are 2 and 3 of the Ohio Biological Survey.
Bulletin 2, a “Catalog of Ohio Vascular Plants,” by Prof.
J. H. Schaffner, is a well-printed pamphlet of 120 pages, con¬
taining entries for 2065 species and a number of varieties and
hybrids. The State Herbarium has been taken as the basis for
the citation of species, although certain other reliable sources
have been drawn upon. The list is a conservative one, quite
a large number of species noted in former lists having been dropped,
a thorough investigation having failed to show their occurrence
in the state. The method of entry for such species is: Serial
number, scientific name, common name, and distribution by
counties. If the distribution is general the names of the counties
are omitted, the occurrence being indicated as “General, ” “Rather
general,” etc.
Nov., 1914.] Publications of Ohio Biological Survey.
375
The nomenclature used is that of Britton & Brown’s Illustrated
Flora, second edition, the sequence of species following strictly
the author’s phyletic classification. With reference to Tipularia
unifolia we would suggest that reference should have been made
to its occurrence in Ashtabula County as discovered in 1911 by
R. J. Sim. (Torreya 12:107-110. May, 1912.
Bulletin 3, “A Botanical Survey of the Sugar Grove Region, ”
by Prof. Robert F. Griggs, is an excellent treatment of the eco¬
logical relations of the vegetation of the “Sugar Grove region,”
a rolling upland cut up with numerous deep ravines, and extending
in a north and south direction for about twenty miles in Fairfield
and Hocking counties, south central Ohio. The region is imme¬
diately south of the glaciated region and may be considered as
an outlier of the Appalachian Plateau.
To one familiar with the vegetation of the Appalachian
Plateau in western Pennsylvania the Botanical Survey of the
Sugar Grove Region reads almost like a survey of some of the
quite similar areas to be found in the first-named region. The
less important place occupied in the Sugar Grove Region by
Rhododendron, Kalmia latifolia, Castanea and Robinia Pseudacacia
and the absence of Pinus Strobus and Azalea nudiflora , is balanced
by the presence of Hypericum Drummondii, Napaea dioica and the
greater prominence of Oxydendrum, Acer Negundo, Sullivantia,
Quercus macrocarpa, Dodecatheon, Diospyros, etc. Altogether the
associations could be applied almost as well in the one region as
in the other, but with the eastern species thinning out westward
and a number of more northern species reaching into the Sugar
Grove Region. Prof. Griggs is to be complimented upon the
excellent manner in which he has accomplished this survey. It is
to be regretted very much, however, that the proof-reading was
not more carefully done. In a rather causal examination errors
were noted in the scientific names to the number of sixty-six; on
page 280, six out of twenty-seven names in one list being incor¬
rectly spelled. We sincerely hope that more attention may be
paid to the proof-reading in the future numbers of the survey,
the present numbers being otherwise printed in a highly satis¬
factory manner.
O. E. Jennings.
Carnegie Museum, October 9, 1914.
376
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 1,
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, March 2, 1914.
The meeting was called to order at 7 :30 by the President,
Mr. Kostir; the minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved.
C. J. Reed, R. R. Robinson and Percy Wiltberger were elected
to membership. The First paper of the evening was by Prof.
A. P. Weiss on “the Nature of Inhibition as a Nervous Function.”
The paper considered a way in which the modification which
occurs in all human instinctive reflexes as maturity is reached,
could be explained by assuming that a nervous current may deflect
a weaker one and thus bring about a combination of reflexes not
present at birth, but which results in characteristically adult
behavior. In this paper, inhibition (usually described as a check¬
ing or blocking mechanism) is considered as being a condition
in which one nervous process deflects another and thus brings
about a modification of the original response.
The next part of the program was a symposium on “The
Determination of Sex.” Prof. Sehaffner talked on sex determina¬
tion as demonstrated in plants. In some plants the sex can be
changed; Equisetum for example, in which both gametophytes
are produced from spores that look to be identical. In the higher
plants the sex has been determined before reduction takes place.
Miss Ickes explained the chromosome theory of sex determina¬
tion. According to this theory there is an accessory chromosome,
the presence or absence of which determines the sex. Guyer
found the accessory chromosome in guinea fowls, in chickens and
in man. Nematodes and insects show the accessory chromosome.
Prof. Barrows gave a short report of Dr. Riddle’s work with
Dr. Whitman’s pigeons. If the eggs are taken away as soon as
laid and a long series of eggs obtained, those at the beginning of
the series will produce males while those toward the end of the
series will produce females. In the middle of the series the
individuals show graded psychological attributes.
The meeting then adjourned.
Blanche McAvoy, Secy.
The twenty-fourth annual meeting of the Ohio Academy of
Science will be held on November 26-28, at The Ohio State Uni¬
versity, Columbus.
Date of Publication, November 5, 1914.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving' industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 Bast Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH^ & GLENN,
pmrrERSAND publishers.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “ Ohio Naturalist.’*
The Ohio State University
COLUMBUS
WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, President.
Ten Colleges and a Graduate School
College of Agriculture
College of Arts, Philosophy and Science
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Homeopathic Medicine
College of Law
College of Medicine
College of Dentistry
College of Pharmacy
College of Veterinary Medicine
Graduate School
Summer Session (Eight weeks)
For general information, catalogue, or special bulletin de¬
scribing each college, with fees and announcement of courses
j
Address:
L. E. WOLFE, Secretary Entrance Board,
THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
Volume XV.
DECEMBER,
1914
Number 2.
5
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Official Organ of the OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE and
BIOLOGICAL CLI/B of the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00 Single Number, 15 Cents.
Entered at the Post-Offiiee at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist
and Journal of Science
A Journal devoted more especially to the Natural History of Ohio.
The Official Organ of The Ohio Academy of Science and The Biological Club of th
Ohio State University. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers). Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance.
To foreign countries,- £1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner
Business Manager . James S. Hine
Associate Editors
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, \V. C. Mills, Arthaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board
Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner,
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members oi the Academy wh
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first fourteen volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. 2hS°L^i!o^
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . . . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . . . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . . . 60 cts.
3. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 116. David S. Kelucott . 60 cts.
8. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownockeb, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowkb . . . . 60 ete.
4. The Fishes of Ohio, pp, 105. Raymond C. Osbcrn . 60 0
6. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hine . 60 cts.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 76eti
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. 96. Thomas A. Bonseb . 60 cte.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 66.- James G. Sandebs . . . 60 tit.
9. Batrachians add Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. Max Morse . 60 c if.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schattneb, Otto E. Jennings, Feed
J. Tyler . .' . . 35 01
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 60 cte.
12. Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 60 ots.
13. The Protoioa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacrb . 60 c
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 54. Freda M. Bachman . 60 ct
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaffner . 76 cte.
16. The Pteridophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schafyneb . 60 ot
17. Fauna of the Maxville Limestone, pp. 66. W. C. Morse . 60 cte.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . 75 ots.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Frederica Detmers . 76 cte.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
^The Ohio Us^aturalist,
and Journal of Science
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XV. DECEMBER, 1914. No. 2.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Sears — The Insect Galls of Cedar Point and Vicinity . 377
Bartlett— The Native and Cultivated Viciese and Phaseolete of Ohio . 393
THE INSECT GALLS OF CEDAR POINT AND VICINITY.
Paul B. Sears.
(Department of Botany, University of Nebraska.)
The following list is based on rather careful collections made
during the summer of 1914. Since the list contains many forms
common throughout Ohio, I have aimed to make the synonymy
fairly complete to date, as an aid to students, while the biblio¬
graphy has been limited to original description (where possible)
and some more recent notice which should be helpful.
In the course of this work I have become deeply indebted to
Mr. W. J. Kostir, of Ohio State University, while Prof. Herbert
Osborn, Prof. B. W. Wells, Prof. Myron Swenk, Miss Edith
Patch, Mr. Nathan Banks and others have shown me various
kindnesses.
Figure 1. Salix longifolia affected by the mite Eriophyes
aenigma. Walsh.
Cecidomyia salicis-aenigma Walsh.
Acarus salicis-aenigma Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 111:608.
Stebbins, Bull. 2 Springfield Museum: 10.
Terminal bud-gall, made up of an irregular cluster of yarn¬
like masses, each about 1-2 mm. in diameter, the whole 2x3 cm.
Whitish tomentose, turning brown and remaining in situ. July.
Fairly common.
Fig. 2. Salix longifolia affected by the mite Eriophyes
salicicola Garman.
Phytoptus salicola Garman. 12th Rep. Ills. Ent. X.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind.:862.
Leaf-gall, tiny, globular to irregular, often massed, on either
surface of leaf, at times projecting through. .25-3 mm. across.
Light green to completely crimson. July. Common.
377
378
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
Fig. 3. Salix longifolia affected by the gall-gnat Rhabdophaga
brassicoides Walsh.
Cecidomyia salicis-brassicoides Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 111:577.
Cecidomyia brassicoides Beutenmueller.
Stebbins, Bull. 2 Springfield Museunv.il.
Twig-gall, evident as telescoping of terminal twig-structures,
with abnormal down-production, and great broadening of leaves,
whole extending back 10 cm. or more. Frequent.
Fig. 4. Salix longifolia affected by the gall-gnat Rhabdophaga
strobiloides O. S.
Cecidomyia strobiloides Osten Sacken, Mon. N. A. Dipt. pt. 1:203.
Cecidomyia salicis-strobiloides Walsh.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus.:ll.
Terminal bud-gall, showing as a rounded conical mass of
closely appressed scale-like leaves. Green, with a whitish silky
covering. 2.5-3 x 4 cm. Usually abundant, but scarce this year.
Fig. 5. Salix sp. affected by a saw-fly, probably Crypto¬
campus nodus Walsh.
Euura salicis-nodus Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. VI:253.
Cryptocampus salicis-nodus Rohwer.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus.:12.
Twig-gall, being a spindle-shaped enlargement of the herba¬
ceous or young woody twigs, concentric with the stem as a rule,
about 1 cm. in diameter, and ranging up to 3.5 cm. in length.
Color that of normal twig.
Fig. G. Salix longifolia affected by the saw-fly Pontania
pomum Walsh.
Nematus salicis-pomum Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. VI:255.
Nematus pomum Beut.
Cook, Appendix to Ins. Galls Ind.:o.
Leaf-gall, spherical to spherical constricted, on lower surface,
and projecting slightly through. 5-10 mm. diameter. Color
ranging from light green to red, depending upon light relation.
Minute cork-specks frequently present. Very common. July 1st.
Fig. 7. Salix longifolia affected by the saw-fly Pontania
desmidoides Walsh.
Nematus salicis-desmidoides Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. VI:257.
Nematus inquilinus Walsh.
Pontania inquilina Marlatt.
Cook, App. Ins. Galls Ind.:5.
Leaf-gall, flattened bean-shaped, bisected by leaf, usually
centered on a lateral vein, one to several galls on a leaf. 5-8 mm.
long, 4-5 mm. broad and thick. Color various, usually crimson.
Abundant in a restricted area. July 23.
Dec., 1914.]
Insect Galls of Cedar Point.
379
Fig. 8. Populus deltoides affected by the louse Pemphigus
populicaulis Fitch.
Byrsocrypta populicaulis Walsh.
Fitch. Rep. N. Y. Ent. V:845.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind.:849.
Dome-shaped gall at junction of leaf and petiole, the opening
at base of dome being a spiral slit caused by the complete curving
of the petiole on itself. 5-10 x 10-15 mm. Color normal, with
gray flecks of cork. Very common. July.
Fig. 9. Populus deltoides affected by the louse Pemphigus
populitransversus Riley, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. V :15.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind.:850.
Petiole gall, being a spherical, subspherical, or spindle-shaped
enlargement, rarely involving base of leaf, and developing a
small transverse median slit for emergence of the lice. 8-12 mm.
diameter, color being that of normal petiole. July. Very
common.
Fig. 10. Populus deltoides affected by the louse Pemphigus
vagabundus Walsh.
Byrsocrypta vagabunda Walsh. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 1:306.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind.:850.
Terminal bud-gall of leathery texture, flatly saccate, but very
irregularly lobed and branched, developing labiate openings at
peripheral points for emergence of parasites. Size varies greatly
up to 1 dm. in diameter. Color light yellow-green, with tinges of
red, rapidly discoloring on maturity. July 1. Very common.
Fig. 11. Betula sp. affected by the mite Eriophyes brevi-
tarsus Focksu (?), Rev. Biol. Nord. France III :3.
Banks, Cat. N. A. Acarinae.
Tiny pouch-gall, irregularly scattered over leaf, and opening
on under surface. .5-1. mm. diameter. Green, rapidly dis¬
coloring.
Fig. 12. Betula sp. affected by the louse Hamamelistes
spinosus Shimer.
Hormaphis papyraceae Oestlund.
Shimer, Trans. Am. Soc. J:284.
Patch, Bull. 220, Me. Ag. Exp. Sta.:279.
Leaf-gall, being a fold along the lateral veins, opening on
under side of leaf, which is often seriously deformed by the presence
of one or more such galls. Fold filled with white flocculent
excreta. This louse is found on the witch hazel an alternate host,
hence the generic name of the insect.
380
The Ohio Naturalist,
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
Fig. 13. Hicoria ovata affected by an unknown gall-gnat.
Leaf-gall on under surface, having the form of a stout inverted
cone, attached by its apex, and with the free base surrounded by a
conspicuous fringe. 3-4 mm. high, 4-5 mm. in diameter. Green
to light yellow-green. Huron, July 25. Quite rare, and, I believe,
hitherto unreported.
Fig. 14. Hicoria ovata affected by an undetermined gall-
gnat, doubtless the same figured by Miss Stebbins as Cecidomyia
caryaecola, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. :13, 70.
Leaf-gall, conical, on underside, with a sharply pointed tip,
which is elongated and curved as a rule. The broad base, as
gall matures, developes a thin wide flange parallel and close to
plane of leaf. 4x5 mm. Common at Huron in late July.
Fig. 15. Hicoria ovata affected by the gall-gnat Caryomyia
persicoides O. S.
Cecidomyia persicoides Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Am. pt. 1:193.
Felt, Joum. Sc. Ent. IV:456.
Globular leaf-gall, on lower surface, along mid-vein, and
heavily covered with silken down, “like that of a peach and
looking like a very diminutive fruit of this kind. ” (Beutenmueller).
2-4 mm. diameter. Light brown. Huron, late July. Common.
Fig. 16. Hicoria ovata affected by the gall-gnat Caryomia
holotricha O. S.
Cecidomyia holotricha Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Am. pt. 1:193.
Felt, Journ. Ec. Ent. IV:456.
Leaf-gall, on underside, sub-globular, papillate on flattened
free end, and finely pubescent over all. Single-chambered. About
4 mm. diameter. Yellow-green to red-brown.
Fig. 17. Hicoria glabra affected by the gall-gnat Caryomyia
caryaecola O. S.
Cecidomyia Caryaecola Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Am. pt. 1:192.
Felt, Journ. Ec. Ent. IV:456.
Leaf-gall, smooth, conical, attached to under surface of leaf
by rounded base, and lying close to veins. “Onion-shaped” —
Beutrn. ; “elongate onion-shaped,” — Ost. Sack. 5x3 mm. Thin-
shelled, glaucous green, becoming brown and brittle in August.
Huron, late July. Common.
Fig. 18. Hicoria glabra affected by the gall-gnat Caryomia
inanis Felt.
Felt, Journ. Ec. Ent. IV:456.
Leaf-gall, on upper surface, globular flattened with terminal
nipple, and false chamber at free end. Thin-shelled, green,
rapidly discoloring. 4x3 mm. Huron, late July. Common.
Dec., 1914.]
Insect Galls of Cedar Point.
38i
Fig. 19. Hicoria ovata affected by the gall-gnat Caryomyia
tubicola O. S.
Cecidomyia tubicola Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Am. pt. 1:192.
Felt, Joum. Ec. Ent. IV:456.
Leaf-gall, on underside. Cylindrical, set in a socket from
which it readily detaches. 1.5x6 mm. Light green to red.
Fairly common. Huron, late July.
Fig. 20. Quercus velutina affected by the gall-gnat Ceci¬
domyia oruca Walsh (?) in company with an undetermined mite.
Felt, Journ. Ec. Ent. IV:467.
Leaf-gall, evident as a fold snug alongside veins on under
surface. Pouches isolated at times, but usually confluent and
present in great numbers. Brownish opening on upper surface,
resembling swollen lips of a knife-cut. In southern Ohio I have
seen every leaf on a good-sized tree dying from this gall, as early
as June. (The figure shows what are doubtless galls of Ceci¬
domyia foliora Russ. & Hook., evident as infoldings of the edge.)
Fig. 21. Quercus imbricaria affected by the gall- wasp
Andricus futilis O. S.
Cynips futilis Osten Sacken, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 1:63.
Andricus ( Callirhytis ) futilis Bassett.
Beutenmueller, Bull. Am. Mus. IV, No. 1:254.
Leaf-gall, woody, flattened spherical, resembling a wart on the
upper surface and showing as a slight, nippled projection on
lower surface. Usually present in great numbers, on both Q.
imbricaria and Q. velutina. 2-4 mm. diameter, often confluent.
Dark brown. Quite common. July-August.
Fig. 22. Quercus imbricaria affected by the gall-wasp
Andricus singularis Bassett.
Cynips quercus-singularis Bassett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 11:326.
Cynips singularis O. S.
Cook, Appendix Ins. Galls. Ind., p. 3.
Leaf-gall, globular, about 18 mm. diameter and showing
greater part of its bulk on under surface of leaf. Larval chamber,
2-3 mm. diameter, is supported in center by slender branching
filaments, radiating in all directions. Light brown and papery
when old. June 25. Fairly common.
Fig. 23. Quercus alba affected by the gall-wasp Andricus
clavula Bassett.
Cynips arbor Fitch.
Cynips clavula Bassett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 111:686.
Andricus ( Callirhytis ) clavula Bassett.
Beutenmiiller, Bull. Am. Mus. IV, No. 1:255.
Twig-gall, being a club-shaped swelling of the extreme tip.
1.5 x 2-3 cm. Green, single-chambered, becoming woody and
dark after emergence of insect in midsummer. Surface often
corrugated and covered with cork spots. Cedar Point and
Huron. Common.
382
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
Fig. 24. Quercus imbricaria affected by the gall-wasp
Amphibolips nubilipennis Harris.
Cynips nubilipennis Harris, Rep. Ins. Mass. Inj. Veg. 1841:399.
Callaspidea nubilipennis Fitch.
Cynips quercus sculptus Bassett.
C. quercus sculpta Walsh.
Amphibolips sculpta Mayr.
Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. XXVI.
Leaf-gall, globular, succulent, translucent, “about 12-20 mm.
in diameter and has a very striking resemblance to a large white
grape,” (Beutm.) Not common.
Fig. 25. Quercus rubra affected by the gall-wasp Amphibolips
confluens — form spongifica O. S.
Cynips confluens Osten Sacken, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 1:56.
C. quercus coccinea O. S.
Amphibolips cocciniae Ashmead.
C. Q. spongifica O. S. (and Riley later).
Amphibolips spongifica Reinhard.
Amphibolips confluentus Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. XXVI.
Leaf-gall, globular, suppressing part or all of leaf, at first
green, soon becoming light brown, with shiny, papery wall, con¬
taining a spongy mass of radiating fibres covered with down,
which hold in place the oblong central larval chamber. 3-5 cm.
in diameter. Common at Huron. This insect shows an alter¬
nation of generations, hence the long list of synonyms.
Fig. 20. Quercus macrocarpa affected by the gall-wasp
Holcaspis mamma Walsh.
Cynips q. mamma Walsh, Am. Ent. 1:102.
Holcaspis duricoria Mayr.
Cynips duricaria Packard.
Holcaspis duricaria Beutenm.
Diplolepis q. macrocarpa Karsch.
Cynips macrocarpae Dalla Torre.
Andricus macrocarpae Dalla Torre and Kieffer.
Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. XXVI :31.
Twig gall, acorn-like, globular to elongate, with prominent
conical projections at end. Single larval chamber in center of a
brown, woody mass. Diameters variable, 5-12 mm. Common at
Huron late in July.
Fig. 27. Quercus imbricaria affected by the gall-wasp
Holcaspis globulus Fitch.
Callaspidea globulus Fitch, 5th Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y. 1858:811.
Cynips globulus O. S.
Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. XXVI.
Twig gall, spherical, 5-15 mm. diameter, usually in clusters.
Yellow and pink -flushed, tough in texture when young, brown and
corky when old. Common in Huron. July.
Dec., 1914.]
Insect Galls of Cedar Point.
383
Fig. 28. Quercus macrocarpa affected by the gall-wasp
Neuroterus floccosus Bassett.
Cynips floccosa Bassett, Can. Ent. XIII :1 11.
Neuroterus exiguissima Bassett.
N. exiguissimus Dalla Torre and Kieffer.
Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. XXVIII :123.
Leaf gall, single-chambered, evident as a yellow-green blister
on upper surface, and especially as a circular, convex, rust-colored
patch of pubescence on lower surface. 3-4 mm. diameter.
Common. Huron, late July.
Fig. 29. Ulmus racemosa affected by the mite Eriophyes ulmi
Garman.
Phytoptus ulmi Garman, 12th Rep. Ills. State Ent. 1882.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind. 861.
Leaf gall on upper surface, showing as a tiny spherical pouch
with narrow constricted neck. Green Island, July 20. Uncommon.
Fig. 30. Ulmus americana affected by the louse Colopha
ulmicola Fitch.
Byrsocrypta ulmicola Fitch, 5th Rep. Nox. Ins. N. Y. 1858:843.
Thelaxes ulmicola Walsh.
Pemphigus ulmicola Packard.
Glyphina ulmicola Thomas.
Colopha compressa Koch.
Colopha eragrostis Middleton.
Patch, Bull. 181 Me. Ag. Exp. Sta. 196.
Leaf gall on upper surface, of the well-known cock’s-comb
type, being an elongated pouch or fold, dorsally crested. 10-30
mm. long x 5-10 mm. high. Green, soon discoloring.
Fig. 31. Ulmus americana affected by the louse Schizoneura
lanigera Riley.
Schizoneura americana Riley in part.
Patch, Bulls. 203 and 217 Me. Ag. Exp. Sta.
Leaf gall, being a worm-like inrolling of the edge toward the
under side, quite variable in size. Found empty in midsummer,
and hence assumed to be caused by S. lanigera, which, as Miss
Patch has found, differs from S. americana in migrating to the
apple after the spring brood has formed galls on the elm.
Fig. 32. Celtis occidentalis affected by a mite Eriophyes sp.
Phytoptus sp. with fungus Sphaerotheca phytoptophila Kell et al. Kan.
Ag. Exp. Sta. Rep. 1888:302.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind. 862.
“Witch-broom” gall, evident as a multiplication of twigs
from a single source, accompanied by profusion of buds which
often telescope and abort, giving base of tuft a scaly appearance.
Confined mainly to smaller branches, less than in. diameter.
Common. The fungus which formerly shared blame with the
insect is now thought by many to be merely a secondary and
incidental affair, the real culprit being the mite.
3«4
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
Fig. 33. Celtis occidentalis affected by a gall-gnat, unde¬
termined.
Leaf gall, on under side, stoutly conical and nippled at tip.
Succulent, pale green, and covered with fine bloom when young.
3x4 mm. Present in great numbers. Larva white.
Fig. 34. Celtis occidentalis affected by a gall-gnat, unde¬
termined.
Stoutly acom-shaped gall, crowded along sides of green
twig and on either surface of leaf. Lower third ridged, whole
finely bristled, light green and 3-6 mm. diameter. Very abundant.
Larva light orange.
Fig. 35. Celtis occidentalis affected by a gall-gnat, unde¬
termined .
Leaf gall, present in great numbers on underside. A “peg-
shaped” gall, cylindrical when young, and developing a thickened
base as it grows. Pale green, stragglingly hirsute, 2-3 mm.
long. Very common. Larva red.
Fig. 36. Celtis occidentalis affected by the gall-gnat,
Cecidomyia unguicula Beutenm.
Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. XXIII :388.
Leaf gall of unmistakable “carpet-tack” form, usually found
on lower surface. Tip breaks off clean for emergence of insect.
Green to straw-color, 1.5-4 x 3-5 mm. Quite abundant, often in
company of one or more of the three preceding forms.
Fig. 37. Celtis occidentalis affected by the psyllid Pachyp-
sylla celtidis-gemmae Riley.
Riley, 5th Rep. U. S. Ent. Com. 618.
Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. IV, No. 1:275.
Bud gall, being a rounded swelling and deformation of woody
consistency and about 5-10 mm. diameter. Rare.
Fig. 38. Celtis occidentalis affected by the psyllid Pachyp-
sylla celtidis-mamma Riley.
Riley, Johnson’s Univ. Encyc. 1876.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind. 844.
Leaf gall, evident as a pit in upper surface, and as a sub-
spherical gall with constricted base on lower surface. Green-
glaucous, often brown-mottled. 3-5 x 4-6 mm. Abundant.
June- July.
Fig. 39. Rosa sp. affected by the gall-wasp Rhodites rosaefoli1
Cockerell.
Rhodites lenticularis Bassett.
Cockerell, Ent. M. Mag. XXV:324.
Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. XXI 1 1:646.
Leaf gall, convex discoidal, projecting from both surfaces.
White and fairly hard. .5 x 4-5 mm. Common in July.
Dec., 1914.]
Insect Galls of Cedar Point.
385
Fig. 40. Rosa sp. affected by the gall-wasp Rhodites nebu-
losus Bassett.
Lytorhodites nebulosus Kieffer.
Bassett, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XVIII :63.
Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. XXIII :644.
Leaf gall on under side, globular, light green to golden brown,
and covered with short spines. Diameter 5-8 mm. Castalia,
July. Rather scarce.
Fig. 41. Rubus nigrobaccus affected by the gall-wasp
Diastrophus nebulosus O. S.
Osten Sacken, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 11:36.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 36.
“Cane gall,” being an irregular swelling of varying length
(5-8 cm.) and showing several longitudinal ridges, each forming
the abode of an individual larva. Occasional at Castalia.
Fig. 42. Prunus serotina affected by the mite Eriophyes
serotinae Beutenm.
Acarns serotinae Beutenmuller, Bull. Am. Mus. IV:278.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 40.
Leaf gall, usually on upper surface, showing as a small pouch
with long, slender neck, opening below. 5-10 mm. long, 1-3 mm.
wide, leaf-green to rose. Chalcid inqui lines are frequently
present.
Fig. 43. Prunus virginiana affected by a mite, Eriophyes sp.
The gall is very like the preceding, undergoing a simultaneous
cycle, but is very much smaller, 1-2 mm. in length. Either
the well-known chemical differences of the two kinds of leaves
cause them to respond differently to the attacks of the same
species of mite, or what is more probable, two species or varieties
of mites are indicated.
Fig. 44. Prunus virginiana affected by the gall-gnat Con-
trinia virginiana Felt.
Cecidomyia virginiana Felt.
Flower of fruit gall, evident as an abnormal swelling of the green
fruit. On June 29, when normal fruits were 4-5 mm. diameter,
galled specimens were 7-10 mm. and of a sickly yellow-green
color. Quite common.
Fig. 45. Gleditschia triacanthos affected by the gall-gnat
Dasyneura gleditschiae O. S.
Cecidomyia gleditschiae Osten Sackcn, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. VI:219.
Felt, Journ. Ec. Ent. IV:461.
Pod-like gall, caused by the closure and subsequent dis¬
tension of leaflets. Of varying size and extent within each
leaflet. Frequently showing inquiline mites and aphids. Common.
386
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
Fig. 46. Rhus toxicodendron affected by the mite Eriophyes
rhois Stebbins.
Pliyloptus sp. Garman, 12th Rep. St. Ent. Ills. 138.
Eriophyes sp. Cook.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 41.
Leaf gall on either surface made up of tiny bulges and occa¬
sional pouches, giving the leaf a granular appearance. The
open side of the gall shows considerable down — or trichome-
production. Very abundant.
Fig. 47. Rhus aromatica affected by a mite, Eriophyes sp.
Leaf gall, differing from preceding in always consisting of one
pouch, or several fused, on upper surface of leaf. Usually red-
tipped or entirely red, and about 1 x 3 mm. A form hitherto
unreported, I believe.
Fig. 48. Impatiens biflora affected by the gall-gnat Lasioptera
impatientifolia Felt.
Cecidomyia impatientis O. S. in part.
Felt, 22nd Rep. Ins. N. Y. 105.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 43.
Leaf-gall, frequently involving stems or buds, sub-spherical,
several chambered. 4-12 mm. diameter. Greenish translucent,
becoming tinged with pink. Common.
Fig. 49. Vitis vulpina affected by the louse Phylloxera
vastatrix (Fitch) Planchon.
Phylloxera vitifoliae Fitch, 1st Rep. Ins. N. Y. 158.
Pemphigus vitifoliae Fitch.
Brysocrypta vitifoliae Walsh.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 44.
Leaf gall, present in great numbers on under side, and being
very rough and irregularly spherical, usually bristle-tipped.
Leaf-green, single-chambered and often showing inquiline arach¬
nids and cecidomyid larvae. 2-5 mm. diameter. This is the
louse so destructive to grapes in France, by virtue of its root-
infesting proclivities. Frequent.
Fig. 50. Vitis vulpina affected by the gall-gnat Schizomyia
coryloides Walsh & Riley.
Cecidomyia vitis-coryloides Walsh and Riley, Am. Ent. 1:106.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 44.
Bud gall, being a spherical mass 15-50 mm. diameter, of
small, lozenge-shaped galls, each about 5 x 15 mm. Leaf-green,
covered with a felty yellow or orange pubescence. Infrequent.
Fig. 51. Vitis vulpina affected by the gall-gnat Cecidomyia
viticola.
Cecidomyia viticola Osten Sacken, Mon. X. Am. Dipt. pt. 1:202.
Beutenmiiller, Bull. Am. Mus. IV, pt. 1:272.
Dec., 1914.]
Insect Galls of Cedar Point.
387
Leaf gall on lower surface, straight, conical, narrowly tapering.
Light yellow-green, red or black tipped. 3-10 x 2 mm.
Uncommon.
Fig. 52. Vitis vulpina affected by the gall-gnat Schizomyia
petiolicola Felt.
Felt, Journ. Ec. Ent. IV:475.
Petiole gall, more or less elongated or spindle-shaped, and
mainly on outer (lower) side of petiole. Color normal. 5-10 x
15-30 mm. Not common.
Fig. 53. Tilia americana affected by the mite Eriophyes
abnormis Garman.
Phytoplus abnormis Garman, 12th Rep. Ills. St. Ent.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind. 860.
Leaf gall, being a small pouch with constricted neck and
fissured tip, usually on upper surface of leaf. Fairly common.
Fig. 54. Tilia americana affected by a gall-gnat (?), unde¬
termined.
“Undetermined” — Wells, Oh. Nat. XIV, No. 6:294.
Bulbous enlargement of the petiole, more or less elongated,
usually eccentric and near the base. Normal color, 5-8 mm.
long, 2-3 mm. diameter. Seldom found.
Fig. 55. Tilia americana affected by the gall-gnat Cecidomyia
verrucicola Osten Sacken, Can. Ent. VII:200.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind. 838.
Leaf-gall, flattened, spherical, projecting about equally from
both surfaces of leaf. Green and red, becoming brown when
mature, and providing for emergence of insect by means of a
hinged lid, which is usually below. Common.
Fig. 56. Cornus stolonifera affected by the gall-gnat Ceci¬
domyia (?) tuba Stebbins.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 46.
Leaf gall on underside, tubular, with swollen base and cleft
tip, not unlike a kettle-spout. Bright red and finely pubescent
like underside of leaf. 1-2 x 5-8 mm. Very rare.
Fig. 57. Acer saccharum affected by the mite Eriophyes
crumena Riley.
Acarus aceris-crumena Riley, Am. Ent. 11:339.
Phyloptus acericola Garman.
Eriophyes acericola Cook.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 42.
Leaf gall, being a very slender, spindle-formed pouch on the
upper surface. Green, rapidly discoloring. Abundant in a
restricted area. .5 x 4-6 mm. Green Island. July.
388
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
Fig. 58. Fraxinus americana affected by the mite Eriophyes
fraxini Garman.
Phytoptus fraxini Garman, 12th Rep. St. Ent. Ills.
Cook, Ins. Galls Ind. 862.
Leaf gall, hemispherical, projecting on upper surface and show¬
ing trichomatous (fuzzy) opening below. Heavily clustered.
Green, later discoloring. 1-2 mm. diameter. Not common.
Rye Beach, July 19.
Fig. 59. Stachys aspera affected by a gall-gnat, undetermined.
Bulbous stem enlargement, usually at base of petioles, which
are often involved. Size various, 5-20 mm. diameter. Color
normal. The gall is thoroughly tunneled by the orange larvae
before they emerge. Common. Late July.
Fig. 60. Teucrium canadense affected by a gall-gnat,
undetermined.
Stem gall of the same general character as the preceding, and
like it, probably unreported. May be on main stem, petiole
or peduncle, singly or in chains. 5-8 x 8-20 mm. Fairly com¬
mon. July 22.
Fig. 61. Cephalanthus cornutus affected by the mite
Eriophyes cephalanthi Cook.
(Identification by Mr. Nathan Banks).
Leaf gall of minute size, usually so abundant as to give leaf
a granular appearance. Evident as small hemispherical pro¬
jection from upper surface, open beneath and lined copiously
with fine fuzzy (trichomatous) growth. Young leaves are fre¬
quently seriously deformed and stunted by these galls. Common.
Mid- July.
Fig. 62. Solidago canadensis affected by the trypetid fly
Eurosta solidaginis Fitch.
Acinia solidaginis Fitch, 1st Rep. Ins. N. Y. 771.
Tephritis asteris Harris.
Trypeta solidaginis Cook et al.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 51.
Spherical stem gall, with a single central larval chamber,
containing a maggot. Green, smooth, 2 cm. in diameter. Fairly
abundant, especially at Huron.
Fig. 63. Solidago canadensis affected by the moth Gonori-
moschema gallae-solidaginis Riley.
Gelechia gallae-solidaginis Riley, 1st Rep. Ins. Mo. 173.
Stebbins, Bull. 2, Springfield Mus. 51.
Stem gall, being an elongate spherical to spindle-shaped
swelling, normal color, containing single lepidopterous larva in
large central chamber. 30-40 mm. long, and 10-20 mm. wide.
Common.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XV] II.
Sears on Insect Galls.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XIX.
Sears on Insect Galls.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XX.
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XXI.
Sears on Insect Galls.
THE NATIVE AND CULTIVATED VICIEAE AND
PHASEOLEiE OF OHIO.
Gertrude Bartlett.
In the following study of the native, introduced and cul¬
tivated Vicieae and Phaseoleas of Ohio, an attempt has been made
to find the most evident differences so that the species may be the
most easily determined, and also to give a phyletic arrangement
in so far as this is possible in plants so closely related.
The species of the Ohio State Herbarium were studied for
characters and distribution, and most of the cultivated species
were grown in the greenhouse, in order that definite data might
be obtained, both of the vegetative parts and flowers. The
actual measurements were taken from herbarium specimens and
from the living plants and compared with those of Britton’s
Manual. The keys are based upon leaf, stem and flower char¬
acteristics present at the time of flowering. The habitat is
usually given, also the distribution by Counties as represented
in the Ohio State Herbarium. Economic notes and other miscel¬
laneous facts are added, because of the great importance of these
plants in agriculture and household economy.
FABATiE, VICIEiE AND PHASEOLE.E.
Erect or trailing herbs, or climbing vines either twining or
with tendrils, ours always herbaceous.
Leaves compound, pinnate or trifoliate, rarely reduced to
one leaflet, alternate with stipules frequently having nectar
glands. Leaves often ending in a simple or branched tendril,
or in a short point. Roots with large or small tubercles. Flowers
bisporangiate, hypogynous, pentacyclic pentamerous except the
gynecium, zygomorphic, the two outer lower petals, more or less
united forming a structure called the keel, which encloses the
stamen column. Calyx of five united sepals, its lobes sometimes
obscured. Stamens diadelphous, sometimes monadelphous. Car¬
pel one with two lateral sutures, one of which is the placenta.
Ovules one to many. Fruit a legume, dehiscent by two valves,
often twisting spirally or indehiscent. Seeds with little or no
endosperm. Cotyledons large and thick.
KEY TO THE TRIBES.
1. Leaves evenly pinnate with tendrils or bristles, or if
odd-pinnate, then the stem 4-angled or with leaflets 9-25 and
deeply serrate. Vicieae.
1. Leaves odd-pinnate without tendrils, the leaflets not
serrate and the stem round, or roundish, frequently twining.
Phaseolese.
393
394
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
ViciEjE. — Pea Tribe.
Herbs or vines erect or climbing by tendrils, usually glabrous
and gray-green. Leaves pinnately compound, leaflets two to
many; flowers axillary usually racemose though sometimes
capitate or solitary; cotyledons remaining underground during
the sprouting and growth of the seedling.
Many of the Vicieae are cultivated for soiling, pasture, hay and
seed.
Key to the Genera.
1. Leaves with terminal leaflet. 2.
1. Leaves ending in a tendril, spine or bristle; style usually more or less
hairy. 3.
2. Peduncle one flowered, leaves serrate. Cicer. (1).
2. Peduncle two to several flowered, leaves not serrate. Vicia (2).
3. Stamen tube diagonal at the summit; style slender with a tuft of hairs
or merely pubescence at the summit; veining of the leaves not promi¬
nent, veins pinnate. 4.
3. Stamen tube with a flat top; style flattened, bearded along the inner
side; stipules usually large; veins on the under side of the leaf promi¬
nent; veins branched or parallel. 5.
4. Calyx lobes elongated; style flat; pod 2-seeded. Ervum (3).
4. Calyx lobes short; style threadlike; pod generally more than 2-seeded.
Vicia (2).
5. Style without a groove; stipules mostly much smaller than the leaflets.
Lathyrus (4).
5. Style grooved on the underside; stipules nearly as large or larger than
the leaflets. Pisum (5).
1. Cicer L. Chick-pea.
Pubescent herbs or shrubs with evenly or odd pinnate leaves
and more or less serrate leaflets. Flowers pedicelled, few or
solitary, white to purple.
There are several species of Cicer, but only one has been
generally introduced into the United States.
1. Cicer arietinum L. Chick-pea. An upright, very glandular
pubescent annual, 9-20 in. high. Leaves odd-pinnate; leaflets
9-25, Y~Y in. long, Ys~Y in. wide; stipules ovate-lanceolate, toothed
Peduncle one flowered; flowers Yi-Y> in. long, white to purple;
pods very pubescent, 1-2 in. long; the seed light brown, angular,
the micropylar point very prominent.
2. Vicia (Tourn.) L. Vetch.
Herbs or vines usually tendril-bearing, but sometimes with a
terminal leaflet. Leaves nearly sessile evenly or odd-pinnate.
Stipules sometimes with nectar glands. Flowers axillary, in
twos or threes or racemose; style filiform, pod dehiscent, two to
many seeded.
Dec., 1914.]
Videos and Phaseolece of Ohio.
395
Key to the Species.
1. Stem erect, quadrangular. Vicia faba (1).
1. Stem climbing, weak or trailing. 2.
2. Peduncle very short or wanting, flowers 1 or 2, axilliary. 3.
2. Peduncle elongated, flowers racemed or spicate. 4.
3. Leaflets oblong, oval or obovate; stipules broad; flowers LHM in- long,
bluish purple. Vicia saliva. (8).
3. Leaflets except those of the lower leaves, linear or linear oblong.
Vicia angnstifolia (9).
4. Spikelike raceme, dense, secund, or one-sided, 15-40 flowered. 5.
4. Flowers in a loose raceme, not one-sided, 1-20 flowered. 6.
5. Stem, leaves and flowers villous pubescent; annual or biennial. Cul¬
tivated. Vicia villosa. (3).
5. Plant glabrous or very finely pubescent; perennial. Vicia cracca. (2).
6. Stipules rather broad, foliaceous, triangular ovate, sharply toothed.
Vicia americana. (4).
6. Stipules linear or linear oblong, entire. 7.
7. Flowers 8-24; white, keel tipped with blue. Vicia caroliniana. (5).
7. Flowers 1-6; bluish purple. 8.
8. Calyx glabrous, ovules 3-6, flowers g to j in. long.
Vicia tetrasperma. (6).
8. Calyx pubescent ovules 2; flowers f in. long. Vicia hirsuta (7).
1. Vicia faba L. Horse Vetch. An erect cultivated annual
with a green, more or less reddish, 4-angled stem, 2-6 ft. high and
)z-V\ in. in diameter. Leaves with a terminal leaflet or bract;
leaflets oval, 2 in. long, 1% in. wide, stipules % in. broad, having
prominent nectar glands. Flowers sessile, light-blue to purple;
pods thick, broad, curved, pendent, the reddish brown seeds
usually nearly circular, 1 inch broad, and the hilum / of the
circumference. Some varieties resemble the common bean in
shape.
Vicia Faba is the bean of Roman history. It was often used as
a counter in their mathematical calculations. The cool, wet
climate of England is well suited for its cultivation, and it is there
used for the food of man as 'well as for horses and cattle. It
is cultivated in Ohio as an ornamental plant and occasionally
for food. The seeds are used green or dried, boiled or roasted.
It is also called Horse Bean, Broad Bean, Broad Windsor, English
Broad Bean and English Dwarf Bean.
2. Vicia cracca L. Cow Vetch. A weak trailing glabrous,
or very finely pubescent perennial, 2-4 ft. long and he in. in
diameter. Leaflets 4-12 pairs, linear %-% in. long, /2~% in. wide,
tendrils branched, the stipules linear, K2-/3 in. long. Flowers
bluish-purple to white, }{ in. long, arranged in a dense, secund,
15-40 flowered raceme 1-4 in. long; pods %-l in. long; seeds 3-8,
round and velvety black.
It is generally found in dry soil. Columbiana, Wayne, Lake,
Huron, Seneca, Cuyahoga. The Cow Vetch is also called Bird
Vetch, Blue Vetch and Tufted Vetch.
396
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
3. Vicia villosa Roth. Hairy Vetch. A villous pubescent
much branched, weak and trailing, cultivated annual, or biennial,
with a stem 2-6 ft. long and /6 in. in diameter. Leaflets 8-24,
linear, %-A in. long, %-%(, in. wide, obtuse at the base, acute at the
apex; tendrils branched. Peduncle shorter than, or equalling
the leaves; the flowers purple to white; the pod % to 1 in. long;
/-/ in. wide; seed round and black.
The seed of Vicia villosa may be distinguished by the lemon-
yellow beneath the outside coating from the Vicia sativa, which is
an orange-yellow. Vicia villosa is able to withstand the northern
climate, while Vicia sativa is often winter-killed, so the ability
to distinguish the seed is of importance. The Plairy Vetch is
being experimentally used by many fanners over Ohio, as a soiling
and hay crop.
4. Vicia americana Muhl. American Vetch. A glabrous, or
very finely pubescent weak trailing perennial, 2-3 ft. long and
in. in diameter. Leaflets 1 in. long, %-%e in. wide, the tendrils
branched, the stipules broad and foliaceous, or triangular-ovate
and sharply toothed. Flowers in a loose raceme, with 1-20
flowers, blue to purple; pod glabrous, %-% in. long, seeds 2-5.
It has been reported only from the northern part of the State.
Cuyahoga, Geauga, Erie, Ottawa and Lucas. It is also called
Purple Vetch.
5. Vicia caroliniana Walt. Carolina Vetch. A weak trailing
glabrous perennial with the stem 1-2 ft. long and Yk in. in diameter.
Leaflets, 4-9 pairs, %-l in. long, y4-% in. wide, the tendrils simple
or compound the stipules linear or linear-oblong entire. Racemes
loose, 8-20 flowered, with a white keel tipped with light blue,
pod glabrous, % in. long, /{6 in. wide, the seed round and brown.
Washington, Gallia, Lawrence, Jackson, Scioto, Ross, Pike,
Darke, Williams, Lorain, Ottawa and Cuyahoga. It is also
called Pale Vetch.
6. Vicia tetrasperma (L) Moench. Slender Vetch. A small
trailing glabrous annual, the stem 6-24 in. long and Yu in. in
diameter. Leaflets 6-12, % in. long, A in- wide; the tendrils branched,
the stipules linear or linear oblong, entire. Peduncle equalling
or shorter than the leaves, raceme loose with 1-6 flowers, Y-% in.
long, pale blue to purple; calyx glabrous, pod glabrous, A in.
long, the seeds 3-6, spherical, dark brown. Lake County.
7. Vicia hirsuta (L) Koch. Hirsute Vetch. A small glabrous
or finely pubescent annual, 1-2 ft. long, the diameter of the
stem bo in. Leaflets 8-16, A~% in. long, Y\i~) s in wide, linear or
linear oblong, emarginate, the tendrils branched, the stipules
linear. Flowers in a loose raceme with 1-6 flowers Ys in. long,
pale blue to purple, the calyx pubescent; pod slightly pubescent,
Y-\ in. long, Y in. wide, seeds 2, brown.
Introduced from Europe. Lake, Sandusky and Knox.
Dec., 1914]
Viciece and Phaseolece of Ohio.
397
8. Vicia sativa L. Common Vetch. A three to five-branched
climbing annual, 1-4 ft. high, with the stem % in. in diameter.
Leaves 4-6 in. long, oval or obovate, in. long, %-/ in. wide,
mucronate; tendrils branched; stipules broad. Peduncle short
or wanting; flowers axillary 1-2, in. long, purple, pod pubes¬
cent, 2-3 in. long, %6 in. wide, the 5-10 seeds brown to black.
Beneath the outer coat the seed of Vicia sativa is orange-
yellow. It may readily be distinguished from Vicia villosa,
which is lemon-yellow under the seed coat. Vicia sativa has been
introduced from Europe, and is used as a forage or cover crop.
Care must be observed in feeding this plant to pigs as cases of
poisoning have been reported. It is also called Spring Vetch
and Smooth Vetch.
9. Vicia angustifolia L. Narrow-leaf Vetch. A small climb¬
ing glabrous annual, 1-2 ft. long, the diameter of the stem }{6 in.
Leaves 2 in. long, leaflets, except the lower ones linear or linear
oblong, %- 1 in. long, in. wide; tendrils branched, the stipules
half-sagittate, entire. Peduncle very short or wanting the
flowers, 1-2 in the upper axils, purple; pods linear, glabrous,
1-2 in. long, in. broad.
Vicia angustifolia has been introduced from Europe and is
found escaped in Lake County.
3. Ervum L. Lentil.
Weakly erect herbaceous annuals with angled stems. Leaves
pinnate, the leaves two to many; tendrils simple or compound,
stipules semisagittate. Flowers small, racemose or solitary on
axillary peduncles; calyx lobes elongated; style usually more or
less hairy, flat; stamen tube diagonal at the summit; pod two-
seeded.
1. Ervum lens L. Lentil. A glabrous or finely pubescent
annual with a 4-angled stem 1-2 ft. high and jb-% in. in diameter.
Leaflets oblong, %-l in. long, %6-/6 in. wide; tendrils branched,
stipules semi-sagittate. Flowers %-% in. long, white to purple;
pod 2-seeded, the seeds orbicular, gray or red.
The lens of optical instruments is named from its resemblance
to this seed. The mess of pottage for which Esau sold his birth¬
right to his brother Jacob is said to have been made of lentils.
They are very commonly used for soup.
4. Lathyrus L.
Climbing or trailing vines with tendril-bearing leaves and
often with a winged stem. Leaves ending in a simple or branched
tendril; the leaflets 1-6 pairs; veining on the underside prominent;
stipules generally smaller than the leaflets. Flowers racemose or
solitary, generally showy, purple, yellow or white; stamen tube
with a flat top; style without a groove, bearded along the inner
side; pods dehiscent, the seeds brown to black.
398
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
Key to the Species.
1. Leaflets 1 pair. 2.
1. Leaflets 2-6 pairs. 3.
2. Stems wingless, flowers yellow. Lathyrus pratensis. (6).
2. Stems winged, flowers usually purple to white. 4.
3. Flowers purple. 5.
3. Flowers yellowish- white. Lathyrus ochroleucus. (5).
4. Stems broadly winged glabrous, perennial. Lathyrus latifolius. (7).
4. Stems narrowly winged, annual Lathyrus odoratus. (8).
5. Stipules broad, foliaceous, regularly halberd shaped, leaflets ovate.
Lathyrus maritimus . (1).
5. Stipules narrow, half sagittate or wanting leaflets obovate. 6.
6. Inflorescence with 10-20 flowers. Lathyrus venosus. (2).
6. Inflorescence with 2-6 flowers. 7.
7. Leaflets linear or linear oblong, stems winged. Lathyrus palustris. (3).
7. Leaflets oblong or oval, stems wingless. Lathyrus myrtifolius. (4).
1. Lathyrus maritimus (L) Bigel. Beach Pea. A glabrous
climbing or erect perennial with a grooved angled stem, 1-2 ft.
high and % in. in diameter. Leaflets 2-6 pairs, oval, 1 % in. long,
1 in. wide, tendrils branched, stipules broad, foliaceous, and
regularly halberd shaped. Peduncle shorter than the leaves;
flowers 6-10, racemose, purple, %-l in. long; pod glabrous, l%-3 in.
long, %-% in. wide, seeds 3-10, light brown.
Ashtabula, Lake, Cuyahoga and Erie. It is also called
Sea-pea, Sea-side-pea and Everlasting-pea.
2. Lathyrus venosus Muhl. Veiny Pea. A trailing or
climbing glabrous, or finely pubescent perennial, with a 4-angled
stem, 2-3 ft. long and % in. in diameter. Leaflets 2-6 pairs,
obovate, 1-2 in. long, %- 1 in. wide; tendrils compound, stipules
narrow, half sagittate or wanting. Peduncles shorter than the
leaves; flowers 10-20, %-% in. long, purple; pod linear, 1-3 in. long,
in. wide; seeds 3-8, brown.
The Veiny Pea usually grows near rivers or lakes. Erie and
Williams.
3. Lathyrus palustris L. Marsh Pea. A climbing, slightly
pubescent or glabrous perennial with an angled, usually winged
stem, 1-3 ft. long and %6 in. in diameter. Leaflets 2-6 pairs,
linear or linear oblong, 1-2/4 in. long, %-% in. wide; tendrils
branched, stipules narrow, half sagittate or wanting. Flowers
2-6, % in. long, purple; pod linear, 2-2% in. long, %-% in. wide,
the seeds 3-6, brown.
The Marsh Pea is found in moist or wet soil. Lake, Cuyahoga,
Summit, Erie, Madison and Greene. It is also called Wild Pea.
4. Lathyrus myrtifolius Muhl. Myrtle-leaf Marsh Pea. A
slender climbing, glabrous, or slightly pubescent perennial, with a
wingless, angled stem, 1-3 ft. long, and %6 in. in diameter. Leaflets
2-6 pairs, oblong or oval, 1-2 in. long, %-% in. wide; tendrils
branched; stipules %-% in. long, narrow, half sagittate or wanting.
Flowers 2-6, purple, %-% in. long; pod linear, 2 in. long, %6 in.
wide, the seeds 3-8, brown.
This species is found in moist or wet localities. Lake, Stark,
Erie, Lucas, Defiance and Auglaize.
Dec., 1914.]
Viciece and Phaseolece of Ohio.
399
5. Lathyrus ochreoleucus Hook. Cream-colored Pea. A
climbing, or trailing glabrous perennial, the winged angled stem,
1-3 % ft. long, and % in. in diameter. Leaflets 6-10 acuminate or
mucronate at the apex, rounded at the base, 1-3 in. long, %- 1 in.
wide; tendrils simple or compound; stipules broad, foliaceous.
Peduncles shorter than the leaves, the flowers 5-10, yellowish
white, in. long; pod linear, glabrous, 1-2 in. long.
Lake, Cuyahoga, Lorain and Ottawa.
6. Lathyrus pratensis L. Meadow Pea. A weak trailing
or climbing glabrous or slightly pubescent perennial with an
angled stem 1-3 ft. long, and Vie in. in diameter. Leaflets 1 pair,
lenear-oblong, acute, l%-2 in. long; tendrils usually simple;
stipules foliaceous, halberd-shaped. Flowers 4-12, in. long,
yellow, seeds small, brown.
The Meadow Pea is found in Lake County. It is also called
Mouse Pea, Tom Thumb and Crow-peas.
7. Lathyrus latifolius L. Everlasting Pea. A climbing,
glabrous perennial, with a broadly winged stem 3-10 ft. high and
)s in. in diameter. Leaflets 1 pair, 2-4 in. long, % in. wide, with
prominent veining; tendrils branched; stipules lanceolate, 1 in.
long. Peduncles stout, curved, longer than the leaves; the
flowers purple to white, 1 in. long; pod 2-3 in. long, % in. wide,
the seeds 4-8, dark brown.
This plant is cultivated thruout Ohio for the beauty of the
foliage and flowers, and is of especial value for ornamental
gardening.
8. Lathyrus odoratus L. Sweet Pea. A rough hairy annual,
with an angled, narrowly winged stem, 2-6 ft. long and % in. in
diameter. Leaflets 1 pair, obovate acuminate, 2-4 in. long,
K-l in. wide; tendrils many branched; stipules narrow. Flowers
showy, %-llA in. long, white to purple and often with many com¬
binations of color; pod 1/4-2 in. long, % in. wide, the seeds 3-6
globular, brown.
The Sweet Pea is much cultivated on account of the beauty and
odor of its flowers. They are raised in great numbers in green¬
houses in winter, as well as in gardens in the summer. The
cut flowers are used for general decoration and are universal
favorites.
5. Pisum L. Pea.
Erect or climbing, glabrous, glaucous annuals with angled
stems. Leaves ending with branching tendrils, the veining
prominent; stipules larger or equalling the leaflets; flowers white
to purple, the style usually more or less hairy, flattened, grooved
on the under side, the stamen tube with a flat top; pod glabrous,
the seeds globular or angular, smooth or wrinkled.
The Pea is cultivated to a large extent as a food for man and
animals.
400
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
Key to the Species.
1. Flowers white, seeds globular. Pisum sativum. (1).
1. Flowers bluish to dull white with puqjle on the wings, seeds slightly
angular, usually gray. Pisum arvense. (2).
1. Pisum sativum L. Common Pea. An erect or climbing
glabrous annual with a hollow angular stem %-6 ft. high and % in.
in diameter. Leaflets 1-3 pairs, 1-2 in. long, in. wide,
the stipules as large, or larger than the leaflets. Flowers
in. long, white; pods 2-3 in. long, %-% in. wide, the seeds globular,
green to yellow, smooth or wrinkled.
The Common Pea has been cultivated for food for many
hundred years. The seed is used in the green or dry condition.
By the use of a machine called the viner, the green peas are
ready for the cans in a few hours after being cut, making it pos¬
sible for the canned product to be in good condition. The ripe
seed is used for split-pea soup.
2. Pisum arvense. L. Field Pea. A climbing or erect
glabrous annual with an angular stem, 2-5 ft. high and % in. in
diameter. Leaflets 1-3 pairs, 1-2 in. long, in. wide, the
stipules as large or larger than the leaflets. Flowers in.
long, blue to dull white with purple on the wings; pods l%-2 in.
long, %-% in. wide, the seed angular, usually gray.
The Field Pea is cultivated in Ohio for soiling, pasturage and
dry feed. It thrives best in a cool, moist climate. For this
reason, Canada has made the greatest advance in Field Pea
culture. It is often called Canada Pea.
Phaseole^;. Bean Tribe.
Dark-green herbs or vines usually pubescent, the stem round
or roundish, erect or twining counter-clockwise. Leaves odd-
pinnate, usually trifoliate, but leaflets sometimes 1-7. Flowers
axillary, usually racemose, but sometimes capitate or solitary.
The cotyledons are usually pushed above ground during
sprouting. The Phaseolete are cultivated for soiling, hay and
seed. They supply an important part of the food of man.
Key to the Genera.
1. Leaves pinnate with 5-7 leaflets. Glycine. 2.
1. Leaves trifoliate or uniofoliate. 2.
2. Style bearded along the inner side. 3.
2. Style glabrous or pubescent only at the upper end or at the base. 4.
3. Flowers racemed, the keel of the corolla spirally coiled. Phaseolus. (5).
3. Flowers capitate, or if somewhat racemose, then the keel of the corolla
only slightly incurved. 6.
4. Style bearded at the summit about the stigma. Dolichos (1).
4. Style glabrous at the upper end, sometimes pubescent at the lower part. 5.
5. Stem erect; annual; cultivated. Soja. (3).
5. Stem trailing; perennial; native. Falcata. (4).
6. Flowers capitate or in peduncle heads; corolla purple, keel of the corolla
strongly incurved; native. Strophostyles. (6).
6. Flowers capitate or somewhat racemose, corolla yellow, white or
purple. Keel of the corolla short, slightly incurved; cultivated.
Vigna. (7).
Dec., 1914.]
Viciece and Phaseolece of Ohio.
401
1. Dolichos L.
Sparsely pubescent, erect, or twining annuals, the stem
round, the leaves trifoliate, the stipules small. Flowers racemose,
purple to white, the style bearded at the summit about the stigma;
pod broad, the seeds black with a white raphe.
There is only one species generally cultivated in Ohio.
1. Dolichos lablab L. Hyacinth Bean. A pubescent twining
annual with a reddish or green stem 2-8 ft. long and )% in. in diam¬
eter. Leaflets 2-3 in. long, l%-2 in. broad, minutely stipellate.
Flowers showy, light purple, %- 1 in. long; pods broadly incurved,
l%-2 }i in. long, 1 in. broad; the seeds black with a prominent
white raphe.
The Hyacinth Bean is cultivated for the showy flowers. It is
very hardy and will grow in almost any kind of soil. Escaped
in Franklin County.
2. Glycine L.
Trailing or climbing pubescent or glabrous perennials. Leaf¬
lets 5-7. Roots tuberous or having prominent tubercles. Flowers
axillary, racemose, capitate, showy, brownish purple to red.
1. Glycine apios L. Ground-nut. A slender trailing peren¬
nial, 2-10 ft. long and }'m in. or less in diameter. Leaflets 5-7,
1- 4 in. long, %-!)■> in. wide. Flowers %-Y2 in. long, loosely racemose;
pod linear, 3-5 in. long, % in. wide, the seeds 5-9, reddish brown.
The roots are tuberous necklace-like, hence the name Ground¬
nut. Stark, Auglaize, Clark, Harrison, Cuyahoga, Adams,
Warren and Wayne. It is also called Wild Bean.
3. Soja Moench.
Erect pubescent annuals. Leaves trifoliate. Roots with
many tubercles. Flowers greenish-white to purple, minute and
inconspicuous; style glabrous at the upper end, sometimes pubes¬
cent at the lower part; pods brown, very pubescent.
1. Soja soja (L) Karst. Soy Bean. A pubescent annual
2- 5 ft. high, the stem % in. in diameter. Leaflets 2^-3% in.
long, 1K-2K in. wide. Flowers axillary, very minute, the parts
•early deciduous, greenish white to purple; pods l%-2% in. long,
very pubescent; seeds white, green, yellow, brown, black or
variegated, elliptical to spherical, %-% in. in diameter.
The Soy Bean has been introduced into the United States
from China and is cultivated to a large extent for forage, hay,
soiling and seed. The beans are now used both in the green and
in the dry state, as food for man and animals.
402
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
4. Falcata Gmel.
Slender, glabrous or pubescent twining perennials. Leaves
trifoliate. Flowers axillary racemose, white to purple, the
style glabrous; pods linear oblong or obovoid, many to one seeded.
Key to the Species.
1. Glabrate or somewhat pubescent, the bracts small. Falcata comosa. (1).
1. Villous-brown pubescence, the bracts prominent. Falcata pitched. (2).
1. Falcata comosa (L) Ktz. Hog-Peanut. A slender, twin¬
ing, glabrous or slightly pubescent perennial, the stem % ft. long,
and less than %6 in. in diameter. Leaflets thin, acute at the
apex, rounded at the base, 2% in. long, 1% in. wide, the bracts
small. Flowers }*!-% in. long, purple to white; pod 1 in. long,
% in. broad, the seeds 3-6, dark brown.
This plant is found in moist thickets. General. It is also
called Pea Vine.
2. Falcata pitched (T. & G.) Ktz. Pitcher’s Hog-peanut.
Similar to the preceding, but generally stouter and villous-
pubescent thruout, with reflexed brown hairs ; leaflets larger and
thicker; subterranean fruit less abundantly produced. In moist
thickets; rather general in the State.
5. Phaseolus (Toum.) L. Bean.
Twining or erect annuals, or perennials, leaves trifoliate.
Flowers racemose axillary, white to purple, the style bearded
along the inner side, the keel of the corolla spirally coiled; pod
linear with a persistent style; the seed generally rounded at the
ends.
Beans are almost universally cultivated for food of man. The
dry and the green seed, as well as the green pods are used.
Key to the Species.
1. Flowers in racemes longer than the leaves. 2.
1. Flowers in racemes shorter than the leaves. 3.
2. Flowers small, 1-3 in. long, purple; native. Phaseolus polystachyus. (1).
2. Flowers large, Yi to 1 in. long, bright scarlet to white; cultivated.
Phaseolus coccineus. (5).
3. Flowers greenish, white, pods, broad, seeds flat. Phaseolus lunatus. (4).
3. Flowers white to purple, pods linear, straight, seed usually oval. 4.
4. Stem erect. Phaseolus nanus. (3).
4. Stem twining, Phaseolus vulgaris. (2).
1. Phaseolus polystachyus (L) B. S. P. Wild Bean. A
trailing or climbing perennial with the stem 4-15 ft. long and
/u j in. in diameter. Leaflets broadly ovate, 2 in. long, 1 % in.
wide, the stipules lanceolate. Flowers loosely racemose upon
peduncles, longer than the leaves, the pedicels with minute
bracts, each flower in. in length, purple; pods curved, droop¬
ing, stalked flat 1 34—234 in. long; the seeds chocolate-brown.
Dec., 1914]
Vicieoe and Phaseolece of Ohio.
403
2. Phaseolus vulgaris L. Common Pole Bean. A twining
annual with the stem 4-10 ft. long, % g-% in. in diameter. Leaflets
2-4 in. long, 1-3 in. wide. Flowers in racemes shorter than the
leaves, %-% in. in length, white to purple; pods linear, 2-10 in.
long, %-l% in. wide, the seeds generally rounded at the ends,
white, purple, brown, black and many combinations of color.
There are two general classes, green pod varieties and yellow
or wax pod varieties. The common names for the different
varieties are so confused that it is necessary to know the seed-
house from which they come in order to know what they actually
represent. Green snaps, green shelled and dry shelled are dif¬
ferent forms used as food.
3. Phaseolus nanus L. Common Bush Bean. An erect,
much branched annual, l%-3 ft. high, %6-% in. in diameter. Leaf¬
lets 2-4 in. long, l%-3 in. wide. Flowers in racemes, shorter than
the leaves, % -% in. in length, white to purple; pods linear, 2-8 in.
long, %-l% in. wide, green or yellow when young, the seeds oval
tumid, white, purple, brown, black or variegated.
There are two general types, green pod and wax or yellow
pod varieties. The extensive cultivation of the green pod varieties
as a field crop for the dry seed probably accounts for the fact that
many of these are of the tough shelled type. Beans are a popular
article of diet, and owing to their high proteid content are used as a
substitute for meat, but they should probably not be employed
as a continuous, daily diet.
4. Phaseolus lunatus L. Lima Bean. An erect or twining
annual, 1-10 ft. high, K6-%2 in. in diameter. Leaflets usually
acute at the apex, broad at the base, some linear, usually 2-4 in.
long, 1-3 in. wide. Flowers in. in diameter, greenish white
pods, 3-7 in. long, 1-1% in. wide, somewhat pubescent, never
edible at any stage of development; seeds generally flat, moon¬
shaped, the veining usually prominent, generally white, but some
varieties with purple markings; %-% in. long, in the small bush
varieties, to 1-2 in. in the large bush or climbing varieties.
The Lima Bean is widely cultivated for the seed as food
in the green and the dry state.
5. Phaseolus coccineus L. Scarlet Runner Bean. A twining
annual with a reddish-brown stem, 4-12 ft. long, %6-% in. in
diameter. Leaflets 2-6 in. long, 1-3 in. wide. Flowers in
racemes, longer than the leaves, prominently scarlet, each flower
%- 1 in. long; pods 2-5 in. long, %-l% in. wide, the seeds 3-4,
purple with black markings.
In sprouting, the cotyledons generally remain underground,
altho in a few cases they are pushed above. It is usually culti¬
vated on account of the beauty of the foliage and the flowers.
The beans are said to be eaten by people of Europe and South
America.
404
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 2,
6. Strophostyles Ell.
Twining pubescent annuals, or perennials in pedunculate
heads or sessile, purple; the keel of the corolla strongly incurved;
style bearded along the inner side, the pods linear and straight.
1. Strophostyles helvola (L.) Britt. Trailing Wild Bean. A
twining pubescent annual with the stem 2-8 ft. long and %6 in. in
diameter. Leaflets lobed or regular, ovate at the base, acute
at the apex, 1-3 in. long, 1-2 in. wide. Peduncles longer than the
leaves, axillary; flowers 3-10, capitate, %-% in. long, purple; pod
pubescent, the seed brown to black.
The range of territory from which this species is reported shows
the distribution general over the state. Erie, Ottawa, Cuyahoga,
Tuscarawas, Washington, Athens, Meigs, Hocking and Scioto.
7. Vigna Savi.
Twining or erect annuals. Leaves trifoliate. Flowers capi¬
tate or somewhat racemose, the keel of the corolla short, slightly
incurved, yellow or white to purple; pods long, linear, the seeds
small, light or dark, usually with a different coloring about the
hilum.
Key to the Species.
1. Stem erect or slightly twining, 2-4 ft. long, pod 6-9 in. long.
Vigna sinensis. (1).
2. Stem twining, 5-10 ft. long, pod 10-36 in. long. Vigna sesquipedalis. (2).
1. Vigna sinensis (L) Endl. China Bean. A twining or
erect herbaceous annual, 2-4 ft. high, Yk-% in. in diameter. Leaf¬
lets 2-6 in. long, 1-3 in. wide, the stipules ovate or ovate lanceolate.
Flowers %-% in. long, capitate or racemose, white or yellow to
purple; pods 6-9 in. long, the seeds white to brown, having a
contrasting ring of color around the hilum; seeds 4-20, separated
in the pod by a coriaceous tissue.
The China Bean is being cultivated in Ohio for pasturage and
as a soiling crop. It is also used for the food of man in the green
and dry state. The China Bean has recently been called Cow
Pea quite generally, especially in Agricultural Literature. But
this name is confusing, since the plant is a typical species of the
beans and is not at all like any of the peas.
2. Vigna sesquipedalis (L) Wight. Yard Bean. A climbing
annual 5-10 ft. long, Yie-Y in. in diameter. Leaflets 2-6 in. long,
1-3 in. wide. Flowers %-l in. long, yellow or white to purple;
pod 10-36 in. long, % in. wide; seeds 10-20, light brown.
The Yard Bean is often cultivated for an ornament or curiosity,
on account of its long pods. It is now generally used for food,
when in the snap stage. It is also called Asparagus Bean.
Date of Publication, December 18, 1914.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving' Co.,
57-59-61 E.ast Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN ,
PRINTERSand publishers.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the “ Ohio Naturalist.'
The Ohio State University
COLUMBUS
WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, President.
Ten Colleges and a Graduate School
College of Agriculture
College of Arts, Philosophy and Science
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Homeopathic Medicine
College of Law
College of Medicine
College of Dentistry
College of Pharmacy
College of Veterinary Medicine
Graduate School
Summer Session (Eight weeks)
For general information, catalogue, or special bulletin de¬
scribing each college, with fees and announcement of courses
Address:
L. E. WOLFE, Secretary Entrance Board,
THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
Volume XV.
JANUARY,
1915
Number 3,
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Official Organ of the OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE and
BIOLOGICAL CLUB of the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
/
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00 Single Number, 15 Cents
Entered at the Post Offiiee at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio naturalist
and Journal of Science
A Journal devoted more especially to the Natural History of Ohio.
The Official Organ of The Ohio Academy of Science and The Biological Cixb of the
Ohio State University. Published monthly during the academic rear, from
November to June (8 numbers). Priceffl.00 per year, payable in advance.
To foreign countries, SI. 25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner
Business Manager , . James S. Hine
Associate Editors
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Miles, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board
Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner,
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natcbalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy' of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first fourteen volumes may be obtained at S1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hike.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, gjfeSSStfS 3ft
Ohio Academy ol Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 187. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
2. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 118. David S. Kelli cott . 60 cts.
3. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 76. W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocxeb, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowke . 60 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Raymond C. Osbcbn . 60 cts.
5. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hine . 60 cts.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lends Jones . 75 , ,
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. #6. Thomas A. Bonseb . 60 cts.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 68. James G. Sanders . 60 cts.
B. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 64. Max Morse . 60 cts.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schaeeneb, Orro E. Jennings, Fred
J. Tyler . 35 cts.
H. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 60 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 60 ctB.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacri . 60 ct6.
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 64. Freda M. Bachman . 60 cts.
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaeeneb . 75 cts.
16. The Pteridophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schaeeneb . 60 cts.
17. Fauna of the Maxville Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Morse . 60 cts.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . 76 cts.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Frederica Detmebs . 75 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio £J\£a turn list,
and Journal of Science
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
Volume XV. JANUARY, 1915.
No. 3.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Smith— Predicting Min'mum Temperatures for Frost Protection . 405
Sch affner — A Preliminary Survey of Plant Distribution in Ohio . . 409
Gormi.ey — The Roses of Ohio . . . 419
Schaffner — New and Rare Plants Added to the Ohio List in 1914 . 432
Rice— The Ohio Academy of Science . 433
McAvoy — Meeting of the Biological Club . . . 436
PREDICTING MINIMUM TEMPERATURES FOR FROST
PROTECTION.
J. Warren Smith
(Professor of Meteorology, Columbus, Ohio.)
The question of protecting fruit and truck crops from frost
damage by building fires of oil, coal, or wood, is receiving consider¬
able attention in Ohio and some 40 to 50 of the most progressive
fruit and truck men are now practicing orchard heating.
The United States Weather Bureau has encouraged these
efforts by establishing special frost -fruit stations for the purpose
of studying local temperature conditions and for giving informa¬
tion as to the probable temperatures that may be expected on
nights when frost damage is likely.
It is known that fruit buds will stand lower temperatures at
some periods of their growth than at others and that the minimum
temperature will vary greatly under different topographic con¬
ditions. The ability to determine approximately the lowest
temperature for any night when fruit buds or truck crops are in a
critical condition will determine whether plans must be laid for
starting the fires.
The officials of the Weather Bureau by studying the approach¬
ing weather conditions from the daily weather maps and by a
knowledge of the average daily range in temperature, the dew
point temperature, and the varying temperature under different
elevations makes very close temperature forecasts and sends this
information to a large number of places in the State where heating
is practiced.
Jan., 1915.] Predicting Minimum Temperatures.
407
It seems important, however, that some plan be devised
whereby a fruit man not in touch with the Weather Bureau and
its maps and forecasts can closely estimate the probable lowest
temperature at critical periods.
In investigating this point in connection with our special fruit
service in Ohio, we have found that the prediction of the minimum
temperature from the time of the average afternoon median
temperature gives very close results.
Figure 1 is a copy of the temperature record made by a self
recording thermometer at Delaware, Ohio, from May 11 to May
17, 1914. This shows a rapid fall in temperature beginning at
about 10 a. m. of the 12th. This was due to a shift of the wind
to northwesterly and the small change that occurred In the tem¬
perature from the afternoon of the 12th to the early morning of
the 14th was because of continued northerly winds and rainy
weather.
Beginning on the 14th, however, and continuing through the
balance of this week and most of the following week, there was a
period of clear and comparatively still weather when an area of
high barometer pressure was centered over this district. Under
these conditions the temperature rises high during the daytime
under strong sunshine, and then falls quite low at night under
free radiation. It is under conditions of this kind that frosts
may be expected in the spring and fall. It will be noticed that
the rise in temperature is rapid in the early forenoon and that the
thermograph curve has a decidedly convex shape.
The highest temperature will be reached at about 3 o’clock
in the afternoon. The temperature will fall slowly for two or
three hours, then there will be a rapid fall in the evening and
a slower fall until the lowest point just before sunrise. The
afternoon curve has a decided concave shape. There is a marked
similarity in the curves during these days when frosts threaten.
This being true the question was raised whether the half way
point in the temperature fall from the maximum of one day to
the minimum of the next morning might not occur at about
the same time each evening.
A study of available records showed that in May the half
way temperature occurred at Delaware on an average at 7 :36
p. m. and that the variations on either side of this time was less
than 20 minutes in either 1913 or 1914.
For example the highest temperature at Delaware on May 14,
1914, as shown by the thermograph record in Figure 1, was 65.
The temperature at 7 :36 p. m., the average time of the median, was
51. Subtracting this from the maximum leaves 14. If we take
14 from 51 then we shall have 37 as the predicted minimum
temperature during the coming night, by this method. The
lowest temperature that actually occurred was 36 or only 1 lower
than estimated.
408
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
On the 15th the predicted temperature would be 34, while
the thermometer reached 33. On the Kith and 17th the exact
minimum would have been predicted.
Rules to follow. The average time of this median hour will
vary under different weather conditions, at different seasons of
the year, and in different localities. Outside of the cities, in cen¬
tral Ohio, under conditions of clear skies and comparatively still
air, it will be close to the following.
April, 7:15 p. m. ; May and June, 7:30 p. m. ; September,
6:30 p. m. ; October and November, 6 p. m. In July it is about
7 :30 p. m., ajid in August, 7 p. m.
If a strong wind is blowing in the afternoon or if the afternoon
is cloudy or partly cloudy, and the wind goes down and it clears
off in the night the time of the median temperature will be from
30 to 45 minutes later than the average given.
If it should cloud up during the night after a clear afternoon
and evening the minimum temperature will not be quite so low
as is indicated by the median.
In cloudy and stormy weather, or when strong southerly winds
prevail, or if the wind is high from the northwest the time of the
median varies so much that no attempt should be made to make
predictions from it.
This is especially true when after a period of warm weather
the wind shifts to northwesterly and the temperature begins to
fall rapidly. This indicates the approach of a cool area and the
only way to estimate the probable minimum temperature is from
the daily weather maps.
But after the windy front of this cool wave has passed by and
the air is clear and still and the days are warn and the nights
cool and frosts threaten then the plan can be used.
Reliable maximum and minimum thermometers should be
obtained and exposed in a lattice work shelter where the air
circulates freely and the sun will not strike the instruments.
The difference in temperature between that at the average
half-way or median hour should be subtracted from the highest
during the day and the difference subtracted from the reading at
the half way hour. The remainder will show the approximate
lowest temperature during the coming night.
Records that are at hand indicate that the average time of
median will be slightly later in the valleys than at higher elevations,
but each man interested should be able to determine his own
median hour by careful records of the temperature.
The Weather Bureau office at Columbus will continue its study
during the coming year at a larger number of stations than were
in operation last year.
A PRELIMINARY SURVEY OF PLANT DISTRIBUTION IN
OHIO.*
John H. Schaffner.
The following data are presented as a preliminary basis for
field work in determining the natural plant areas of Ohio. It
is hoped that the botanists of the State will begin active study of
local conditions with a view to determine natural or transition
boundaries as well as cataloging local associations. The distri¬
bution lists are based on herbarium material and more than 15
years of sporadic botanizing in the state. Of course, distribution
at present indicates to a considerable extent merely the distri¬
bution of enthusiastic botanists and their favorite collecting
grounds. Nevertheless, enough has been done to indicate in a
rough way the general character of our plant geography.
The kind of data most important in indicating characteristic
areas are as follows: —
1. Meteorological data.
2. Geology, including the nature of the surface rock and soil.
3. Physiography and topography.
4. The actual distribution of characteristic species of plants
and to some extent of animals.
In Ohio, the following important maps may be studied in this
connection : —
Meteorology.
By Otto E. Jennings in Ohio Naturalist 3: 339-345, 403-409,
1903. Maps I -XII.
By J. Warren Smith in Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Station No. 235,
1912. Figs. 3-14.
Geology.
By J. A. Bownocker, A Geological Map of Ohio. 1909.
Topography.
The maps of the topographic survey, not yet completed.
Various geological reports.
The eastern half of Ohio is a part of the Alleghany Plateau.
The western half belongs to the great interior plain. In Ohio,
the Alleghany Plateau consists of a northern glaciated region and
a southern non-glaciated region. The latter apparently again
divides into an eastern and western plant area.
The interior plain consists of a southern glaciated calcarious
region up to the Ohio River — Lake Erie water shed, and north of
this of the very flat Great Black Swamp region and its margin.
The northwestern corner apparently has a characteristic flora
differing in many respects from the Black swamp area, and is
probably to be regarded as a distinct region mostly beyond our
borders.
*Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State Univer¬
sity. No. 86.
4io
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
The region of Sandusky Bay and the islands is peculiar in
many respects, being a meeting place of many species. The
Sandusky area is apparently a biological island containing num¬
erous species heretofore not discovered in any other part of the
state. The Sugar Grove area also contains a number of unusual
isolated species but is not so sharply defined as the Sandusky
Bay area.
Important Geographic Boundaries in Ohio.
There is a general transition belt between the eastern and
western portions of the state, situated between the eastern limit
of the Ohio Shale on the one hand and the glacial boundary and
the limit of the higher hill country on the other. Sec Map I.
The lake shore may also be considered as a more or less distinct
plant area, but such details are not considered in this paper.
Jan., 1915.]
Plant Distribution in Ohio.
411
According to Merriam, the northeastern part of Ohio belongs
to the Transition Zone and all the rest of the state to the Upper
Austral Zone.
In map I are indicated some of the more important physio¬
graphic lines in Ohio as follows :
a-a, Western boundary of the Alleghany Plateau, following
closely the eastern limit of the Ohio Shale.
b-b, The terminal moraine or glacial boundary.
c-c, Lake Erie Ohio River divide.
d-d, North-west beach of glacial Lake Erie; the country
beyond this is deeply covered with drift underlain with
shale.
e, Edge of the higher hill country.
According to all the data available and the lists of plants
given below, Ohio apparently falls into four general regions or
areas and for a preliminary survey seven natural plant regions
may be recognized. These areas will at present not receive
final, distinctive phytogeographic names but be indicated simply
by their physiographic character or their geographic position as
follows: (See Map II.)
I. Glaciated Alleghany Plateau, belonging to the “Tran¬
sition Zone.”
II. Non-glaciated Alleghany Plateau, eastern division,
including most of the Muskingum river basin, and the
counties to the east.
III. Non-glaciated Alleghany Plateau, western division,
containing the highland between the Muskingum and
Scioto.
IV. The Miami Area, mainly a glaciated calareous region.
V. The Great Black Swamp Area and contiguous country.
VI. The Williams County Area.
VII. Sandusky Bay and Lake Erie Islands Area.
The seven areas may be briefly delimited and characterized
as follows: — ■
I. The Glaciated Alleghany Plateau has its southern bound¬
ary in the terminal moraine and its western boundary at or a little
beyond the limits of the Appalachian highland which approaches
the eastern line of the Ohio Shale. As stated this area is recog¬
nized as a part of the Transition Zone of Merriam. Interesting
plants found in this part of the state are :
Pinus strobus
Calla palustris
Xyris flexuosa
Lysias orbiculata
Pyrola secunda
Andromeda polifolia
412
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
Others are named in the list given below of “Northeastern and
northern plants having a north-eastern distribution in Ohio.”
II. The Eastern Division of the non-glaeiated Alleghany
Plateau extends eastward from an undetermined transition line
west of the Muskingum valley. This area apparently lacks the
white pine and tamarack present to the north and also the pitch
pine and sorrel tree of the rougher highland to the west. The
scrub pine is also apparently absent except on the western edge.
Isolated localities have Juniperus virginiana and Tsuga canadensis.
III. The Western Division of the non-glaciated Alleghany
Plateau included in this area has its western boundary following
closely the eastern limit of the Ohio Shale in southern Ohio and
the terminal glacial moraine. It is a rugged hilly upland cut by
Jan., 1915.]
Plant Distribution in Ohio.
4i3
numerous deep ravines. Pine barrens, mostly consisting of
Pinus virginiana are frequent. The distribution of the more
important Ohio species, which are mostly if not entirely confined
to this area and are rather generally distributed in a considerable
part of it are as follows:
Distribution of Nine Species in the Western Part of the Non-glaciated
Alleghany Plateau.
Rather Generally Distributed in a Considerable Part of the Area.
Pinus rigida Betula nigra.
Pinus virginiana. Extends some- Oxydendrum arboreum.
what beyond. Dasystoma laevigata.
Aristida dichotoma. Salvia lyrata.
Stylosanthes biflora. Solidago erect.
4H
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
Other Plants Apparently Confined to the Area and of
Rarer Distribution.
Selanginella rupestris.
Manfreda virginica.
Magnolia tripetala.
Viola hirsutula.
Viola pedata.
Silene rotundifolia.
Sullivantia sullivantii.
Quercus marilandica.
Quercus triloba.
Azalea lutea.
em extension in the State.
Chionanthus virginica.
Anisostichus capreolata.
Lobelia puberula.
Coreopsis major.
Chrysopsis mariana.
Ionactis linariifolius.
Eupatorium rotundifolium.
Eupatorium aromaticum.
Gaultheria procumbens. Its south-
Rhododendron maximum.
Epigaea repens. Its southern ex¬
tension in Ohio.
IV. The Miami Area is a glaciated area mainly calcareous. It is
drained by the big and little Miami rivers and small tributaries of
the Scioto and Ohio. The Ohio-Erie divide may be taken as its
northern boundary. Juniperus virginiana is its only conifer with
the exception of a few isolated records of hemlock, except in the
eastern part where Thuja occidentalis occurs in isolated groups,
from Franklin county southward to Adams county. The arbor-
vitae is not known to be native of any other part of the state.
Juniperus virginiana, which is the only conifer of general dis¬
tribution in the central deciduous forest region and the prairie of
the United States, is rather common especially toward the south¬
west. A number of southwestern plants occurring in this area
are listed below.
V. The Great Black Swamp Area is a great level tract, in¬
cluding most of northwestern Ohio except the extreme corner.
It is drained mainly by the Maumee and Sandusky Rivers.
The typical black swamp is characterized by the entire absence
of conifers except Larix laricina which occurs on its margins.
Originally there were a number of edaphic prairies in this region
like the “Big Spring Prairie” in Hancock, Seneca and Wyandot
counties.
VI. The Williams County Area may be bounded in Ohio by
the ancient Lake Erie beach, extending in a southwesterly direc¬
tion. It includes also a small part of Fulton and Defiance coun¬
ties. The surface is generally rolling with marshes and water-
basins, often without natural drainage, presenting the usual fea¬
tures of moraine districts. There are a number of tamarack
bogs with the accompanying vegetation. This characteristic
area extends westward into Indiana and northward into Michigan
and is probably the southern part of the Ann Arbor flora quite
distinct from the contiguous Maumee flora.
VII. The Sandusky Bay and Lake Erie Islands Area is a
distinctive region where eastern, western, and northeni plants
meet. In many respects it is an island where isolated species of
Jan., 1915.]
Plant Distribution in Ohio.
4i5
plants and animals are common. There are numerous peculiar
plant associations on sand hills and prairies and on the lime-stone
islands to the north and west of Sandusky Bay. Of interest are
fields of Opuntia near Sandusky, the Meibomias of Margaretta
Ridge, and the prairie plants south of Lakeside. Stipa spartea is
aboundant on Cedar Point and such plants as Bearberry (Uva-
ursi) and Prunus pumila are represented by a few individuals.
The flora of the entire region is probably strongly influenced by
the climatic conditions of the Bay. A list of distinctive species
is given below.
Northern Plants With Northern Distribution in Ohio.
Botrychium simplex.
Beckmannia erucaeformis.
Botrychium neglectum.
Sporobolus cryptandrus.
Matteuccia struthiopteris.
Calamagrostis canadensis.
Equisetum variegatum.
Ammophila arenaria.
Equisetum sylvaticum.
Lilium philadelphicum.
Lycopodium obscurum.
Vagnera trifolia.
Larix laricina.
Jimcus balticus.
Juniperus communis.
Juncus alpinus.
Juniperus sibirica.
Juncus articulatus.
Taxus canadensis.
Juncus scirpoides.
Sagittaria cuneata.
Pogonia ophioglossoides.
Potamogeton amplifolius.
Coptis trifolia.
Potamogeton friesii.
Anemone cylindrica.
Potamogeton robbinsii.
Actaea rubra.
Vallisneria spiralis.
Sarracenia purpurea.
Sparganium simplex.
Capnoides aureum.
Cyperus schweinitzii.
Arabis brachycarpa.
Eleocharis ovata.
Cakile edentula.
Scirpus torreyi.
Robertiella robertiana.
Carex sartwellii.
Chamaesyce polygonifolia.
Carex siccata.
Hibiscus moscheutos.
Carex setacea.
Hypericum kalmianum.
Carex diandra.
Hypericum ellipticum.
Carex disperma.
Hypericum boreale.
Carex trisperma.
Hypericum majus.
Carex straminea.
Hypericum canadense.
Carex communis.
Tracaulon arifolium.
Carex pedunculata.
Persicaria careyi.
Carex richardsonii.
Potentilla paradoxa
Carex aurea.
Rubus neglectus.
Carex gracillima.
Sorbus scopulina.
Carex arctata.
Prunus pumila.
Carex virescens.
Lathyrus maritimus.
Carex buxbaumii.
Lathyrus ochroleucus.
Carex lacustris.
Lepargyraea canadensis.
Carex atherodes.
Nemopanthus mucronata.
Carex oederi.
Comptonia peregrina.
Carex monile.
Populus balsamifera.
Carex retrorsa.
Salix lucida.
Carex lupuliformis.
Salix adenophylla.
Panicularia grandis.
Salix Candida.
Poa debilis.
Salix petiolaris.
Koeleria cristata.
Salix bebbiana.
Triplasis purpurea.
Salix humilis.
4i6
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
Salix pedicellaris.
Ribes lacustre.
Chamaenerion angustifolium.
Epilobium adenocaulon.
Oenothera oakesiana.
Chamaedaphne calyculata.
Uva-ursi uva-ursi.
Vaccinium canadense.
Vaccinium atrococcum.
Oxycoccus macrocarpus.
Gentiana flavida.
Apocynum sibiricum.
Asclepias pulchra.
Dasystoma pedicularia.
Otophylla auriculata.
Melampyrum lineare.
Utricularia intermedia.
Myosotis laxa.
Lithospermum carolinense.
Aralia nudicaulis.
Panax trifolium.
Galium boreale.
Viburnum pubescens
Campanula rotundifolia.
Megalodonta beckii.
Gnaphalium decurrens.
Anaphalis margaritacea.
Antennaria neodioica.
Solidago hispida.
Solidago arguta.
Aster ptarmicoides.
Hieracium canadense
Northeastern and Northern Plants Having a Northeastern Distribution in Ohio.
Botrychium lanceolatum.
Ibidium strictum
Phegopteris dryopteris.
Ibidium plantagineum.
Drytoperis clintoniana.
Trollius laxus.
Drytoperis dilatata.
Aconitum noveboracense.
Isoetes braunii.
Cardamine pratensis.
Isoetes foveolata.
Lechea stricta.
Lycopodium inundatum.
Viola rotundifolia.
Lycopodium clavatum.
Bliturn capitatum.
Selaginella apus.
Comarum palustre.
Pinus strobus.
Dalibarda repens.
Scheuchzeria palustris.
Alnus incana.
Potamogeton epihydrus.
Grossularia oxyacanthoides.
Potamogeton praelongus.
Hottonia inflata.
Potamogeton obtusifolius.
Pyrola secunda.
Calla palustris.
Hypopitys lanuginosa.
Eriphorum viridicarinatum.
Ledum groenlandicum.
Carex deweyana.
Azalea viscosa.
Carex alata.
Andromeda polifolia.
Carex flexuosa.
Chiogenes hispidula.
Carex flava.
Menyanthes trifoliata.
Panicularia canadensis.
Aralia hispida.
Panicularia torreyana.
Conioselium chinense.
Danthonia compressa.
Hydrocotyle americana.
Deschampsia flexuosa.
Cynoxylon canadense.
Milium effusum.
Viburnum dentatum.
Panicum xanthophysum.
Viburnum cassinoides.
Lilium umbellatum.
Viburnum alnifolium.
Trillium undulatum.
Lonicera canadensis.
Clintonia borealis.
Lonicera oblongifolia.
Xyris flexuosa.
Linnaea americana.
Limnorchis hyperborea.
Solidago squarrosa.
Lysias orbiculata.
Aster phlogifolius.
Lysias hookeriana.
Doellingeria infirma.
The Plants Having a General Distribution East and South of the State Which
Should Have a Southeastern Distribution in Ohio.
Andropogon virginicus.
Cunila origanoides.
Acalypha ostryaefolia.
Salvia lyrata.
Ilex opaca.
Chrysopsis mariana.
Kalmia latifolia.
Solidago erecta.
Scutellaria integrifolia.
Jan., 1915.]
Plant Distribution in Ohio.
4i7
Eastern Plants Having Mostly an Eastern Distribution in Ohio,
Asplenium pinnatifidum.
Asplenium montanum.
Lycopodium complanatum.
Tsuga canadensis.
Clintonia umbellulata.
Cardamine rotundifolia.
Dentaria diphylla.
Linum virginianum.
Viola hastata.
Silene caroliniana.
Rubus odoratus.
Spiraea tomentosa.
Chrysosplenium americanum.
Castanea dentata.
Betula lenta.
Betula lutea.
Kneiffia pumila.
Chimaphila maculata.
Epigaea repens.
Polycodium stamineum.
Galium pilosum.
Vemonia noveboracensis.
Hieracium paniculatum.
Hieracium venosum.
Plants Mainly South of the State and Which Should Have a Rather General
Southern Distribution in Ohio.
Asplenium resiliens.
Woodsia obtusa.
Pinus rigida.
Pinus virginiana.
Aristida dichotoma.
Panicum bicknellii.
Pancium implicatum.
Panicum boscii.
Manfreda virginica.
Corallorrhiza wisteriana.
Magnolia tripetala.
Delphinium tricorne.
Viorna viorna.
Stylophorum diphyllum.
Phyllanthus carolinensis.
Hypericum virgatum.
Viola pedata.
Passiflora lutea.
Sagina decumbens.
Alsine pubera.
Silene rotundifolia.
Amaranthus spinosus.
Porteranthus stipulatus.
Chamaecrista nictitans.
Psoralea onobrychis.
Stylosanthes biflora.
Rhamnus lanceolota.
Rhamnus caroliniana.
Ampelopsis cordata.
Aesculus octandra.
Liquidambar styraciflua.
Quercus stellata.
Quercus marilandica.
Quercus triloba.
Betula nigra.
Hydrangea arborescens.
Phoradendron flavescens.
Oxydendrum arboreum.
Diospyros virginiana.
Ipomoea lacunosa.
Chionanthus virginica.
Gentiana villosa.
Gonolobus laevis.
Vincetoxicum obliquum.
Anisostichus capreolata.
Trichostema dichotomum.
Scutellaria serrata.
Stachys cordata.
Aralia spinosa.
Houstonia purpurea.
Viburnum scabrellum.
Lobelia puberula.
Lobelia leptostachys.
Coreopsis major.
Antennaria solitaria.
Elephantopus carolinianus.
Mesadenia reniformis.
Lactuca villosa.
Plants of the Southwestern and Western U. S. Which Should Have a South¬
western Ohio Distribution. Such a distribution is at present
indicated by specimens.
Polypodium polypodioides.
Hordium nodosum.
Tradescantia pilosa.
Ranunculus micranthus.
Arenaria patula.
Trifolium stoloniferum.
Lavauxia triloba.
Cuscuta indecora.
Synthyris bullii.
Orobanche ludoviciana.
Phacelia bipinnatifida.
Phaethusa helianthoides.
Boebera papposa.
Grindelia squarrosa.
Eupatorium serotinum.
418
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
Plants From the West Which Should Show a General Western Distribution.
Zanthoxylum americanum. Mesadenia tuberosa.
Gymnocladus dioica. Lactuca floridana.
Valeriana pauciflora.
Plants of Distinctly Northwestern Distribution and Which Apparently Have
Advanced Into Ohio From the West.
Stipa spartea. Viola pedatifida.
Chamaesyce serpens. Salix glaucophylla.
Plants Known Only From the Sandusky Bay Region, Many of Which May Have
a Wider Distribution in the State.
Botrychium simplex.
Juniperus sibirica.
Sagittaria cuneata.
Potamogeton hillii.
Potamogeton friesii.
Potamogeton interruptus.
Sparganium simplex.
Wolffia punctata.
Eleocharis ovata.
Rynchospora cymosa.
Mariscus mariscoides.
Scleria triglomerata.
Scleria pauciflora.
Carex sartwellii.
Carex siccata.
Carex setacea.
Carex disperma.
Carex richardsonii.
Carex aurea.
Carex meadii. •
Carex crawei.
Carex haydeni.
Carex atherodes.
Carex oederi.
Melica nitens.
Panicularia pallida.
Poa debilis.
Koeleria cristata.
Ammophila arenaria.
Stipa spartea.
Panicum agrostoides.
Panicum philadelphicum.
Lilium superbum.
Juncus balticus.
Juncus scirpoides.
Capnoides aureum.
Arabis brachycarpa.
Linum medium.
Interesting Plants in the Licking,
Selaginella rupestris.
Wolffiella floridiana.
Poa autumnalis.
Stenanthium robustum.
Ibidium beckii.
Viola hirsutula.
Meibomia marylandica.
Epilobium strictum.
Hypopitys americana.
Linum sulcatum.
Chamaesyce serpens.
Hypericum gymnanthum.
Hypericum majus.
Hypericum canadense.
Persicaria careyi.
Polygonum tenue.
Potentilla paradoxa.
Prunus pumila.
Meibomia illinoensis.
Lespedeza nuttallii.
Lespedeza stuvei.
Ammannia coccinea.
Rhexia virginica.
Salix adenophylla.
Opuntia humifusa (also in Scioto
County.)
Ribes lacustre.
Oenothera oakesiana.
Myriophyllum verticillatum.
Uva-ursi uva-ursi.
Gentiana puberula.
Gratiola sphaerocarpa.
Otophylla auriculata.
Houstonia angustifolia.
Galium claytoni.
Campanula rotundifolia.
Bidens discoidea.
Tetraneuris herbacea.
Solidago arguta.
Aster dumosus.
Aster ptarmicoides.
Vemonia fasciculata.
Vernonia missurica.
Artemisia caudata.
Senecio pauperculus.
Nabalus asper.
Fairfield, Hocking County Area.
Azalea lutea.
Rhododendron maximum.
Phlox stolonifera.
Phacelia dubia.
Utricularia minor.
Eupatorium rotundifolium.
Eupatorium aromaticum.
Lactuca sagittifolia.
THE ROSES OF OHIO.
Rose Gormley.
Rosacea — Rose Family.
Herbs, shrubs, or trees with bisporangiate, rarely diecious,
actinomorphic, perigynous flowers, and alternate, simple or
compound, usually stipulate leaves; perianth usually pentam-
erous, the calyx often bracteolate; stamens usually numerous,
anthers with four microsporangia; carpels one to many, distinct
or united with each other and the hypanthium; ovulary uni¬
locular or in cases of united carpels 2-10-locular; style terminal
or lateral; ovules one to several, anatropous; fruit usually follicles,
achenes, drupes or pomes ; endosperm usually none, rarely copious.
Subfamily, RosatvE.
Carpels several or numerous or occasionally only one and
then the fruit a dry, one-seeded achene; hypanthium free from the
carpels, usually membranous, but sometimes becoming dry or
fleshy in the fruit, fruit follicles, achenes, aggregates of drupelets,
or with fleshy receptacle.
SYNOPSIS.
I. Carpels not enclosed in the hypanthium; calyx not enclosing the
carpels.
a. Carpels numerous, ripening into 1-2-seeded achenes or
drupelets.
1. Style persistent; fruit an achene.
1. Geum. (1).
2. Style deciduous; fruit an achene.
2. Dasiphora. (2).
3. Potentilla. (3).
4. Argentina. (4).
5. Comarum. (5).
6. Drymocallis. (6)
7. Waldsteinia. (7).
8. Fragaria. (8).
3. Style persistent; fruit a drupelet.
9. ' Rubus. (9).
b. Carpels usually not more than 10, ripening into 1-4-seeded
follicles.
1. Flowers bisporangiate.
10. Porteranthus. (10).
11. Schizonotus. (11).
12. Filipendula. (12).
13. Opulaster. (13).
14. Spiraea. (14).
2. Flowers diecious.
15. Aruneus. (15).
II. Carpels at length enclosed in the connivant, zygomorphic calyx
segments; styles deciduous; with normal or cleistogamous flowers.
16. Dalibarda. (16).
419
420
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
III. Carpels enclosed in the persistent hypanthium; achenes numerous
to one.
a. Achenes numerous, enclosed in a fleshy hypanthium.
17. Rosa. (17).
b. Achenes 1-2, enclosed in the dry hypanthium.
18. Agrimonia. (18).
19. Sanguisorba. (19).
20. Poterium. 20).
Genus Key.
1. Carpels not enclosed in the hypanthium. 2.
1. Carpels enclosed in the hypanthium. 17.
2. Carpels numerous, ripening into 1-2-seeded achenes or drupelets. 3.
2. Carpels usually not more than 10. 11.
3. Plants woody, usually prickly, or, if not, with shreddy bark. 4.
3. Plants herbaceous, rarely slightly woody at the base. 5.
4. Flowers white or rose; shrubs usually prickly: fruit an aggregate of
drupelets. Rubus. (9).
4. Flowers yellow; not prickly or bristly; bark shreddy, achenes pubescent.
Dasiphora. (2).
5. Leaves trifoliate; flowers corymbose on a scape. 6.
5. Leaves pinnate or lobed or, if trifoliate, then the flowers solitary in the
axils or cymose at the end of leafy branches. 7.
6. Flowers yellow; achenes on dry receptacles. Waldsteinia. (7).
6. Flowers white; achenes on fleshy edible receptacles. Fragaria.
7. Style terminal or nearly so; achenes glabrous or pubescent. 8.
7. Style lateral or nearly basal; achene glabrous. 9.
8. Seed erect; style persistent, jointed near the tip, becoming hooked.
Geum. (1).
8. Seed pendulous; style deciduous, articulated with the ovulary, not
becoming hooked. Potenlilla. (3).
9. Flowers red or purple. Comarum. (5).
9. Flowers yellow or white. 10.
10. Flowers white; style nearly basal. Drymocallis. (6).
10. Flowers yellow; style lateral; plant silvery pubescent. Argentina. (4).
11. Leaves entire or only slightly lobed. 15.
11. Leaves compound or deeply palmately lobed. 12.
12. Shrubs with odd pinnate leaves, stipules small. Schizonotus. (11).
12. Erect perennial herbs. 13.
13. Leaves 2-3 times pinnate; stipules minute or wanting. Aruncus. (15).
13. Leaves palmately lobed, 3-foliate or simply pinnate; stipules large. 14.
14. Leaves 3-parted or 3-foliate; flowers in loose terminal panicles; follicles
dehiscent along both sides. Porteranthus. (10).
14. Leaves pinnately 3-9-lobed or foliate; flowers in dense cymose panicles;
follicle-like fruit indehiscent. Filipendula. (12).
15. Low herbs with orbicular, cordate leaves; hypanthium zygomorphic
enclosing the carpels; with normal and cleistogamous flowers.
Dalibarda. (16).
15. Shrubs; leaves ovate orbicular, ovate or lanceolate; hypanthium
enclosing the carpels. 16.
16. Leaves somewhat 3-lobed; follicles dehiscent along both sutures:
carpels united below. Opulaster. (13).
16. Leaves entire; follicles dehiscent along one suture, carpels distinct.
Spiraea. (14).
17. Shrubs; stems usually prickly; carpels enclosed in the fleshy
hypanthium. Rosa. (17).
17. Herbs; stems not prickly; carpels enclosed in a dry hypanthium. IS.
Jan., 1915.]
The Roses of Ohio.
421
18. Leaves pinnate with smaller leaf segments between the larger ones;
calyx with hooked prickles; flowers with petals in narrow racemes.
Agrimonia (18).
18. Leaves pinnate without the smaller leaf segments; calyx without
prickles; flowers without petals in heads or spikes. 19.
19. Leaves %-2^2 in. long; stamens!; inflorescence a spike. Sanguisorba.( 19)
19. Leaves in- long; stamens numerous; inflorescence a head.
Poterium. (20).
1. Geum. Avens.
Perennial herbs with pinnate or pinnatified leaves with stipules ;
flowers solitary or cymose — corymbose ; perianth segments 5
each; stamens numerous; achenes numerous on a dry receptacle,
the persistent styles being straight or jointed, naked or plumose;
seed erect, testa membranous.
1. Flowers purple; calyx lobes erect or spreading; style plumose below.
G. rivale. (1).
1. Flowers white or yellow; calyx lobes strongly reflexed in fruit; style
not plumose. 2.
2. Calyx without bracts; flowers less than in. broad, yellow; head of
fruit long stalked. G. vernum. (6).
2. Calyx bracteolate; flowers in. broad. 3.
3. Petals white. 4.
3. Petals yellow or cream yellow. 5.
4. Plants glabrate or softly pubescent; receptacle bristly. G. canadense. (2).
4. Plants rough-pubescent; receptacle glabrous or downy. G. virginianum. (4)
5. Stems bristly-hairy, lj^-3 ft. tall; petals cream-yellow, small, rarely
exceeding the sepals. G. flavum. (3).
5. Stems pubescent, 2-5 ft. tall; petals yellow, large, much exceeding the
sepals. G. strictum. (5).
1. Geum rivale L. Purple Avens. Erect herbs, Ip2-2J^ ft.
high; basal leaves pinnate, the side leaflets being much smaller
than the terminal leaflets, irregularly lobed and dentate; stem
leaves simple or 3-parted; flowers purple, styles becoming plumose
in the fruit. Geauga, Champaign.
2. Geum canadense Jacq. White Avens. Erect, softly
pubescent or glabrate herbs, branched at the top, 1^-3 ft. high;
leaves 3-parted, ovate or obovate, velvety pubescent or glabrate
beneath; flowers, white. General.
3. Geum flavum (Port.) Bickn. Cream-colored Avens.
Stems erect, kK-3 ft. tall, bristly-hairy below; stipules large,
foliaceous; leaves usually pinnate, those above sometimes entire;
flowers cream-yellow; head of fruit sessile. No specimens.
4. Geum virginianum L. Rough Avens. Stems with bristly
hairs 1/4-2 ft. high; petals creamy-white, rather inconspicuous,
being exceeded by the sepals; receptacle glabrous or downy.
Lorain, Wyandot, Highland, Wayne, Fulton, Madison, Mercer,
Licking, Richland, Knox, Clinton, Huron, Gabon, Defiance,
Harrison, Fayette, Morrow, Tuscarawas, Williams.
422
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
5. Geum strictum Ait. Yellow Avens. Stems hairy, lp2-224
ft. high. Stem leaves pinnate, much incised, leaflets 3-5, rhombic-
ovate; stipules large, foliaceous; flowers yellow; petals longer than
the sepals, orbicular in shape. Knox, Ashtabula, Summit, Wayne,
Lake, Stark, Lorain, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Geauga, Preble.
6. Geum vernum (Raf.) T. & G. Spring Avens. Stem
erect, glabrous, or with a few scattered hairs; basal leaves orbicular
or cordate, 3-5 lobed, sometimes pinnate; stem leaves narrowly
pinnate or pinnatified; flowers yellow, head of fruit long stalked.
Hancock, Montgomery, Clark, Warren, Lucas, Erie, Lorain,
Delaware, Greene, Hamilton, Pickaway, Crawford, Hardin,
Clermont, Preble, Huron, Licking, Franklin, Pike, Auglaize,
Washington, Madison, Morrow.
2. Dasiphora.
Stems shrubby, erect, with dry sheathing stipules and pinnate
leaves; flowers solitary or in small cymes; petals and sepals 5;
stamens about 25 in 5 festoons on the thickened margin of the
disk; achenes numerous, densely covered with hairs.
1. Dasiphora fruticosa (L.) Rydb. Shrubby Cinquefoil.
Shrubs b^-2/d ft. high, with shaggy bark; leaflets 5-7, oblong,
entire, with long, silky hairs; flowers yellow, |-| in. broad.
Erie, Champaign, Wyandot, Clarke, Montgomery, Summit,
Portage, Stark, Logan.
3. Potentilla. Cinquefoil, Five-finger.
Herbs or shrubs with digitate or pinnate, compound leaves;
flowers cymose or solitary, yellow in ours; calyx 5-lobed (rarely
4-lobed), 5-bracteolate (rarely 4-bracteolate) , persistent; petals 5,
rarely 4) ; carpels inserted on a dry, usually pubescent receptacle.
1. Flowers cymose; erect or ascending herbs. 2.
1. Flowers solitary, axillary; prostrate or creeping herbs. 5.
2. Leaves pinnately 3-11-foliate. P. paradoxa. (1).
2. Leaves palmately 3-7-foliate. 3.
3. Leaflets 3. P. monspeliensis. (4).
3. Leaflets 5-7. 4.
4. Leaflets crenate, green beneath; lower stipules leaf-like; petals dark
yellow. P. recta. (3).
4. Leaflets laciniate or incised, white-pubescent beneath; stipules not
leaflike. P. argentea. (2).
5. Flowers 4-parted, upper leaves 3-parted. P. replans. (7).
5. Flowers 5-parted; leaves usually all 5-foliate. 6.
6. Stems long, ascending at first, 5-14 in. high, later decumbent; pubescence
of petioles, stems and peduncles spreading. P. canadensis. (5).
6. Plants low, not more than 4 in. high with very slender runners;
pubescence of petioles, stems and peduncles oppressed. P. puntila. (6).
1. Potentilla paradoxa Nutt. Bushy Cinquefoil. Plants
stout, bushy; stems decumbent or erect; leaves pinnately 5-11-
foliate; leaflets obovate or oval, deeply incised; flowers borne
in leafv cvmes. Erie Countv.
Jan., 1915.]
The Roses of Ohio.
423
2. Potentilla argentea L. Silvery Cinquefoil. Stems 3-10
in. high, ascending, rather woody at the base; leaflets usually 5,
incised, oblanceolate, or obcordate, green and glabrous above,
silvery white beneath, calyx white, woolv. Licking, Erie,
Cuyahoga.
3. Potentilla recta L. Upright Cinquefoil. Stems erect,
1-1 Jd ft. high, villous; flowers yellow, about in. broad, leaves
5-7-parted; leaflets oblanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, sparingly
pubescent. Hocking, Franklin, Erie, Lake.
4. Potentilla monspeliensis L. Rough Cinquefoil. Stems
erect, \-2}4 ft. high, often much branched above; leaflets lp2-2 in.
long, obovate, obtuse, pubescent; flowers about | in. broad,
yellow; sepals exceeding the petals in length. General in
distribution.
5. Potentilla canadensis L. Common Five-finger. Plants
decumbent, often rooting at the tip; stems 5-14 in. high; leaves
usually 5-parted; leaflets oblong, serrate, silky hairy beneath;
flowers yellow, §-§ in. broad. General.
6. Potentilla pumila Poir. Dwarf Five-finger. Plants very
low, with slender prostrate runners; flowering stems upright at
first, later producing prostrate runners; leaves 5-parted, silky
pubescent; leaflets obovate, lighter beneath, sharply dentate;
flowers f-f in. broad, yellow. Lawrence, Monroe, Vinton,
Lake.
7. Potentilla reptans L. European Five-finger. Prostrate
herbs with very slender, almost filiform stems; leaves five-parted;
leaflets, cuneate-oblanceolate, dentate almost to the base; flowers
yellow, petals obcordate, one-half longer than the sepals. Lake
County.
4. Argentina. Silverweed.
Low perennial herbs with pinnate leaves and producing long
runners; flowers yellow, solitary, appearing from the axils of the
leaves; bracts, sepals and petals 5 each; stamens numerous; style
lateral; mature achenes with a thick, corky pericarp.
1. Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb. Silverweed. Leaves 2-9
in. long; leaflets f-1 in. long, oblong or oblanceolate, obtuse,
under surface white, silky pubescent; flowers yellow, p2-l in.
broad. Lorain, Lucas, Ottawa, Hamilton, Erie, Cuyahoga.
5. Comarum. Marshlocks.
Herbs with alternate, pinnate leaves and large purple, solitary
or cymose flowers, either terminal or axillary; calyx 5-lobed with
5 bracts; petals 5, shorter than the calyx lobes, stamens numerous,
inserted on a pubescent receptacle which is spongy in fruit.
424
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
1. Comarum palustre L. Purple Marshlocks. Plants 1-1^
ft. high; leaves pinnate, 5-7-foliate; leaflets oblong or oblanceolate,
sharply serrate above the middle, narrowing at the base K~3 in.
long; stipules large, usually membranous; flowers large, in¬
broad, purple. Lorain, Summit, Ashland, Portage, Licking,
Stark, Ashtabula.
6. Drymocallis.
Erect herbs with more or less glandular or viscid stems and
pinnate leaves; calyx 5-practeolate ; sepals and petals 5; stamens
20-30 in number in 5 festoons on a thick glandular disk; style
nearly basal.
1. Drymocallis agrimonioides (Pursh) Rvdb. Tall Cinque¬
foil. Erect, stout herb, 1-3 ft. high; leaflets oval or ovate, sharply
incised-serrate, terminal one cuneate, the others rounded at the
base; flowers white, cymose. Cuyahoga, Erie, Lake.
7. Waldsteinia.
Perennial herbs resembling strawberries, with 3-parted leaves
and yellow corymbose flowers; sepals, petals and bractlets 5;
stamens many, inserted on the throat of the hypanthium; carpels
usually 2-6 on a short, villous receptacle, style deciduous,
terminal.
1. Waldsteinia fragarioides (Mx.) Tratt. Dry Strawberry.
Low herb with creeping rootstalk; leaflets obovate. broadly
cuneate, crenate, sometimes incised, J/2~\ 1 4 in. long; flowers
yellow, f-f in. broad. Cuyahoga, Clarke, Franklin, Ashtabula,
Greene, Medina, Portage.
8. Fragaria. Strawberry.
Perennial herbs with runners, three-parted leaves, and mem¬
branous sheathing stipules; flowers white, corymbose or racemose,
pedicels often recurved; calyx 5-bracteolate ; petals 5; stamens
many; carpels indefinite; leaflets obovate, cuneate, serrate; fruit
consisting of a fleshy receptacle in which are inserted the aehenes,
seed ascending, amphitropous.
1. Aehenes in pits of the pulpy receptacle; inflorescence umhelliform or
a flattish topped cyme, with subequal primary branches; sepals
lanceolate, appressed about the fruit; hairs spreading or sub-appressed
on scape and petiole. F. virginiana. (3).
1. Aehenes superficial; inflorescence irregular, the primary tranches of
the cyme being distinctly unequal; sepals loosely spreading cr reflexed,
shorter than the early exposed fruit; hairs appressed on the petiole,
spreading on the scape. 2.
2. Plants slender; fruit conical or subcylindric-ovoid. red. F.americana. (1).
2. Plants stoutish; fruit ovoid-ccnic or sutglobose, white in our form.
F. vesca. (2).
Jan., 1915.]
The Roses of Ohio.
425
1. Fragaria americana (Porter) Britt. American Wood
Strawberry. Leaves thin, light green, pubescence usually closely
appressed and silky or sparse; inflorescence irregular and some¬
what raceme-like primary branches of the cyme distinctly unequal;
fruit ovoid to conic. Butler, Greene, Cuyahoga, Ottawa, Auglaize,
Crawford, Summit.
2. Fragaria vesca L. European Wood Strawberry. The
white-fruited variety. Low herbs, with the pubescence of the
petioles wide-spreading, that of the pedicels closely appressed;
inflorescence, a cyme ; fruit ovoid or hemispherical, white. Hocking,
Belmont.
3. Fragaria virginiana Duch. Virginia Strawberry. Taller
than the above species, rather stout, villous pubescent; leaves
5-12 in. tall; leaflets thick, ovate, light gray-green below, 1-3|
in. long; inflorescence a flat-topped cyme; achenes in pits in
the receptacle. General in distribution.
9. Rubus. Blackberry, Raspberry, Dewberry.
Perennial shrubs with erect or trailing stems, usually prickly;
leaves alternate, simple or 3-7-parted, with stipules adnate to
the petiole; flowers terminal or axillary, solitary, racemose or
panicled; calyx 5-parted, without bracts; petals 5; stamens
many; carpels many, inserted on a convex or elongated receptacle,
ripening into drupelets, usually edible; styles nearly terminal.
1. Flowers purplish, rose or light pink; stems bristly. 2.
1. Flowers white, or if not, then not bristly. 3.
2. Leaves simple, 3-5-lobed or angled, not white beneath; stems not
prickly; petals purple-rose. R. odoratus. (10).
2. Leaves usually 3-parted; white-downy beneath; petals pale pink; fruit
enclosed in a bur. R. phoenicolasius. (9).
3. Leaves white-downy beneath; stems more or less glaucous; fruit easily
separated from the dry receptacle. 4.
3. Leaves sometimes lighter green below, not white-downy; stems not
glaucous; fruit persistent on the receptacle or not easily separated
from it. 6.
4. Stems very glaucous all over, with rather stout recurved prickles, not
bristly; fruit purple-black. R. occidentalis . (5).
4. Stems slightly glaucous; bristly; fruit red. 5.
5. Stems bristly, not prickly; fruit light red. R. strigosus. (7).
5. Stems both bristly and prickly; fruit a dark red. R.neglectus. (6).
6. Canes erect or arched ascending; inflorescence elongated, many-
flowered. 7.
6. Canes trailing or with a tendency to be prostrate toward the end;
inflorescence loose, few-flowered, racemose, or flowers solitary. 8.
7. Inflorescence with few (4-6) or several unifoliate leaves. R. frondosus.( 1).
7. Inflorescence not leafy. R. alleghaniensis . (2).
8. Stems herbaceous, usually anarmed, but sometimes with occasional
prickles; fruit red purple. R. triflorus. (8).
8. Stems shrubby; with prickles or bristles; fruit black or nearly black
when ripe. 9.
9. Stems with few prickles; leaves dull above; fruit black.
R. procumbens. (3).
9. Stems slender, densely set with weak bristles; leaves shining; fruit
reddish-black. R. hispidus. (4).
426
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
1. Rubus frondosus Bigel. Leafy-flowered Blackberry. Erect,
about 3 feet high, villous when young; leaves 3-parted, lighter
beneath ; prickles slender and straight ; inflorescence dense, usually
with unifoliate leaves; flower about 1 in. broad. Coshocton,
Gallia, Hancock, Lake, Columbiana.
2. Rubus alleghaniensis Port. High Blackberry. Plants
shrubby, branched, glandular-pubescent, 3-10 ft. high, leaves
3-5-par ted, inflorescence terminal, racemose-paniculate; flowers
1—1 L4 in. broad. General.
3. Rubus procumbens Muhl. Common Dewberry. Trail¬
ing shrubs with few or no prickles; branches erect, 3-9 in. tall;
leaves 3-7-foliate; leaflets oval, rounded or narrowed at the base,
rather finely and sharply dentate, sometimes serrate. General.
4. Rubus hispidus L. Hispid Dewberry. Stems slender,
densely set with weak bristles; branches slender, 3-9 in. long;
leaves 3-foliate; leaflets ovate or obovate, sharply serrate; flowers
corymbose, small, about pf in. broad; fruit red, small, about
p4 in. long. Ashtabula, Lucas, Cuyahoga, Portage, Geauga,
Logan, Summit, Lake.
5. Rubus occidentalis L. Black Raspberry. Stems recurved,
very glaucous, sometimes 12 ft. long, armed with stout recurved
prickles, which are usually in pairs; leaves 3-5-parted; leaflets
ovate, acumenate, serrate, inflorescence corymbose; fruit black,
hemispheric. General.
6. Rubus neglectus Peck. Purple Raspberry. Stems 1-3
ft. long, glaucous, sparingly bristly and prickly; leaflets ovate,
sharply serrate, very white beneath; inflorescence corymbose,
terminal; flowers, white; fruit dark-red or purple. Williams,
Stark, Defiance, Ashtabula.
7. Rubus strigosus Mx. Wild Red Raspberry. Branched
biennial shrub, 3-6 ft. high with many weak glandular bristles,
leaves 3-5-foliate, white, velvety-pubescent beneath leaflets,
ovate to ovate oblong, acuminate, rounded at the base; inflores¬
cence racemose; flowers f-f in. broad; fruit red. Summit,
Erie, Clarke.
8. Rubus triflorus Richards. Dwarf Raspberry. Stems
trailing or ascending; leaves 3-5-foliate; leaflets ovate-lanceolate,
acute, rather coarsely serrate; flowers 1-3 on a peduncle, pink or
white; fruit red-purple, rather large, acid. Sandusky, Stark,
Lorain, Brown, Wyandot, Crawford, Vinton, Wood, Champaign,
Lake, Lucas, Fairfield.
9. Rubus phoenicolasius Max. Wineberry. Stems densely
covered with reddish-brown prickles and gland-tipped hairs;
leaves 3-5-parted, white pubescent beneath; leaflets broadly
ovate; fruit red, enclosed in the bur-like calyx. Lake County.
Jan., 1915.]
The Roses of Ohio.
427
10. Rubus odoratus L. Rose-flowered Raspberry. Shrubby
covered with glandular hairs; leaves simple, 3-5-lobed; peduncles
many-flowered; flowers purple-red; fruit red, not edible. Ashta¬
bula, Summit, Jefferson, Belmont, Cuyahoga, Monroe, Mus¬
kingum, Lake.
10. Porteranthus.
Perennial herbs; leaves nearly sessile, stipulate, 3-foliate;
flowers white or pink, in loose terminal panicles; calyx cylindric,
5-toothed; petals 5, lance-linear; stamens 10-20; carpels 5, oppo¬
site the calyx lobes; follicles 2-4-seeded.
1. Stipules narrow, usually entire. P. trifoliatus. (1).
1. Stipules broad, foliaceous, incised. P. stipulatus. (2).
1. Porteranthus trifoliatus (L.) Britt. Indian-physic. Erect,
branching herbs, 2-4 ft. high, usually glabrous though sometimes
pubescent; leaves with narrow entire stipules; leaflets ovate or
lanceolate ..acuminate, serrate, 2-3 in. long; flowers few, in panicles,
pink or white; follicles pubescent. No specimens.
2. Porteranthus stipulatus (Muhl.) Britt. American Ipecac.
Less pubescent than the above species; stipules broad, foliaceous,
sharply serrate; leaves usually narrower than in the above;
follicles usually glabrous. Ross, Gallia, Pike, Clinton, Muskingum
Adams, Guernsey, Belmont.
11. Schizonotus.
Shrubs with pinnately divided leaves; flowers in terminal
panicles; calyx campanulate, 5-parted; petals 5, white; stamens
numerous, carpels 5, united at the base.
1. Schizonotus sorbifolius (L.) Lincll. Mountain-ash Spiraea.
An erect shrub, pubescent when young; leaves 3-12 in. long,
13-21-parted; leaflets lanceolate acuminate, doubly serrate;
panicle large, white. Harrison, Lake.
12. Filipendula.
Tall perennial herbs with pinnately divided leaves; flowers
small, borne in large cymose panicles; sepals and petals 5; stamens
numerous on a flat or slightly concave receptacle; carpels 5-15;
fruit resembling a follicle, indehiscent.
1. Filipendula rubra (Hill.) Rob. Queen-of-the-prairie. Stem
tall, often more than 8 feet, branched, leaves pinnately 3-7
foliate; leaflets lighter green beneath, irregularly serrate; terminal
leaflet palmately 7-9-parted; flower % in. broad. Champaign,
Madison, Erie, Cuyahoga, Holmes
428
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
13. Opulaster. Ninebark.
Branched shrubs, with simple lobed leaves ; calyx campanulate,
5-parted; petals 5, in the throat of calyx; stamens 20-40; carpels
1-5; pods 1-5, dehiscent longitudinally.
1. Opulaster opulifolius (L.) Ktz. Ninebark. Shrub 3-10
ft. high, the bark peeling off in strips; leaves ovate-orbicular,
3-lobed, coarsely dentate; flowers white or purplish, in terminal
corymbs; follicles dehiscent along two sides. General.
14. Spiraea.
Shrubs with bisporangiate, pink or white flowers, borne in
panicles, racemes, cymes or corymbs; sepals and petals 4 or 5;
stamens 20-60, distinct; carpels usually 5, alternate with the
sepals; follicles 5; seed pendulous, testa dull.
1. Leaves finely serrate, not tomentose; flowers borne in tomentulose
panicles. 5. alba. (1).
1. Leaves unequally and coarsely serrate, tomentose; flowers borne in
narrow, dense, brownish tomentose panicles. S. tomentosa. (2).
1. Spiraea alba DuR. Narrow-leaf Spiraea. Tall shrub,
sometimes 6 ft.; leaves narrowly lanceolate, sharply and finely
serrate; flowers white, borne in narrow panicles; fruit glabrous.
General.
2. Spiraea tomentosa L. Steeple-bush (Spiraea). Erect,
shrubby, usually tomentose; leaves ovate, 1-2 in. long, unequally
serrate, glabrous and dark green above, wooly pubescent below;
flowers pink or purple, in dense terminal panicles. Stark, Hocking,
Cuyahoga, Summit, Portage, Lucas, Gallia, Wayne, Fairfield,
Jackson.
15. Aruncus.
Perennial herbs, leaves usually 2-pinnate, flowers diecious,
almost sessile in panicled spikes; calyx usually 5-lobed; petals
white, as many as the lobes of the calyx; carpels usually 3; style
persistent; follicles reflexed, splitting on the ventral suture.
1. Aruncus aruncus (L.) Karst. Aruncus. Herb, erect,
glabrous, 3-6 ft. high; leaflets ovate, lanceolate, acuminate,
rounded or cordate at the base; sharply and doubly serrate.
Monroe, Columbiana, Tuscarawas, Gallia, Licking, Fairfield,
Lawrence, Hocking, Jackson, Belmont, Vinton, Scioto.
16. Dalibarda.
Low perennial herb with creeping stems and simple, orbicular,
cordate, crenate leaves, flowers 1 or 2, borne on a scape-like
petiole, of two kinds, a few upright sterile ones, the others fertile,
cleistogamous and without petals.
1. Dalibarda repens L. Dalibarda. Low downy herbs;
sepals of the sterile flowers spreading, those of the cleistogamous
flowers converging and enclosing the fruit. Ashtabula County.
Jan., 1915.]
The Roses of Ohio.
429
17. Rosa. Rose.
Erect or climbing shrubs, usually with prickly stems; leaves
odd-pinnate; stipules adnate to the leaves; flowers showy, bisporan-
giate; hypanthium urn-shaped, becoming fleshy in the fruit;
ovularies hairy, ripening into bony achenes.
1. Leaflets mostly 3; styles united in a slender exserted column; prickles
very stout, almost as broad at the base as long. R. setigera. (6).
1. Leaflets 5-9; styles distinct; prickles recurved or straight and slender,
not nearly so broad as long. 2.
2. Leaflets small, in- long, orbicular to ovate, pale beneath and
very glandular. R. rubiginosa. (4).
2. Leaflets larger, in. long, ovate to narrowly oblong, not glandular. 4.
3. Leaflets ovate, rounded at the base, doubly and glandular serrate;
flowers deep pink to crimson, 2-3 in. broad. R. gallica. (5).
3. Leaflets oblong, acute at the base, not prominently glandular, serrate;
flowers pink, 1-2 in. broad. 4.
4. Stems smooth or with very few weak prickles; flowers on smooth
peduncles; sepals erect on the fruit, not deciduous. R. blanda. (1).
4. Stems with straight prickles, usually in pairs; sepals spreading, decid¬
uous. 5.
5. Prickles stout and recurved; leaflets finely serrate; stipules convolute;
hypanthium bristly. R. Carolina. (2).
5. Prickles slender and straight; leaflets coarsely dentate; stipules flat.
R. virginiana. (3).
1. Rosa blanda Ait. Smooth Rose. Stems 1-5 ft. high,
usually without prickles; leaflets 5-7, ovate or oblong-lanceolate,
thin; flowers pink, about 2 in. broad. Lorain, Mercer, Clermont,
Erie, Clinton, Williams, Lake.
2. Rosa Carolina L. Swamp Rose. Stems I-8J/2 ft. tall
with stout, straight or curved prickles; leaflets 5-9, usually
7, dark green, narrowly oblong, finely serrate, usually pubescent
beneath; flowers pink, 1R> in. broad, corymbose or rarely solitary.
Franklin, Holmes, Trumbull, Hocking, Stark, Logan. Defiance,
Gallia, Crawford, Shelby, Monroe, Ottawa, Huron, Lake, Ash¬
tabula, Auglaize, Cuyahoga, Tuscarawas, Fairfield, Geauga,
Clarke, Medina, Licking, Miami, Knox, Fulton, Williams, Lorain,
Summit, Brown.
3. Rosa virginiana Mill. Virginia Rose. Stems L2-6 ft.
high, densely set with long, straight prickles; leaflets 5-7, small,
obovate, sharply serrate; flowers pink. General.
4. Rosa rubiginosa L. Sweetbrier (Rose). Stems 3-6 ft.
high, with stout, recurved prickles; leaflets 5-7, ovate or oval,
doubly serrate, very glandular beneath; fruit oval, glandular.
Ottawa, Lorain, Highland, Ashtabula, Madison, Hancock, Brown,
Preble, Jefferson, Morrow, Monroe, Morgan, Licking, Miami,
Greene, Wayne, Ross, Montgomery, Williams, Warren, Coshoc¬
ton, Noble, Guernsey, Knox.
430
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
5. Rosa gallica L. French Rose. Stem with straight
slender prickles; leaflets usually 5, elliptic, cordate at the base,
doubly glandular-serrate; flowers double, red and large. Lake
County.
6. Rosa setigera Mx. Prairie Rose. Stems climbing, with
stout, rather straight prickles; leaflets 3-5, usually 3, ovate,
sharply serrate; petals rose-colored, sometimes white. Clarke,
Fayette, Jefferson, Greene, Williams, Hocking, Erie, Perry,
Clermont, Muskingum, Montgomery, Lucas, Madison, Tuscara¬
was, Harrison, Butler, Lorain, Highland, Auglaize, Defiance,
Gallia, Logan, Shelby, Miami.
18. Agrimonia. Agrimony.
Erect perennial herbs, leaves with large stipules, odd pinnate,
with smaller leaf segments between the larger ones; flowers
yellow, borne in narrow racemes; sepals 5; petals 5; stamens
5-15; carpels 2; fruit with 1-2 dry achenes.
1. Leaflets 11-17, lanceolate to narrowly lancelinear, bristles radiate.
A. parviflora. (1).
1. Leaflets 5-11, ovate to obovate or elliptic-oblong. 2.
2. Fruit with few erect, ascending or comivant bristles. 3.
2. Fruit with many radiating bristles. A. gryposepala. (2).
3. Under surface of leaves usually glabrous or with few scattered hairs,
minutely glandular. A. rostellata. (3).
3. Under surface of leaves closely and softly pubescent. 4.
4. Leaves glandular-dotted beneath; leaflets 5-11; fruit with slender
ascending bristles nearly in a single row; roots tuberous. A . mollis. (4).
4. Leaves not glandular-dotted beneath; leaflets 7-9; fruit with short
comivant or inflexed bristles; roots not tuberous. A. striata. (5).
1. Agrimonia parviflora Sol. Small-flowered Agrimony. Erect
herb, 1-4 ft. high; stems brownish, hirsute; flowers small, in
long, slender racemes; leaflets 11-17, lanceolate to narrowly
lance-linear, acuminate, sharply serrate; flowers f-f in. broad;
fruit top-shaped, ridges, with reflexed radiate bristles. Auglaize,
Belmont, Cuyahoga, Putnam, Montgomery, Huron, Franklin,
Scioto, Trumbull, Carroll, Ottawa, Logan, Wood, Union,
Wyandot.
2. Agrimonia gryposepala Wallr. Hairy Agrimony. Plants
1-6 ft. tall with few bristly hairs, minutely glandular; leaves
usually 7-foliate, leaflets large, l J^-5 in. long, elliptic or oblong,
coarsely serrate; flowers less than in. broad, yellow; fruit
top-shaped, deeply ridged. Stark, Logan, Belmont, Madison,
Summit, Fayette, Eric, Ashtabula, Wayne, Harrison, Highland,
Defiance.
3. Agrimonia rostellata Wallr. Woodland Agrimony. Stems
about 1-5 ft. tall, minutely glandular; leaflets mostly 5, ovate-
oblong, erenate or dentate; flowers |-f in. broad; bristles erect
Jan., 1915.]
The Roses of Ohio.
43i
or ascending, short and weak. Madison, Cuyahoga, Lake,
Montgomery, Miami, Wayne.
4. Agrimonia striata Mx. Striate Agrimony. Plants 2-6 ft.
tall; leaflets thick, dull green, softly pubescent below, glabrate
above; flowers in. broad; fruit with short, often purplish
bristles which are inflexed or connivant. Huron, Clinton.
5. Agrimonia mollis (T. & G.) Britt. Soft Agrimony. Stem
pubescent or villous; leaves thick, dark green above, pubescent
below; leaflets obovate cuneate; flowers J-f in. broad; fruit
top-shaped, deeply furrowed. Morgan, Highland, Williams,
Erie, Huron, Tuscarawas, Meigs, Clermont, Licking, Scioto.
19. Sanguisorba.
Erect perennial herbs with odd-pinnate leaves; flowers borne
in a dense terminal spike; calyx 4-parted, stamens 4, inserted on
the hypanthium; carpels enclosed in the hypanthium.
1. Sanguisorba canadensis L. American Burnet. Stems
slender, glabrous, 1-6 ft. high, with leaflike stipules; leaflets
2p2 in. long, oblong, cordate, coarsely serrate; flowers greenish-
yellow, borne in a dense spike. Lake, Champaign, Cuyahoga,
Clarke, Franklin, Miami, Stark.
20. Poterium.
Erect, slender, perennial herbs with odd-pinnate, stipulate
leaves; flowers borne in dense heads, bisporangiate or mono-
sporangiate; calyx 4-angled; petals 4; stamens numerous; carpels
2; achene enclosed in the hypanthium.
1. Poterium sanguisorba L. Garden Burnet. Herbs 10-20
in. high; leaves pinnate; leaflets 7-19, ovate, deeply incised,
Va-Yi in. long; flowers greenish, borne in a head. Lake County.
NEW AND RARE PLANTS ADDED TO THE OHIO LIST
IN 1914.
John H. Schaffner.
The following records of new and rare plants have been made
for the year and are to be added to the new “Catalog of Ohio
Vascular Plants. ” Additions are inserted with decimal fractions;
records of new distribution with the appropriate numbers from
the list as published.
170. Scirpus planifolius Muhl. Flat-leaf Club-rush. In
woods; Strasburg, Tuscarawas County. V. Sterki.
597. Tipularia unifolia (Muhl.) B. S. P. Crane-fly Orchis.
Reported from Ashtabula County. R. J. Sim.
701.1. Lepidium perfoliatum L Perfoliate Peppergrass.
Naturalized at Kent, Portage County. From Europe. L. S.
Hopkins.
1393. Ledum grocnlandicum Oedr. Labrador Tea. From
“May Swamp” in Portage County. L. S. Hopkins.
1760. Diodia teres Walt. Rough Buttonwood. East Cleve¬
land, Cuyahoga County. Edo Claassen.
Three species were added while the catalog was going thru
the press and therefore have fractional numbers. These are the
following :
563.1. Dioscorea bulbifera L. Air Potato (Yam).
1053.1. Sorbus aucuparia L. European Mountain-ash.
1273.1. Quercus triloba Mx. Spanish Oak.
As is usual with linotype printing, a number of errors appear
in the catalog. Mistakes can readily be corrected by reference
to Britton & Brown’s “Illustrated Flora,” Second Edition.
The first line numbered 1043 should be erased. The following
species were lost out bodily in the final forms:
1045. Rosa setigera Mx. Prairie Rose. General, but no
specimens from the Northeastern Counties.
1520. Scrophularia marvlandica L. Maryland Figwort.
General.
2024. Cirsium odoratum (Muhl.) Britt. Fragrant Thistle.
Ashtabula County. •
432
THE OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
The twenty-fourth annual meeting of the Ohio Academy of
Science was held at Ohio State University, Columbus, on
November 26, 27 and 28, 1914, under the presidency of Dr.
T. C. Mendenhall, of Ravenna.
The address of the President was delivered Friday evening,
on the subject “Some Pioneers of Science in Ohio,” and on Satur¬
day morning the Academy listened to a very timely lecture upon
“Foot and Mouth Disease” by Dean D. S. White of the College of
Veterinary Medicine of Ohio State University.
The trustees of the research fund announced a further gift of
$250.00 from Mr. Emerson McMillin, of New York, for the
encouragement of the research work of the Academy.
In accordance with the report of a committee appointed a year
ago, the Academy voted to deposit the library of the Academy
with the library of Ohio State University — an arrangement which
may be terminated by either party on suitable notice.
• The matter of the celebration of the annual meeting of 1915
as a Quarter Centennial Anniversary was referred to the Execu¬
tive Committee.
Twenty-three new members were elected, making the total
membership of the Academy two hundred and fifty four.
The officers of the Academy for the year 1914-15 are as fol¬
lows.
President — Professor J. Warren Smith, Ohio State University
and Ohio Section U. S. Weather Bureau.
Vice-Presidents — (Zoology) Professor F. C. Waite, Western
Reserve University; (Botany) Professor F. O. Grover, Oberlin
College; (Geology) Professor C. G. Shatzer, Wittenberg College;
(Physics) Professor J. A. Culler, Miami University.
Secretary — Professor Edward L. Rice, Ohio Wesleyan Univer¬
sity.
Treasurer — Professor J. S. Hine, Ohio State University.
Librarian — Professor W. C. Mills, Ohio State University.
Executive Committee, together with the President, Secretary,
and Treasurer, members ex-officio, — Professor C. D. Coons,
Denison University; Professor T. M. Hills, Ohio State University.
Board of Trustees of the Research Fund — Professor W. R.
Lazenby, Ohio State University; Professor M. M. Metcalf,
Oberlin College; Professor N. M. Fenneman, University of Cin¬
cinnati.
Publication Committee — Professor J. H. Schaffner, Ohio
State University; Professor C. H. Lake, Hamilton; Professor L.
B. Walton, Kenyon College.
433
434
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
The complete scientific program follows :
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.
Some Pioneers of Science in Ohio . Dr. T. C. Mendenhall
LECTURE.
The Foot and Mouth Disease . Dean D. S. White
College of Veterinary Medicine, Ohio State University.
PAPERS.
Efficacy of Lightning Rods . J. Warren Smith
Thunderbolt from Whitecliff Bay . Katherine Doris Sharp
A Preliminary Survey of Plant Distribution in Ohio .
John H. Schaffner
Akron Fishbait Industry . Chas. P. Fox
The Physiographic Provinces which meet in Ohio
N. M. Fenneman
Color and Coat Inheritance in Guinea Pigs . W. M. Barrows
Note on a New Nematode Parasite of Cryptobranchus
F. H. Krcckcr
Prediction of Minimum Temperatures for Frost Protection
J. Warren Smith
Is a Dry Summer and Autumn Apt to be Followed by a Wet
Winter With Possible Floods? . J. Warren Smith
Comparative Rate of Growth of Certain Timber Trees
William R. Lazenby
Inheritance of Taillessness in the Cat
W. M. Barrows and C. A. Reese
The Cause of Milk Sickness and Trembles . E. L. Moseley
Notes on Euglenoidina . L. B. Walton
Recent Eruptions of Mount Lassen . Thos. M. Hills
Glaciation in the High Sierras . Thos. M. Hills
Inheritance of Weights in Tomatoes . Fred Perry
The Municipal Care of Shade Trees . J. S. Houser
Influence of Glaciation on Agriculture in Ohio. .Edgar W. Owen
The Reflection of X-rays and Gamma Rays from Crystals. (In¬
troducing discussion.) . S. M. J. Allen
A Class Demonstration of the Peltier Effect . J. A. Culler
Behavior of the Arc in a Longitudinal Magnetic Field
R. F. Earhart
Effect of Heat Treatment on the Physical Structure, Permeability,
and Hysteresis of Steel . R. J. Webber
The Electron Theory of Metallic Conduction. (Introducing
discussion.) . A. W. Smith
The Effect of Changes in Water Resistance and Dielectrics on the
Vibrations of a Lecher System . Geo. W. Gorrell
Exhibit of Apparatus for Electric Waves: (1) Drude Apparatus
for Refractive Index of Electric Waves. (2) A Wavemeter
for Wireless Frequencies . A. D. Cole
Jan., 1915.]
Ohio Academy of Science.
435
Some Additions to the Known Orthopterous Fauna of Ohio
W. J. Ivostir
Ohio Spiders . W. M. Barrows
The Egg Capsules of a Bdellodrilled on the Crayfish
Stephen R. Williams
Observations on the Life Histories of Jassidae and Cercopidae
Herbert Osborn
Habits and Food of the American Toad . Rees Phillpott
Note on the Occurrence of Demodex folliculoram var. bovis in
Ohio . D. C. Mote
Arrangement of the Muscles in the Mouth Parts of Embryo
Cockroaches and its Bearing on the Phylogeny of the Hexa-
poda . L. B. Walton
Winter Record of King Rail in Ohio . Edward L. Rice
On the Synthesis of Proteins . A. M. Bleile
Additions to the List of Heteroptera of Ohio . Carl J. Drake
The Cranial Nerves of an Embryo Shark . F. L. Landacre
Myxomcytes of Northern Ohio . E. L. Fullmer
The Forest Types of the Columbus Quadrangle
Forest B. H. Brown
New and Rare Plants Added to the Ohio List in 1914.
John H. Schaffner
A Provisional Arrangement of the Ascomycetes of Ohio
Bruce Fink
The Collemaceae of Ohio . Bruce Fink
Notes in Ohio Higher Fungi . Wilmer G. Stover
The Leaf Mold Disease of Tomato (Cladosporium fulvum).
Wilmer G. Stover
Summit County Marl . Chas. P. Fox
History of the Olentangy River Below Delaware, Ohio
L. G. Westgate
The Physiography of Mexico . Warren N. Thayer
Notes on Some Richmond Fossils . W. H. Shideler
The Classification of the Niagaran Formations of Western Ohio
Charles S. Prosser
The Defiance Moraine in Relation to Pre-Glacial Lakes
Frank Carney
Some of Dr. H. Herzer’s Last Fossil Descriptions. . . . N. Speckman
On the Origin of Oolite . Walter N. Bucher
Magnetic Rays. (Introducing discussion.) . L. T. More
On the Free Vibration of a Lecher System
F. C. Blake and Charles Sheard
Measurements of the Magnetic Field . Samuel R. Williams
On the Radioactive Deposit from the Atmosphere on an Uncharged
Wire. . . . . S. M. J. Allen
Demonstration of Simple Harmonic Motion on Rotation Apparatus
Charles Sheard
436
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 3,
DEMONSTRATIONS.
A Nematode Parasite of Cryptobranchus . F. H. Krecker
Cross Sections Illustrating Rate of Tree Growth
William R. Lazenby
Varieties of Domestic Guinea Pigs. (Room 55.). .W. M. Barrows
Tailless Cat . W. M. Barrows
Orthoptera Not Hitherto Recorded from Ohio . W. J. Kostir
A Scale of Ohio Forest Types to Indicate the Fertility of Soil for
Agricultural Crops . Forest B. H. Brown
Photographs of Leaf Hoppers and Frog Hoppers. .Herbert Osborn
Edward L. Rice, Secretary.
Delaware, Ohio, December 5, 1914.
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, April 20, 1914.
This meeting was held in conjunction with the Natural History
Society and was called to order by the President of the Natural
History Society, Mr. Meckstroth. The reading of the minutes
was omitted.
Prof. Dachnowski had the first paper of the evening on “Cer¬
tain Problems of Plant Growth. ’ ’ In his experiments he found that
the absorption of glycocoll is not connected with the transpira-
tional water loss but with the efficiency of the nutritive metabolism
and with the amount of water retained within the plant and
involved in metabolism. The retention of water and not the
transpirational water loss is the physiological function, correlated
with, and indispensable to growth in general.
Mr. Reese had a paper on Introduced Insects in which he
discussed the various introduced pests that bother American
horticulturists and vegetable gardners.
The meeting then adjourned.
Blanche McAvoy, Secy.
Date of Publication, January 14, 1915.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 East Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% 8 GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertiaerB, pleaee mention the “ Ohio Naturalist.
The Ohio State University
COLUMBUS
WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, President.
Ten Colleges and a Graduate School
College of Agriculture
College of Arts, Philosophy and Science
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Homeopathic Medicine
College of Law
College of Medicine
College of Dentistry
College of Pharmacy
College of Veterinary Medicine
Graduate School
Summer Session (Eight weeks)
For general information, catalogue, or special bulletin de¬
scribing each college, with fees and announcement of courses
Address :
L. E. WOLFE, Secretary Entrance Board,
THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
FEBRUARY,
Volume XV. 1915 Number 4.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Official Organ of the OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE and
BIOLOGICAL CLUB of the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00 Single Number, 15 Cents
Entered at the Post-Offiice at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio naturalist
and Journal of Science
A Journal devoted more especially to the Natural History of Ohio.
The Official Organ of The Ohio Academy of Science and The Biological Club of the
Ohio State University. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers). Price SI. 00 per year, payable in advance.
To foreign countries, S1.26. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in- Chief, . John H. Schaffner
Business Manager . James S. Hine
Associate Editors
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Miles, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board
Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner,
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not In arrears for annual dues.
The first fourteen volumes may be obtained at SI .00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.
Addreij THE OHIO NATURALIST,
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First aud Second Annual Reports. . . . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . . . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
2. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 116. David S. Kellicott. . . . 60 cts.
3. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. TionT, J. A. Bownockeb, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowke . . 50 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . 60 cts.
5. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hine . 50 cts.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lynds Jones . 75 cts.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. 96. Thomas A. Bonseb . 50 cts.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 66. James G. Sanders . . . 50 cts.
9. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. Max Morse . 50 cts.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schaffner, Otto E. Jennings, Feed
J. Tyler . 35 cts.
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacre . 60 ct9.
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 54. Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaftneb . 75 cts.
16. The Pteridophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schafeneb . 50 cts.
17. Fauna of the Maxville Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Mobs* . , . 60 cts.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . 76 cts.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Frederica Detmers . 75 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio fhifaturalist,
and Journal of Science
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
MB*/
KSW y
&QTANI
Volume XV. FEBRUARY. 1915.
No. 4.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Smith— Efficacy of Lightning Rods . -137
Linnell— Wild and Cultivated Clovers of Ohio . 443
Essentials of College Botany . 448
Walton— Cell Division and the Formation of Paramylon in Euglena oxyuris
Schmarda . 449
McAvoy— Meeting of the Biological Club . 452
The Ferns of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania . 452
EFFICACY OF LIGHTNING RODS.
J. Warren Smith.
FIRE LOSSES.
It is stated on good authority that in the United States fire
costs over $500 a minute. The National Fire Prevention Associa¬
tion of New York states that fire losses and the cost of fire pro¬
tection amounts to $450,000,000 in the United States each year.
This is $850 a minute.
Fire Losses Due to Lightning. — The Wisconsin Fire Marshal
says that lightning in this country destroys more property than
matches, sparks, and kerosene together, and more than any
other cause, except defective flues.
Figures gathered from the reports of the State Fire Marshals
in Iowa, Indiana, and Ohio, for 1913, indicate that the number of
fires due to lightning was one-sixth of the number from all causes
and the loss by lightning one-eleventh of the total fire loss.
In the summer of 1914, the writer gathered statistics from
121 Mutual Fire Insurance Companies operating in 15 different
States, largely in the central part of the country. These statistics
show that in 1913 the total number of buildings burned from any
cause was 1,174. During the same year 809 buildings were
struck by lightning and damaged and 252 struck by lightning and
burned. This indicates nearly as many buildings struck by light¬
ning as were burned from any cause, but that the number burned
Read at the Ohio Academy of Science Meeting, Columbus, Ohio,
November 27, 1914.
437
438
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 4t
by lightning was less than one-fourth of the total lost by fire. The
loss on the buildings burned or damaged by lightning was about
one-third of the total fire loss.
Loss by Lightning Largely in Rural Districts. — In the central
part of the country the loss and damage by lightning is far greater
in the country than in the cities. The Indiana Fire Marshal
states that 75% of all lightning losses occur in the country, which
contains but 47% of the population. Also that in 1913, 92% of
all bams damaged by lightning were in the country and that
09% of all bam losses were total. The Ohio Fire Marshal says
that of 416 lightning fires in 1913, 319 were in bams. One
insurance agent in Missouri reports that in 17 years the losess due
to lightning on bams has been SO, 000 greater than by fire from
other causes.
Lightning.- -Lightning is an electric spark on a tremendous
scale. It occurs between clouds more frequently than between
cloud and earth. Flashes last from one-one-hundred-thousandth
to one-five-thousandth of a second.
Damage by lightning is mechanical as well as thermal. Not
only is damage done by main discharges, but currents are induced
in near-by metal objects and conductors and these often produce
additional damage. Fires may be started in inflammable material
between two nearly parallel rods or wires by these induction
effects. Cases cited are between a fan shaft and a drive shaft
bearing in a flour mill. Also between wires on baled hay, and
between telephone wires and a lightning rod, where it is stated
that lightning will jump 10 to 15 feet between the lightning
rod and telephone wire.
Lightning Rods. — There was a time when lightning rods were
a fad and the lightning rod agent flourished in the land and
waxed fat. Because the lightning rod agent insisted on accu¬
mulating the good things of the land too rapidly there soon came a
second period when shot guns were kept loaded and within reach,
because the lightning rod agent was more to be feared than the
lightning. And this second period still obtains in some parts
of this country today.
But the lightning rods that were up staid up and those that
had been installed in an honest and correct manner apparently
furnished protection, while all around them buildings were being
destroyed by lightning strokes.
Fire protection agencies, appalled at the immense fire loss,
have in more recent years turned to the lightning rod as a possible
aid. Honest lightning rod manufacturing companies have
insisted that properly erected lightning rods are a protection,
and professors of physics have told us that lightning rods, when
continuous from the moist earth to the top of buildings, must aid
Feb., 1915.]
Efficacy of Lightning Rods.
439
materially in the quiet interchange of electricity that is constantly
talcing place between the atmosphere and the earth, and that the
rods should lead a disruptive discharge safely to the earth.
As a result, lightning rods are being put up, especially on bams
in the country districts and Mutual Fire Insurance Companies
are raising the question as to their efficacy.
To aid in answering this question the writer was directed
by the Chief of the U. S. Weather Bureau to collect information
for the Annual Meeting of the National Association of Mutual
Fire Insurance Companies held in Columbus, in September, 1914.
Letters were therefore sent out to Mutual Companies in nearly
every state in the Union, particularly those in rural districts. A
large number of replies have been received and these have been
summarized in the attached table.
This table shows that in 1912 and 1913 about 200 mutual
companies doing a business of fully $300,000,000, had 1,845
buildings struck by lightning. And of the number struck by
lightning, 67 only were equipped with lightning rods.
Do Lightning Rods Prevent Lightning Strokes? — The best
information obtainable indicates that 31% cf the buildings
insured by these companies were equipped with lightning rods.
This being the case, the expectation would be that of the 1,845
struck by lightning, 31% or 572 would be rodded, but in fact
only 67 had rods of any kind. The number struck is therefore
only 10% of the expected number, and the efficiency of the light¬
ning rod in actually preventing lightning strokes is shown to be
90%.
In a report covering the past 5 years, 51 different companies
having nearly 95,000 buildings insured, had 660 buildings struck
by lightning and only 21 of these had lightning rods. Fully
34% of their buildings are rodded, so the expectation would be
that 34% of 660, or 224 would be rodded. In fact only 21, or 9%
were rodded, showing that out of every 100 buildings struck by
lightning, 91 of them were without lightning rods and only 9 had
rods.
A table made up from 67 different companies in Missouri,
Illinois and Ohio, showed practically the same efficacy. Five
companies doing business in Illinois, Missouri, and Nebraska
with over 18,000 buildings insured, with reports covering a
longer period of years, the shortest being 13 years and the longest
25 years, never have had a building burned or even materially
damaged by lightning that was equipped with a lightning rod.
And they report over 50% of their buildings rodded. This is
efficiency of 100%.
If we should omit the few companies who have had damage
on rodded buildings, we would still have reports from over 100
Farm Mutual Insurance Companies with over 400,000 buildings
440
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 4,
insured and with a total risk of not far from $300,000,000, most
of them reporting for the years 1912 and 1913, quite a number
covering the past 5 years, and 5 for between 13 and 25 years,
with not one building ever burned or damaged to any extent by
lightning that had a lightning rod on it.
These findings of the efficacy of the lightning rod in preventing
lightning stroke are contrary to the general opinion, but they
substatiate those by Professor W. H. Day, of the Ontario Agri¬
cultural College, as published in their Bulletin 220. His inquiry
covered Ontario, Iowa and Michigan, and included the records
for several years and found the efficacy of a lightning rod in
preventing lightning stroke to be from 92% to 99.9%.
Damage to Rodded Buildings. — In addition to actually
preventing the lightning stroke, the properly installed lightning
rod is of very great value in preventing damage to a building
when it is struck by lightning.
The table in this report shows that the total claims paid on
farm buildings due to lightning in 1912 and 1913, was $336,171.
Inasmuch as 31% of the buildings insured by these companies were
rodded, we would expect a loss on rodded buildings of 31% of
$336,171, or $104,213, but as a matter of fact the total claims
paid by these companies by lightning damage on rodded buildings
during the two years was only $12,788. In other words the
actual loss was only 12% of what would have occurred if the
lightning rods did not serve as a protection.
The total number of buildings burned by lightning in 1912 and
1913 as reported by these companies was 407, and of these only 9
were equipped with lightning rods, or only 2%. Of those struck
that had rods only 5% were burned and the other 95% simply
damaged. Showing that the danger of a building being burned by
lightning that is equipped with lightning rods is exceedingly
slight .
A further study of the reports sent shows that where the
buildings were struck by lightning and damaged, but not burned
down the average damage per building was less than $10 on those
equipped with lightning rods and very nearly $200 per building
where not equipped with lightning reds.
Imperfect Rodding. — In some of the cases where rodded
buildings were burned or damaged by lightning, the rods were
recently installed and appeared to be in good condition. But in a
large number of cases the rods were known to have been in poor
condition or improperly installed. Some of the rods were old and
defective, some not properly grounded, in some cases the lightning
entered the building on a clothesline, in others the lightning
struck a nearby building and the fire was communicated to the
rodded one.
Feb., 1915.]
Efficacy of Lightning Rods.
441
The all important thing seems to be to have a continuous
conductor from the highest points on the building to permanently
moist earth beneath. The kind of material does not seem to be
so important as to be sure of frequent inspection, good grounds,
and constant care that there are no poor or broken joints, or rusted
and broken sections. The general opinion seems to be that the
rods should be fastened directly to the side of the buildings without
insulators and that all heavy masses of metal like hay tracks,
etc., should be fastened to the lightning rods.
The Installation of Lightning Rods. — While lightning rods
should be carefully installed yet their erection involves no more
wonderful or mysterious process than building a fence or digging
a well.
The statement by some lightning rod agents that no one but
a special scientist versed in all the laws of electricity should do
the work of putting up lightning conductors, is about as sensible
as to say that no one but a professor in geometry should be allowed
to lay brick.
And not only that, but any professional in the lightning rod
business who advocates that his system is the only one that is
scientifically correct and reliable, while all others are worthless
and dangerous, invites the suspicion that he is himself a faker and
charlatan.
Iron rods have some advantages over copper, but iron should
be used only where it will be frequently inspected and kept
painted. A 3-8 inch seven-strand, double galvanized iron cable
is recommended and may be put up by the owner himself. Copper
conductors should be soft drawn in the form of either tape or
stranded cable. The National Beard of Fire Underwriters
for Protection Against Lightning make definite recommendations
as to kind and fonn of rods.
Summary of answers from Mutual Fire Insurance Com¬
panies, received by J. Warren Smith, in August and Septem¬
ber, 1914. A copy of the letter is attached. The columns are
numbered to agree with the questions :
items * 1 2 3 4 5678f
For 1912 . 92 191.009 469 756 088 154 24 14 3 31
For 1913 . 121 328,565 1,174 1,089 809 252 43 33 6 31
For 5 vears . 51 94,797 465 660 456 155 21 11 1 34
Misc. i J 18,155 591 495 245 71 0 0 0 55
items 9 10 11 12
For 1912 . 8173,343.000 8362,009 8137,590 88,104
For 1913 . 249,883,000 572,344 198,581 4,949
For 5 years . 63,026,000 185,963 71.442 270
Misc. f . 6,771,000 159,920 48,252 0
*Total number of insurance companies reporting,
t Percentage of buildings rodded.
t Summary from 5 different companies covering a term of years, the
shortest being 13 and the longest 25 years.
442
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 4,
August 3, 1914.
CIRCULAR LETTER.
Dear Sir: — This letter is being sent to a large number of Mutual Fire
Insurance Companies in the United States with the hope of being able to
compile valuable statistics as to the efficacy of lightning rods on farm
buildings.
The answer will be considered confidential and the only matter pub¬
lished will be averages from a large number of reports. The information
collected is to be used in the preparation of a paper to be read at the Sep¬
tember meeting of the National Association of Mutual Insurance Companies
in this city. Therefore please give the questions early and careful attention
and make the answers just as complete as possible, even at the expense of
some labor. Very respectfully,
J. Warren Smith,
Professor in Meteorology.
questions In Year Average in
1913 1912 5 years
1. Total number of farm buildings
insured by your company .
2. Total number of farm buildings
burned from any cause .
3. Total buildings struck by lightning .
4. Total struck, only damaged .
5. Total struck that were burned .
6. Of those struck by lightning how
many had lightning rods .
7. Of those struck and damaged only,
how many had rods? .
8. Of those burned by lightning how
many had rods? .
9. Please give total risks on farm
buildings. .
10. Give total claims paid from all fire
loss on farm buildings. .
11. Give total claims paid due to
lightning. • .
12. Give total paid due to lightning on
rodded buildings. .
13. Do you make any reduction in rate
on rodded buildings? .
If you have had any cases where rodded buildings have been burned
or damaged by lightning kindly give any information that you may have
as to the kind of lightning rod, when put up and whether in good condition.
Name and address of Company .
Date .
WILD AND CULTIVATED CLOVERS OF OHIO.
Mary B. Linnell.
Fabaceae — Bean Family.
Sub-family — fabatae.
T ribe — T rif ol ieae — C lovers .
Stamens diadelphus, anthers all alike. Leaves with three
leaflets, rarely with one leaflet; leaflets denticulate.
Synopsis of Genera.
I. Corolla falling off after blossoming; petal claws free.
1. Flowers in heads or short racemes, seldom single; pod linear,
curved or twisted.
a. Pod linear, straight, or somewhat curved, often beaked.
Trigonella.
b. Pod mostly spirally twisted, sometimes curved, or
kidney-shaped. Medicago.
2. Flowers in elongated racemes; pods thick, almost spherical or
obovate. Melilotus.
II. Corolla mostly drying up and persistent after flowering; petal claws
either all or the four lower ones united with the stamen tube. Trifolium.
Key.
1. Petals united with the stamen tube, persistent; flowers in globose or
elongated heads, or umbellate. Trifolium.
1. Petals free from the stamen tube, falling off. 2.
2. Flowers small, yellow or white, drooping; inflorescence an elongated
raceme. Melilotus.
2. Flowers single, in pairs, or in a dense more or less elongated inflorescence. 3
3. Leaflets denticulate all around, seldom almost entire-margined; fruit
linear, beaked, often somewhat curved.
Trigonella.
3. Leaflets denticulate only at the outer end; fruit strongly curved or
spirally twisted. Medicago.
Trigonella L.
Annual plants with yellow or blue flowers. Stipules united
with the petiole at the base. Flowers linear, straight or curved.
1. Trigonella foenum-graecum L. Fenugreek.
Annual fodder plants; flowers single or in pairs; pod linear,
many seeded. Introduced from Asia and cultivated for its
aromatic, mucilaginous seeds, formerly employed in medicines
and still used by veterinarians. The source of “Semen faenu
graeci. ”
Medicago (Toum.) L.
Herbs with small, yellow, or violet flowers in axillary heads or
racemes. Leaves pinnately veined, the veins terminating in
the teeth. Calyx-teeth short, nearly equal; standard obovate or
443
444
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 4,
oblong; wings oblong; keel obtuse. Ovulary sessile or nearly so,
1-several ovuled; style subulate. Pod curved or spirally twisted,
reticulate or prickly, indehiscent, 1-few seeded.
1. Leaflets oblanceolate, oblong, or obovate, usually much longer than
wide; flowers violet, purple, or yellow, perennial. 2.
1. Leaflets broadly obovate, cuneate, or nearly orbicular, as broad or
nearly as broad as long; flowers yellow, annual. 3.
2. Flowers violet-purple or bluish; pod very much coiled. M. sativa.
2. Flowers yellow; pod scarcely coiled. M. falcata.
3. Inflorescence usually 10-many flowered; pod without prickles; stem
somewhat pubescent. M. lupulina.
3. Inflorescence less than 10-flowered; pod prickly. 4.
4. Leaflets more or less truncate at the tip, with dark spot or spots near
the center; stem somewhat pubescent, especially at the top. M. arahica.
4. Leaflets rounded at the apex; stem almost glabrous; leaves not spotted.
M: hispida.
1. Medicago sativa L. Alfalfa.
Perennial herb with much branching crown; stem 2¥ ft.
high, ascending; leaves 1% in. long, 1 ¥ in. wide, with petiole;
leaflets ¥.-*A in. long, in. wide, obovate to oblanceolate,
dentate especially near the apex; flowers violet or blue, on short
racemes; pod twisted into 2 or 3 spirals. In fields and waste
places. Rather general. From Europe.
2. Medicago falcata L. Yellow Alfalfa.
Perennial herb with much branching stem, 15-20 in. high,
ascending; leaves 1-1 y2 in. long; leaflets ¥ in. long, ¥ in. wide;
flowers yellow; pod scarcely coiled. Occasionally found in
waste places. Native of Europe.
3. Medicago lupulina L. Hop Medic.
Annual ; branching at the base ; branches decumbent and
spreading; roots fibrous; stem \-\% ft. high; leaves 2 in. long,
1 in. wide; leaflets in. long, ¥ in. wide, obovate, often decidedly
cuneate at the base; flowers with peduncles IRi in. long; flower
cluster oblong; pod spiral. In fields and waste places. Native
of Europe. General.
4. Medicago arabica (L.) Huds. Spotted Medic.
Annual; branching from the root; spreading or decumbent;
stem 12-15 in. high; leaves 3-5 in. long, \-\¥ in. wide, petioled;
leaflets 1 in. long, ¥ in wide, obcordate, with purple spot on the
mid vein nearer the apex than base; flowers yellow; inflorescence
3-5-flowered ; pods spirally coiled, with curved prickles.
5. Medicago hispida Gaertn. Toothed Medic.
Annual; branching from the root; spreading or ascending;
stem 15-20 in. high, glabrous; leaves ¥ in. long, ¥ in. wide,
petioled; leaflets ¥ in. long, ¥ in. wide, obovate; flowers few,
yellow; pod several seeded, spirally twisted and armed with
curved prickles. In waste places. Lake County. From Europe.
Feb., 1915.]
Clovers of Ohio.
445
Melilotus (Toum.) Mill.
Annual or biennial herbs with small white or yellow flowers
in slender racemes. Calyx-teeth short, nearly equal ; standard
obovate or oblong; wings oblong; keel obtuse. Ovulary sessile
or stipitate, few-ovuled; style filiform. Pod ovoid or globose,
straight, indehiscent or finally 2-valved. Seeds solitary or
few.
1. Flowers white. M. alba.
1. Flowers yellow, sometimes pale. 2.
2. Stipules with entire margin; lateral petals as long as the standard or
barely shorter. 3.
2. Stipules toothed at the base; lateral petals as long as the keel, but
definitely shorter than the standard. M. indica.
3. Leaflets rather closely serrate; pod glabrous or glabrate, prominently
cross-ribbed. M. officinalis.
3. Leaflets sub-entire or remotely toothed; pod pubescent, obscurely
recticulate. M. altissima.
1. Melilotus alba Desv. White Sweet-clover.
Erect or ascending; branching; stem 3-10 ft. high, glabrous,
leaves petioled, 2 yf in. long, 1 y2 in. wide; leaflets in. long,
p2 in. wide, oblong, serrate, narrowed at the base and apex;
flowers in racemes, 5-8 in. long, white; pods ovoid. In waste
places. Native of Europe. General and abundant.
2. Melilotus indica (L.) All. Indian Sweet-clover.
Erect, branching from the root; stem 17 in. long; leaves
petioled, Ifi in. long, 1 in. wide; leaflets tyf in. long, ^ in. wide,
oblong, serrate, rounded at the apex; flowers in racemes, yellow,
small; pod gibbous.
3. Melilotus officinalis (L.) Lam. Yellow Sweet-clover.
Erect, usually tall; branching at the root; leaves 2 in. long,
in. wide, petioled; leaflets in. long, fi in. wide, oblong,
serrate, apex rounded; flovrers in racemes, 4-4 po in. long, yellow.
In waste places. Rather general. From Europe.
4. Melilotus altissima Thuill. Fall Sweet-clover.
Erect, usually tall, leaflets narrow, nearly entire; pods pubes¬
cent, gibbous.
Trifolium (Toum.) L.
Herbs with purple, pink, red, white or yellow flowrers in dense
heads or spikes. Stipules united with the petiole. Calyx- teeth
nearly equal. Petals commonly persistent, their claws more or
less completely united with the stamen-tube. Ovulary sessile
or stipitate, few^-ovuled. Pod oblong or terete, often included in
the calyx, membranous, indehiscent or tardily dehiscent by
1 suture, or by a lid, 1-6-seeded.
446
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 4,
1. Flowers yellow. 2.
1. Flowers red, purple, or white. 4.
2. Leaflets all sessile, stipules linear. T. agrarium.
2. Terminal leaflet stalked, stipules ovate. 3.
3. Heads 20-40 flowered. T. procumbens.
3. Heads 8-15 flowered. T. dubium.
4. Inflorescence much longer than thick; calyx silky, its teeth plumose. 5.
4. Inflorescence a globose, oval, or ovoid head. 6.
5. Leaflets ovate or orbicular; corolla crimson, as long or longer than
the calyx. T. incarnatum.
5. Leaflets linear or oblanceolate; corolla -whitish, shorter than the
calyx. T. arvense.
0. Flowers sessile or nearly so, in dense ovoid oval, or globose heads. 7.
6. Flowers pedicelled in loose, globose, umbel-like heads. 8.
7. Heads sessile or nearly so, having a leaf immediately below; stem
hairy, especially when young. T. pratense.
7. Heads always with a distinct peduncle, stem smoothish. T. medium.
8. Leaflets narrowly oblong, plant villous; calyx silky, perennial.
T. virginicum.
8. Leaflets oval or obovate. 9.
9. Calyx villous or with bristly hairs. 10.
9. Calyx essentially glabrous. 11.
10. Calyx-teeth herbaceous, deltoid-lanceolate, nearly equaling the
corolla. T. carolinianum.
10. Calyx-teeth bristle tipped, shorter than the corolla. T. reflexum.
11. Heads 1 in. or more in diameter; peduncles usually 1-2 in. long’ stolo-
niferous. T. stoloniferum.
11. Heads X -% in. in diameter; peduncles 2-10 in. long. 12.
12. Ascending, not stoloniferous; peduncles less than 6 in. long; flowers
pink or nearly white. T. hybridum.
12. Creeping, stoloniferous, peduncles usually more than 6 in. long; flowers
white or pinkish. T. repens.
1. Trifolium agrarium L. Yellow Hop Clover.
Annual; ascending; 1X_2 ft. high; leaves 1 X in. long, 1 X in.
wide; leaflets X in. long, X in. wide, obovate or oblong, den¬
ticulate, rounded at the apex, narrowed at the base; peduncles
axillary, 1 in. long; flowers in oblong heads; corolla yellow, becom¬
ing dry and brown with age. Along roadsides and in waste
places. Ashtabula, Lake, Cuyahoga, Knox, Clermont. From
Europe.
2. Trifolium procumbens L. Low Hop Clover.
Spreading or ascending; pubescent; stem 1-1 X ft. high;
leaves 1-2 in. long, Li in. wide, petioled; leaflets X in. long,
y \ in. wide, obovate, cuneate at the base, rounded at the apex,
finely denticulate; peduncles IX in. long; flowers yellow, heads
20— 10-flowered. In fields and along roadsides. Lake, Cuyahoga,
Ottawa, Franklin, Montgomery, Gallia. From Europe.
3. Trifolium dubium Sibth. Least Hop Clover.
Spreading or ascending; 10 in. high; leaves X in. long, X in.
wide, petioled; leaflets X in. long, X in. wide, obovate, rounded
at the apex, denticulate, cuneate at the base; peduncles X in-
long; heads 8-15-flowered; flowers turning brown with age.
In fields and waste places. Lake County. From Europe.
Feb., 1915.]
Clovers of Ohio.
447
4. Trifolium incarnatum L. Crimson Clover.
Annual; erect; branching; 12-20 in. high; leaves long petioled,
6 in. long, 2 in. wide; leaflets 1 in. long, 1 in. wide, sessile or nearly
so, all from the same point, obovate, cuneate at the base, rounded
at the apex; peduncles ll/2 in. long; flowers in oblong heads;
corolla crimson. In fields and waste places. From Europe.
Rather general.
5. Trifolium arvense L. Rabbit-foot Clover.
Annual; erect; branching above the root; leaves 1 in. long,
y2 in. wide; leaflets y in. long, % in. wide, linear or oblanceolate,
cuneate at the base, rounded at the apex; heads oblong or cylindri¬
cal; calyx silky; corolla whitish. In fields and waste places.
Warren, Stark, Cuyahoga, Lake. From Europe.
6. Trifolium pratense L. Red Clover.
Perennial; branching, decumbent or erect; 2 ft. high; leaves
in. long, 2 in. wide; petiole pubescent; leaflets \% in. long,
% in. wide, with short petioles, all from the same point, ovate
or oblong, narrowed at the base, rounded at the apex, usually
with a prominent light ornamental spot in the middle; heads
somewhat ovoid; flowers red, calyx hairy. In waste places and
meadows. General and abundant. Naturalized from Europe.
7. Trifolium medium L. Zig-zag Clover.
Perennial; ascending; 14 in. high; leaves 6 in. long, 3 in.
wide; leaflets 1 ]/2 in. long, Fz in- wide, oblanceolate to ovate;
flowers nearly sessile, bright purple.
8. Trifolium virginicum Small. Prostrate Mountain Clover.
Perennial; branched at the base, the branches prostrate,
pubescent; leaflets fF-lRf in. long, linear, narrowly lanceolate or
oblanceolate, obtuse, serrate, dentate; flowers in globose heads,
whitish, crowded.
9. Trifolium carolinianum Mx. Carolina Clover.
Perennial ; ascending or procumbent ; much branched from the
base; leaves % in. long, % in. wide; leaflets all from the same
point; obovate, cuneate at the base, denticulate; flowers purplish.
10. Trifolium reflexum L. Buffalo Clover.
Annual or biennial; ascending; branching, 15 in. high; leaves
\y in. long, % in. wide; leaflets % in. long, in. wide, oval
or obovate, cuneate, denticulate; flowers red with peduncles
1- 3^2 in. long. In meadows and ravines. Belmont County.
10. Trifolium stoloniferum Muhl. Running Buffalo Clover.
Perennial; branching, forming runners at the base; stem 15 in.
long; leaves in. long, 2 in. wide; leaflets iy in. long, IRf in.
wide, broadly obovate; flowers white tinged with purple; pods
2- seeded. Prairies and dry woods. Hamilton, Clermont, Butler,
Clinton, Clark, Franklin.
448
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 4,
11. Trifolium hybridum L. Alsike Clover.
Perennial; erect or ascending; stem 3 ft. high; leaves 2-5 in.
long, 3 in. wide; leaflets \% in. long, Y, in. wide, obovate, euneate
at the base, serrate; flowers pinkish. Open woodlands and waste
places. General. From Europe.
12. Trifolium repens L. White Clover.
Perennial; branching at the base; branches creeping, often
rooting at the nodes; leaves 5 in. long, 1 in. wide; leaflets 1 in.
long, k+ hi. wide, euneate at the base, denticulate, usually with a
prominent white or reddish ornamental spot in the center; flowers
white; pod about 4-seeded. General and abundant. Naturalized
from Europe.
Essentials or College Botany — This new textbook by
Dr. C. E. Bessey and his son E. A. Bessey, published by Henry
Holt and Company, shows a decided advance over the senior
author’s “The Essentials of Botany” first published 35 years
ago. In comparing the two books one cannot but be profoundly
impressed with the - great change that botany has undergone in
this short period of time.
The book is well balanced in its presentation of the various
fundamental subjects usually covered in the first course of college
botany in America and should be found ideal for use in many
colleges and normal schools. One of its highly desirable features
is its modem presentation of plant classification, the authors
having entirely discarded the antiquated systems still in general
use. The phyletic arrangement given will certainly lead the
student to a thoughtful study of plant relationships and the
evolutionary processes which have brought about the system as
one finds it in living plants. The reviewer can well remember
some desperate straggles in attempting to harmonize the facts of
morphology and evolution as an abstract principle with the
classification which was in vogue when he first began the serious
study of plants. The student who begins with the “Essentials”
will experience no such difficulty and save time for a deeper study
of the facts involved.
It appears that just as Bessey ’s original text presented a new
phase in botanical study in America so will the present bock
lead to a new and better method in the teaching of plant phylogeny
and in the arrangement of plant groups and series in taxonomic
work and systematic manuals.
J. H. S.
CELL DIVISION AND THE FORMATION OF PARAMYLON
IN EUGLENA OXYURIS SCHMARDA.
L. B. Walton.
The method of reproduction in Euglena oxyuris Schmarda
has not been observed, while the characteristic manner and
the time element involved in the formation of the constituent
parts of the cell is also of some interest. Therefore, the following
notes made in connection with some uncompleted studies on the
life cycle of Euglena are presented.
Of the forty or more species constituting the genus, E. oxyuris
Schmarda is by far the largest, often attaining a length of approxi¬
mately 500/x. In the study mentioned, several of the smaller
species of Euglena had been observed by the writer, to encyst and
after repeated divisions pass through an apparent sexual stage,
in consequence of which it was desirable to check the results with
a larger form, permanent preparations of which could be more
easily made. Therefore, several specimens of E. oxyuris were
transferred from a culture to a lens paper aquarium, the margins
of which were closed by paraffin oil to prevent evaporation and
placed under observation, Feb. 4, 1906. No reproductive pro¬
cesses similar to those in the smaller species mentioned were
observed, but several in the process of division were noted and
studied with the 1-12 immersion objective. The characteristic
organs of the species (Fig. 1, A) are the oval nucleus (n), the
large anterior (p1) and posterior (p2) paramylon granules, the
stigma (s), reservoir (r), pharynx (p) and chloroleueites (c).
The figures are all based on camera lucida drawings.
On Feb. 6, at 10:03 A. M., a single individual (Fig. 1, B) was
observed much broader anteriorly than the normal form and in
which the nucleus had approached the stigma while the anterior
paramylon granule occupied very nearly the normal position
of the nucleus. It was not until 1:45 P. M. (Fig. 1, C) that the
division of the stigma was observed, the nucleus in the meantime
having become obliquely elongated, and the anterior paramylon
granule having moved down to a position beside the posterior
granule. At 3:35 P. M. (Fig. 1, D) division had so far progressed
that the anterior fourth of the individual — individuals? — were
separated, the two nuclei being almost distinct. At 4:15 P. M.
(Fig. 1, E) longitudinal division was nearly complete and the
two nuclei were moving slowly posteriorly to their normal position.
At the same time a peculiar phenomenon was taking place in
connection with the two paramylon granules. The protoplasm
containing the granule of the individual on the left would rapidly
flow posteriorly, so that the granule was actually in the posterior
end of the individual on the right as indicated by the solid arrow.
449
45°
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 4,
The time consumed was 20 seconds. Then the reverse flow
occurred and the protoplasm containing the granule of the indi¬
vidual on the right would flow to the left as indicated by the
dotted arrow. It would seem at times as if an observer could
scarcely refrain from concern as to the probability that one indi¬
vidual would inherit all the paramylon. At 4:25 P. M. (Fig.l, F)
Fig. 1. (x 500). Cell division in Euglena oxyuris Schmarda and For¬
mation of Paramylon. p = pharynx. s = stigma. p1 = anterior paramylon
granule. n = nucleus. p2 = posterior paramylon granule. c = chloroleucites.
the process of division was completed, the nuclei having moved
posteriorly and the individuals appearing normal in every way
with the exception that each lacked the large anterior paramylon
granule. Observations were made periodically the folio ing
day with the expectation of noting the development of the new
Feb., 1915.] Paramylon in Euglena Oxyuris Schmarda.
451
granule. It was, however, not until the succeeding day at 9:00
A. M. (Fig. 1, G), approximately 40 hours from the time of the
complete division that an irregular, but distinct granule became
visible. This gradually increased in size, but had not attained
its full development at the end of the day, when the observations
were brought to a close. The other twin individual had in the
meantime disappeared.
There are two factors, however, which may have been instru¬
mental in delaying the formation of the anterior granule, the
lowering of the room temperature nearly to freezing at night, and
the possible lack of the necessary nutrient material in the small
closed lens paper aquarium.
While the synthesis of “paramylon,” a term first suggested by
Gottleib, (1851) because of the similarity in chemical composition
to amylon (starch), normally occurs in connection with the
chloroleucites present in the Euglenidae, the question as to its
possible free formation as an assimilation product of the proto¬
plasm has long been one of interest and one concerning which no
definite statement may up to the present time be made. The
mode of formation of the anterior paramylon granule in Euglena
oxyuris is extremely suggestive, however, that the result is due to
the activities of the protoplasm quite independently of the
numerous small chloroleucites present. Distributed irregularly
as they are throughout the cell body, it seems difficult to believe
that their products should unite to make a structure so definite
in form and position.
The time taken for the division of the individual was 6 3d;
hours, with the assumption that the condition as figured in “B”
had occupied only a brief period. Keuten (1S95) notes the time
of division in Euglena virdis as 3-4 hours. There are apparently
no notes concerning the time necessary for division among other
related forms, although Doflein (1911) gives a comparative
table for various species of Protozoa. The factor is undoubtedly
a variable one and largely dependent on the surrounding conditions
particularly temperature and nourishment.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Bctschli, O., 1906. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Paramylon. Archiv fur
Protistenkunde, p. 197, 1 Taf.
Daxgeard, P. A., 1902. Recherches sur les Eugleniens. Botaniste, ser. 8.
Doflein, F., 1911. Lehrbuch der Protozoenkunde.
Gottleib, J., 1851. Ueber eine neue mit Starkemehl isomere Substanz.
Ann. d. Chemie u. Pharmaeie. Bd. 75, p. 51.
Keuten, L., 1895. Die Kernteilung von Euglena viridis. Zeit. wiss. Zool.
V. 60, p. 215.
Klebs, G., 1881. Organisation einiger Flagellatengruppen u. ihre Bezie-
hungen zu Algen u. Infusiorien. Untersuch. bot. Inst. Tubingen, Bd. 1.
Schmitz, F., 1883. Die Chromatophoren der Algen, Bonn.
Schmitz, F., 1884. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Chromatophoren. Pring.
Jahrb. Bd. XV, p. 1.
Oltmanns, F., 1905. Morphologie und Biologie der Algen, Bd. 2, p. 151. '
Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio, Dec. 24, 1914.
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, May 4, 1914.
The meeting was called to order by Mr. Kostir and the min¬
utes were read and approved. There was a discussion as to a
possible time for a field trip. It was moved and seconded to have
a committee to arrange a possible time and place for such a trip.
Prof. Vivian showed a long series of pictures illustrating his
trip abroad. He began with pictures of Ireland and France.
The most of the views were of India and Japan.
Miss Storer told of her eugenics work in the Field. She
showed three charts, one of a Cleveland family and two of Rural
communities. .She showed that certain traits such as feeblemind¬
edness, immorality, and alcoholism will ran through an entire
family.
A new cockroach, much like the Paleozoic Cockroaches was
reported.
The meeting adjourned.
Blanche McAvoy, Secy.
The Ferns of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania — Pro¬
fessor Lewis S. Hopkins, of the State Normal School, Kent, Ohio,
has published an admirable little manual of the ferns of Pittsburg
and surrounding country, as Publication III of the Botanical
Society of Western Pennsylvania. It gives not only the usual
botanical information and keys for identification, but also notes
on the fern haunts and habits and something of their folklore.
It is profusely illustrated with half-tones remarkably true to
nature. The beautiful habit pictures invite one alluringly to
the woods. This is just the kind of booklet that is needed to
lead the average person away from the nerve-racking life of modem
times to the peaceful contemplation of nature. With this manual
one should be able to identify most of the common ferns of Eastern
Ohio. More books of this nature should be written.
J. H. S.
Date of Publication, February 12, 1915.
452
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE.
COLUMBUS. OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 ILast Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE. STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
When writing to advertisers, please mention the " Ohio Naturalist.'
The Ohio State University
COLUMBUS
WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, President.
Ten Colleges and a Graduate School
College of Agriculture
College of Arts, Philosophy and Science
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Homeopathic Medicine
College of Law
College of Medicine
College of Dentistry
College of Pharmacy
College of Veterinary Medicine
Graduate School
Summer Session (Eight weeks)
For general information, catalogue, or special bulletin de¬
scribing each college, with fees and announcement of courses
Address:
L. E. WOLFE, Secretary Entrance Board,
THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
MARCH,
1915
Number 5,
Volume XV.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Official Organ of the OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE and
BIOLOGICAL CLUB of the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00 Single Number, 15 Cents
Entered at the Post Offilee at Columbus, "Ohio, as Second-Class Matter
The Ohio Naturalist
and Journal of Science
A Journal devoted more especially to the Natural History of Ohio.
The Official Organ of The Ohio Academy or Science and The Biological Club or the
Ohio^ State University. Published monthly during the academic vear, front
November to June (8 numbers). Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance.
To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. Schaffner
Business Manager . . James S. Hine
Associate Editors
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board
Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner,
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will bo
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy" of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first fourteen volumes may be obtained at 81 .CO per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, 2%l^t6TATd
Ohio Academy of Science Publications.
First atid Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 187. E. E. Moseley . 60 cts.
2. ' The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 116. David S. Kellicott . 60 cts.
3. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowke . * . 50 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Raymond C. Osbcrn . 60cts.
5. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hine . . 50 cts.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lynds Jones . . 75 cts.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. 96. Thomas A. Bonseb . 50 cts.
8. The Coccidac of Ohio. I, pp. 66. James G. Sanders . . . . 50 cts.
0. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. Max Morsb . . . 50 cts.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schatfnir, Otto E. Jennings, Feed
J. Tyler . . 35 cts.
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-water Molluscs of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 50 cts.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Land acre . 60 cts.
14. Oiscomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 54. Freda M. Bachman . 50 cts.
16. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaffner . 75 cts.
16. The Pteridophytes of Ohio. 'pp. 41. John H. Scilaetneb . 50 cts.
17. Fauna of the Mairille Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Morse . 60 cts.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover . . . 75 cts.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Fbedibica Detuers . 75 cts.
Address: W, C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio Naturalist,
and Journal of Science
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
LIBRARY
NEW YORK.
BOTANICAL
tiAKlslSN.
Volume XV. MARCH. 1915.
No. 5.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Osborn — Entomological Work in Ohio . ... 453
Gormley — Onagraceae of Ohio . . 463
Schaffner — Peculiar Varieties of Amaranthus retroflexus . . 469
Meetings of the Biological Club . . 471
ENTOMOLOGICAL WORK IN OHIO. *
Herbert Osborx.
Probably the first careful work upon insects occurring within
the borders of Ohio should be attributed to Thomas Say, whose
extended residence in Indiana made possible a study of many
insects which were common to this region. While very few of
these described species, twenty-six so far noted, were from speci¬
mens actually collected in Ohio, we may very fairly consider that
all of the species credited to Indiana might be considered as com¬
mon within our area. Says’ residence from 1825 till his death in
1834 on the Wabash River at New Harmony, Ind., covered prac¬
tically the same faunal conditions as are to be found in this state.
Of the species described distinctly from Ohio the majority appear
to be aquatic forms and to have been collected quite largely along
the river; some of them, evidently, upon river boats which must
have been the means of transportation at the time. Very few
of the species recorded have economic importance.
Between the time of Say and up to the beginning of Experi¬
ment Station Work in the State there seems to have been a great
dearth of Entomological Workers and very few records for Ohio
insects appear in descriptive or faunistic papers. Among the per¬
sons in the state who gave attention to Entomology during this
period we may note particularly Dr. Jared P. Kirtland who cov¬
ered a wide range of Natural History subjects.
Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, Ohio.
State University, No. 38.
453
454
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
Dr. Kirtland’s work is worthy of special mention since it ap¬
peared at a time when but little attention was given to entomologi¬
cal matters and it appears from papers both in Entomology and
Ornithology that he was a man of scientific attainments and his
work of special merit.
He was a professor in the Medical College at Cleveland, but
evidently a naturalist of the old school interested in all phases
of natural history and making contributions to Botany Ornithol¬
ogy, Ichthyology and Entomology. His papers* in Entomology,
as far as I can discover, appeared during the years 1838, 1841 and
1851-57. Several of them relate particularly to Ohio insects.
Another naturalist of a little later date, Mr. J. Kirkpatrick
published a number of articles in the Reports of the Board of
Agriculture, “Field Notes” and “Ohio Farmer,” during the years
1855-68. Also an article on Grape Vine Flea Beetle, in “Field
Notes,” reprinted in Practical Entom., Vol. I, 1865, p. 40.
Mr. J. H. Ivlippart published a paper on the wheat plant
including notices of its parasites, Cincinnati, 1860 and is credited
with three articles in Field Notes, 1861, these being discussions
with Mr. Walsh upon the life history of the army worm.
Prof. E. W. Clavpole, first of Antioch, later of Buchtel College,
a man with extremely broad acquaintance in all branches of
Natural History, gave particular attention to the insects of the
state. A number of articles in the Canadian Entomologist and
other Journals are from his pen.
Prof. Wright of Oberlin gave some attention to collections but
so far as I am aware published no papers which would be considered
strictly entomological.
The work of Mr. Chas. Dury of Cincinnati, is worthy of special
mention as his studies have covered a long period of time and have
been of a very intensive character, especially with reference to
Coleoptera. His papers have appeared mostly in the Journal of
the Cincinnati Society of Natural History and constitute a very
valuable contribution to the Entomological Literature of the
state. Among his papers of special state interest are the Catalog
of Coleoptera of Cincinnati and Lists of Lepidoptera for the same
locality. He also has contributed largely to the material used by
*Descriptions of new species of Libythea and Macroglossa. Family
Visitor, Cleveland, Ohio, 1851, Silliman, Am. Jour. 1852, vol. 13, pp. 336-338.
An improved method of killing and preserving Lepidopterous insects
for Cabinets specimens. Silliman, Am. Jour. Sci. 1852, v. 13, p. 286.
Diurnal Lepidoptera of the State of Ohio. Annals of Science, Cleveland,
Ohio, 1854, Jan. p. 5, Feb. p. 45, Mar. p. 73.
On the Larva of the Thyreus Abbottii. Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
1857, p. 148.
Gordius aquaticus dans une Sauterelle. L' Institute, 1836, iv. p. 172-173.
Localities and Habits of certain species of insects. Silliman, Am.
Jour. Sci. vol. xvii.
Mar., 1915.]
Entomological Work in Ohio.
455
other workers and references to his collections may be found in
reports on the Odonata by Kellicott, Diptera by Prof. Jas. S. Hine,
Hemiptera by H. Osborn, and in other reports.
EXPERIMENT STATION ENTOMOLOGY.
Official Entomological work in Ohio may be considered as
having started with the organization of the Experiment Station
in 1882. While no official entomologist was connected with the
Station at this organization it is interesting to note that quite an
extended article was included in the First Annual Report of the
Director, Prof. W. R. Lazenby, whose activity in Horticultural
and Forestry lines has continued thru many years. The paper
on insects in this First Annual Report occupies some twenty-four
pages and discusses in general terms the nature of insect injuries
and special remedies with discussions on the life history and
habits with treatment for insects of the vegetable garden, the fruit
garden, orchard and field crops.
Later reports of the station include references to insect studies,
those up to 1886 apparently being under the direction of Prof.
Lazenby, altho I understand that he was assisted in this work by
Mr. Alwood.
In 1886, Mr. W. B. Alwood was given the title of Entomologist
to the Station, and the Annual Report for the year 1886 includes
a quite extensive paper by him. The first part is devoted to
“Notes on Insects and Insecticides,” and the second section under
the title of “Injurious Insects” includes discussions of the better
known and more common insects of orchard and garden. This
report is in considerable part a compilation from the writings of
Riley and other entomologists but includes references to Ohio
observations and conditions. It must have served a very excel¬
lent purpose in furnishing information to the people of the state
concerning the insects that are most troublesome here. Mr.
Alwood* also reported to the Division of Entomology of the U.
S. Department of Agriculture certain work on Ohio Insects.
Mr. Alwood’s connection as Entomologist seems to have
terminated at the end of the year 1886. The following report of
1S87 contains no mention of insect work.
Soon after the reorganization of the Experiment Station under
the National Experiment Station Act, Prof. C. M. Weed was ap¬
pointed as Entomologist to the station, and since that time there
has been no year without some official entomological work con¬
nected with the Ohio Station. Prof. Weed’s studies concerned
particularly the insects affecting fruits and his experiments and
reports upon the remedies of plum curculio marked a distinct
*Report on Ohio Insects. Bull 13, Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Ag. 1887.
Tests with Insecticides on Garden Insects, Bull 13, Div. Ent. U. S.
Dept. Ag. 1887.
456
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
advance in that field. He also continued extended studies on the
autumn life histories of Aphids and studies of certain aquatic
insects. He also at this time was doing considerable work upon
the Phalangidas from the faunistic and systematic standpoint.
With Mr. Weed’s transfer to New Hampshire in 1891, Prof.
F. M. Webster was assigned to the Ohio Station, his relation being
at first field agent for the Division of Entomology of the U. S.
Department of Agriculture and his connection with the station
altho incidental afforded him opportunity to publish studies upon
the Ohio insects and to give the station the benefit of an experienced
entomologist. This relation continued until 1892, when Mr.
Webster W'as appointed Entomologist to the Ohio Station, a posi¬
tion which he occupied for a number of years — 1892-1902. During
this time he carried on some of his most valuable field studies and
published a number of excellent papers.
The Bulletins which perhaps should be noted as of particular
value are those related to the “Chinch Bug in Ohio,” “Insects
Affecting Wheat,” “Insects Affecting Raspberries and Black¬
berries,” “The Periodical Cicada in Ohio,” “Reports Upon the
San Jose Scale and Methods of Control.”
Aside from his station reports he published a considerable num¬
ber of papers in the Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural
History and in various Entomological Journals.
Following Mr. Webster, Mr. P. J. Parrott served as state en¬
tomologist during the years 1902-1904, but left the position to
accept that of entomologist with the New York Experiment Station
at Geneva. Mr. Parrott’s work dealt with studies of San Jose
Scale and with applications for general treatment of insects and
was marked by his vigorous method as apparent in his further
work at New York.
He was succeeded by Mr. H. A. Gossard who has been in charge
up to the present time and under whose management the depart¬
ment has seen a very marked growth, the staff of special
workers, now numbering five, and the field covered being much
wider than that possible with any of his predecessors.
INSTRUCTION IN ENTOMOLOGY.
As far as entomological instruction is concerned I do not find
any indication of definite entomological courses being offered in
any of the Ohio Institutions prior to the introduction of the course
in Entomology in the Ohio State University by Dr. D. S. Kellicott
in the year 1895.
Dr. Kellicott was a man of broad training, a graduate of Syra¬
cuse University, interested in many fields of entomology, an expert
microscopist, a specialist in Protozoa, Rotifera, and Comparative
Anatomy as well as an expert in Entomology and his course in
Entomology must have been of very high grade.
Mar., 1915.]
Entomological Work in Ohio.
457
According to the department statement of 1S95-6 he offered a
course in Zoology — 4 (Entomology) bearing a credit of three
hours in the third term of the second year of the short course in
Agriculture. The description is — Lectures on the stages, anatomy
and classification of insects. Will be followed by field work,
with especial reference to economic entomology. A collection of
25 species of insects of economic importance will be required of
each student.
Another course, Zoology 5, (Entomology,) carrying three
credit hours for third term Junior year in Agriculture, and five
hours a week for Juniors in Horticulture and Forestry. This was
evidently an advanced course, as it specifies that the course is
open to all students who have had Zoology I or its equivalent.
The description is “First few weeks of the term there will be three
lectures a week on the Morphology and systematic position of
insects; the remaining weeks will be largely given to collecting,
preserving, identifying, studying habits and methods of destroying
injurious species. A collection of fifty species correctly set and
named will be required of each student.”
There was offered also Zoology 6, Advanced Entomology,
carrying three or five credit hours thru the year. Described as
“open to all who are prepared for it.”
It is a matter of some interest to note that even at that time the
course in entomology for the students of the long course in agri¬
culture required a year of Zoology as preparation. This plan has
been retained up to the present time and I believe is an excellent
feature and one which is in part responsible for the excellent work
that the students can accomplish in economic entomology.
Prof. Kellicott ’s Odonata of Ohio remains an important
treatise on the group.
With the year 1895 and following Prof. Kellicott was assisted
by Mr. J. S. Hine whose work has continued up to the present and
whose many contributions on the Diptera and other groups of
insects have been an important addition to the knowledge of the
fauna of the state.
After the untimely death of Prof. Kellicott in 1898 the speaker
was elected to the position made vacant on the staff and the
organization of the department has undergone but little change
except for the natural growth of the succeeding years since that time.
In recent years courses in Apiculture, Medical Entomology,
Forest Entomology, Entomological Literature and Taxonomy have
been added.
In 1912 a distinct four year course in Applied Entomology was
projected, adopted by the College of Agriculture and students
in this course commenced work in the following year 1913-14.
Three students in this course, are candidates for the degree of
B. Sc. in Entomology this year.
458
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
THE LAKE LABORATORY.
A feature of the work which may be mentioned here was the
organization of a Lake Laboratory at Sandusky, Ohio. Tins'
was first established under the direction of Prof. Kellicott in 1895,
and served as a research station for advanced students and
instructors but without definite courses of instruction.
In 1900 the Laboratory organization was modified so as to
provide for courses of instruction and since that time summer ses¬
sions have been held with a staff of various instructors from insti¬
tutions in Ohio or adjacent states. Courses in Entomology have
been offered as part of the regular curriculum. The Laboratory
provides opportunity for a considerable amount of research work,
and investigation of problems of insect life have their place among
other studies undertaken there.
STATE INSPECTION OF ORCHARDS AND NURSERIES.
The state inspection of Nurseries was first provided for in con¬
nection with the Experiment Station and Prof. Webster was the
official inspector during the years 1900-1902.
In 1902 under provision in the state laws the work of inspection
was transferred to the Department of Agriculture and Mr. A. F.
Burgess was appointed as the first official inspector. Mr. Burgess’
work was of a very high character and at once commanded respect
of Entomologists in other states and may be considered as one of
the influences in developing a higher standard for this work thru-
out the country. His service terminated in the year 1907, and
after a short interim the position was filled by the appointment
of Mr. C. W. Mally, once assistant to Webster in the Ohio Station,
and who had been for several years assistant to the government en¬
tomologist of South Africa. His connection with the inspection
service in Ohio lasted only for about one year as he was recalled
by a flattering offer from the South African government where he
is still engaged. On his departure Mr. N. E. Shaw received the
appointment (1908) and still remains the chief of the inspection
sendee with a capable staff of inspectors.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY.
As far back as in 1838 with the publication of Dr. Kirtland’s
papers on Ohio Animals the desirability of a Zoological Survey
was urged and we find this idea prominently mentioned in the
Volume on Zoology and Botany published in 1882. Dr. Newberry
in the introduction of that report says “It is possible also that there
are some who will fail to appreciate the value of these detailed
reports on the Natural History of the State; but with the exception
of some scattered newspaper or magazine articles, nothing has
been published in regard to the Zoology of Ohio since the catalog
prepared by Dr. Kirtland was issued in 1838, and in that interval
Mar., 1915.]
Entomological Work in Ohio.
459
there has been felt a constant want in every town, village, hamlet,
and farmhouse of a better knowledge of the surrounding objects
of nature. In every district school questions are constantly
arising, inspired by the natural curiosity of the child, which the
teacher has not been able to answer, from the want of means of
information in regard to the animals and plants of the State.
An interest in nature is almost universal, and its development
wholesome and happifying. Hence, the destribution of documents
that will enable every one to learn the character and history of
the objects that surround him, will prove not only a gratification
but a benefit to a great multitude. All this for the educational
influence of such reports. Their bearing upon the practical life
of our people is not less real, since a knowledge of the habits of
the animals that contribute to the support of man, the birds of
the air, the beasts of the field, the fishes of the water, will be of
great service as a guide in all efforts to increase the productiveness
of these sources of aliment.”
This volume of the Geological Survey included only reports
upon the vertebrate animals but calls attention to the intention
that reports upon the lower animals would be forth-coming
in later volumes. This expectation was not realized and altho
the desirability of a Biological Survey was recognized and urged
at various times no systematic work in this connection was under¬
taken. The many contributions in this line came thru the work
of the Experiment Station and from individuals, members of the
Ohio Academy of Science or entirely independent workers. Re¬
cently, however, and as result of efforts of the State Academy of
Science, a Biological Survey has been inaugurated in the Univer¬
sity with the co-operation of a number of Ohio Institutions, and it is
hoped that means will be available to push forward the studies on
the state fauna and flora. Naturally some part of these must be
entomological and, since the reports of the Geological Survey
and a number of earlier papers have dealt especially with verte¬
brates, it will be but natural that the groups of insects will be
treated as opportunity offers. From the great number of species
and the prominence of the group it must result that considerable
time and co-operation of a large number of workers will be neces¬
sary to make such a study in any degree complete. A Bulletin
on the Syrphidas of Ohio has already been issued and work upon
Orthoptera, Spiders, Odonata, Coccidas, Hemiptera and some
other groups is in contemplation or under way.
CO-OPERATIVE EFFORTS.
The recent steps toward unifying Entomological work are so
freshly in mind that a brief statement only seems necessary to
indicate the present status. With the organization of the Agricul¬
tural Commission there seemed to be an opportunity for a co-
460
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
ordination or correlation of the work in this line carried forward
under different agencies, and a conference of the heads of the
several departments resulted in an agreement that certain recom¬
mendations to the Agricultural Commission would be desirable.
Being assured by the Commission that such an effort would be
entirely acceptable, a statement of the lines of co-operation which
seemed desirable was presented to the Commission and later,
on invitation, the whole matter was discussed in conference with
the Agricultural Commission with an agreement upon the recom¬
mendations made.
The provisions of these recommendations were in brief to
provide for conferences and co-operative work among the different
Entomological workers to distribute lines of work with reference
to securing highest efficiency, to avoid duplications and unnecessary
expense in time and travel and to arrange for an annual meeting
at which reports of progress, comparison of results and discussion
of future projects might be considered. It is under this provision
that we meet today in what it is hoped may be only the first of
many annual gatherings.
What this co-operation means in the development of Entomo¬
logical work in the .State of course remains to be seen but that it is
a basis for more effective and satisfactory work seems certain and
as one result of this action we have this meeting and conference
and feel very confident that an understanding of the problems
being studied by the different individuals will result not only in a
greater appreciation of the work being done by others, but will
make possible such an interchange of ideas and opportunity for
assistance as to stimulate and advance the Entomological work in
the state.
It may be noted in a general survey of all of these state activi¬
ties that whereas twenty-five years ago a single entomologist was
responsible for all of the entomological duties of the state, there
are now some seventeen different trained entomologists who give
a large part of, or their entire time to this particular line of work and
it is very apparent to all of us that the entomological problems
pressing for solution are just as numerous and urgent today as a
generation or century ago.
Another very marked feature is that whereas in the earlier
days the work and reports of the entomologist were received with
little confidence and even with contempt by most cultivators, the
attitude at present is one of anxious attention to everything that
can be suggested in the way of practical measures for insect con¬
trol.
Mar., 1915.]
Entomological Work in Ohio.
46 1
FORECAST.
The outlook for Entomological work may be considered as
never more favorable and the opportunities in this line are strik¬
ingly shown in comparison with conditions a quarter century or
more ago. My own recollection covers the development of
practically all the methods of insect control, dependent upon the
arsenical poison methods and fumigation, of quarantine, inspec¬
tion and largely those measures which are connected with the rota¬
tion of crops based upon certain definite conditions in develop¬
ment or habit which make such control possible.
Looking ahead it may be pretty confidently predicted that
Entomological Science especially that part which is particularly
concerned in the control of injurious insects must undergo a great
development and that the recognition of Entomological work
must increase from year to year.
Along the lines of development which seem now to be especially
promising are those based on studies of insect ecology, insect
reactions and migration. While the use of arsenical poisons has
reached a high degree of perfection it seems that these should be
considered rather as temporary measures and that just as rapidly
as possibly they should be replaced by control measures which do
not necessitate the use of compounds which present such a degree
of danger in their common use. The possibilities in the develop¬
ment of control measures based upon the use of repellants, or
baits seem to deserve most careful investigation. This appears
to me to be one of the fields in which there is opportunity for
most valuable research.
The introduction of insect diseases and insect parasites is
another phase which deserves continued investigation. While
for some of the forms already tested the results have been dis¬
couraging, advantage has been shown in a sufficient number of
cases to indicate that further study is needed for the determination
of those fungi and bacteria which may be amenable to artificial
control and especially the continued experiments with the trans¬
portation or introduction of parasitic insects for the checking of
species not otherwise readily controlled. Along the line of adjust¬
ment of farm and orchard methods there is a large opportunity for
more precise determination of the dependence of insects upon cer¬
tain crop conditions and the adjustment of cultural methods to
circumvent insect injury.
Especially along the line of exclusion of menacing insects of
other countries there is opportunity for most careful study, a
study which should cover the destructive insects of other portions
of our own domain, also of adjacent countries and even those
which are so remote as to offer litle direct opportunity for migra-
462
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
tion, since our modern means of rapid transportation offer
abundant opportunities for introduction of injurious species thru
commerce.
Some idea of the growth of Entomological Science may be
inferred from the fact that thirty years ago the official workers in
Entomology numbered not more than a dozen while today the
number runs up into the hundreds. Something over five
hundred are represented in Entomological Societies of this countrv.
Among the problems which are attracting Entomologists
or Biologists there are numerous questions which depend for
their solution upon the application of related Sciences. The devel¬
opment of special machinery involves the mechanician or mechani¬
cal engineer, the preparation of insecticides is largely chemical,
preparation and formation of emulsions is a physical question, while
any of the direct problems confronting the Entomologist involve
plant or animal physiology in such manner that acquaintance with
these branches of Science is almost essential. Furthermore ac¬
quaintance with principles of Agriculture and Horticulture lie at
the foundation of so many of the methods of control that no
Entomologist can feel himself qualified for economic work without
some knowledge of these subjects.
It will be noted from this that while Entomologists must be
specialists in the study of insects, they cannot by any means ignore
general training in Science and Agriculture. The broader their
preparatory work in these lines the better equipped they will be
to recognize effective methods of application for insect control.
PUBLICATIONS.
Among the various Ohio publications which have served for the
distribution of entomological matter are the Quarterly Journal
and Review, Cincinnati, 1846; Annals of Science, Cleveland, Ohio,
1854; Family Visitor, published at Cleveland during the years
1850-52; Cincinnati Quarterly Journal of Science, 1874; The Ohio
State Agricultural Reports; The Ohio Horticultural Society
Reports; Proceedings of the Columbus Horticultural .Society;
The Ohio Farmer; Journal of Cincinnati Society of Natural
History; Field Notes (1861); Ohio Naturalist, 1902 to present
date; Ohio Geological Survey, 1838 and 1874; Ohio Academy of
Science Proceedings, 1891 to date; Experiment Station Reports
and Bulletins; Ohio Biological Survey and State Board of Health
Reports.
Articles have also appeared in periodicals outside of the state
such as Silliman’s Journal of Science, The Canadian Entomologist,
American Naturalist, American Entomologist, Journal of Economic
Entomology, Annals of the Entomological Society of America,
Entomological News, Psyche, etc.
ONAGRACEAE OF OHIO.
Rose Gormley.
Onagraceae. Evening-primrose Family.
Annual or perennial herbs, rarely shrubs, with alternate or
opposite leaves without stipules, and with axillary, spicate or
racemose, bisporangiate, epigynous flowers often with an hypan-
thium; sepals 2-6 (usually 4) rarely none; stamens as many or
twice as many as the petals; ovularly with 1-6 cavities, styles
united; ovules indefinite, usually anatropous; fruit, a capsule or
small nut; seeds, small; endosperm little or none; embryo straight.
Synopsis.
I . Fruit a many-seeded capsule opening by valves or pores; cavities 6-4.
A. Floral parts not on an hypanthium.
1. Seeds naked; calyx persistent.
a. Leaves alternate. Ludwigia (1).
b. Leaves opposite; petals none or very small; stems
creeping or floating. Isnardia (2).
2. Seeds with a tuft of silky hairs; calyx deciduous.
Chamaenerion (3).
B. Floral parts on a prominent epigynous hypanthium.
1 . .Seeds with a tuft of silky hairs. Epilobium (4).
2. Seeds naked or sometimes tuberculate.
a. Stamens equal in length.
1. Ovules and seeds horizontal and prismatic¬
angled. Oenothera (5).
2. Ovules and seeds ascending, not angled.
Raimannia (6).
b. Stamens unequal in length, one set longer.
1. Ovules and seeds many. Kneiffia (7).
Hartmann ia (8).
2. Ovules and seeds few. Lavauxia (9).
II. Fruit indehiscent; cavities 4-1.
A. Floral whorls 4-parted. Gaura (10).
B. Floral whorls 2-parted. Circaea (11).
Key.
1. Floral whorls with 4 or more parts. 2.
1. Foral whorls 2 parted. Circaea (11).
2. Without an hypanthium. 3.
2. Floral parts on a prominent hypanthium. 5.
3. Leaves alternate. 4.
3. Leaves opposite; stamens 4; flowers axillary. Isnardia (2).
4. Fowers in terminal racemes, purple or white. Chamaenerion (3).
4. Flowers axillary in ours, yellow or green. Ludwigia (1).
5. Plants acaulescent, stamens unequal in length; flowers in our species
white or pink. Lavauxia (9).
5. Plants caulescent. 6.
6. Flowers yellow. 7.
6. Flowers white, pink or red. 9.
7. Stamens all of the same length; flowers nocturnal. 8.
7. Alternate stamens longer; flowers diurnal. Kneiffia (7).
463
464
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
8. Leaves undulate or toothed; ovules and seeds horizontal prismatic-
angled. Oenothera (0).
8. Leaves sinuate or pinnatifid; ovules and seeds ascending not angled.
Raimannia ((}).
9. Leaves pinnatifid or lacinate, flowers 13^-3 in. broad; buds drooping.
Harlmannia (8).
10. Ovules numerous, ovulary narrow, elongated. Epilobium (4).
10. Ovules usually 4, one in each cavity, ovulary clubshaped, narrowed
below, anther filaments with scales at the base. Gaum 10.
1 . Ludwigia L.
Herbs, perennial or annual with alternate entire leaves, flowers,
terminal or axillary; sepals usually 4, persistent; petals 4; stamens
usually 4; capsule winged or with basal bracelets, dehiscent or
opening by a terminal pore.
1. Flowers inconspicuous, sessile in the axis of the leaves, with small
greenish petals; capsules not prominently ribbed or winged, valves
separating from the terminal disk. L. polycar pa.
I . Flowers showy, peduncled, with large yellow petals; capsules promi¬
nently ribbed and winged, opening by an apical pore. L. alternifolia.
1. Ludwigia polycarpa S. & P. Many-fruited Ludwigia.
Plants 1-3 ft. tall with entire, sessile, narrowly lanceolate leaves,
2-4*3 )/2 in. long; flowers small with minute greenish petals and
acute triangular sepals; capsules, top shaped, with linear bractlets
at the base, the valves separating from the terminal disk. Hock¬
ing, Cuyahoga, Auglaize, Lucas.
2. Ludwigia alternifolia L. Seed-box. Stems erect, 2-4 ft.
high with short -petoled, entire, lanceolate, leaves 1-3 Hi in. long,
flowers showy, with large ovate sepals and yellow petals of about
equal length with the sepals; capsules, winged, opening by a pore
in the apex. Lake, Fairfield, Cuyahoga, Muskingum, Erie,
Defiance, Hocking, Lucas, Adams, Gallia, Brown.
2. Isnardia L.
Annual or perennial, prostrate or decumbent, herbs, creeping
or floating, often rooting at the nodes; leaves opposite, entire,
narrowed at the base; flowers axillary, sessile, often without
petals; calyx top-shaped, 4 — parted, persistent; petals 4 or none;
stamens 4; ovulary with 4 cavities; stigma 4 lobed; capsule
4 angled; seeds numerous.
1. Isnardia palustris L. Marsh Purslane. Procumbent or
floating herbs, glabrous, branched 4-15 in. long; leaves ovate,
narrowing at the base 3^-1 p2 in. long; flowers solitary in the
axils of the leaves, about | in. broad; sepals 4, acute; petals, if
present, reddish. Crawford, Summit, Ottawa, Knox, Hancock,
Stark, Wayne, Madison, Lucas, Wyandot, Licking, Lorain, Lake.
Franklin, Defiance, Geauga, Huron, Warren, Erie, Belmont.
Mar., 1915.]
Onagraeeae of Ohio.
465
3. Chamaenerion (Tourn.) Adans.
Perennial herbs with alternate, entire leaves, densely set on
the stem; flowers showy, in terminal racemes; sepals 4, purple,
linear, deciduous; petals 4 ovate, stamens S, stigma 4-parted;
capsule angled, dehiscent opening longitudinally, seeds tufted.
1. Chamaenerion angustifolium (L.) Scop. Fire-weed.
Erect herbs Ip2-S ft.; leaves lanceolate, entire, D^-5 in. long;
flowers purple or white about 1 in. broad, capsules l>d-2 in. long,
slender, white pubescent. Ashtabula, Stark, Lake, Medina, Erie,
Cuyahoga, Williams, Summit, Geauga, Lorain, Defiance, Fulton.
4. Epilobium L.
Herbs with opposite or alternate leaves; flowers solitary,
spicate, or racemose; calyx deciduous, 4 parted; petals 4, stamens
8, capsule long, slender 4-sided dehiscent longitudinally; seeds
tufted with hairs.
1. Leaves entire, margins revolute. 2.
1. Leaves denticulate or serrulate; margins not revolute. 3.
2. Leaves narrowly linear, less than Yg in. wide, veins obscure; entire plant
covered with white incurved hairs giving it a gray green appearance.
E. lineare.
2. Leaves lanceolate Y in. or more wide, veins evident; glandular pubescent
hairs spreading. E. strictum.
3. Leaves narrowly lanceolate, 2-6 in. long; seeds obconic, beakless; coma
red-brown. E. coloration.
3. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, rarely over 2 Y2 in- long; seeds ellipsoid,
short-beaked; coma white. E. adenocaulon.
1. Epilobium lineare Muhl. Linear-leaf Willow-herb.
Erect, perennial, much branched herbs 1-2 ft. high, the entire
plant covered with white incurved hairs; leaves linear in.
long, opposite or alternate, entire, margin revolute; flowers pink
or white in the axils of upper leaves of the branches; capsules
about 2 in. long. Erie, Clarke, Portage, Ottawa.
2. Epilobium strictum Muhl. Downy Willow-herb.
Erect herbs 1-3 ft. high, pubescent with white spreading hairs:
leaves sessile, lanceolate, }4-2 in. long, opposite or alternate,
entire, flowers in the axils of the upper leaves of branches, Yi in.
broad, pink or white; capsules about 2 in. long. Licking County.
3. Epilobium coloratum Muhl. Purple Willow herb. Erect,
branched herb, 1-3 ft. tall, somewhat canescent, often purplish;
leaves narrow lanceolate, sharply dentate 2-6 in. long; flowers
many, axillary, pink and white about pi' in. broad, seeds obconic,
bcakless; coma reddish-brown. General.
4. Epilobium adenocaulon Haussk. Northern Willow-herb.
Resembling the above species but leaves broader and rarely
exceeding 2]/2 in. in length; seeds obovoid, short-beaked; coma
white. Cuyahoga, Ashtabula, Defiance, Erie, Medina, Ottawa,
Summit, Franklin.
466
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
0. Oenothera L.
Annual or biennial herbs, leaves alternate with sinuate or
toothed margin; flowers yellow, in terminal spikes, hypanthium
long and slender; petals and sepals 4; stamens 8; ovulary with 4
cavities; capsule 4-angled, opening longitudinally.
1. Hirsute-pubescent; upper bracts shorter than the ovulary, deciduous.
0. biennis.
1. Velvety-pubescent; upper bracts longer than the ovulary, persistent.
O. oakesiana.
1. Oenothera biennis L. Common Evening-primrose. Tall,
erect, branched biennial herb, hirsute pubescent, 1-6 ft. high; leaves
lanceolate, acute, denticulate 1-6 in. long; flowers yellow, borne
in leafy bracts, 1-2 in. broad, capsule about ^4 in. long, hirsute,
narrowed at the top. General.
2. Oenothera oakesiana Robb. Oakes’ Evening-primrose.
Plant resembling the preceeding species but with velvety appressed
hairs; leaves narrow, oblanceolate, dentate; flowers yellow 1-1 yi in.
broad. Erie Count}'.
6. Raimannia Rose.
Annual, biennial - cr perennial herbs with prostrate or erect
stems; leaves alternate sinuate or pinnatified; flowers, yellow
axillary or sometimes in terminal spikes, nocturnal; hypanthium
long, sepals 4; petals 4; stamens 8; ovulary with 4 cavities;
capsule dehiscent longitudinally.
1. Raimannia laciniata (Hill.) Rose. Cutleaf Evening-prim¬
rose. Stem decumbent or erect, 4 in. to 2 ft. tall; leaves deeply
sinuate-dentate or pinnatified; 2^-2 in. long; flowers usually
axillary, yellow; capsule linear in. long, hirsute-pubescent.
Cuyahoga County.
7. KneifAa Spach.
Shrubby, annual or perennial herbs with alternate, linear,
entire or dentate leaves, flowers yellow in terminal spikes or
racemes; sepals and petals 4; stamens 8; stigma 4-cleft; capsules
oval or clubshaped, 4 winged or angled, opening longitudinally.
1. Flowers in. broad or less; hypanthium equal to or less than ovulary.
K. puniila.
1. Flowers more than x/i in. broad; hypanthium longer than the ovulary. 2.
2. Plant hirsute with spreading hairs; capsule club-shaped. K. pratensis.
2. Plant softly pubescent; capsule oblong, not club-shaped. K. frulicosa.
1. Kneiffia pratensis Small. Meadow Sundrops. Erect,
perennial, hirsute herbs IRj-.SRj ft. high; leaves oblong-lanceolate
or elliptic-lanceolate ; flowers in terminal leafy-bracted spikes; cap¬
sules clubshaped, sessile. Xo specimens.
Mar., 1915.]
Onagraceae of Ohio.
467
2. Kneiffia pumila (L.) Spach. Small Sundrops. Erect
puberulent herbs, leaves oblanceolate to oblong; flowers, yellow,
in terminal, leafy-bracted, spikes; capsules clavate, sessile or
short stalked. Franklin, Ashtabula, Cuyahoga, Madison, Car-
roll, Washington.
3. Kneiffia fructicosa (L.) Raim. Common Sundrops. Erect
pubescent herbs; leaves lanceolate to ovate, denticulate or nearly
entire; capsule sessile or short stalked, oblong with prominent
wings. Fairfield, Lake, Jackson, Wayne, Lucas, Muskingum,
Trumbull, Cuyahoga, Belmont, Carroll, Stark, Portage, Crawford,
Harrison, Hocking, Clarke, Lorain, Summit, Richland.
8. Hartmannia Spach.
Annual or perennial, erect or decumbent herbs with alternate
pinnatifid or lyrate leaves ; flowers in terminal spikes or racemes,
drooping in the bud, white, purple or red; sepals 4, deciduous,
petals 4, large; stamens 8; ovulary with 4 cavities; capsules
clavate, 4 winged.
1. Hartmannia speciosa (Nutt.) Small. White Evening-
primrose. More or less branched puberulent herbs, J^-3ft. tall;
leaves lanceolate, pinnatifid or sinuate, 1-2 in. long, flowers
white or pink, 2 in. broad; capsules in. long. Franklin
County.
9. Lavauxia Spach.
Low herbs usually acaulescent sometimes with a short stem,
basal leaves pinnatifid; flowers bisporangiate, white, pink, or
pale yellow; sepals and petals 4; stamens 8; ovulary 4-angled,
stigma 4-cleft; capsules sometimes winged above.
1. Lavauxia triloba (Nutt.) Spach. Three-lobed Evening-
primrose. Perennial, nearly glabrous herbs; leaves, petioled
pinnatifid or sinuate, oblong lanceolate, 1-8 in. long; flowers
pink or white; hypanthium slender, 2-4 in. long; capsule as wide
as long, about in. long. Montgomery County.
10. Gaura L.
Annual, biennial, or perennial herbs, rather woody at the base,
leaves, alternate, sessile; flowers bisporangiate, white, pink or red,
in terminal spikes or racemes ; hypanthium prolonged beyond the
ovulary deciduous, sepals 4; petals 4 (sometimes 3); stamens 8;
stigma 4 lobed; fruit resembling a nut, ribbed or angled, indehis-
cent.
1. Gaura biennis L. Biennial Gaura. Erect hairy or softly
pubescent herbs, 2-5 ft. tall with lanceolate, acute or acuminate
leaves; flowers white, turning pink, in long slender spikes; fruit
sessile, %-% in. long, 4-angled. Stark, Paulding, Montgomery,
468
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
Warren, Auglaize, Clinton, Adams, Union, Franklin, Shelby,
Clarke, Richland, Madison, Green, Gallia, Clermont, Champaign,
Fayette, Highland, Wayne.
11. Circaea (Toum.) L.
Perennial herbs; leaves opposite, dentate; flowers white in
terminal and lateral racemes ; hypanthium extended beyond the
ovularly, sepals 2; petals 2; stamens 2; ovulary with 1 or 2 cavi¬
ties; fruit obovoid, indehiscent, bristly with hooked hairs.
1. Leaves firm, rounded at the base, slightly toothed; bracts none.
C. lutetiana.
1. Leaves thin, cordate, strongly toothed; with minute bracts. 2.
2. Petals as long as the calyx; fruit 2-locular, bristly. C. intermedia.
2. Petals not so long as the calyx, fruit 1-locular, the hairs soft and tender.
C. alpina.
1. Circaea lutetiana L. Common Enchanter ’s-nightshade.
Erect finely pubescent herbs 1-2 ft. tall; leaves 1-4 in. ovate,
acuminate, rounded at the base; flowers about % in., broad;
fruit }s in. long, bilocular, covered with hooked hairs. General.
2. Circaea intermedia Ehrh. Intermediate Enehanter’s-
nightshade. Plants S-1G in. tall; leaves thin, ovate, middle and
upper ones cordate, teeth salient; minute bracts usually present;
petals as long as the calyx; fruit as in the above species. No
specimens.
3. Circaea alpina L. Small' Enchanter’s-nightshade. Plant
small 4-12 in. high, glabrate or pubescent, with ovate, coarsely
dentate, leaves, usually cordate at the base, ^-2^2 in. long;
flowers about X6 in. broad; fruit h6 in. long with soft, hooked
hairs, unilocular. Lorain, Summit, Hocking, Cuyahoga, Clarke,
Ashtabula.
PECULIAR VARIETIES OF AMARANTHUS RETROFLEXUS.
John H. Schaffnf.r.
The development of large numbers of new varieties from
cultivated plants is a matter of general observation. The similar
origin of varieties from species which are not under the control
of man is still a question with some. However, that a great
number of new forms appear in the wild state becomes evident
whenever one begins to study a flora with which he is more or
less familiar. A study of the varieties present in the weeds and
other plants of our cultivated fields and gardens should be of some
importance since we are here dealing with plants growing under
like conditions as our domesticated species but which have not
been subject to selection by man.
Fig. 1. Leaves of Amaranthus retroflexus.
The writer has made some study of our common weedy Amar¬
anths and finds that there are a number of species showing distinct
varieties. One of the most interesting of these is the common
Rough Pigweed, Amaranthus retroflexus. This plant has a wide
distribution in North America and is abundant in fields, gardens,
and waste places. It is considered as an immigrant from tropical
America, but whether in historical times or not is not known to
the writer. The leaf characters of this plant are very diverse.
There are different types of texture as well as markings. It is
only the most striking of the leaf markings that will be consid¬
ered here.
469
470
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
The usual leaf type of the species is the uniform green, showing
no markings whatever except occasionally some red on the veins
beneath. (Fig. 1 a). This form is the common type, according
to the observation of the writer, from Ohio to Kansas.
Several years ago a neighbor was showing his garden and
casually made a remark about the abundance of weeds. An
Amaranthus retroflexus was present which had large, red, oval or
ovate spots of anthocyan on the leaf blades. The spot was more
prominent on some plants than on others but was of striking
appearance in all of them (Fig. 1 b). Some of these plants were
dug up and transferred to flower beds on the university campus.
In the summer the spots disappeared so that it was difficult to
identify the plants in September. However, in the spring great
numbers of seedlings appeared with the characteristic leaf marking
and they have been growing each year since. Other plants of
similar nature were also observed in a corn field near Columbus.
This form was looked for in various parts of Kansas but no speci¬
mens were found.
In Clay County, Kansas, a different type of leaf marking was
observed on numerous plants growing together with the ordinary
green type. This variety had a silvery, curved band a little
beyond the middle, the curve being toward the tip somewhat
similar to the silvery spots seen on the red and white clovers
(Fig. 1 c). This silvery white patch is very persistent and ap¬
pears on all of the leaves up to the inflorescence. No such plants
have been observed at Columbus and none were found by the
writer at Topeka, Kansas. Some seed was brought from the
Kansas plants and produced the characteristic markings in a
garden in Columbus.
The fourth striking pattern was also first observed on a farm
near Morganville, Kansas. This type had the silvery curved
band and a red spot on each side of it. (Fig. 1 d). Only three
such plants were seen during a whole summer altho diligent search
was made for others in the surrounding country. However, last
summer this variety was found to be very common along the
streets of Manhattan, Kansas, about forty-five miles from Morgan¬
ville. This peculiar form appears as tho it might be a combina¬
tion of “b” and “c”. But as stated the red spot form was not
observed in Kansas.
What is the significance of such patterns ? It will be observed
that the markings have no fundamental relation to the structure
of the leaf. A utilitarian explanation would be out of the question.
No hybridization is apparent and no related species are known
in these regions which could represent possible parents. These
patterns have been found to be hereditary and constant for several
generations. Whether they are Mendelian is not known, no
crossings having been attempted, as the flowers are small and
Mar., 1915.]
Meetings of Biological Club.
47i
monecious and the difficulties of making pure pollinations would
be considerable. They appear to represent definite mutations
which developed without the influence of a determining environ¬
ment and without the accumulative effect of a purposeful selection.
One thing is certain. Among the weeds of the cultivated fields
are species that are of the same complex composition, as regards
characters and varieties, as those domesticated forms which have
been subject to continuous hybridization and selection by man.
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, October 5, 1914.
The first meeting of the Biology Club for the academic year
was held on October 5 at its usual place in Orton Hall, with
Mr. Kostir president. Following the nomination of Dr. Krecker
and Mr. Markward for membership, it was moved and seconded
that future meetings be held at the New Biology Budding as
soon as the necessary lighting facilities should be provided.
The chair was then authorized to appoint three committees —
one, for revision of the constitution; another, for nomination of
officers ; a third, to arrange for the Ohio Academy meeting. Reports
on summer work followed.
Prof. Osborn gave some results of the work done by him
at the Maine Experiment Station, on the life history of the
Jassidae (leaf hoppers) and Cercophidae (frog hoppers) of that
state. The long adult stage and gradual egg development were
mentioned. Of special interest was the discovery of the fact
that a species of Acocephalus has essentially a subterranean
habit, feeding on the crown and roots of timothy.
Prof. Schaffner gave some observations upon the drought
resisting qualities of a new variety of kaffir com. Where other
kinds would fail, this variety seemed little affected by the great
lack of rain.
Prof. Landacre reviewed briefly his work relating to the
nervous system of the shark, in which the details of defining the
cranial nerves and marking out the ganglionic boundaries had been
worked out.
Prof. Barrows reported several species of orb and triangle¬
weaving spiders collected by him in Hocking County. Many
of these are distinctly southern forms, among which is Latrodectus
mactans.
Miss Detmers had spent several weeks in working out the
succession of forests in Northern Michigan. Specimens of
spruce, showing interesting variations in the leaves were
■exhibited.
472
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 5,
Mr. Metcalf reported results in spraying; Dr. Krecker, a
large nematode parasite; Mr. Markward, transpiration experi¬
ments with wheat and com; Mr. Drake, four species of
Heteroptera new to the state; Mr. Lathrop, results of work in
collecting Jassids in South Carolina.
Mr. Kostir reported an apparently new species of walking
stick, also, an interesting species of Oecanthus. The may flies
were found not so common as last year, and there were no box
elder bugs at all in contrast with their great abundance of last
year. He had given some attention to the glacial grooves about
Cedar Point, some of which are very deep and distinct. He
determined their prevailing direction to be N. E. by E. 70 degrees
from north.
The members of the committees were announced:
(1) Nomination: Prof. Barrows, Prof. Landacre, Prof. Durrant,
Prof. Griggs, Mr. Lathrop.
(2) Constitution: Prof. Barrows, Prof. Landacre, Prof. Durrant
Mr. Drake, Mr. Meckstroth, Mr. Brown, Miss Mark.
(3) Ohio Academy: Prof. Osborn, Prof. Landacre, Prof.
Seymour, Dr. Detmers, Miss Mark.
Meeting adjourned.
F. Brown, Sec’y. pro tern.
Orton Hall, Nov. 2, 1914.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. Kostir,
and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The President then called for reports of committees. Prof.
Osborn stated that there had been two meetings of the committee
which was assisting in the preparations for the meeting of the
Ohio Academy of Science and that plans were almost completed.
Prof. Barrows reported that the committee to revise the constitu¬
tion was not quite ready to report as there was so much reading
to be done and literature to be examined before the report could
be handed in.
Dr. F. H. Krecker and Mr. H. W. Markward were elected to
membership in the society.
The names of Dr. H. C. Brown, Miss Mary Oliver, Don B.
Whelan, and D. M. DeLong were proposed for membership.
The following officers were elected for the coming year: Dr.
R. J. Seymour, President; Miss Rose Gormley, Vice-President;
Carl J. Drake, Secretary".
The newly elected President then took the chair, and the
address of the retiring President, Mr. W. J. Kostir, on “Present-
day Views on the Origin of Life’’ was the program of the evening.
This was followed by a discussion of his address and the meeting
then adjourned.
Carl J. Drake, Secretary.
Date of Publication, March 12, 1915.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,-
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving' Co.,
57-59-61 East Gay St. COLUMBUS. OHIO.
DEE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN, r
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
SO EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
Wh»n writing: to advertisers, please mention the “ Ohio Naturalist.'
The Ohio State University
COLUMBUS
U £ " - '
WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, President.
Ten Colleges and a Graduate School
College of Agriculture
College of Arts, Philosophy and Science
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Homeopathic Medicine
College of Law
College of Medicine
College of Dentistry
College of Pharmacy
College of Veterinary Medicine
Graduate School
Summer Session (Eight weeks)
For general information, catalogue, or special bulletin de¬
scribing each college, with fees and announcement of courses
Address:
L. E. WOLFE, Secretary Entrance Board,
THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
APRIL,
Volume XV. 1915 Number 6.
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Official Organ of the OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE and
BIOLOGICAL CLUB of the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00 Single Number, 15 Cents
Entered at the I'oat-Ofiiire at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio naturalist
and Journal of Science
A Journal devoted more especially to the Natural History of Ohio.
The Official Organ of The Ohio Academy of Science and The Biological Club of the
Ohio State University. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers). Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance.
To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief, . John H. SchaFFNer
Business Manager . James S. Hine
Associate Editors
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hahbleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hills, Physiography.
Advisory Board
Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner,
Charles S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
Iu order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first fourteen volumes may be obtained at S1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, columbu^ohio
Ohio Academy ol Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . . . . . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . i . 60cts.
2. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 116. David S. ICellicott . 60 cts.
3. The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 75. W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowke . . . 50 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp. 105. Raymond C. Osburn . . . 60 eta.
6. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hike . 50cts.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Lends Jones . 75 eta.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. 06. Thomas A. Bonsir . 50 cts.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 66. James G. Sanders . 50 cts.
9. Batracliians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 54. Max Morse . . . 50 cte.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schattner, Otto E. Jennings, Fred
J. Ttleb . . 35 eta.
XI. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robert F. Griggs . 60 eta.
12. Land and Fresh-water Molluscs of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 50 eta.
13. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacri . 60 cts.
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Osford, Ohio. pp. 54. Frida M. Bachman . 50 cts.
16. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaitnir . 75 eta.
16. Tho Pteridophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schattneb.. . .' . 50 cts.
17. Fauna of the Marvillc Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Morse . . . . 60 cts.
18. The Agaricaccae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stover. . 75 eta.
19. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Frederica Detmirb . 75 eta.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio JNJaturalist,
and Journal of Science
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
L!8HA
NEW YC
aoTANii
Volume XV.
APRIL, 1915.
No. 6.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Perry — The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes . 473
Walton — A Land Planarian with an Abnormal Number of Eyes . 498
Bartlett— Key to the Seeds of the Wild and Cultivated Genera of Peas and Beans
in Ohio . 500
THE INHERITANCE OF SIZE IN TOMATOES.*
Fred E. Perry.
INTRODUCTION AND STATEMENT OF PROBLEM.
Only within the last decade has the attention of students of
heredity been turned toward the solution of the problem of the
inheritance of quantitative characters. From the very beginning
of the science of genetics qualitative characters have been studied
until, by means of a series of brilliant discoveries, our knowledge
of their inheritance has increased in a wonderful manner. Very
little progress has as yet been made, however, in the study of
quantitave characters and the inheritance of them has been
exceedingly difficult to analyze.
Our present knowledge of heredity has been gained from a
microscopical study of the germ-cells, from a statistical examina¬
tion of data bearing on heredity and from the experimental
breeding of plants and animals. The last of the above named
methods of studying heredity has been chosen for this work on the
inheritance of size in the tomato.
Size is a general term which means the measurement or extent
of a thing as compared with something else or with a standard.
It is applied to all kinds of dimensions great or small. The
volume of a body is equal to the number of cubic centimeters
which it contains; it is the amount or measure of tridimensional
space. The mass of a body is defined as the quantity of matter
*Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State Uni¬
versity, No. 87.
474
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
which it contains. This definition of mass assumes that the
quantity of matter is determined by the effect of force upon it.
The weight of a body is the force with which the earth attracts
that body. It is the measure of the mutual attraction between
that body and the earth. The weights of bodies are proportional
to their masses at any given place on the surface of the earth.
The tomato fruits are of a very irregular shape as they vary in
every degree from a flattened spherical to a nearly perfect spher¬
ical, egg, plum or pear-shape. Not only do the various species
and varieties differ widely from each other with respect to shape,
but there is also considerable variation within the limits of each
variety, which fact is especially noticeable when the large, culti¬
vated tomatoes are considered. The large, flattened spherical
or cup-shaped tomatoes, like Ponderosa or Livingston’s Beauty,
are very irregular in shape with many depressions and rounded
projections. The long, pear-shaped tomatoes vary especially
with respect to length, thickness and breadth of neck. Some
fruits have distinct depressions at both stem and distal end while
othe fruits have protuberances at these places. A tomato with
these protuberances may have the same linear dimensions as a
tomato with depressions but yet be of a very different size; or a
pear-shaped fruit may have identical linear dimensions with an
egg or plum-shaped fruit and yet there be a great size difference.
It can thus be readily seen that it is impossible to get a good con¬
ception or estimate of the size of a tomato fruit from its linear
dimensions.
It is not probable that the specific gravity of the cellular tissue
of the fruits varies to any great extent. At least the variation of
specific gravity would be reduced to a minimum within a certain
definite variety. Since linear dimensions cannot give a true
conception of the size of fruit and since there is but little variation
probable in the specific gravity of the fruits, it is evident that the
weight of a tomato fruit is the best possible index of its size.
Tomatoes are well adapted to the study of inheritance. The
cross-breeding of the different varieties and species is compara¬
tively easy and the plants may be readily propogated in a vegeta¬
tive way. The tomato contains many heritable units, the inher¬
itance of which may be studied. The plants-' are hardy; they
grow without difficulty and mature normal fruit readily under
greenhouse conditions.
In spite of the remarkable adaptation of the tomato to work in
inheritance of size or weight, no such accurate work has been
done with this fruit. A number of men have performed experi¬
ments upon the inheritance of the qualitative characters of the
plant and fruit. Groth seems to be the only one who has worked
with the inheritance of quantitative characters of fruit and he
has been studying such characters as the linear dimensions and
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
475
number of locules. He has taken no weights and from weights
alone, it appears to the writer, can accurate data be secured to
show the inheritance of size.
This problem in genetics was undertaken with tomatoes
because of their remarkable adaptability to work in heredity
and because no work had been previously done with them along
this line; and it was hoped that some contribution might be made
to our scanty store of knowledge regarding the inheritance of
quantitative characters — especially the inheritance of size.
MATERIALS AND METHODS USED.
Three crosses were made between pure lines of tomatoes in
the greenhouse of the Ohio State University. The first cross was
made (1911) between the little red currant tomato, Lycopersicon
pimpinellifolium, and the yellow pear tomato, Lycopersicon
lycopersicon (Lycopersicon esculentum). In this cross L. pim¬
pinellifolium was used as the staminate parent and L. lycopersicon
as the carpellate parent. The reverse cross-pollination was made
many times but fertilization never occurred. The second cross
was made (1912) between Livingston’s Beauty (carpellate parent)
and the Yellow Pear (staminate parent). The third cross was
made (1914) with Livingston’s Beauty as the carpellate parent
and Bonnie Best as the staminate parent. It is to be noted that
the first cross was made between species while the second and
third crosses were made between varieties of L. lycopersicon.
All of these pure lines with their hybrids have been growing in the
greenhouse and results have been obtained, but completed data
is now at hand from only the first cross and this paper will deal
almost entirely with results obtained from this hybridization.
These cross-pollinations were made with the utmost care and
every precaution was taken to provent the presence of any unde¬
sired pollen grains. Two unopened flowers of the same age were
selected — each one on a plant of the pure line to be crossed. A
capsule of paraffined paper was placed over the staminate bud
and both ends were tightly filled with cotton so that the entrance
or escape of pollen was absolutely prevented. A tag was attached
to the stem of the flower to serve as a means of identification. The
sepals, petals and stamens of the carpellate bud were carefully
cut away with sterilized pollinating instruments; the stigma was
examined with a hand lens to be sure that no pollen grains were
present, and the gynecium was capsuled and tagged. After three
or four days both capsules were removed and pollen from the sta¬
mens of the staminate flower was transferred upon a sterilized
glass slide to the stigma of the carpellate flower. Then the
pollinates! gynecium was capsuled again and left for about a week
until fertilization had taken place and the young fruit had begun
to enlarge. All the pollinating instruments were carefully ster¬
ilized over an alcohol flame, both before and after they were used.
476
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
In addition to three crosses above mentioned, a large number
of self-pollinations was made according to this method. Of
these self-pollinations about 75 were successful. The chances of
cross-pollination were small because of the distance between the
plants and the absence of insects; but it was considered necessary
to have as large a number of self-pollinated fruits as possible to
serve as a comparison with other fruits and to furnish pure seed
for new cultures of plants.
The soil in which the plants were grown was uniformly of the
same composition, as it consisted of two-thirds of greenhouse soil
and one-third dry compost. This greenhouse soil was built up
after years of experimentation to secure a soil of ideal physical
condition for use in pots. The dry compost, which was used, was
composed of one-third blue grass sod, one-third leaves and one-
third dairy stable cleanings. The greenhouse soil and compost
mixed together in the proportions given above, were found to
produce a soil ideally adapted, both physically and chemically, to
the growth of tomatoes in pots.
The tomato seeds were first planted in a pot of sterilized soil.
After the young plants had attained a sufficient size each one was
transplanted to a separate two- or three-inch pot. As the plants
grew larger they were placed in pots of a greater size until they all
came to maturity in the uniform five-inch pots.
These pots were placed from 18 to 24 inches apart in a long
row on the benches in the greenhouse. Small bamboo rods about
three feet in length were forced horizontally into the soil of the
pots and the plants were tied to these supports with raffia. The
tops of the upright bamboo rods were fastened with raffia to a
long spliced bamboo rod which ran above and parallel to the pots
and surface of the bench and which was firmly fastened to upright
iron posts that braced the roof of the greenhouse. In this manner
ample support was given to the plants even when ladened with
fruit.
As soon as the fruits ripened they were gathered and carefully
weighed on a pair of accurate balances. A fruit that has been
picked for several days will be found to have lost weight by
transpiration of water. A ripe fruit that has been allowed to
remain on the vine until it has become soft and started to decom¬
pose will also give a diminished weight. Every precaution was
taken to avoid such diminutions of weight as the fruits were
gathered as soon as they became ripe and they were always
weighed immediately after they had been gathered.
After each fruit had been weighed the polar length and maxi¬
mum and minimum equatorial diameters were measured with a
pair of calipers. The number of locules was noted and the seeds
were carefully counted and saved. The shape and color of fruit
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
477
were observed. All of this information was carefully recorded
in the accession book, together with any unusual features which
the fruit may have possessed.
A system of careful labelling was devised and each pot was
labelled with an aluminum label by means of which the plant
might be identified. The key to the labels was kept in the acces¬
sion book so that at any time the exact pedigree and descriptions
of ancestors of any particular fruit could be readily found. The
danger of losing the identity of any plant or fruit was thus reduced
to a minimum.
HISTORICAL REVIEW.
Mendel (1860-70) formulated his epoch-making law of her¬
edity as a result of experiments on the inheritance of qualitative
characters in garden peas. His results led him to believe that
each character depended upon a single determiner or factor, for
he worked on simple characters belonging to different parts of the
plant. When two plants differing with respect to one unit
character were crossed, the segregation in the F-2 generation was
computed and found to be in the ratio of 3 to 1. Where there was
a difference of two characters between the parents, the F-2 segre¬
gation resulted in the ratio of 9 to 7. The possibilities, which
would occur when there was a difference of three characters
between the parent plants, were computed and the results obtained
by breeding came close to the theoretical explanation.
Mendel’s law of heredity was rediscovered and rescued from
obscurity (about 1900) by De Vries, Correns and Von Tschermak.
Following the lead of these three pioneers of heredity, hundreds
of other scientists did experimental work along the same lines,
until the validity of this law with its three fundamental principles
of independence of unit characters, dominance and segregation
has been amply proven.
Net until within the last decade, however, was it discovered
that the expression of some qualitative characters require the
presence of more than a single, separately inherited determiner
or factor. Bateson’s work in 1908 with two strains of sweet
peas (Lathyrus), Bour’s investigation with the snapdragon
(Antirrhinum) and Castle’s experiments with guinea pigs have
shown that the qualitative character — color — may depend upon
the interaction of at least two gametic factors. East in 1910 (14)
found two factors for the production of yellow color in the endo¬
sperm of maize. Emerson in 1911 (21) discovered two yellow
colors in the endosperm of maize that seemed to be unlike in
appearance. Nilsson-Ehle in 1909 (39) crossed a white and
browned-glumed wheat and found two factors necessary for the
production of the brown-glumed condition, as the F-2 generation
segregated into the ratio of 15 brown to 1 white head, which was
478
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
the expected Mendelian ratio when two factors were required to
produce the brown color. When he crossed a red and white¬
grained wheat, the F-2 generation segregated into the ratio of 63
red to 1 white grain. From this Nilsson-Ehle reasoned that three
independent factors were required to produce the red color.
Although the operation of Mendel’s law of heredity with
respect to qualitative characters has been amply proven, there is
a considerable doubt in the minds of many foremost geneticists as
to whether or not quantitative characters are inherited in a
Mendelian fashion. It has only been within the last few years
that students of heredity have turned their attention to the prob¬
lem of inheritance of quantitative characters.
The first man who worked definitely with quantitative char¬
acters seems to have been Lock in 1906 (36) who crossed a tall
race of maize with a shorter race and obtained an F-l hybrid
intermediate in size between the parents. The F-2 plants showed
no segregation when crossed with one of the parents. Lock
showed that the height of a plant is not inherited in a simple
Mendelian fashion.
Castle in 1909 (8) worked with the ear-lengths of rabbits and
discovered what he called “blending inheritance”. In summing
up his own work Castle says, “A cross between rabbits differing
in ear-lengths produces an off-spring with ears of intermediate
length, varying about the mean of the parental ear-lengths.
* * * * A study * * * * shows the blend of parental
characters to be permanent. No reappearance of the grand -
parental ear-lengths occurs in the F-2 generation, nor are the
individuals of the second generation as a rule more variable than
those of the first generation of cross-breeds. * * * * The
linear dimensions of the skeletal parts of an individual approx¬
imate closely the mid-parental dimensions”.
Ghigi in 1909 (22) crossed a Paduan fowl and a bantam and
found that the size of body and eggs of the F-l cross-bred individ¬
uals were intermediate between the parent races. Only a limited
number of the later generations were grown and these showed no
segregation of size characters.
Mendelians have not recognized the validity of any so-called
“blending inheritance” except that which Castle has shown.
And these results on the ear-lengths of rabbits have been explained
according to the Mendelian notation by Lang, whose explanation
is recognized as possible by Castle. Some Mendelians object to
this “blendmg inheritance” on the grounds that the number of
individuals grown was not large enough to prove that segregation
does not occur in the F-2 generation and Castle has admitted the
possibility of this fact.
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
479
The experiments of Phillips in 1912 (40) upon the inheritance
of size in ducks were more extensive than the work of Castle or
Ghigi. He crossed a Mallard with a Rouen duck and found that
the F-l birds were intermediate in size as compared with the
parents. Segregation was present in the F-2 generation. Phil¬
lips concludes, “The amplitude of variation of the F-2 fowls is
greater than that of the F-l fowls but does not extend beyond the
nearer limit of the respective grandparental races.”
Nilsson-Ehle (1908) showed how the Mendelian notation for
the inheritance of qualitative characters might be used as a basis
for the explanation of the inheritance of quantitative characters.
East in 1910 (14) in ignorance of Nilsson-Ehle’s 1908 paper,
developed a similar theory and showed how certain data on the
inheritance of the number of rows of grains on an ear of maize
could thus be analyzed.
Emerson in 1910 (19) issued a paper on the inheritance of
quantitative characters in Cucurbita pepo, Phaseolus vulgaris and
Zea mays. He showed segregation of size factors but offered no
Mendelian explanation.
Johannsen (32) crossed two lines of beans and worked with the
inheritance of length and breadth. He found the F-l generation
intermediate between the parent biotypes. The F-l beans were
no more variable than the parents but no definite conclusions can
be drawn from this fact as only a limited number were grown.
The F-2 and F-3 generations showed greatly increased variability
over that of the parent biotypes. The length of the parent beans
differed widely from each other. Neither the F-l nor F-2 genera¬
tion reached the extremes in length of the parent biotypes but the
F-3 generation did reach those extremes. The breadth of the
parent beans were very similar. The F-2 generation exceeded in
breadth the extremes of the parent biotypes, while the F-3 genera¬
tion more widely overlapped those extremes.
Belling in 1912 (1 and 2) crossed two widely different bean
varieties. The F-l generation exceeded in size of seed and plant
either of the parents. The F-2 generation showed marked
variability.
East in 1913 (13) worked upon the corolla length of Nicotiana
and found the F-l hybrid corolla length to be the geometrical
mean between the parent lengths. The F-2 generation showed
greater variability than the F-l generation.
Groth in 1912-13 (26, 27, 28 and 29) conducted extensive
experiments upon the inheritance of tomato seedlings, leaves and
fruits. He worked with linear dimensions and found the F-l
fruit to be the geometrical mean between the parental dimensions.
Marked segregation of size occurred in the F-2 generation. His
Mendelian explanation of the results is very complicated and will
be discussed later in this paper.
480
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
Punnet in 1914 (44) conducted extensive experiments upon
the inheritance of weight in poultry. He obtained an F-l bird
intermediate in size between the parents while the F-2 generation
showed strong segregation. These experiments are still in pro¬
gress. His latest report (February, 1914), says that the work is
not yet advanced far enough to permit of complete analysis, “but
the nature of the F-2 generation raised last year strongly suggests
that size depends upon definite factors which exhibit ordinary
Mendelian segregation.”
In addition to the experiments above noted, other work of
like nature has been done within the last few years. No definite
results regarding the explanation of the inheritance of quantitative
characters have as yet been obtained. Castle says (6) (March,
1914), “Although extensive observations upon the subject of size
inheritance in both animals and plants have been made, they have
resulted in the demonstration, as yet, of no single clear-cut Men-
delizing unit character (or factor either). ”
INFLUENCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.
The influence of environment in the present series of experi¬
ments may be considered under four heads.
Light. The growth of the plants was influenced not only by
the intensity but by the duration of light. In the tomato plants,
as in other species, assimilation commences with a certain mini¬
mum and increases as the intensity of the light rises until a certain
optimum is obtained.
Light that is too strong is injurious. The period of ripening
of the fruits was shortened in proportion as the optimum light
intensity was reached. In the winter when both the intensity
and duration were low the plants ceased to bloom but produced
normal fruits as long as they did bloom. There is no evidence to
show that the light conditions present in the greenhouse in any
way influenced the size of fruit.
Temperature. According to Warming (b), “Each of the
various vital phenomena of plant-life takes place only within
definite (minimum and maximum) limits of temperature, and
most actively at certain (optimum) temperature; these temper¬
atures may even differ in respect to the different functions of one
species. ” From this it may be inferred that the lower greenhouse
temperatures in winter may have had some influence in causing
the tomato plants to cease to bloom, since the lower critical
limits for reproduction, as with many other species of plants, is
evidently higher than that required for growth. The various
temperatures of the greenhouse (45° to 100° F.) came within the
cardinal points for growth and, as far as could be ascertained,
seemed to have no appreciable influence upon the size of the fruits.
(b) See (40) page 22.
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
481
Moisture. The noticeable lack of moisture will cause a
plant to become ill-nourished and dwarfed. The moisture con¬
ditions in the greenhouse were controlled as perfectly as possible
and the tomato plants were watered quite often, but even then
optimum moisture conditions did not prevail. The lack of a
constant abundance of water probably exerted a great limiting
influence upon the size of plant. The transpiration of water is
directly proportional to the amount of leaf surface and, after the
plant has reached a certain mature size, the leaf surface becomes
limited as the amount of moisture in the pots is limited. The
plants grown in the garden attained a greater size than the potted
plants and one of the principal reasons for this difference was the
more constant and abundant supply of soil-water present in the
garden environment. There was no corresponding influence
upon the size of fruit, as there was no noticeable difference of
fruit-size as a result of the different moisture conditions under
which the plants were grown.
Soil. The quantity and quality of the essential nutritive
substances in the soil, as well as the physical condition, influences
the size of a plant and fruit. Wanning says (b), “Defective
nutriment (that is an inadequate supply of one or more substances)
may be the cause of dwarf -growth (nanism) ; this has been demon¬
strated by many physiological investigations.” All of the
potted plants in these experiments were supplied with a soil as
perfectly adapted as possible, both physically and chemically, to
the growth of the tomato. And yet, the amount of available
plant nutriment in a five-inch pot is necessarily somewhat limited
while the available nutriment substances are more abundant in
the garden, so that this lack of nutriment in the pots together
with the lack of perfect moisture apparently caused the difference
in size between the greenhouse and garden-grown plants. There
was not enough difference, however, between the soil and moisture
conditions of the greenhouse and the garden to cause any appre¬
ciable change of fruit-size.
Two experiments were tried to determine the effect of different
kinds of soil conditions upon the size of plant and fruit.
The first experiment was performed in order to show the effect
of the garden conditions upon the size of plant as compared with
the effect of the greenhouse environment upon the size of the
same plant. In the garden the soil contained more available
nutriment and moisture than were present in the pots. A number
of plants of the F-l generation (17-12-2) were grown in the green¬
house where they attained at full maturity a height of about 2.5
feet and a diameter of 1.5 feet. One of these plants was afterwards
removed to the garden where it grew to be 3 feet high and covered
(b) See (40) page 56.
482
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
a circular space of ground about 10 feet in diameter. Unfor¬
tunately no fruits were weighed while the plant was grown in the
greenhouse, but any increase in the size of fruit, as a result of the
garden conditions, was so slight as not to be apparent.
The second experiment was completed in order to determine
the effect of a soil which contained very little plant nutriment
that was available, upon the size of plant and fruit. Plant 10 of
the F-3 generation (17-12-4) grew in the greenhouse to be about
7 feet tall and possessed an average fruit of 2.22 grams. A cut¬
ting of this plant was grown in an eight-inch pot filled with pure,
washed, desert sand which contained very little plant nutriment.
An inch layer of normal pot-soil was added in the middle of the
pot as it was feared the scarcity of nutriment would cause the
plant to die before it reached maturity. The light temperature
and moisture conditions were identical with both plant 10 and the
cutting. The plant in the sand grew to be only 21 inches high
and its average fruit weight was found to be .85 grams. The size
of plant and fruit were reduced 75% and 61% respectively. This
shows the effect of extreme lack of the essential nutritive sub¬
stances upon the size of the plant and fruit.
In addition to the F-l plant grown in the garden, as described
in the first experiment, a number of other plants of the parental
and hybrid generations of this currant-pear cross has been grown
both outside and inside the greenhouse. Any effect upon the
fruit, as a result of greenhouse environment, would probably be
shown by a decrease in size. So far as can be ascertained, however,
from all the evidence new at hand, there was no appreciable
difference in the size of fruits as a result of the different environ¬
mental conditions of the greenhouse and garden.
Even if there were a small diminution in the size of the tomato
fruit as a result of being grown in the greenhouse, this change of
size would affect all plants in the same way and in the same pro¬
portion, and, as all the plants concerned in this problem are
greenhouse grown, the accuracy of the ratio between the sizes of
the parents and offsprings, which is the vital part of the thesis,
would remain unimpaired.
The average weight of the first ten fruits of a plant was com¬
pared with the average weight of ten fruits taken in the latter part
of the fruit bearing period. A number of plants were examined
in this manner and it was found that the fruits which ripened first
were not larger than those which ripened later, nor was any cor¬
relation discovered between the size and time of blooming. The
relation between the time of blooming and the size of fruit on a
single cluster was examined and considerable data collected but
no correlation was found to exist.
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
483
FLUCTUATING VARIATIONS.
Any quantitative character is subject to deviation from the
average condition. According to the laws of chance these devia¬
tions are sometimes plus and sometimes they are minus, as a
result of which they have been termed “fluctuating variations”.
Quetelet has shown that all living structures vary and are always
grouped about a mean. .In other words plus or minus deviations
of increasing magnitude occur with diminishing frequency in such
a way that a given population will be distributed, in a large part,
at or near this mean or mode. Galton called attention to this
same fact in another way when he stated that the offspring of
parents with plus or minus variations are closer to the average
than the parents. There are always certain limits of fluctuating
variability beyond which the deviations do not extend.
Since the fruit of the individual plants were found to be subject
to these fluctuating variations in size, it was considered necessary
to harvest a large number of fruits from two typical plants in
484
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
order to determine both the nature and degree of such variations.
From plant 7 of the series 17-12-4 (F-3 generation) 58 fruits were
examined. The curve formed by these weights is shown in
Figure 1. The fruit-weights vary 2.35 grams. The mode is
shown to be less than the arithmetical mean and therefore the
skew is negative.
From plant 14 of the series 15-11-2 — II— II (F-2 generation)
28 fruits were harvested and the curve formed by the weights of
these fruits is shown in Figure 2. The fruit-weights vary 1.93
grams. As shown on this plate the mode is a little more than the
arithmetical mean and therefore the skew is slightly positive.
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
485
The ideal plant fruit-size would have been obtained if it had
been possible to harvest from each plant 1000 fruits or more and
the modal average taken. As this could not be done, it was
determined to select at least ten representative fruits from a plant,
the arithmetical average of which would be considered the average
fruit-size for that plant. In some cases, however, it was not
possible to harvest at least ten fruits so that a few plants are
represented by only four or five to nine recorded fruits. In the
selection of the fruits to be gathered the greatest degree of care
and accuracy was observed. One of the largest and one of the
smallest fruits were first taken, after which the remaining fruits
were selected as near to the mode of the fruit size as possible. It
is believed that the deviation of the recorded fruit-weight of any
plant, based on ten selected fruits, does not vary more than plus
or minus .2 gram from the actual fruit-weight which would have
been secured had all the normal fruits of that plant been harvested.
But even if the error of plant fruit-size were twice that amount it
would not materially affect the results of this work.
RESULTS OBTAINED.
The plants of the Yellow Pear tomato (carpellate parent)
possessed the following average fruit-weights:
2-11-16. Plant 2 = 19.26 grams.
“ “ 3 = 17.84
“ “ 4 = 12.71
“ “ 5 = 17.84
The average fruit-weight of this parent pure line is 16.91 grams.
The variability of the average fruit-sizes of the plants of the
Red Currant tomato (staminate parent) is very slight and fruits
from only two plants were weighed. The following average fruit-
weights were obtained from these plants :
7-11-2. Plant 1 = .66 gram.
“ “ 2 = .62
The average fruit-weight of this parent pure line is .64 gram.
The F-l hybrid generation of this cross was found to be inter¬
mediate in size. The plants possessed the following average
fruit-weights :
17-12-2. Plant 1 = 1.90 grams.
“ “ 2 = 2.48
“ “ 3 = 2.22
“ “ 4 = 3.46
“ “ 5 = 3.76
The F-l generation average is 2.76 grams. The geometrical
mean between the weights of the parents is 3.28 grams which is
only .52 gram more than the actual arithmetical mean of the
fruit- weights. It is to be also noted that two F-l fruits are
486
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
heavier than 3. 28 grams while three fruits are lighter. There is
thus a remarkable agreement between the geometrical mean and
the actual generation fruit average.
There were four distinct series of F-2 plants grown. Each
series was derived from a separate parent F-l plant or fruit. The
following table shows the average fruit-weights of the plants of
the F-2 series 15-11-2 — II— I :
15-11-2 — II-I. Plant 1 = 2.56 grams.
“ “ 2 = 2.48
“ “ 4 = 3.06
“ “ 5 = 1.49 “
“ “ 7 = 1.48
“ “ 8 = 2.28
“ “ 9 = 1.86
“ “ 10 = 3.18
“ “ 11 = 4.16
“ “ 12 = 2.55 “
The average weight of fruit for the above series is 2.54 grams.
The series 15-11-2 — II— II, was composed of F-2 plants which
gave the following average weigl
15-11-2 — II-II. Plant
its of
fruits:
1
=
1.43 grams.
3
=
1 .99
4
=
1.89
5
=
1.94
6
=
3.42
7
=
1.53
8
=
1.56
9
=
3.34
10
=
3.80
11
=
2.00 “
12
=
1.69
14
=
2.69
15
=
2.42 “
17
=
2^60
18
=
2.25
19
=
2.61 “
20
=
1.33
21
=
2.87
The average weight of fruit of this series is 2.29 grams.
The following table shows the average fruit-weights of plants
of the F-2 series 15-11-2 — 5-1:
15-11-2 — 5-1. Plant 1 = 3.39 grams.
“ “ 2 = 2.36
“ “ 3 = 3.30 “
“ “ 4 = 2.11
“ “ 6 = 2.67 “
“ “ 7 = 2.86
“ “ 8 = 3.83 “
“ “ 9 = 1.36 “
“ “ 10 = 2.36
“ “ 11 = 1.S7
“ “ 12 = 1.88
The average weight of fruits of this series is 2.54 grams.
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
487
The fruits of the F-2 series 15-11-2 gave the following average
weights of fruits:
15-11-2. Plant 1 = 2.36
“ “ 3 = 1.76
“ “ 5 = 3.60
“ “ 6 = 2.16
“ “ 7 = 3.00
grams.
The average weight of fruits of this series is 2.58 grams.
These four series of F-2 generation hybrids give a total of 44
F-2 plants whose average fruit-weights vary from 1.33 grams to
4.16 grams. The lightest fruit possessed a weight of .38 gram
while the heaviest fruit weighed 5.63 grams. The variability of
the F-2 fruits was greater than that of the F-l fruits. The aver¬
age fruit-size of the F-2 generation plants agrees fairly well with
the average of the fruit-size of the parent F-l generation. Dis¬
tinct segregation of size characters was noted in the F-2 fruits.
The following table shows the average fruit-weights of the
plants of the F-3 generation (17-12-4):
17-12-4. Plant 1 = 3.25 grams.
“ “ 4 = 2.40
“ “ 5 = 2.42 “
“ “ 6 = 3' 06
“ “ 7 = 1.50
“ “ 8 = 3.46
“ “ 9 = 2.62 “
“ “ 10 = 2.22 “
In this generation segregation of size characters of fruit was
observed. The average weight of fruit for this generation was
found to be 2.62 grams. The variability and generation average
are practically the same as in the F-2 fruits.
From plant 10 of the F-3 series came the seeds which produced
the plants of the F-4 generation (43-14-2). This generation was
grown in the garden. The average fruit weights of the different
plants are as follows:
43-14-2. Plant 1 = 2.30 grams.
“ “ 2 = 2.73
“ “ 3 = 1.94
“ “ 4 = 1.95 “
“ “ 5 = 1.80
“ “ 6 = 1.74
“ “ 7 = 2.87
“ “ 8 = 1.56
“ “ 9 = 2.03
“ “ 10 = 2.59
“ “ 11 = 2.85
Segregation of size characters of fruit occurred in this F-4
generation. Both variability and the average size of fruit of the
generation are somewhat less than in the F-3 fruits.
Ohio Naturalist
Plate XXII.
Perry on “The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoe
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
489
The average weight of fruit the F-3 parent, plant 10, is 2.22
grams while the F-4 generation possessed an average fruit-weight
of 2.215 grams — a remarkable similarity between weight of parent
fruit and the average weight of fruit of offspring. It is further
to be noted that six fruits are lighter and five fruits are heavier
than 2.22 grams, so that there is as equal a variation as fruit-size
as possible in the offspring on each side of this parental fruit-
weight. This relation between parent and offspring is graphically
shown on Plate XXII.
Over 700 fruits were harvested from 74 plants in this series of
experiments. This data is summed up and the relationship
between the parental and hybrid fruit-weights is shown on
Plate XXII.
INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS.
When the results, which were obtained, are interpreted it
should be clearly kept in mind that the recorded weights represent
the average fruit-weight of a single plant and not the weight of a
single fruit. In practically all of the known experiments along
this line the individual fruit-weights have been used as a basis for
study and these weights have been shown in the tables of results.
There is no evidence to show, in a number of experiments, at least,
that any special care was observed in the selection of fruits, which
seemed to be taken at random from a hybrid generation or a pure
line of plants. The fluctuation in size of fruit on each plant; the
difference in the number of fruits produced on each plant ; and the
variation in the length of the fruit-bearing period render the
results secured by such harvesting liable to considerable error.
On the other hand, when an accurate record is kept of each fruit
and the average fruit-weight of each plant, more accurate results
(especially the generation average based on the fruit-weight of
the plants) are bound to be obtained.
There are only a few recorded experiments which deal com¬
prehensively with the subject of the inheritance of size of fruit in
the F-l generation. This scarcity of data, taken together with
its complexity, render the correct analysis of this problem very
difficult. Especially has there been a great deal of discussion
among scientific men as to whether the F-l fruit-sizes approach
more nearly to the geometrical or to the arithmetical mean between
the parent sizes.
Groth, basing his statement upon linear dimensions, reports
that the size of the F-l tomato fruits is the geometric means
between the parents. In this view he is supported by Bruce who
had previously obtained like results with tomatoes. The data
presented in this paper also shows that the F-l fruits of the
tomato (currant-pear cross) are the geometric means between the
parental sizes.
490
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
Emerson says (b), “A hurried examination of data, both
published and unpublished, derived from my own studies of size
in beans and maize, indicates that the F-l sizes are nearer the
average than the geometric means between the parent sizes.”
When all of the available data of Emerson is considered, a part of
the F-l sizes show a near approach to the geometric mean and a
part to the average. He made a cross between the Black Mexican
and Tom Thumb varieties of corn and obtained an F-l hybrid
whose weight was the exact geometric means between the parent
weights. The breadth of the hybrid seeds, however, show a
closer approach to the arithmetical than to the geometrical mean.
A very extensive series of experiments have been conducted
at the New Jersey Experiment Station upon the quantitative
inheritance of characters in peppers. Part of the F-l sizes
approach the arithmetical and part approach the geometrical
mean between the parents.
From the data enumerated above and from the other available
data, it appears that there has not as yet been a sufficient amount
of work done to enable a definite statement to be made, as to
whether the F-l fruits approach more nearly the arithmetical
than the geometrical mean between the parental sizes. Neither
is it certain that all the F-l fruit-sizes can be made to approach
more nearly to one than to the other of these two means. The
suggestion came to the mind of the writer of this paper that per¬
haps there was some correlation between the relative difference
of parental fruit-sizes and the approach of the F-l fruit-size to
the geometrical or arithmetical means between these parents.
Accordingly all available data upon F-l size inheritance was
studied. This examination seemed to indicate that when two
varieties are crossed which differ greatly in fruit-size (the fruit-
size of one parent being probably about two, three or more times
the size of fruit of the other parent), the resulting F-l fruit-size
will be nearer to the geometrical than the arithmetical mean; but
when two parents similar in fruit-size are crossed, the size of fruit
of the F-l offspring will approach more nearly to the arithmetical
than the geometrical mean. There are some exceptions to this
statement but as a general rule it was found to be true. This
statement has been formulated not because it is well understood
but because it may suggest principles of size inheritance which lie
deeper than those now known and which, it is hoped, will be more
full)- known in the light of future investigations.
The inheritance of size of fruit in the F-2 generation has
received even less study than the inheritance of size in the F-l
generation. Groth seems to have been the only one to attempt
an explanation. He has worked out a theoretical hypothesis,
(b) See (20) page 57.
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
491
based on linear dimensions, to show complete segregation of size
characters, varying in the Mendelian fashion from the larger to
the smaller parent. He assumes a cross between two tomatoes
with the linear dimensions 4x4x4 and 9x9x9 respectively, and gets
an F-l hybrid which is 6x6x6. He assumes factors for length,
width, breadth and shape. Shape modifies the dimensional
factors, while each of the three dimensional factors modifies the
other two, from which it can be seen that this is a multiple factor
hypothesis. If all the tomato fruits were perfect spheres, this
explanation would be more tenable; but, as noted before, the
extreme irregularity of shape causes any explanation, founded on
linear dimensions, to be liable to considerable error.
The results presented in this paper, showing apparently such
unusual dominance of the red currant size factors, cannot be
interpreted by Groth’s hypothesis. However, a Mendelian
explanation has been worked out which agrees fairly well with
the facts. This explanation is given in the following paragraph,
as it seems to be the best possible interpretation of these results
at the present time.
As noted before, Nilsson-Ehle in his work on tri-hvbrid red
wheat found in the second generation 63 grains of varying redness
to one white wheat grain. From this he reasoned that the red
grains possessed three independent color factors each of which
was able to give the red color to the wheat. In the F-2 tomato
generation 44 plants have been grown and the segregation of size
characters has been so incomplete as to warrant the assumption
of at least four size factors. The small size factors of the red
currant seem to be incompletely dominant over the large size
factors of the yellow pear, because, when an equal number of
large and small size factors are present, as in the F-l generation,
the geometrical mean between the parents is realized. As the
number of small size factors increases or decreases from the number
present in the F-l generation so will the weight of the resulting
fruit vary more or less from the geometrical mean. This varia¬
tion will not be large, as the small size factors, however few, are
incompletely dominant over any number of large size factors.
There should be occasional returns to both parent sizes, the
frequency depending upon the number of factors concerned. If,
with further experiments, no such original parental size is ever
attained, there is evidently more than multiple factors involved.
SUMMARY.
1 . A more accurate representation of the size of tomato
fruits can be obtained from their weights than from their linear
dimensions.
2. The size of fruit of the F-l generation of the currant-pear
cross is the geometrical mean between the parental sizes.
492
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
3. From an examination of all available data upon the
inheritance of fruit-size in the F-l generation, it appears that,
when two varieties are crossed which differ widely in fruit-size
(the size of fruit of one parent being probably about two, three or
more times the size of fruit of the other parent), the F-l fruit-size
will be nearer to the geometrical than the arithmetical mean; but,
when two parents similar in fruit-size are crossed, the size of fruits
of the offspring will approach more nearly to the arithmetical
than to the geometrical mean.
4. The average fruit-size of the F-2 generation docs not
exceed and is even slightly less than the average fruit-size of the
F-l generation. The segregation of size factors and the incomplete
dominance of the small size factors of the red currant parent may
be explained by the assumption of at least four size factors. If
no parental sizes can be ever obtained, there may be more than
multiple factors involved.
5. The fruits of the F-2 and F-3 generations agree fairly well
with respect to variability and average generation size. The F-4
fruits show diminished variability and size.
6. This paper deals only with the inheritance of size in the
currant-pear tomato cross. Conclusions as to how far the results
obtained may be applied to the inheritance of size in crosses
between other species and varieties must be left to the accumula¬
tion of further data.
1. Belling, John. Velvet Beans crossed with Lyon Beans. Ann. Rpt.
Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. 1910: 79-92.
2 . Second Generation of the Cross between Velvet and
Lyon Beans. Ann. Rpt. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. 1911: 82-103.
3. Bruce, A. B. The Golden Mean. Science N. S. 40: 59.
4 . Heredite des caraters quantitatifs, (4 Conf.-int. Gcne-
tique Paris 1911 4pp.)
5. Castle, W. E. Heredity in Relation to Evolution and Animal Breed¬
ing. 1911.
0 . Pure Lines and Selection. Jour. Hered. Vol. 5. 1914.
7 . The Inconstancy of Unit Characters. Amer. Nat.
46: 352-362. 1912.
8 . Studies of Inheritance in Rabbits. Car. Inst. Wash.
Pub. 114: 5-70. 1909.
9. Collins, G. N. The Value of First Generation Hvbrids in Corn. Bu.
P. Ind. 191. 1910.
10. De Vries, Hugo. Plant Breeding. 1907.
11 . The Principles of the Theory of Mutation. Science.
N. S. 40: 74-88. 1914.
12. East, E. M. The Genotype Hypothesis and Hybridization. Am.
Nat. 45: 160-174. 1911.
13 . Inheritance of Flower Size in Crosses between Species
of Nicotiana. Bot. Gaz. 55. 1913.
14 . A Mendelian Interpretation of Variation that is Ap¬
parently Continuous. Am. Nat. 44: 65-82. 1910.
15. East, E. M. and Hayes, H. K. Inheritance in Maize. Con. Agr.
Exp. Sta. 167.
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
493
16. Emerson, R. A. Inheritance of the Ligule and Auricles of Corn Leaves.
Ann. Rpt. Xebraska Agr. Exp. Sta. 25: 81-88. 1912.
17 . Genetic Correlation and Spurious Allelomorphism in
Maize. Ann. Rpt. Neb. Agr. Exp. Sta. 24: 60-90. 1011.
18 . The Inheritance of a Recurring Somatic Variation in
Varigated Ears of Maize. Neb. Agr. Exp. Sta. Res. 4. 1913.
19. . Inheritance of Sizes and Shapes in Plants. Amer.
Nat. 44: 739-746. 1910.
20 . Multiple Factors vs. “Golden Mean” in Size. In¬
heritance. Science N. S. 40: 52-59. 1914.
21. Emerson, R. A. and East, E. M. Inheritance of Quantitative Char¬
acters in Maize. Neb. Agr. Exp. Sta. Res. 2. 1913.
22. Ghigi, Alessandro. Ricerche di sistematica sperimentali sul genere
Gennaeus wagler. Bologna p. 38. 1909.
23. Gilbert, Arthur W. A. Mendelian Study of Tomatoes. Am. Breed.
Assn. Mag. 7: 169-188. 1912.
24. Gord, M. Hybrides binaires de premiere generation dans le genere
Cistus et. caracters Mendeliens. C. R. Ac. Sc. Paris. C. L. p.
239. 1910.
26. Groth, B. H. A. The “Golden Mean” in the Inheritance of Size.
Science N. S. 39: 581-584. 1914.
27 . The F-l Heredity of Size, Shape and Number in Toma¬
to Fruits. New Jersey Agr. Exp. Sta. 242. 1912.
28. . . . The F-l Heredity of Size and Number in Tomato
Seedlings. New Jersey Agr. Exp. Sta. 238. 1911.
29 . The F-l Heredity of Size and Number in Tomato
Leaves. New Jersey Agr. Expo. 239. 1911.
30. Halstead, Bryon D. Experiments with Peppers. Thirty-Fourth
Ann. Rpt. New Jersey State Agr. Sta. 1913.
31. Hayes, H. K. Correlation and Inheritance in Nicotiana Tobacum.
Connecticut Agr. Exp. Sta. 1913.
32. Johannsen, W. Elemente der Exakten Erblichkeitslehre.
33 . Genotvpe Conception of Heredity. Amer. Nat. 45:
129-159. 1911.
34. Kearney, T. H. Mutation in Egyptian Cotton. Jour. Agr. Res. 2:
287-302. 1914.
35. Little, C. G. A Possible Mendelian Explanation for a Type of In¬
heritance Apparently Non-Mendelian in Nature. Science N. S. 40:
904-906. 1914.
36. Lock, R. H. Studies in Plant Breeding in the Tropics. III. Experi¬
ments with Maize. Ann. Roy. Bot. Gard. Perademja. 3: 95-184.
37. Macdowell, E. C. Multiple Factors and Mendelian Inheritance.
Jour. Exp. Zool. 16: 177-194. 1914.
38. Mumford, F. B. Influence of Size of Parent on Birth Weight. Am.
Breed. Assn. Mag. 1: 73-76. 1906.
39. Nilsson-Ehle, H. Uber enstchung scharf abweichender Merkmale
aus Kreuzung gleichartiger Formen bein weizen. Berichte der
Deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaft Band. XXIX. Heft 2, 1911.
Marz.
40. Phillips, John C. Size Inheritance in Ducks. Jour. Exp. Zool. 12:
369-380. 1912.
41. Price, H. L. and Drinkard, A. W. Jr. Inheritance in Tomato Hy¬
brids. PI. World 12: 10-18. 1909.
42 . Inheritance in Tomato Hybrids. Virginia
Agr. Exp. Sta. 177. 1908.
43. Punnet, R. C. Mendelism in Great Britain. Jour. Hered. 2. 1914.
44 . Inheritance of Weight in Poultry, lour. Gen. 4: 23-40.
1914.
494
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 6,
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XXIII.
The different sizes of parent and hybrid fruits shown in this plate were
photographed July 27, 1914, and the fruits were gathered and weighed two
days before that date. It was not possible to show all of the different
sizes and shapes of fruits as all the plants did not mature at the same time.
One typical fruit was selected from each plant. In addition to the data
given below the number of seeds of each fruit can be frund in the records.
The identity of the fruits is as follows:
NO.
OF
FRUITS.
FRUIT TAKEN FROM
WEIGHT
IN
GRAMS.
POLAR LENGTH
MAX. DIAMETER,
MIN. DIAMETER.
COLOR,
SHAPE AND
NO. OF LOCULES.
1
2-11-16. plant 3
21.04
41.5x32.5x28.7
yel.,
plum, 2
2
u u
5
20 02
43. x,31. x29.
ll
“ 2
3
“ “
3
18.87
40.6x30.4x28.
“
pear, 2
4
“ “
5
13.13
37.2x25.1x24.1
ll
“ 2
5
“ “
4
12.69
32.1x26.8x24.4
“
plum, 2
6
max. 17-12-4. plant
4
4.00
19.7x19.7x18.
red,
sph. 2
6
av. “ “
2
2.43
16.5x16.5x16.
ll
“ 2
6
min. “ “
2
.49
9.2x x
ll
“ 2
7
15-1 1-2-1 1- 1 1 . plant 6
3 35
20. xl8.1xl6.8
“
plum, 2
8
ll ll
19
2 4.5
16.2x17. xl5.7
a
sph. 2
9
ll ll
17
2 62
17.8x14. xl4.
“
egg, 2
10
It ll
21
2. SO
17.6x17.1x16.4
yel.
sph. 2
11
a u
15
2.00
15. xl5. xl4.8
red,
“ 2
12
u u
4
2 29
15.9x14.9x14.3
“ 2
13
ll ll
3
1 91
15.1x14.1x13.8
“
« 2
14
u a
7
1.79
14. .\14.8xl4.3
ll
“ 2
15
u ti
5
2.01
14.7x15.1x14.2
yel.
“ 2
10
ll ll
18
1.26
15.2x13.8x15.3
red,
« 2
17
ll li
14
1 61
14. xl4.5xl4.
yel.
“ 2
18
u u
1
1 76
13.9x15. xl.3.9
“ 2
19
ll ll
11
1 34
12.8x13.9x13.1
ll
“ 2
20
U ll
20
1 41
13.4x14.3x13.7
ll
“ 2
21
15-1 1-2-1 I- I .
10
3 37
17.2x18.2x17.7
ll
“ 2
22
It ll
2
3.22
18.7x17.6x16.6
red,
“ 2
23
ll ll
ii
3.21
18.7x17.8x17.1
“
“ 2
24
ll ll
l
2.98
16.9x17.3x16.4
“
“ 2
25
ll ll
10
2.84
16.4x17.2x16.1
yel.
u 2
26
a it
9
2.71
16.6x16.9x16.1
red,
“ 2
27
a u
8
2.68
16.4x16.9x16.
“
« 2
28
u u
12
2.42
15.7x16.5x15.4
ll
« 2
29
a u
4
2.31
16.5x15.4x15.3
“
“ 2
30
u u
7
2 23
14.9x16.1x14.6
“
“ 2
31
u u
5
1 85
14. xl4.0xl.T2
ll
“ 2
32
15-11-2. plant
0
4.51
24.5x18.9x18.1
ll
plum 2
33
ll ll
7
3 53
19. xl8.7xl7.7
yel.
sph. 2
34
ll ll
i
2.72
17. xl6. 8x16.1
a
“ 2
35
ll ll
3
1 47
17.3x15.9x15.8
red,
“ 2
36
ll ll
6
2.33
16.8x15.9x15.4
“ 2
37
17-12-4. “
1
2.52
20.2x15. Sxl5.4
ll
egg. 2
38
“ “
6
1.51
16.1x16.4x16.2
yel.
sph. 2
39
“ “
8
2.38
16.4x16.3x15.6
red,
“ 2
40
“ “
10
1 90
15. xl4.5xl4.
ll
“ 2
41
ll ll
7
1.22
14.3x13. xl2.5
“
“ 2
42
max. 7-11-2. “
4
1 04
12. xl2.7xl2.
“
“ 2
42
av. “ “
4
.73
11.2x11. xl9.4
ll
“ 2
42
min. “ “
4
.10
5.2x5. 7x 5.5
“
“ 2
495
April, 1915.] The Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes.
Plate XXIV.
These fruits, harvested on September 24, 1914, were photographed on
the following day. Two fruits were taken from each plant. In addition to
the data given below, the number of seeds of each fruit has been recorded.
The identity of the fruits is as follows :
NO.
OF
FRUITS.
FRUIT TAKEN FROM
WEIGHT
IN
GRAMS.
POLAR LENGTH,
MAX. DIAMETER,
MIN. DIAMETER.
COLOR,
SHAPE AND
NO. OF LOCULES.
i
43-14-2. plant 2
2 96
21.4x15.5x15.3
yel.
egg,
2
2
“ “ 2
2.76
21. xl5.8xl5.
egg-
2
3
“ “ 2
2.70
20.7x15.9x15.5
it
pear
3
4
“ “ 2
2 24
20.9x15. xl4.2
“
pear
2
5
“ “ 2
3.02
21.9x16.6x15.3
“
egg
2
6
“ 7
3.08
18.3x17.5x16.2
red,
sph.
2
7
“ “ 7
3.39
19.1x18.2x16.3
a
2
8
“ “ 11
2.93
19.3x16.9x16.
“
plum
2
9
“ “ 11
2.93
20. 1x16.8x1.7. 0
ft
a
2
10
“ “ 10
2.77
17.3x16.8x15.5
yel.
sph.
2
11
“ “ 10
2.66
15.9x17. xl5.8
3
12
“ “ 9
2.33
15.6x15.6x15.
red
tt
2
13
“ “ 9
2.23
15.5x15.3x14.7
“
“
2
14
“ “ 1
1 33
14.5x16.1x15.6
yel.
“
3
15
“ “ 1
2.31
xl5.8x
It
3
16
“ “ 8
2.88
17.8x17. xl6.7
red
“
3
17
“ “ 8
1.72
14.9x13.9x13.5
It
“
2
18
It It ^
2.21
15. xl5.8xl4.8
U
“
2
19
“ “ 4
1.95
14.5x15. xl4.6
“
it
3
20
“ “ 3
2 23
15. 7x
xl4.6
yel.
“
2
21
“ “ 3
2.13
15.6x15.5x1 4.7
U
“
2
22
“ 5
2.17
15.1x14.8x14.1
red
“
2
23
“ 5
1 44
X
X
“
“
2
24
“ “ 6
1 77
14.8x14.2x13.6
ti
“
2
25
“ “ 6
1.72
14.4x14.4x13.3
“
“
2
Ohio Naturalist.
Plate XXIII.
' 2. 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 tO
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | 21 22
•24 25- 26 27 28 29 30 31 j 32 33
£*.
Volume XV.
MAY, 1915.
No. 7.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Osborn and Drake— Additions and Notes on the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of Ohio _ 501
Schaffner — Tlie Chromosome Mechanism as a Basis for Mendelian Phenomena . 509
Schroyf.r — Buried Stream Channels at the Base of the Pennsylvanian System in
Southeastern Ohio . . 519
Drake — Meeting of the Biological Club . . 523
ADDITIONS AND NOTES ON THE HEMIPTERA-
HETEROPTERA OF OHIO.*
Herbert Osborn and Carl J. Drake.
Some years have passed since the last record of additions to
the Hemipterous fauna of Ohio was made, and in the meantime
a number of additional species have been noted. It seems de¬
sirable to place on record the occurence of these species at this
time.
A number of these species were collected by the senior writer,
but in recent years his attention has been directed particularly
to the Homoptera. About two years ago, the junior author began
a survey of the aquatic and semi-aquatic Heteroptera of the state
and, incidentally, he has noted many other observations on Heter¬
optera which are embodied in this paper.
The papersf in which previous records were made have ap¬
peared in the Ohio Naturalist, except for the first contribution
* Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, Ohio
State University. No. 39.
fRemarks on the Hemipterous Fauna of Ohio with a Preliminary Record
of the Species (Proc. O. Acad. Sci. pp. 60-79, 1900).
A list of Hemiptera Collected in the Vicinity of Bellaire, Ohio. (Ohio
Nat., Vol. I, pp. 11-12, 1900).
Note on Aradus omatus Say. (Ohio Nat. Vol. IV, p. 22, 1903).
Aradidae of Ohio. (Ohio Nat., Vol. IV, pp. 36-42, 1903).
New Species of Ohio Fulgoridae. (Ibid. pp. 44-46, 1903).
A Further Contribution to the Hemipterous Fauna of Ohio. (Ohio
Nat., Vol. IV, pp. 99-103, 1904).
Report of Progress on Study of the Hemiptera of Ohio and Descriptions
of New Species. (Ohio Nat., Vol. V, pp. 273-276, 1905.)
5oi
502
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
and, therefore, are accessible to members of the Ohio Academy
of Science.
It may be noted that the senior author has been responsible
for many of the identifications; the observations on life histories
are to be credited particularly to the junior author.
Family Notonectid.e.
Buenoa platycnemis Fieber.
Numerous specimens, taken at Columbus, Franklin Co., by
the junior writer.
Notonecta insulata Kirby.
Several specimens, taken at Berea, Cuyahoga Co., by the
junior writer.
Notonecta variabilis Fieber.
One specimen, taken at the Ohio State Fair grounds in Colum¬
bus by the junior writer.
Family Nepid.e.
Ranatra kirkaldyi Bueno.
One specimen, taken by Prof. Sanders at Columbus?
Family Saldid.e.
Saida coriacea Uhler.
One specimen, taken at Oxford, Butler Co., by Prof. W. H.
Shideler.
Saida sp.
One specimen, taken at Cedar Point by the senior writer.
Family Reduviid^e.
Arilus cristatus Linnaeus.
Numerous specimens; taken at Sugar Grove, Fairfield Co., by
Prof. Barrows; at Oxford by Prof. Shideler; at Columbus by Mr.
L. A. Gephart.
Apiomerus crassipes Fabricius.
One specimen, taken at West Union, Adams Co., by Mr W.
Harbage.
Sirthenea carinata Fabricius.
Two specimens, taken at Athens, Athens Co., by Mr. C. M.
Ochs, and at Buckeye Lake, Licking Co., by Mr. F. Cowles.
Melanolestes abdominalis Her.-Schfr.
One specimen, taken by the junior writer at Columbus.
May, 1915.]
Hemiptera-Heteroptera of Ohio.
503
Family Gerrid^e.
Gerris canaliculatus Say.
One macropterous specimen, taken by the junior writer,
October 15, 1913, on the Olentangy River (Ohio State University
Farm.)
Gerris conformis Uhler.
One specimen, taken at Ironton, Lawrence Co., by Mr. R.
C. Osbum; numerous specimens, collected by the junior writer
at Berea, Olmsted Falls, and Columbus. This is a lacustrine as
well as a fluviatile species. In the localities cited, several nymphs
and adults were taken at various times during the past summer
on ponds, small lakes, and streams. During the winter, they
hibernate as adults and begin to copulate in early spring. The
ova are deposited on material just beneath the surface of the water.
In an aquarium, they were laid on floating cork just beneath the
surface film and fastened with a viscous substance which is water¬
proof. These eggs began hatching in eleven days and the first
adults appeared thirty-four days later, several requiring a few
days longer to complete their metamorphosis. There are proba¬
bly several generations during the summer, as nymphs and adults
were taken on these same bodies of water during the latter part
of the season. All specimens reared and collected were macrop¬
terous.
Limnogonus hesione Kirkaldy.
This tropical species is a noteworthy addition to our fauna.
It has been recorded from Florida and Darien, Panama by Kirk¬
aldy (Entomologist, 1902, p. 137).
One macropterous cf , taken during the past summer at Gabon,
Crawford Co., by Mr. G. Iv. Rule; immense numbers of apterous
cf and $ , collected by the junior writer at Buckeye Lake, and at
Minerva Park north of Columbus during September and October
1913, also at the latter locality and at the Ohio State Fair Ground
in Columbus during September and October 1914. At these various
times, numerous specimens were found copulating. Last October,
several cf and $ were placed in an aquarium; in a few days eggs
were deposited on floating cork just beneath the surface of the
water. The males died a few days after coition, and the females
a few days after the ova were deposited. Many of the individuals
remained almost constantly in coitn for several days. As the
ova and no adults could be found in early spring, the winter is
probably spent entirely in the egg stage, while, later on and during
the latter part of the summer, immense numbers were found on
these same bodies of water. The eggs are slightly enlarged at one
end and about three times as long as wide. They vary in length
from one to one and one-third of a millimeter, and are of a dirty
greenish-yellow color which becomes somewhat darker with age.
5°4
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
As the nymph emerges, the chorion is split longitudinally, the
rupture extending a little over one-half of its length to well over
the larger end. About fifty days after hatching the adult stage
is reached, five ecdyses having taken place. So far as our obser¬
vations have gone, it seems to be distinctly a lacustrine species,
and found almost entirely in the apterous form. They are very
active little creatures and congregate in immense numbers near
• the shore in sheltered places. They are predaceous. Their food
Fig. 1. 9 Limnogonus hesione Kirk.
(From drawing by J. D. Smith.)
consists of small insects that fall into the water. In case there
there are no living victims, they do not disdain food that has been
dead for some time, and are often seen feeding on decaying in¬
sects. (Id. by Mr. J. R. de la Torre Bueno.)
Metrobates hesperius Uhler.
Immense numbers, taken at Berea, at Olmsted Falls, and at
Columbus by the junior writer.
Mesovelia mulsanti F. B. White.
One nymph, taken at Sandusky by the senior writer.
May, 1915.]
Hemiptera-Heteroptera of Ohio.
505
Family Capsids.
Ceratocapsus pumila Uhler.
Taken at Cedar Point by the senior writer.
Resthenia insitiva Say.
One specimen, taken at Columbus by Mr. Vernon Haber.
Resthenia confraterna Uhler.
One specimen, taken at Columbus by the junior writer.
Adelphocoris superbus Uhler.
Taken at Sandusky, Erie Co., and at Lakeside, Ottawa Co.,
by the senior writer.
Lygus vitticollis Reuter.
Two specimens, taken at Sandusky by the senior writer.
Coquilletia mimetica Osborn.
Two specimens, taken at Oxford by Prof. Shideler and at
Columbus by the junior writer.
Paraxenetus guttulatus Uhler.
Several specimens, taken at Cedar Point by Mr. DeLong.
Phytocoris tibialis Reuter.
Taken at Cedar Point by the senior writer.
Poeciloscytus americanus Reuter.
Two specimens, collected at Berea by the junior writer.
Poecilocapsus marginatus Walker.
Numerous specimens, taken at Oxford by Prof. Shideler; at
Iron-ton, and at Vinton, Gallia Co. (Osbum and Hine); by the
senior writer at Columbus and Sandusky,
Family Aradid^e.
Aradus quadrilineatus Walker.
Two specimens, taken by Mr. R. J. Sim in Ashtabula Co., and
by the senior writer at Columbus.
Aradus falleni Stal.
One specimen, taken at Oxford by Prof. Shideler.
Aneurus inconstans Uhler.
Several specimens, taken by Prof. Shideler at Oxford and in
Ashtabula Co., by Mr. R. J. Sim.
Aneurus minutus Bergroth.
Taken at Cincinnati, Hamilton Co., by Mr. Chas. Dury.
Nannium pusio Heidemann.
This species was described by Mr. Heidemann in Ent. Soc.
Wash., Vol. XI, p. 189 (Coll. Mr. Chas. Dury, Cincinnati, O.).
The senior writer has two specimens in his private collection which
were taken by Mr. Dury at Cincinnati.
5°6
The Ohio Xaturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
Family Tixgitid.e.
Corythuca marmorata Uhler.
Many specimens, taken at Castalia, Erie Co., by Mr. DeLong,
while sweeping grasses and weeds near shrubbery.
Gargaphia tiliae Walsh.
Several specimens, taken at Oxford by Prof. Shideler and at
Cedar Point by Mr. W. J. Kostir.
Tingis clavata Stal.
c? and $ , collected at Castalia while sweeping grass by Mr.
DeLong.
Family Lyg.eid.e.
Lygaeus bicrucis Say.
Several specimens, taken at Oxford by Prof. Shideler and at
Columbus by Mr. H. D. Chase.
Heraeus plebejus Stal.
One specimen, taken by the senior writer at Columbus.
Family Correid.e.
Aufeius impressicollis Stal.
Large numbers, taken at Columbus by the junior writer while
sweeping grasses on the University farm. This seems to be the
first record of its occurrence east of the Mississippi river. In
the private collection of the senior writer, there is a good series
of specimens from Nebraska, South Dakota and Colorado.
This species varies in color and a little in size. Most of the
specimens taken here are a little larger, and, as a rule, are of a
darker color. There is a gradation in color and size until some of
the specimens agree with the ones from the other localities while
all agree in structure.
Anasa armigera Say.
Many specimens, taken at Columbus by Mr. Haber; at Sugar
Grove by Prof. Sanders; at Chillicothe, Ross Co., by Mr. E. G.
Heinzelman; and at Greenville, Darke Co., by Mr. Griff Eidson.
Catorhintha mendica Stal.
Two specimens, taken at Columbus and at Cedar Point by
the junior writer.
Leptocoris trivittatus Say.
The season of 1913 witnessed a rather widespread occurrence
of the box elder bug in the western part of the state, and, altho
this is the first appearance of the species in the state, it seems to
deserve a definite record and the attention of entomologists in
adjoining states. The species is known to have migrated east¬
ward thru Kansas, Iowa, and Illinois but, so far as we are aware
no records for the species have been made for Indiana or Ohio’
Within the last few years the species has evidently gained con'
May, 1915.]
Hemiptera-Heteroptera of Ohio.
507
siderable extension; its occurrence during the summer cited in¬
cluded localities all the way from the northern to the southern
portion of the state and eastward to far past the central portion.
The localities indicated on the map will show the distribution
of the species in the state. Many of these records were secured
thru the Ohio Experiment Station, the Extension Department of
Ohio State University, and members of the Department of Zoology
and Entomology of the University. Thru these sources specimens
have been received and identified from the following localities:
Fig. 2. Map showing distribution of Box Eider Bug in Ohio, 1913.
Oxford, Butler Co. ; Williamsburg, Clermont Co. ; Washington C.
H., Fayette Co. ; Osborn and Yellow Springs, Greene Co. ; Catawba,
Clark Co. ; Ft. Recovery and Celina, Mercer Co. ; West Liberty,
Logan Co.; Columbus, Franklin Co.; Galena, Delaware Co.;
Montpelier, Williams Co. ; Liberty Center, Henry Co. ; Bowling
Green and Longley, Wood Co. ; Helena and Clyde, Sandusky Co. ;
Chicago Jc. and Norwalk, Huron Co.; Berea, Cuyahoga Co.;
Carrolton, Carroll Co.
The factors affecting the distribution within the state are not
apparent, at least so far as the present records indicate. The
advance within the state appears to be independent of all railway
lines; this also seems substantially true of many of the different
5°8
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
river valleys and other topographic features. If only the northern
series of records were taken into consideration, it might be thought
to follow the principal railway lines of this portion of the state, but,
moreover, several important railways pass thru counties that are
not included among these records. It seems that the advance and
dissemination of the species is due mainly to natural flight and its
progress eastward may be expected to follow this method. It will
be interesting to watch for the eastward extension of its present
margin of distribution. During the summer of 1914, no records
for the species were made in the state ; if the insect is present during
the coming summer, we will be glad to receive such records.
Family Pentatomid^e.
Banasa packardi Stal.
One specimen, taken at Buckeye Lake by Mr. Cowles.
Apeteticus modestus Dallas.
One specimen, taken at Hanging Rock, Lawrence Co., by Prof.
Hine.
Coenus delius Say.
Many specimens of this widely distributed species have been
collected: at Oxford by Prof. Shideler; at Medina, Medina Co.,
and at Blendon, Franklin Co., by Prof. Hine; at Tiffin, at Berea,
and at Columbus numerous specimens were taken by the junior
writer.
Euschistus servus Say.
Two specimens, taken at Oxford by Prof. Shideler, and at
Sugar Grove, Fairfield Co., by Mr. Marshall.
Euschistus ictericus Linn.
Taken at Cedar Point by the senior writer, at Medina by Prof.
Hine, and at Columbus by the junior writer.
Elasmucha lateralis Say.
Two specimens, taken at Rockbridge, Hocking Co. by Prof.
Barrows and at Columbus by Mr. Axtell.
Dendrocoris humeralis Uhler.
Taken at Hanging Rock by Prof. Hine and at Columbus by
the senior writer.
Neottiglossa undata Say.
One specimen, taken at Columbus by the senior writer.
Perillus bioculatus Fabricius.
Numerous specimens, taken by the junior writer at Berea, at
Tiffin, and at Columbus. At Tiffin many specimens were found
feeding upon the adult Colorado potato beetle.
Solubea pugnax Fabricius.
This is a southern species, taken at Hanging Rock. Lawrence
Co. by Prof. Hine and at Columbus by Prof. Barrows.
THE CHROMOSOME MECHANISM AS A BASIS FOR
MENDELIAN PHENOMENA.1
John H. Schaffner.
The farther investigation proceeds, the more convincing be¬
comes the conviction that the proportional inheritance of char¬
acters of plants and animals has its basis in the chromatin of
the nucleus. The remarkable parallelism between the activities
of the complicated mechanism of nuclear division and the readily
predicted phenomena of Mendelian inheritance easily dispels the
allurements of any other hypothesis.
When in 18972 the writer showed the qualitative division of
the reduction or bivalent chromosomes in the megasporocyte of
Lilium philadelphicum, it was even then clearly seen by a number
of cytologists that such a division would have an important bear¬
ing on heredity. At the time, however, there was no way of
determining in the cells of the lily studied whether the separating
transverse halves of the long, twisted loops were actually individual
descendants of previous univalents, and Mendelian principles and
laws were still resting in the limbo of neglected scientific dis¬
coveries. The theory of qualitative division was not kindly
received at the time altho the investigation on Lilium philadel¬
phicum showed not a single important break in the series until
the complete segregation of the metakinesis stage. The weight
of authority both in cytology and genetics was against such an
explanation. My paper was begun with the following words: —
“Altho a knowledge of the changes which take place in the re¬
duction nuclei of plants and animals is of the utmost importance,
and will not doubt aid more than anything else in bringing about
a correct interpretation of the facts of heredity, comparatively
little has been done in this field, and the observations that have
been reported disagree widely.”
In 1899, Paulmier3 reported a transverse or qualitative divi¬
sion for the first reduction karyokinesis while the second was
represented to be equational. These results on Anasa tristis
agreed with what I had observed in Lilium philadelphicum. It
was one of a very few thoro investigations of the times unbiased
by contrary current opinion on the subject. In June 1901, the
writer published his paper on Erythronium in which a qualitative
1. Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State
University, No. 88.
2. Schaffner, John H. The Division of the Macrospore Nucleus.
Bot. Gaz. 23: 430-452.
3. Paulmier, F. C. The Spermatogenesis of Anasa tristis. Jour, of
Morph. 15: 223-272.
Schaffner, J. H. A Contribution to the Life History and Cytology of
of Erythronium. Bot. Gaz. 31: 369-387.
5°9
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
5*0
division in the first reduction karyokinesis was again reported
essentially similar to that described for Lilium philadelphicum.
At the time this paper was written, the writer still knew nothing
of Mendelian heredity. The following statement was made in
regard to the probable individuality of univalent chromosomes in
the bivalent chromosome — “Altho there is no way known to the
writer of tracing the origin of the reduction chromosome in this
nucleus to two previous ones, theoretically one might consider it pos¬
sible that the reduction chromosome represents two normal chromo¬
somes, and the closed loop the point where the usual transverse
break should have taken place.” Namely, when the double num¬
ber of chromosomes are formed from the continuous spirem.
‘‘But such a process would necessarily result in a qualitative
division.”
That the bivalent chromosome is actually made up of a pair
of univalents, one from the maternal and one from the paternal
side, was definitely shown to be the case by Montgomery4
in 1904. Thus the general facts of the reduction division had
been worked out and there was only needed a comparison of the
results with the rediscovered Mendelian heredity. Such com¬
parisons were of course, made by many writers.
The cytological evidence may be summarized as follows:
the chromosomes are self-perpetuating bodies which have a defi¬
nite individuality of size and shape which can be recognized in
many species. This individuality is not lost or impaired when
the chromosomes spread out in the form of a network in the
resting nucleus nor when they join end to end to form a con¬
tinuous spirem. The haploid number of chromosomes represents
a normal complement or set, each of which developes a specific
attraction and unites with its corresponding or synaptic mate
in the prophases of the reduction division (synapsis period)
and each pair is segregated according to the law of chance to
the two poles of the spindle. When at a future period gametes
are formed and fertilization takes place, the univalents do not
fuse but retain their separate existence during the entire zygotic
stage of the organism. The pairing of corresponding univalents
is of fundamental importance; for without such a process heredi¬
tary ratios would be much more complicated than what they
really are, even tho the reduction division proceeded normally.
The chromosomes representing synaptic mates may have absolute¬
ly similar hereditary factors and thus be homozygous and the
4. Montgomery, Jr. T. H. Some Observations and Considerations
upon the Maturation Phenomena of the Germ Cells. Biol. Bull. G: 137-158.
See also Montgomery: The Spermatogenesis of Peripatus (Peripatop-
sis) balfouri up to the Formation of the Spermatid. Zoolog. Jahrb. 14:
1900 and Montgomery; Mitosis in Amphibia and its General Significance.
Biol. Bull. 4: 259-269, 1902.
May, 1915.]
The Chromosome Mechanism
5 1 1
race pure in respect to all hereditary phenomena resulting from
the activity of the pair, or the pair may be heterozygous in which
case Mendelian phenomena must result.
Now it will be apparent that with a definite number of chromo¬
somes whose activities during the life cycle are known it can be
determined before hand just what segregations and combinations
of hereditary factors are possible. If the chromosomes are the
only bearers of heredity, there should not be more Mendelian
segregations of two absolute, heterozygous hybrids than the per¬
mutations possible with the number of chromosomes. By an
absolute, heterozygous hybrid is meant one in which all the uni¬
valent chromosomes have at least one distinctive factor. So
a
c.
Fig. 1, a, b, c. Bivalent or reduction chromosomes from a megasporo-
cyte of Lilium philadelphicum. The two longitudinal limbs of the twisted
loop represent two univalent chromosomes, one maternal and one paternal,
fused end to end in synapsis and folded lengthwise, the synaptic joint being
at the head of the loop. Each univalent has already divided longitudinally
into two daughter chromosomes but these are not evident in the figures
which were taken from a preparation stained with a rather diffuse stain.
It was this type of chromosome which first lead the writer to the conclusion
that the reduction division is a qualitative division. The true nature of
the formation and division of these chromosomes can only be determined by
studying the preceding and subsequent stages.
far as the writer knows, the possible segregations of distinct com¬
binations have never been tested practically. In Canna (as will
appear below) which is said to have but six univalent and three
bivalent chromosomes, there would be twenty-seven possible
varieties from two original pure lines without considering possible
new characters which might appear as the result of the activity
of a heterozygous pair. This is perhaps the best plant on which
the theoretical expectation might be tested out. Unfortunately
many of the varities produce little or no seed. The hybridization
would have to be carried on between varieties giving completely
fertile offspring.
512
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
Now we can make the following possible hypotheses in regard
to heredity:
1. All the hereditary factors are in the cytoplasm and other
protoplasmic structures outside of the chromosomes.
2. Part of the hereditary factors are in the chromosomes
and part in the protoplasm outside of the chromosomes, especially
in centrosomes and plastids.
3. All the hereditary factors are resident in the chromosomes.
The last hypothesis still seems to explain all known hereditary
phenomena. It is probable, however, that all protoplasmic
structures have hereditary factors. Nevertheless, we can safely
say that all normal Mendelian heredity must have its factors in
the chromosomes alone.
Now it may easily be true that certain hereditary factors may
be resident in all of the chromosomes of a haploid set, and if the
synaptic haploids also contained the factor, it could not be segre¬
gated out in reduction. Fundamental characters may be of this
nature. A loss of part of the nucleus would not result in a loss
of essential factors. The factor may be in all but one of the
haploid set, all but two, etc., and finally in but one chromosome.
We can conceive that new' trivial or superficial factors commonly
originate in but one chromosome or in one synaptic pair and that
later the property might be acquired by other chromosomes of
the set. If only one chromosome contains the factor, the sim¬
plest kind of Mendelian phenomena will result, in breeding distinct
varities.
It is self evident that each chromosome and probably each of
its component organs contains many hereditary abilities or factors.
If two definite factors, each of which can produce a distinct
character, are in the same chromosome, the factors and characters
must be always linked until the chromosome breaks up abnormally
into new units or individuals. Such, apparently chromosome-
linked factors are well knovm.
Fundamentally, entirely independent of chromosome synapsis
and segregation are the phenomena of dominance and recessive¬
ness. These show a similarity to activity and latency of factors
as observed in the ordinary growth and life cycle. These phenom¬
ena have nothing to do with our chromosome hypothesis except
in so far as dominant and recessive factors may be shifted from
one heredity set or combination to another. Dominance and
recessiveness should come under possible control like latency and
activity. Dominance and recessiveness when compared to activ¬
ity and latency of factors do not decidedly indicate presence and
absence. From the standpoint of the chromosome hypothesis
a recessive factor may be either an absence or a presence. The
whole problem of the influences which cause, modify, or prevent
May, 1915.]
The Chromosome Mechanism
5i3
the expression of a character from a specific factor is one which
presents a marvelous field for investigation and experimentation.
The influence of the ordinary ecological factors has been studied
to some extent but not from the exact standpoint of the systematist
and geneticist. One need only consider the remarkable structures
developed in certain insect galls to be impressed with the fact, that
specific characters can be developed without any previous phytog¬
eny of the character in relation to the factor being involved. It
is evident that the same factors may give rise to very diverse types
of characters, when their immediate environment is changed.
The influence of the sexual condition and one factor or set of fac¬
tors on another may come under the same general category of
environmental influences determining expression.
On the hypothesis that the chromosomes contain the heredi¬
tary factors, the possible number of gametes and zygote combina¬
tions, giving rise to diploid individuals is given below. These results
must necessarily follow according to the law of chance so long as
the chromosomes retain their individuality, pair as synaptic mates
in reduction, and segregate and combine according to the law of
probablity.
Let x = number of chromosomes.
If x = 1 and 2x = 2;
And chromosomes a ♦ — ♦ n
( eggs
Then gametes*, or !• = a n
[ sperms !
Possible combinations = 4.
aa an na nn
Hereditary constitutions = 3
a2 an n»
If x = 2 and 2x = 4
Chromosomes a ♦ ♦ n
b t — to
Gametes \
eggs
_ a a
K ^
n n
K ~
, sperms.
D O
D O
Possible combinations
= 16, as follows
abab
aoab
nbab
noab
abao
aoao
nbao
noao
abnb
aonb
nbnb
nonb
abno
aono
nbno
nono
5H
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
Cancel similar constitutions and there are 9 combinations as
follows :
a2b2
anbo
n2b2
a2bo
a2o2
n2bo
anb2
ano2
n2o2
If x = 3 and 2x = 6;
Chromosomes a ♦
♦ n
b t
t o
C T
▼ P
The following types of gametes
are possible,
either male or
female :
a a a
n a
n n
n
b b o
b o
b o
o
c p c
c p
P c
P
Possible combinations
= 64
Cancel similar ones and there are left 27 types of chromosome
constitutions.
a2b2c2
ano2c2
a2b2cp
ano2cp
a2boc2
n2b2c2
anb2c2
n2b2cp
a2bocp
n2boc2
anb2cp
n2bocp
anboc2
a2o2p2
anbocp
ano2p2
a2b2p2
n2b2p2
a2bop2
n2bop2
anb2p2
n2o2c2
anbop2
n2o2cp
a2o2c2
n2o2p2
a2o2cp
If x = 4 and 2x = 8;
Chromosomes a ♦
—
♦ n
b t
T o
C T
—
T P
d •
—
• q
The following gametes
are
possible.
a
a
a
ana
a
a n
n
n
a
n
n
n
n
b
b
b
o b b
o
o b
b
o
o
b
o
o
o
c
c
P
c c p
P
c p
c
c
P
P
c
P
P
d
q
d
d d q
d
q d
q
d
q
q
q
d
q
In this case 256 types of matings are possible giving rise to SI
varieties of hereditary constitutions.
May, 1915.]
The Chromosome Mechanism.
5i5
If x = 5 and 2x = 10;
Chromosomes a ♦ ♦ n
b t — t o
c ▼ ▼ P
d • • q
e ■ — ■ r
The following gametes are possible :
aaaaanaaanaa
bbbbobbboobo
cccpcccppcpc
ddqdddqqdddq
ereeeereeere
aanannannnan
oobobobbooob
pppcpcpccppp
qdqqdqqqddqq
ererrerrrerr
n
a
n
n
b
0
b
b
P
c
c
c
d
d
q
d
e
r
e
r
n
n
n
n
0
0
0
0
c
P
P
P
q
d
q
q
r
r
e
r
From these 1024 combinations are possible, representing 243
constitutions.
If x = 6 and 2x = 12;
04 kinds of male or female gametes possible,
4,096 chance combinations,
representing 729 hereditary constitutions.
If x = 7 and 2x = 14;
128 kinds of gametes possible,
16,384 combinations,
representing 2187 constitutions.
If x = 8 and 2x = 16;
250 kinds of gametes,
05,530 combinations,
representing 6501 constitutions.
If x = 9 and 2x = 18;
512 kinds of gametes possible,
202, 144 combinations,
representing 19,583 constitutions.
If x = 10 and 2x = 20;
1,024 kinds of gametes possible,
1,048,576 combinations,
representing 58,749 constitutions.
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
516
If x = 11 and 2x - 22;
2,048 kinds of gametes possible,
4,194,304 combinations,
representing 176,247 constitutions.
If x = 12 and 2x - 24;
4,096 kinds of male or female gametes possible,
16,777,216 combinations,
representing 528,741 actual constitutions, or over half a
million.
The presence of an allosome, which may contain hereditary
factors, complicates the results of Mendelian segregation and
probably is the cause, at least in many cases, of sex-limited char¬
acters. That the factors are not to be regarded as sex-linked
becomes obvious in such a case as color-blindness in man. For
there are both color-blind men and women, but thru the reduction
mechanism by which the allosomes are segregated and the new
combinations brought about during fertilization, thru the in¬
fluence of the sex determination of the egg, it happens that many
more males show the color blind character than females. If we
assume differential attraction between eggs and sperms and if
there is an accessory chromosome or allosome in man and if the
factor for color-blindness is associated with this chromosome, then
it would follow that a color blind man mated with a normal
woman could have no color-blind children because the two types
of eggs would be normal and the egg determined as female would
attract the sperms containing the allosome (i. e. having the color¬
blind factor) and this would give but a single dose which is not
sufficient to produce the color-blind character in the female.
The egg determined with male condition would attract only sperms
without the allosome; therefore, all the males would be normal,
but the color-blind female having a double dose would produce
eggs, all of which, whether determined as male or female, would
have the color-blind factor in the allosome, and if mated with
normal, the sons would all be color-blind, because a single dose
produces the color-blind character under the influence of the
male condition. The daughters would be normal having only a
single dose, which as stated, is not sufficient to develop the color¬
blind character in the presence of the female condition in the
cells of the body. These suppositions agree with the observed
facts. It also comes about that in hybridizing individuals,
which may have a specific factor in the allosome, different degrees
of the character may be shown because a double dose may give a
greater degree of the character than a single dose. If the male
May, 1915.]
The Chromosome Mechanisvi.
5i7
has one allosome and the female two, the highest efficiency char¬
acter may appear to be transmitted only thru the male simply be¬
cause the female cannot get the double dose of favorable allosomes
except from a male. It is probable also that there are sex-limited
characters whose factors are not in the allosome. In such cases
the male of female condition modifies the activity of the factor.
Besides the segregating results due to normal cell divisions there
is, of course, the possibility of irregular segregations and the fusion
of parts of one chromosome with another. Irregularities in re¬
duction and vegetative karyokineses may thus produce funda¬
mental changes in heredity. Irregularities may be of three gen¬
eral types.
a. The chromosomes may be doubled from the previous
number of the species, probably thru failure of a reduction
division.
b. Increase or decrease of the usual number may be brought
about by some of the chromosomes being left behind on the
spindle, or by the entire synaptic pair or the daughter halves
being pulled to one pole
c. Material from one chromosome may possibly be trans¬
ferred to another when fused ends of two univalents are pulled
apart in the reduction metakinesis and material belonging to one
chromosome might also be detached and drawn into another
during the protochromosome stage of reduction.
The question of the origin of an hereditary factor in a chromo¬
some or the absolute loss of a factor involves a consideration of
the mechanism, and the chemical, physical and vital properties
of the chromosomes about which we know little or nothing at the
present time. But that the chromosome itself is a mechanism
apparently as complex in its own way as the nucleus itself is
revealed by the microscope even with present methods. What
further complications may exist until the larger chemical units
are reached can only be conjectured. There is also a possibility
that the mosaic arrangement of the chromosomes in the zygote
may influence the expression of hereditary factors and the arrange¬
ment and adjustment of chromatin granules and any other struc¬
tures present in the linin plasm may have something to do with
the peculiar hereditary properties or abilities manifested by living
matter.
518
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
SUMMARY.
The normal hereditary mechanism then of the chromosomes
acts as follows:
1. The chromosomes normally function as individuals and are
segregated as such at each karyokinesis.
2. The chromosomes do not conjugate or fuse, nor does their
material mix in the fertilization stage; but each chromosome is
carried thru the zygote stage of the organism as a definite indi¬
vidual.
3. In the reduction division, the chromosomes show them¬
selves to be definitely paired; and the 2x number of the zygotic
individual represents two definite sets or complements of chromo¬
somes, each one of the one set having its corresponding synaptic
mate in the other. A specific attraction develops between each
pair of synaptic mates during the prophases of reduction resulting
in an end to end fusion in pairs and a subsequent folding side by
side, so that a bivalent chromosome represents synaptic univalents
fused longitudinally at least in the ordinary elongated types of
chromosomes.
4. The segregation of the univalents during reduction is
according to the law of chance; therefore, each daughter cell
receives a full (x) complement of univalents, some of the set being
descendants of those brought into the zygote by the parent egg
and some by the sperm.
5. These processes are in harmony with the observed phenom¬
ena of Mendelian heredity.
CORRECTION
The list of Insect Galls of Cedar Point (Ohio Naturalist,
December, 1914) is in error as follows:
P. 3S1— Andricus futilis O. S. should doubtless be Dryophanta
papula Bassett.
P. 382- Holcaspis globulus Fitch was found on Quercus
macrocarpa instead of Q. imbricaria.
I am indebted to Mr. L. H. Weld of Evanston, Ill., for these
corrections.
Paul B. Sears.
BURIED STREAM CHANNELS AT THE BASE OF THE PENN¬
SYLVANIAN SYSTEM IN SOUTHEASTERN OHIO.1
C. R. SCHROYER.
Contents :
Introduction,
Description of the contact at the north,
Description of channels,
Channel south of Logan,
Channel south of Beyer,
Evidences of a continuous system.
Numerous and marked irregularities are present at the top
of the Mississippian strata in Ohio. Professor C. F. Lamb finds
the surface a series of north-south ridges with alternating depres¬
sions in northeastern Ohio.2 Dr. J. J. Stevenson, collecting the
scattered evidence for a wider area has interpreted this surface as
the effect of a wide spread subasrial erosion.3
It seems worth while to add some observations made in south¬
eastern Ohio. Over wide areas the contact is very regular; so
much so that, were it not for the general difference of the strata
above from that below, it might be taken for a bedding plane.
Minor irregularities do occur but only by careful search and com¬
parison of elevations can evidence be found of a time break as
long as this one appears to have been.
THE CONTACT A LEVEL PLANE AT THE NORTH.
The contact between these two systems is almost a level plane
from Newark to Logan, crossing Licking, Perry, and Fairfield
Counties. The regularity may be inferred from the fact that in
an east -west section of twenty-two miles extending west from White
Cottage past Mt. Perry, the base of the Pennsylvanian strata
lowers 420 feet to the east and in the twenty-two exposures studied
not a single one shows a counter dip. Another section along the
National Road from Amsterdam on the west to Gratiot at the east
shows a regular eastward inclination of about 19 feet to the mile.
If this be extended eastward to where the Waverly goes under
in the Licking River at Dillon, it gives a relief of 400 feet in 18p2
miles or 21.6 feet to the mile. This inclination approaches the
reported dip of the bed rock.
1. Published by permission of the Director of the Ohio Geological
Survey.
Partial abstract of the material offered as a Master's thesis at
Ohio State University.
2. Jour, of Geol., Vol. 19, p. 104, 1911.
3. Bull. Geol. Soc. of America. Papers in Vol’s. 14, 15, 17, and 18.
5i9
520
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
n- SECTION AT MEAD OE GIG RUN
B- SECTION IN HAY HOLLOW ONE
MILE NORTH.
A
r/'obo'y?.
39'
■Sharon C On^to m era/e.
* UNO ONFORMirr
Lagan Formation .
Guff fo darA sAa/e.
and sandston e
B
32J
Co rer- ec/
Scattered over the
covered slop e.
/o'
Cong fame rafe and
chertg b/o cAs- 38
C o vered
r— SO
[-2 posed tn c/iff
at head of hot/oVJ.
Chertg and quartz,
pebhtes /n a huf¬
fish sandstone-
UN CON FORM I T Y&
E/re b/ae sAa/e f
and Sondes ton e.
fo:. ".- :. - c
“..ddd.oN..
tafdc
8
rB /u ijA - dnoA f /aAy
[jho/e
>S actions showing the rnarAed r-e//ef of
f/re eros/on p/one and /he sabsequenf
fit/ iffy °f dharon Cong! ome rate..
May, 1915.]
Buried Stream Channels.
52 1
THE CHANNEL SOUTH OF LOGAN.
South of Logan the regularity is broken by the scar of a buried
channel It extends in an east and southeast direction across the
south central part of Falls Township, Hocking County and can
be first distinctly seen along a west tributary to Dry Run. After
meeting that stream farther east it turns south past the junction
with Scott Creek finally burying itself under a continuous blanket
of Pennsylvanian rocks one mile north of the village of Ewing.
This channel is clearly marked by the filling — a coarse quartz
sandstone usually stained a reddish brown by the weathering of
the iron cement. Occasional well-rounded quartz pebbles may
be found. The depression extends as a distinct channel for a
distance of four miles, its width changing from place to place,
due both to variations in the original channel and the depth to
which the filling has been removed by recent erosion. At one
place it is 400 yards ; where Scott Creek has cut well down into the
filling it is but little over 150 yards wide.
The exact depth was not obtained but from the general level
of the basal sandstone beyond the borders of the channel to the
lowest exposed rock of the same character is a vertical distance of
over 100 feet. At the north a small tributary to Dry Run has cut
down to the Waverly almost half way across the channel. Judging
from this the bottom is not far below. The elevation is near
779 feet above sea level, while the lowest exposure to the south is
below 755 feet, indicating a southward gradient. Just above the
junction of Dry Run with Scott Creek buff colored Waverly shales
were found in grave diggings; across the road to the west coarse
iron-stained sandstone forms the bed of the present stream,
giving a relief of 55 feet in little over twice that distance hori¬
zontally.
The abrupt curve in its course, the depth of the depression and
the steepness of the slopes at the sides are strong evidences of the
action of meteoric waters.
THE CHANNEL SOUTH OF BYER.
Another buried valley may be found one mile south of Byer,
the station at the junction of the Baltimore and Ohio Southwestern
and the Cincinnati, Hamilton and Dayton Railroads. It crosses
the present valley of Pigeon Creek where that stream receives
the second tributary from the west. The direction is a little south
of west or north of east but only along the sides of this valley
is the depression distinctly visible. In these outcrops it is a
cross-bedded quartz conglomerate enclosed on each side by drab
to gray argillaceous shales and sandstones. Surface weathering
has worn away the less resistent material thus exposing the coarse
conlomerate filling on the east bank of Pigeon Creek. There, in
522
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
a small ravine, a wall of conglomerate may be found opposite
slopes covered by weathered Waverly. At the head of the ravine
the highest Waverly is almost 100 feet above the level of Pigeon
Creek where the conglomerate forms the bed of that stream.
Across from this ravine layer after layer of horizontal argillaceous
shales and sandstones end abruptly against the filling of cross-
bedded conglomerate and sandstone. Usually the outer edges
of the beds show a slight slumping or bowing downward as if the
overlying filling had compressed them after they had been exposed
to erosion. The south boundary is less definitely marked but
the width is about 200 yards. But a very thin coating and in
many places no trace of pebbles may be found outside this channel.
EVIDENCES POINTING TO A CONTINUOUS STREAM SYSTEM.
Such sections seem to imply that the pebbles of the conglom¬
erate were borne largely by strong surging currents restricted with¬
in the channels themselves. These currents would most likely
be found in a continuous system of channels and although hidden
in many places by the overlying Pennsylvanian strata, traces of
such a system can be found. At Richland Furnace two miles
northeast of the conglomerate outcrops last mentioned the coarse
sandstone and basal conglomerate lowers from S12 feet above sea
level on the west and 762 on the east to below the 700 feet contour.
Pebbly beds may be found below the Baltimore and Ohio South¬
western Railroad at that place, while on either side they rise to
the heights mentioned.
West and south traces of this line of conglomerate filling are
exposed along Glade Run, and at Canter’s Cave three and a half
miles soutwest it forms vertical cliffs from which large caverns
have been worn by weathering. Such conglomerate walls con¬
tinue south to Jackson where they form the well-known Jackson
Conglomerate area. The conglomerate there becomes more
general but its thickness still varies.
Tributaries join this system from the west. A definite and
well marked line of conglomerate ledges extends northwest for
a distance of over seven miles. The present elevation of the bed
of this channel above sea level is as follows :
890 feet at the exposure south of Hay Hollow
840 feet at the head of Hay Hollow
807 feet in the first large hollow west of Big Rock
742 feet at the base of Big Rock
690 feet at the head of Pigeon Creek where the base of the
conglomerate goes under.
In all, this gives a relief of 200 feet in less than 6 miles. After
allowing for the gentle southeast dip of about 25 feet to the mile
a gradient of 30 to 50 feet still remains. This conglomerate is
May, 1915.]
Meeting of Biological Club.
523
bounded on the north by a ridge of Waverly which rises as much
as 100 feet above the bed of the channel. On the south at Linn
Post Office the contact is at an elevation of about 1000 feet above
sea level; at the Pike-Jackson County boundary line, 900 feet
on the north and 950 feet on the south. The structure sections
show the relation and comparative elevation of the contact at
Linn and in Hay Hollow one mile north. The whole depression
is filled with a quartz conglomerate over a thin bed of cherty
breccia in some of the deeper places. This filling rises over the
sides of the valley but may form only a thin coating. Within
the channel the thickness ranges from 160 feet at the west to 250
feet at the east.
Another tributary is outlined by a line of conglomerate capped
hills extending west across Marion, Union and into Scioto Town¬
ship of Pike County. After turning south across the pre-glacial
valley of the Teays River conglomerate ledges rise 80 feet above
the valley of Dry Run and 67 feet at the White Gravel Church.
Beyond that place the conglomerate thins, a result evidently of a
widening of the channel and a lowering of its gradient.
MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Orton Hall, Dec. 7, 1914.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Dr. Seymour,
and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Dr. F. H. Brown, Miss Mary Oliver, Don B. Whelan, and D.
M. DeLong were elected to membership in the society.
The names of H. D. Chase, Vernon Haber, W. T. Owry, R.
C. Smith, F. H. Smith, J. R. Smith, W. S. Krout, H. J. Reinhard,
D. D. Leyda, R. C. Baker, W. E. Laughlin, C. W. Hauck, John
Eckert, Oliver Gossard, J. R. Stear, R. A. Knouff, E. H. Baxter,
F. F. Searle, H. G. Cutler, and Adolph Waller were proposed for
membership in the club.
The program of the evening consisted of two interesting papers :
“The Inheritance for Yellow, White, and Cream Colors in Guinea
Pigs’’ by Prof. Barrows and “Some New Ideas in Fertilization”
by Prof. Landacre.
The club then adjourned.
Carl J. Drake, Secretary'.
524
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 7,
“Plant Breeding”1 by Professor L. H. Bailey has been
revised and brought up to date by Professor A. W. Gilbert of Cor¬
nell University. The book as it now appears is a great improve¬
ment over previous editions. One of its very commendable
features in Appendix E which gives specific directions for labora¬
tory and field work. Altho quite thorolv revised there are still
some of the ear marks of the old views left which do not always
coincide with the newer ones. It would perhaps have been
better to have written an entirely new book.
There are a few errors which might have been avoided if the
copy had been read more closely. On page 112, pumpkin is given
as Cucurbita pepo and the squash as Cucurbita maxima, while
on page 129 squashes are said to be Cucurbita pepo.
It is very unfortunate that pollen-grains are contrasted with
eggs cells, as if the word pollen-grain were synonymous with sperm
cell. Such a mistake in terminology, as has been pointed out by
various writers, can only lead to confusion. Some gymnosperms
have as high as 16 sperms in the male gametophyte. Each one
of the two sperms of the pollen grain of angiosperms has a separate
effect in heredity, one going to fertilize the egg and the other
uniting with the two polar nuclei. How could one possibly
make clear the checkered arrangement of the endosperm of hybrid
com, if no distinction is made between a male gametophyte of
three cells and the single cell of a true spermatozoid ?
When it comes to a matter of plant genetics no middle ground
is possible; the old morphological terminology is false, as it was
invented when fundamentally erroneous notions were held in
regard to many of the essential structures of plants.
What we need, is to follow the terminology of modem cytolog-
ists and morphologists and all confusion will be avoided.
J. H. S.
1. Plant Breeding, by L. H. Bailey. New edition revised by Arthur
W. Gilbert, Ph. D., professor of plant-breeding, in the New York State
College of Agriculture at Cornell University. Pp. xviii+474; 113 illus. The
Rural Science Series (edited by L. H. Bailey); The Macmillan Company,
New York, 1915. Price $2.00 net.
Date of Publication, May 10, 1915.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bucher Engraving' Co.,
57-59-61 East Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH^ & GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
Whan writing to advertisers, pleats mention the “ Ohio Naturalist/*
The Ohio State University
COLUMBUS
WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, President.
Ten Colleges and a Graduate School
College of Agriculture
College of Arts, Philosophy and Science
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Homeopathic Medicine
College of Law
College of Medicine
College of Dentistry
College of Pharmacy
College of Veterinary Medicine
Graduate School
Summer Session (Eight weeks)
For general information, catalogue, or special bulletin de¬
scribing each college, with fees and announcement of courses
Address:
L. E. WOLFE, Secretary Entrance Board,
THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
Volume XV.
JUNE,
1915
Number 8,
THE
OHIO NATURALIST
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE
Official Organ of the OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE and
BIOLOGICAL CLUB of the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
*
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Annual Subscription Price, $1.00 Single Number, 15 Cents
Entered at the Post.Offiice at Columlms, Ohio, as Second-Class Matter.
The Ohio Naturalist
and Journal of Science
A Journal devoted more especially to the Natural History of Ohio.
The Official Organ of The Ohio Academy of Science and The Biological Club of thb
Ohio State University. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers). Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance.
To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.
Editor-in-Chief . John H. Schaffner
Business Manager , . James S. Hine
Associate Editors
Wm. M. Barrows, Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,
Robt. F. Griggs, Botany, J. C. Hambleton, Ornithology,
W. C. Morse, Geology, T. M. Hn.ES, Physiography.
Advisory Board
Herbert Osborn, John H. Schaffner,
Charees S. Prosser.
The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.
In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.
By a special arrangement with the Ohio Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.
The first fourteen volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.
Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.
Address THE OHIO NATURALIST,
Ohio Academy ol Science Publications.
First and Second Annual Reports . Price 30 cts. each
Third and Fourth Annual Reports . Price 25 cts. each
Fifth to Sixteenth Annual Reports . Price 20 cts. each
Seventeenth Annual Report . .' . Price 40 cts. each
SPECIAL PAPERS
1. Sandusky Flora, pp. 167. E. L. Moseley . 60 cts.
S. The Odonata of Ohio. pp. 118. David S. Kelucott . 60 cts.
8. The Pregfikial Drainage of Ohio. pp. 76. W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownockeb, J. H.
Todd and Gerard Fowke . 60 cts.
4. The Fishes of Ohio. pp.-105. Raymond C. Osbubn . 60 cts.
5. Tabanidae of Ohio. pp. 63. James S. Hine . 60 cts.
6. The Birds of Ohio. pp. 241. Ltnds Jones . 76 cts.
7. Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie, pp. 96. Thomas A. Bonseb . 60 cte.
8. The Coccidae of Ohio. I, pp. 66. James G. Sanders . 60 cts.
0. Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio. pp. 64. Max Morse . 60 cts.
10. Ecological Study of Brush Lake. pp. 20. J. H. Schattneb, Otto E. Jennings, Feed
J. Ttxeb . 35 eta.
11. The Willows of Ohio. pp. 60. Robeht F. Griggs . 50 cts.
12. Land and Fresh-water Molluscs of Ohio. pp. 35. V. Sterki . 50 cts.
18. The Protozoa of Sandusky Bay and Vicinity. F. L. Landacre . 60 cts.
14. Discomycetes in the Vicinity of Oxford, Ohio. pp. 64. Freda M. Bachman . 60 cts.
15. Trees of Ohio and Surrounding Territory, pp. 122. John H. Schaitneb . 75 cto.
16. The Pteridophytes of Ohio. pp. 41. John H. Schaitneb . 60 cts.
17. Fauna of the Maxrille Limestone, pp. 65. W. C. Mouse.... . 60 eta.
18. The Agaricaceae of Ohio. pp. 116. W. G. Stoveb . 75 cts.
16. An Ecological Study of Buckeye Lake. pp. 138. Fbedebica Detmebs . 75 cts.
Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio Academy of Science. Page Hall, Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio.
The Ohio JJ^aturalist,
and Journal of Science
PUBLISHED BY
The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.
LWKAUr
NKVV \ OKS
hotanicah
*A KUEN.
Volume XV. JUNE, 1915. No. 8.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Jaiiues — The Fish-feeding Coleoptera of Cedar Point . 525
Osborn and Drake — Records of Guatemalan Hemiptera-Heteroptera with Description
of New Species . 529
Brown — Variation in the Size of Ray Pits of Conifers . 542
Melchers— Root-knot or Eelworm Attacks, New Hosts . 551
Drake— Meetings of the Biological Club . . . . 556
THE FISH-FEEDING COLEOPTERA OF CEDAR POINT.
H. E. Jaques.
The writer made numerous observations of the fish feeding
Coleoptera of Cedar Point during a period of eight weeks in the
summer of 1912. In the following summer the work was taken
up in a more systematic way and efforts made to secure data as
to the number of species feeding on fish, their life histories, food
habits, and other items of interest.
A recital of the numerous experiments that resulted in no defi¬
nite knowledge would be both tedious and unprofitable. To this
class then will be assigned the repeated efforts to secure eggs of the
several species by dissection and breeding cages, and the many
attempts to carry larval forms thru the remaining stages to
adulthood.
Fish of various sizes and species are cast up by the waves on
the lake side of the Point at more or less regular intervals in large
quantities. Herms* in June, 1906, counted and weighed the
fish cast up from 5 P. M. to 4 A. M. of one night, along a mile of
this beach. His report shows a total of 53S fish representing
some 8 or 10 species and totaling in weight 20.38 kilograms. In
a few days these are reduced to bones and scales. The forces
exerting the most active part in this act of sanitation are the dry¬
ing influence of the sun, the absorbing power of the sand, the oc¬
casional bird visitor, and the very abundant forms of insect life
* Herms. Jour. Exp. Zool. IV, 45-83.
525
526
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
always found associated with the dead fish. Members of the
Diptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, and Hymenoptera have been
observed in this association. The first two orders named are by
far the most abundant, both in number of species and individuals.
Of these the Diptera usually far outnumber the Coleptera in num¬
ber of individuals, the only four species*, Lucilia caesar Linne,
Compsomyia macellaria Fabr. ; Sarcophaga sarraceniae Riley, and
Sarcophaga assidua Walker, all members of the family Sarcopha-
gidae, are at all common. Diptera are universally present in the
larval stage and usually in large number while with few exceptions,
as mentioned, later, the Coleoptera found associated with the
dead fish are in the adult stage. This makes the Diptera of first
importance in removing the frequent accumulation of fish. Twen¬
ty-one species of Coleoptera in all, as follows, were found by the
writer associated with dead fish and apparently feeding thereon:
Silphidce
Necrophorus americanus Oliv.
Necrophorus orbicollis Say.
Necrophorus tomentosus Weber
Silpha surinamensis Fab.
Silpha inaequalis Fab.
Silpha americana Linn.
Staphylinidce
Leistotrophus cingulatus Grav.
Creophilus villosus Grav.
Philonthus aeneus Rossi.
DermestidcB
Dermestes caninus Germ.
Dermestes vulpinus Fab.
Histeridce
Hister imunis E.
Hister abbreviatus Fab.
Saprinus lugens Erichs.
Saprinus pennsylvanicus Payls.
Saprinus assimilis Payls.
Saprinus fratemus Say.
Saprinus patruelis Lee.
Mitidulidce
Omosita colon Linn.
Scarabceidee
Onthophagus hecate Panz.
Trox scabrosus Beauv.
It was thought that the Coleopterous scavangers might be
most active at night while retiring to more secluded hiding places
by day. This was disproven by night trips with lantern, when
Coleoptera were found in no greater numbers than by day, except
Trox scabrosus Beauv. This last named species was usually
found in large numbers clumsily wading thru the sand, and leaving
their paths as irregular lines running in every direction. When
approached they play “possum” and easily pass for pebbles.
Their frequency at fish by night, however, did not show a marked
increase over that of the day.
One or more of the larval forms of this species may be found in
their burrows in the sand a few inches under many of the fish, and
are sometimes found under boards on the fish strewn beach.
None were observed feeding, however, either by night or day.
Early in the period of observation it was found that fish
removed from the beach to shaded places under the trees drew
coleoptera in much larger number and representing more species,
June, 1915.] Fish-feeding Coleoptera of Cedar Point.
527
than fish remaining on the beach. For a period of six weeks a
number of “traps” made by covering several fish with boards
were maintained at different places on the Point, and kept in
continual operation by frequently adding fresh supplies of fish.
Other traps similar in structure were moved from place to place
every few days. It was found that location had much to do with
the number of individuals present, and that the traps maintained
in regions of the deepest shade were most productive. Within
certain limits the number of individuals and species increased with
the age of the trap. In these traps larval forms of the families,
Silphidae, Staphy-linidae and Dermestidae were frequent. In the
aggregate members of the Histeridae were represented in larger
numbers as adults than any other family, but their larvae were
never present.
During the early morning of July 25th, while making a trip
along the beach two carp were found, weighing about two pounds
each, not more than fifty feet apart, that had just been cast up
by the waves Over one a box 14”xl8" was turned, protecting
the fish from the sun and the birds. The afternoon of the 28th
the box was removed and the sand for a radius of two feet from
the fish and to a depth of about a foot was carefully sifted and the
astonishing number of 1310 adult Hister beetles, practically all
of them Saprinus pennsylvanicus Payk were taken. Most of
these we found a few inches under the fish in the sand made wet
with the juices. Accompanying these were nine adult Dermestes
caninus Germ. To these might be added the five beetles taken
from the stomach of a small toad found under the box buried in
the sand. Only one of the five, however, was a fish feeder, it
being Saprinus pennsylvanicus. Hundreds of Dipteron larvae
were present, but not the slightest trace of beetle larvae save one
of Trox scabrosus.
The sand around the unprotected fish of some size and kind,
already mentioned, was sifted but the result was the same as that
found at other unprotected fish examined at different times.
Of the beetles found at such times the Histers predominated in
numbers with an occasional member of the Staphylinidae and one
or two larval forms of Trox scabrosus. No other larval forms
of coleoptera were found, the fly larvae were always found in large
number. The total number of beetles found in these unprotected
fish never exceeded 100 and averaged about 50.
Some writers suggest that the Hister beetles instead of being
carrion feeders may be predaceous, feeding on the larvae of flies
universally present in carrion. Several experiments in which
adult Histers were confined with fly larvae for several days with
and without other food failed to show one case where a fly larva
sacrificed its life to the Hister beetles. On July 31st, however,
the writer saw two adults of Silpha americana eating fly larvae
528
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
about 3 mm. in length. This feeding continued for some time
under observation. As they walked about they would pass exposed
parts of the fish to eat at piles of larva;. Two or three larvae
would be taken up at one time and eaten with apparent relish.
By way of comparing fish and other carrion as food for these
forms, the body of a cat was used as bait in a trap. When ex¬
amined 17 Silpha americana were taken while a few others escaped.
In the same morning but two beetles of the same species were found
in a trap baited with fish twice as bulky in quantity as the cat
and located in adjacent territory.
From these rather rambling observations the following con¬
clusions may be drawn.
1 . Coleoptera are of only secondary consideration in reducing
the fish debris of Cedar Point.
2. They are most active in damp shaded places and resort to
fish of the sun-heated beach only of necessity.
3. While associated with the fish on the beach they are eaten
in large quantities by the sand pipers and other shore birds and
doubtless must draw new recruits from more protected places
to preserve their balance.
4. The larval forms, the Trox excepted, if fish feeding do not
appear on the beach during June and July.
5. With a number of these forms fish is not their first choice
as food.
6. The Hister beetles on the beach probably feed on neither
the flesh of fish nor fly larvae but on the juices escaping from the
decaying fish.
RECORDS OF GUATEMALAN HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA
WITH DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES *
Herbert Osborn and Carl J. Drake.
The Guatemalan Hemiptera-Heteroptera listed and the new
species described in this paper were collected by Prof. Jas. S.
Hine during the winter of 1905. Altho most of the records re¬
corded herein are found in the “Biologia Centrali Americana”
and confirm the records of Messrs. Distant and Champion,
several are new to Guatemala and Honduras, some to Central
America, and a few to science.
Nearly all of the aquatic and semi-aquatic Heteroptera were
turned over to Mr. J. R. de la Torre Bueno who has published a
preliminary paper* 1 on the same. A paper2 covering part of the
Homoptera was published by the senior author, but some of this
material remains in the university collection for further study.
Family Corixid.e.
Tenagobia socialis F. B. White.
One specimen: Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 18th, 1905.
Family Nepid.®.
Ranatra fusca Palisot de Beauvois.
Two typical specimens, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala,
Jan. 16th, 1905.
Family Belostomid.e.
Belostoma annulipes Herrich-Schaffer.
One specimen: Los Amates, Guatemala, Jan. 16th, 1905.
Abedus breviceps Stal.
One specimen: Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 14th, 1905.
Zaitha anura Herrich-Schaffer.
One specimen: Los Amates, Guatemala, Jan. 16th, 1905.
Zaitha fusciventris Dufour.
One specimen: Los Amates, Guatemala. Feb. 16th, 1905.
Family Gelastocorid^:.
Pelogonus perbosci Guerin.
Several specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Los
Amates, Feb. 16th; Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d. 1905.
Gelastocoris oculatus Fabricius.
Five specimens of this common and widely distributed species
from Guatemala ; Gualan, Jan. 14th ; Aguas Callientes, Jan. 28, 1905.
* Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Entomology of the
Ohio State University, No. 40.
1 Ohio Naturalist, Vol. VIII, No. 8, p. 370-382.
2 Ohio Naturalist, Vol. IX. No. 5, p. 457-466.
529
53°
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
Family Saldid^e.
Saida opacipennis Champion.
A large series, evidently a common insect in Guatemala:
Gualan, Jan. 14th, 1905. The female is larger and broader than
the male and has a white spot at the base of the elytra. The
genital segment is slightly produced in the middle; whitish on
the borders and most of the posterior third.
Family Reduviid;£.
Saica apicalis n. sp.
Similar to S. fuscipes Stal, but with the apices of the femora, base of
tibiae, and spines on the pronotum, prothorax, and scutellum vermillion-
red.
Antennae as long as the body; basal segment nearly as long as the other
three conjoined; second segment one-third as long as the first; third segment
twice the length of the second; fourth one-half the length of the third; first
and second segments straight; the third and fourth slender and curved.
Anterior and intermediate legs nearly equal in length; posterior legs longer
with the femora passing the end of the abdomen. Legs and antennae clothed
with long fine hairs. The anterior femora with an outer and inner row of
setae quite regularly placed.
Color. Head, thorax, abdomen, rostrum, base of antennae, coxae,
trochanter, base and apex of femora, costa, veins of hemelytra and base of
tibiae vermillion-red. Antennae, femora except base and apex, tibiae except
base and apex, posterior portion of abdomen, blackish or infuscated. Legs
blackish, apex of tarsi and tibiae of fore and middle legs fusco-ochraceous.
Tarsi only of posterior legs fusco-ochraceous.
c? . Penultimate segment short and surpassed by the margin of the ante¬
penultimate. Terminal segment tumid, with long incurved claspers, dense¬
ly haired, acute at tip.
9 . Genital segments triangular, rounded below, with a central supra-
anal plate covering the larger part. The lateral lobes narrow, their apices
and borders of vulvar openings densely haired.
Length c? and 9 13 to 13.5 mm, width c? and 9 2 mm.
One cf and four $ , taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb.
18th to 28th, 1908.
PStenopoda culiciformis Fabricius.
One nymph, taken Jan. 15th, 1905 at Gualan, Guatemala.
Conorhinus dimidiatus Latreille.
One specimen, belonging to the variety C. maculipennis
Stal as recognized by Champion: Santa Lucia, Guatemala, Feb.
1st, 1905.
Sirthenea carinata Fabricius.
One adult and two nymphs from Guatemala: Morales,
March 8th; Gualan, Jan. 14, and Feb. 15, 1905. This conspicuous
and well-marked species ranges from Ohio to the southern part of
South America.
Apiomerus moestus Stal.
One specimen, taken at Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March
3rd, 1905.
June, 1915.] Guatemalan H emipter a-Heteropter a.
531
Zelus rubidus Lepelletier et Serville.
One specimen, taken Jan. 14th, 1905 at Gualan, Guatemala.
Zelus cervicalis Stal.
c? and $ , taken Jan. 14th, 1905 at Gualan, Guatemala. This
seems to be a rather variable insect. In color the d agrees with
Z. Icevicollis Champion but lacks the tooth on the lateral angles
of the pronotum. In the $ the color markings on the post¬
ocular portion of the head are not very distinct and there are no
spines on the pronotum; the legs are much darker than in the
male. A large series of these two forms will probably prove
Z. Icevicollis Champion to be a variety of this species with a slight¬
ly prominent tooth on the lateral angles of the pronotum.
Ricolla simillima Stal.
A large series of this common insect from Guatemala : Gualan,
Jan. 14th; Los Amates, Jan. 17th and Feb. ISth to 28th; Puerto
Barrios, March 3d to 14th. One specimen, taken at San Pedro,
Honduras, Feb. 21st, 1905.
Repipta taurus Fabricius.
Five specimens from Guatemala: Gualan , Jan. 14th; Los
Amates, Feb. 18th; Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Repipta flavicans Amvot and Serville.
Three specimens from Guatemala; Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d;
Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905. One specimen, collected at
San Pedro, Honduras, Feb. 21st, 1905.
Repipta nigronotata Stal.
One specimen, taken March 3d, 1905 at Puerto Barrios,
Guatemala.
Atrachelus cinereus Fabricius.
Four specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14; Santa
Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Sinea sp.
One nymph; Los Amates, Guatemala.
Sinea caudata Champion.
One specimen, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Sinea raptoria Stal.
Two specimens, taken at Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 14, 1905.
Family Emesid^e.
Emesa longipes De Geer. ,
Five specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Maza-
tenango, Feb. 3d, 1905.
Ghilianella ignorata Dohm.
One specimen, taken Feb. 5th, 1905 at Los Amates, Guate¬
mala.
532
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
Stenolaemus spiniventris Signoret.
One specimen: Los Amates, Guatemala, Jan. 17th, 1905.
This species is apparently very rare and, although not hitherto
recorded for Guatamala, this confirms the record of its occur¬
rence in Central America.
Family Anthocorid.e.
Asthenidea nebulosa Uhler.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Feb. 25th,
1905.
Family Capsids.
Trachelomiris oleosus Distant.
A large series of this common insect. Guatemala: Santa
Lucia, Feb. 2d; Mazatenango, Feb. 3rd; Gualan, Feb. 13th;
Los Amates, Feb. 18th and March 18th to 28th; Puerto Barrios,
March 3d, 1905 Honduras: Feb. 21st to March 8th. 1905.
Jobertus chryselectrus Distant.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d;
Los Amates, Feb. 25th, 1905.
Creontiades rubrinervus Stal.
One specimen from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Eioneus bilineatus Distant.
One specimen, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, Jan. 17th,
1905.
Resthenia latipennis Stal.
A fine series from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Santa
Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905. One specimen from Honduras; San Pedro,
Feb. 21st, 1905. The series contains the typical and varietal
forms as figured by Distant, also specimens with the pale colora¬
tion being more ochraceous than red. The different color patterns
gradually merge into each other.
Resthenia vitticeps Stal.
One specimen, taken March 3d, 1905 at Puerto Barrios,
Guatemala.
Resthenia persignanda Distant.
Nine specimens from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Compsocerocoris annulicornis Reuter.
Three specimens of this very variable species. Guatemala;
Los Amates, Feb. 25th, 1905. Honduras; Feb. 21st, 1905.
Neurocolpus mexicanus Distant.
One specimen, taken at Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 14th, 1905.
June, 1915.] Guatemalan Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
533
Pappus breviceps n. sp.
Approaching P. sordidus Distant, but with the third and fourth antennal
segments very short. Length 4.5 mm. Width 1.25 mm.
Head short, deflected; tylus prominent, polished black; eyes prominent.
Pronotum slightly constricted in front of the middle; with two elevated
lobes anteriorly, scarcely punctured; posterior portion coarsely punctate.
Scutellum minutely transversely rugulose-punctate. The clavus and corium
coarsely punctate. Posterior part of pronotum, scutellum, and hemelytra
with sparse, minute, decumbent hairs. Antennae with the first segment
enlarging at the apex, scarcely longer than the head; second segment mod¬
erately thick, slender at base, and slightly incrassated towards apex, dis¬
tinctly pilose, and three times as long as the first; third segment enlarging
at the apex, much shorter than the first; fourth segment inflated, subequal
to the third in length.
Color. Antennae, eyes, and spot on the meta- and mesopleura black.
Head, pronotum, and corium ochraceous and shaded with fuscous. The
front of the head with about six transverse reddish arcs. Prothorax with a
transverse band before the middle, in the depression reddish-fuscous; a
submarginal band at base and extending forward on the sides fuscous.
Scutellum blackish at the sides, with a central obscure ochraceous stripe.
Membrane fuscous. Legs yellow; femora with a reddish-fuscous band near
the apex; an indistinct band beyond the middle of the tibiae and the tarsi
fuscous.
Described from a single example, taken at Los Amates, Guate¬
mala, Feb. 18th, 1905.
This species seems to be included in the genus Pappus as de¬
scribed by Distant, but differs somewhat in the proportional
length of the antennal segments and in the shorter and more
rounded front of the head.
Garganus albidivittis Stal.
A large series from Guatemala: Santa Lucia. Feb. 2d; Maz-
atenango, Feb. 3d; Los Amates, Feb. 18th to 28th. Honduras;
San Pedro, Feb. 21st, 1905.
Genus Isoproba gen. nov.
Head globose and connected to the prothorax by a narrow neck; face
strongly deflected. Antennas slightly setose; first segment shorter ’than
the head (about two-thirds as long); second segment slightly thickened,
four times as long as the first, or about equal to the third and fourth con¬
joined. Rostrum reaching the intermediate coxae. Prothorax narrowed in
front and flaring behind; the posterior border concave; dorsal surface gib¬
bous in front and with transverse depression behind the middle. The base
of the scutellum tumid. Elytra semitransparent and set with short hairs.
Type of genus — Isoproba picea.
This genus can be separated readily from Paraproba Distant
and allied genera by the more globose head and the peculiar shape
of the prothorax.
Isoproba picea n. sp.
Head globose, slightly wider than long. Eyes not prominent, forming
part of the contour of the head; tylus slightly projecting, but strongly
deflected. Antennae with the first segment short, slender at base; second
segment enlarging slightly towards the apex; third and fourth segments
slender.
534
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
Color. General color jet black; elytra and legs pallid. Head, second
segment of antennae, thorax, scutellum, and abdomen beneath shining
pitchy black. First segment of antennae pallid, except at base black; second,
third, and fourth segments black. Elytra semitransparent, on the inner
border of the corium and clavus pallid and infuscated; the apex of corium and
clavus, the margin of the cuneus, and the membrane faintly smoky. The
legs pallid. Length, 2.75 mm, width .34 mm.
One specimen, taken at Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March
3d, 1905.
Lygus pratensis Linnaeus.
Two specimens of this widely-distributed and very variable
species from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Lygus sallaei Stal.
Three specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Santa
Lucia, Feb. 2d; Gualan, Feb. 14, 1905.
Lygus scutellatus Distant.
A good series from Guatemala: Los Amates, Jan. 17th, and
Feb. 25th; Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d; Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Lygus lanuginosus Distant.
Five specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Santa Lucia,
Feb. 2d, 1905.
Lygus cuneatus Distant.
A good series from Guatemala; Los Amates, Jan. 17th; and
Feb. 25th; Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d; Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Poecilocapsus ornatulus Stal.
One specimen, taken Feb. 3d, 1905 at Mazatenango, Guate¬
mala.
Horcias plausus Distant.
Four specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Jan. 17th and
Feb. 25, 1905.
Eccritotarsus pallidirostris Stal.
A large series from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Eccritotarsus incurvus Distant.
One specimen, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, Tan. 17th,
1905.
Eccritotarsus bulbosus n. sp.
Near E. incurvus Distant, but differing by its smaller size and the
two conspicuous inflated bulbous enlargments on the pronotum. Antennae,
legs, membrane, and two spots on the margin of the corium white. Length
2.5 mm. width .9 mm.
Head transverse; eyes prominent; face deflected. Antennae with the
first segment longer than the head and slightly shorter than the second;
third and fourth segments absent. Pronotum elevated in two conspicuous
bulbous enlargments equal to the depth of the body, separated by a deep
central furrow, leaving a narrow collar in front, and slightly overhanging
the scutellum behind. Head and pronotum roughly punctate. Elytra
with the costal margins convex, whitish, semitransparent, and with a black
June, 1915.] Guatemalan Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
535
spot behind the middle and another near the apex; cuneus transparent;
narrow borders of cuneous and cell of membrane dusky. Legs distinctly
whitish; tarsi and claws dusky. Genital segments whitish.
Three examples from Guatemala; Gualan, Jan. 14th, 1905;
Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Eccritotarsus atratus Distant.
A good series from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Santa
Lucia, Feb. 2d; Los Amates, Feb. 18th to 28th, 1905.
Eccritotarsus nocturnus Distant.
Two specimens, taken at Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 14th, 1905,
Eccritotarsus procurrens Distant.
A large series from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Los
Amates, Jan. 17th, and Feb. 25th; Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d; Puerto
Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Annona bimaculata Distant.
A large series from Guatemala; Los Amates, Jan. 17th, Feb.
18th to 28th; Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Annona decoloris Distant.
One specimen, taken at Santa Lucia, Guatemala, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Neofurius tabascoensis Distant.
One specimen, taken at Mazatenango, Guatemala, Feb. 3d,
1905.
Bibaculus modestus Distant.
Eight specimens from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d;
Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905. As noted by Distant, this is a
variable species. Three specimens are typical modestus; the
others have the black markings brownish and more or less in¬
distinct.
Neosilia pulchra Distant.
One specimen, taken Feb. 2d, 1905 at Santa Lucia, Guatemala.
Neosilia viduata Distant.
A good series from Guatemala; Los Amates, Jan. 17th and
Feb. 18th to 28th, 1905.
Jomandes parvus Distant.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Feb. 18th and
25th, 1905. The two examples differ from Distant’s description
in having the outer half of the first antennal segment swollen
and black.
Lampethusa anatina Distant.
A large series of this variable species from Guatemala: Los
Amates, Jan. 17th and Feb. 25th; Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d; Mazaten¬
ango, Feb. 3d; Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905. One specimen
from Honduras; Feb. 21st, 1905.
536
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
Family Piiymatid.e.
Macrocephalus notatus Westwood.
Six specimens from Guatemala: Puerto Barrios, March 3d,
1905.
Phymata erosa Linnasus.
One specimen, belonging to the variety fasciata Gray, from
Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th, 1905.
Family Aradid.e.
Hesus flaviventris Burmeister.
One specimen, taken March 3d, 1905 at Puerto Barrios,
Guatemala.
Dysodius lunatus Fabricius.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Puerto Barrios, March
3d; Morales, March Sth, 1905.
Family Tingitid^e.
Gargaphia nigrinervis Stal.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th, 1905.
Leptostyla lineata Champion.
One example from Guatemala: Los Amates, Feb. 18th,
1905.
Teleonemia atratra Champion.
One cf, Los Amates, Guatemala, Jan. 17th, 1905.
Atheas nigricomis Champion.
Five specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th, 1905.
Acanthochila armigera Stal.
One specimen, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 18th,
1905.
Monanthia monotropidia Stal.
One example from Guatemala: Los Amates, Feb. 18th, 1905.
Family Lyg^id.e.
Oncopeltus cingulifer Stal.
Five specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Los
Amates, Feb. 18th to 28th, 1905. Two examples from Honduras;
San Pedro, Feb. 21st to 28th, 1905.
Lygaeus pyrrhopterus Stal.
One specimen, taken March Sth, 1905, at Panzos, Guatemala.
Nysius spurcus Stal.
A good series from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Los
Amates, Jan. 17 and Feb. 18th to 28th, 1905.
June, 1915.] Guatemalan Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
537
Ninus notabilis Champion.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Puerto
Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Ischnodemus praecultus Distant.
One specimen, taken at Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March 3d,
1905.
Ischnodemus cahabonensis Distant.
Three specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Jan. 17th;
Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Blissus leucopterus Say.
One example, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala.
Geocoris lividipennis Stal.
One specimen, taken at Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 1st, 1905.
Geocoris punctipes Say.
One specimen from Guatemala: Los Amates, Feb. 25th, 1905.
Pachygrontha compacta Distant.
One specimen, taken March 3d, 1905, at Puerto Barrios,
Guatemala.
Davila concavus Distant.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Myodocha unispinosa Stal.
Three specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Feb. 15th and
19th; Los Amates, Feb. 25th, 1905.
Heraeus cincticomis Stal.
One specimen, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala.
Pamera parvula Dali.
Ten specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Los
Amates, Feb. 16th to 2Sth; Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Pamera vicinalis Distant.
Three specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates; Gualan,
Jan. 14th and Feb. 13th, 1905.
Pamera bilobata Say.
Four specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Los
Amates, Feb. 18th to 28th, 1905.
Pamera dallasi Distant.
One specimen, taken at Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March
3d, 1905.
Pamera globiceps Stal.
Two examples, taken Feb. 2d, 1905 at Santa Lucia, Guatemala.
538
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
Gonatus divergens Distant.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Feb. 14th; Los
Amates, Feb. 18th, 1905. The $ specimen is apparently im¬
mature and of a light color probably due to the fact that it was
killed soon after the last ecdysis took place.
The cf referred with some doubt to this species is smaller than indicated
by Distant’s description. With the material on hand, we do not feel war¬
ranted in making a new species of this specimen. It is of a uniformly brown
color with the posterior angles of the pronotum and the veins of the corium
of lighter brown. Head slightly wider than long; eyes rather coarsely
granulate. Antennae with the second segment one-third longer than the
third; third segment slightly longer than first; fourth wanting. Pronotum
much wider than long; sides with a simple carina; anteriorly suddenly con¬
tracted to width of head; posterior border slightly emarginate. Scutellum
triangular, large, elevated next to the pronotum, flattened on the disc,
obsoletely carinate at the apex. Head finely punctulate except at the base.
Pronotum more coarsely punctulate, but with polished and faintly punctate
areas on the anterior disc and the posterior angles. Scutellum, except the
polished base, and hemelytra uniformly punctate. Length 4 mm., width
1.75 mm.
Family Pyrrhocorid^e.
Dysdercus mimus Say.
Two specimens from Honduras: San Pedro, Feb. 21st to
March 8th, 1905.
Dysdercus albidiventris Stal.
A common and very variable insect in Guatemala: Gualan,
Jan. 14th; Los Amates, Feb. 18th to 25th, 1905.
Family Coreid^:.
Pachylis sp.
Five nymphs from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th; Puerto
Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Stenoscelidea aenescens Stal.
One specimen, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, Jan. 16th,
1905.
Capaneus odiosus Stal.
Four specimens from Guatemala: Mazatenango, Feb. 3d;
Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Plapigus circumcinctus Stal.
Three specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Jan. 17th;
Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Madura perfida Stal.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Feb. 18th,
1905.
Madura longicomis Stal.
One example, taken March 3d, 1905 at Puerto Barrios, Guate¬
mala.
June, 1915.] Guatemalan Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
539
Zicca commaculata Distant.
A good series from Guatemala: Los Amates, Jan. 17th, and
Feb. 18th to 28th, 1905. Two specimens from Honduras: San
Pedro, Feb. 21st, 1905.
Zicca taeniola Dali.
A large series from Guatemala, evidently a common insect.
Los Amates, Jan. 17th and Feb. 18th to 28th; Puerto Barrios,
March 3d, 1905. Honduras; March 21st, 1905.
Hypselonotus concinnus Dallas.
One specimen, taken at Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March
3d, 1905.
Savius dilectus Stal.
One specimen from Guatemala: Feb. 18th, 1905.
Hyalymenus pulcher Stal.
Four specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Feb. 25th;
Puerto Barrios, March 3d. 1905.
Hyalymenus tarsatus Fabrieius.
One specimen, taken March 3d, 1905 at Puerto Barrios,
Guatemala.
Alydus pallescens Stal.
One specimen from Guatemala: Gualan, Feb. 13th, 1905.
Cydamus borealis Distant.
One example, taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, Jan. 1st, 1905.
Leptocorisa filiformis Fabrieius.
Numerous specimens from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb.
2d; Mazatenango, Feb. 3d; Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Corizus sidae Fabrieius.
A fine series from Guatemala: Gualan, Feb. 13th; Los
Amates, Feb. 21st to March 8th, 1905. Honduras: San Pedro,
Feb. 21st to March 8th, 1905.
Family Berytid.e.
Jalysus mollistus Distant.
Four specimens from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Family Pentatomid.e.
Podisus thetis Stal.
Two specimens: Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 21st, 1905;
San Pedro, Honduras, Feb. 25th, 1905.
Mormidea ypsilon Linnaeus.
Several specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates, Jan. 17th
and Feb. 18th to 28th; Gualan, Jan. 14th; Puerto Barrios, March
54°
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
3d, 1905. The specimens all belong to the variety M. inermis
Dali, as recognized by Distant. A large series of this species from
British Guiana shows about every gradation from the strongly
spinous to the non-spinous pronotal angles.
Mormidea pictiventris Stal.
A fine series from Guatemala: Puerto Barrios, March 3d,
1905.
Euschistus crenator Fabricius.
A full series, evidently rather abundant in Central America.
Guatemala: Gualan, Feb. 15th; Los Amates, Feb. 25th; Puerto
Barrios, March 3d and 14th, 1905. Honduras: San Pedro,
Feb. 21st to March Sth, 1905. This is a rather variable species.
Three specimens from Gualan have the humeral angles less
produced and not acutely angled ; the lateral border of pronotum
denticulate anteriorly, smooth posteriorly (without any denticula-
tions) ; scutellum at apex with a very narrow whitish border.
Proxys albo-punctulatus Palisot de Beauvois.
Two specimens: Santa Lucia, Guatemala, Feb. 2d, 1905.
Proxys victor Fabricius.
Four specimens from Guatemala: Santa Lucia, Feb. 2d, and
Los Amates; Feb. 18th and 25th, 1905.
Proxys punctulatus Palisot de Beauvois.
Two specimens: San Pedro, Honduras, Feb. 21st, 1905.
The three above species belonging to this genus are closely re¬
lated. The rather arbitrary separation on color of legs seems
barely warranted, but we have followed Stal and Distant in recog¬
nizing them.
Thyanta perditor Fabricius.
Three specimens from Guatemala: Gualan, Jan. 14th, Los
Amates; Feb. 18th, and Puerto Barrios, March 3d, 1905.
Nezara marginata Palisot de Beauvois.
Two specimens: Los Amates, Guatemala, Jan. Kith, 1905.
Banasa albo-apicata Stal.
One specimen: Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 18th, 1905.
Hitherto recorded for Central America (Honduras) on the authori¬
ty of Stal and its occurrence seems rather rare.
Piezosternum subulatum Thumb.
One specimen, taken at Morales, Guatemala, March Sth,
1905. This species has been recorded for Panama, Columbia,
and Antilles but not for Guatemala.
Edessa taurina Stal.
One specimen: Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March 3d, 1905.
June, 1915.] Guatemalan Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
54i
Edessa affinis Stal.
Eight specimens: Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, March 3d,
1905.
Edessa rixosa Stal.
Two specimens from Guatemala: Los Amates; Feb. 25th
and Morales; March 8th, 1905.
Edessa rufomarginata DeGeer.
A common species for a large area in Central and South Ameri¬
ca. Guatemala: Los Amates, Feb. 18th; Puerto Barrios, March
5th to 11th; Morales, March 8th; Panzos, March 18th, 1905.
Stiretrus anchorago Fabricius.
Two specimens, much smaller than the typical specimens
found in United States, but otherwise similar: Puerto Barrios,
Guatemala, March 3d, 1905.
Family Cydnid^e.
Pangaeus piceatus Stal.
One specimen, taken at Gualan, Guatemala, Feb. 15th, 1905.
Family Thyreocorid^e.
Thyreocoris guttiger Stal.
Four specimens: Los Amates, Guatemala, Feb. 10th to
18th, 1905. Three specimens seem to be typical T. guttiger
and the other is intermediate between this species and T. quadri-
signatus Stal. These two species will probably merge with a
more extended series.
VARIATION IN THE SIZE OF RAY PITS OF CONIFERS.*
Forest B. H. Brown.
Since Haeckel proposed the word Ecology in 1886, there has
been an ever growing interest in the influence which environmental
factors may have in determining the form and structure of plants.
“Anatomy, particularly stimulated by Haberlandt, has recently
been greatly enriched by numerous researches dealing with the
question of the harmony between structure and environment.”* 1
Trees of the same species, but grown under different conditions,
will show differences in the structure of their woody tissues that
materially affect the durability, strength, and other properties
of the wood. In a general way, many of such structural differences
have been related to the conditions under which the tree was
grown.
To some extent, at least, the physical factors may influence
the structure of wood. Cieslar2 found that certain conifers would
form “Rotholz,” a tissue of great strength under compression,
due to the mechanical influence of a one-sided crown or the weight
of a branch. But since one of the main purposes of the woody
elements of a tree is to conduct and store the products of assimila¬
tion, and to convey the watery solutions, gathered by the roots,
to the leaves and other parts where they may be needed, it may be
inferred that factors more directly related to the vital processes
of the tree will also be more directly related to structural varia¬
tions.
Of the tissues which go to make up the woody part of the stem
of coniferous trees, the medullary ray is one of the most complex,
in both its structural and functional aspects. While they make
up only 4-8 % of the volume of the wood, their height and width
is so small that often over 2,500 rays may be counted in one sq.
cm. on the tangential surface (Fig. 1). The average volume
of a typical coniferous ray shown in this plate is but one twentieth
that of a fine silk thread. None the less, the ray of Picea and
Larix, the genera selected for comparison in this paper, is com¬
posed of at least two kinds of tissue with an accompanying dif¬
ference in function (Fig. 2). At the margins are the ray tracheids
(r.t.), which communicate with the adjacent wood tracheids by
means of bordered pits. “Their purpose is to facilitate the transfer
of water radially between the tracheids.”3 Distinguished from the
* Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State Uni¬
versity, No. 90.
1. Warming. 1909. Ecology of Plants, p. 3.
2. Centralblatt f. d. gesamte Forstwesen. Apr., 1896.
3. Strasburger. 1908. Bonn Text-Book, p. 140.
542
June, 1915.]
Ray Pits of Conifers.
543
ray tracheids are the ray parenchyma cells with semi-bordered
pits (s. b. p.) upon their lateral walls and simple pits upon their
end walls (e. w.). These cells make up the storage tissue of the
ray, in which the products of assimilation are conducted and stored.
Still more complex in structure and function are the rays which
i . ■— i >3
SCALE DIVISIONS- i*5 mm
Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. Tangential view Pinus monticola, showing arrangement of the
rays with reference to the tracheids.
f. fusiform ray with resin duct. u. uniseriate rays.
have, in addition to the above tissues, a third tissue designed
for the secretion, conduction, and storage of resin. A very
intimate connection of the rays with the vital activities of the
wood may be inferred from the fact that the rays continue living
for fifteen years or more, or probably as long as the wood performs
544
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
Fig. 2.
Fig. 2. Radial view of Picea canadensis, showing uniseriate medullary
ray in section.
r. t. ray tracheids.
r. p. ray parenchyma,
w. t. wood tracheid.
e. w. r. t. end wall of ray tracheid, showing bordered pits in section,
e. w. end wall of ray parenchyma cells with simple pits in section.
s. p. s. simple pits in section.
h. b. p. s. half bordered pits in section,
b. p. w. t. bordered pit of wood tracheid.
b. p. r. t. bordered pit of ray tracheid.
s. b. p. semi-bordered pit of ray parenchyma.
June, 1915.]
Ray Pits of Conifers.
545
its physiological functions, and are so disposed that, so far as it
has been possible to observe, they come in contact with each individual
tracheid of the wood. It is not uncommon to find tracheids which
show four or five points of contact with the ray system. The
ray system, is, in turn, through the direct contact of each of its
component rays with the cambium and the phloem, in communi¬
cation with the leaves and all other living structures throughout
the tree.
The ray pits formed at the point of contact of the storage cells
with the wood tracheids exhibit a number of variations which
seem to be related to the life conditions of the species. Unlike
the tracheid pits, they differ widely in shape, size, and number
for the different genera and species of conifers, affording both
generic and specific points of distinction of high taxonomic value.
In Larix and Picea, however, these constant characters are similar,
especially in P. sitchensis and L. occidentalis, where the ray char¬
acters are insufficient to separate the two genera. For this
reason, together with the fact that the two genera have widely
different habits of nutrition, the two genera have been selected
for comparison, since a more direct comparison of the variable
characters is possible with woods similar in structure than where
the problem would be complicated by structural differences.
In leaf habit, differences are at once apparent that are asso¬
ciated with differences in the storage of reserve and in other
processes of nutrition of a fundamental character. The leaves
of Larix remain through but one season; being a deciduous conifer,
the entire foliage must be regenerated each year. In Picea,
the leaves remain for 4-7 years, or the spruce is only % to Y7
deciduous, and needs to regenerate % or less of its foliage each
year. Larix, as with other deciduous trees,4 is totally dependent
upon reserve food for the regeneration of its leaves. Such re¬
serve is stored in the ray system and a heavy demand will there¬
fore be made upon the rays early in the season. Picea, on the
other hand, could probably meet this need partly, if not wholly,
by the newly formed products of assimilation, since it has been
found that first, second, and third year leaves of conifers begin
to form starch by the middle of March, even when the temperature
often falls below 0° C.5 Picea, then, should make a relatively
slight demand, early in the season, upon the stored reserve.
To determine the relative difference in the amount of starch
stored by Larix and Picea, trees of Larix decidua and Picea excelsa
ten inches in diameter and growing on the Ohio State University
Campus, were felled during winter and the volume of starch
4. Lutz. 1897. Busgen’s Bau und Lebenunserer Waldbaume, p. 196.
5. Mer. 1885. Ueber eine Methode zur Beobachtung der Assimila¬
tion. Landwirtschaftl. Jahrb.
546
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
contained in the storage tissue of the rays estimated from plani-
meter measurements of projected drawings. In all cases Picea
showed little or no starch in its woody tissues, while Larix con¬
tained starch in all of its corresponding living parts. The highest
relative amount of starch was found in the dwarf branches where
Fig. 3. Fig. 4.
Fig. 3. Curve showing variation in size of ray pits of Larix occidental^,
through one annual ring of 16 traeheids, commencing with earliest formed
tracheid of spring wood and ending with last formed traeheid of summer
wood. Vertical scale, diameters squared.
Fig. 4. Curve showing variation in size of ray pits of Larix laricina,
through one annual ring of 1 1 traeheids, on same scale as Fig. 3.
the rays were stored to their full capacity, but varying amounts
of starch were found in all other portions where the wood was
living. Rays of the sapwood zone, which was fifteen rings in
width in the lower portion of the trunk, contained starch through¬
out the width of the zone. In some portions, 2% of the volume
of sapwood was starch, though the rays in this portion of the tree
June, 1915.]
Ray Pits of Conifers.
547
were not, as a rule, filled to this extent; but, in general, it may be
stated that the rays of Larix are, during winter, stored with starch
through fifteen years of growth.
Such reserves have been found to be used for two main pur¬
poses, the production of leaves and of seed. In rare instances, a
Fig. 5. Fig. 6.
Fig. 5. Curve showing variation in size of ray pits of Picea sitchensis,
through one annual ring of 83 tracheids, plotted on same scale as Larix,
except that the horizontal scale of Larix is four times as great because of
the fewer number of tracheids.
Fig. 6. Curve showing variation in size of ray pits of Picea canadensis,
through one annual ring of 31 tracheids, on same scale as Fig. 5.
portion may be diverted to the growth of wood, but this is not
usual. Use of the reserves for seed production will occur, as a
rule, at periods of from two to several years; hence annual rigns
will occur not subject to any modifications from this source. On
the other hand, that used for the regeneration of leaves will be
used yearly, and every annual ring will be subject to structural
modifications by this factor.
548
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
It has been shown that the reserves stored in the rays are
forced into the tracheids and are conveyed to the developing new
shoots at the beginning of the growing season.6 The yearly oc¬
currence of this temporary current would be likely to influence
the development of the semi-bordered pits through which it passes,
providing such pits had not fully completed their development.
Since a period of about 90 days is consumed in the development
of an annual ring in Picea and Larix,7 the ray pits of any given
ring will be of successively greater age with the youngest at the
commencement of the ring, in the earliest spring wood, and differ¬
ing in age at the extremes by 90 days; hence certain of them, it
may be assumed, would still be plastic when this current is formed.
By way of confirmation, twigs of L. decidua were sectioned May
20, when leaves had apparently attained their full size. It was
found that the sixth tracheid was then being formed, which would
bear out the predicted sequence of the maturity of the ray pits,
and be in proper position with respect to the greatly diminished
current indicated by the fall of the curve. (Figs. 3 and 4).
The curves referred to were obtained from measurements
taken of the diameter of the ray pits, commencing with the first
spring tracheid and ending with the last summer wood tracheid.
Such pits will, then, be arranged in series according to age. For
sake of comparison, these measurements are squared, since the
efficiency of circular osmotic membranes, other things being con¬
stant, should be proportional to such values. The accompanying
curves plotted from the results so obtained, show graphically the
existence of exactly such a variation in size as would be expected
had the above outlined modifying influence of the assimilation
current been manifest. As anticipated, both species of Larix
show an early and strongly pronounced increase in the size of
their ray pits corresponding to the probable time, intensity, and
duration of the demand made upon the stored reserve, for the re¬
generation of leaves. Also, the curves of Picea show the expected
absence of the early high point. The problem is here complicated
by the presence of currents of newly formed assimilation products
commencing in March and increasing with the advance of the
season; but, in a general way, the shape of the curve is in accord
with the probable influence exerted by the later leaf habit of the
genus and the absence of growth conditions that would make the
early and brief demand upon the stored reserve noted in Larix.
The data thus collected has also demonstrated the intimate con¬
nection of the ray with the vital processes of growth and nutrition
and the reaction of such processes upon the structure of the ray.
6. Fischer, Alfred. 1890. Pringsheim’s Jahrbucher, XXII, p. 73.
Strasburger. 1891. Uber den Bau und die Verrichtung der Leit-
ungsbahnen in den Pflanzen, pp. 98, 297.
7. Hartig, Robert. 1885. Hols der deutschen Nadelwaldbaume.
June, 1915.]
Ray Pits of Conifers.
549
TABLE I.
Number of
tracheid
Number of Average Diameter
pits in microns
Average Diameter
squared
1
3 4.6
21.
2
6 5.
25.
3
7 3.3
10.9
4
1 3.2
10.2
5
3 3.2
10.2
6
6 3.3
10.9
7
6 3.3
10.9
8
3 3.3
10.9
9
5 2.4
5.8
10
2 2.4
5.8
11
3 2.4
5.8
Measurement of the ray pits of Larix laricina through one annual ring.
TABLE II.
Number of
tracheid
Number of
pits
Average Diameter
in microns
Average Diameter
squared
1
10
3.1
9.6
2
10
3.1
9.6
3
10
3.9
15.2
4
10
4.3
18.5
5
10
2.9
8.4
6
10
3.0
9.0
7
10
2.6
7.0
8
10
2.4
5.8
9
10
2.3
5.3
10
3
2.
4.
11
5
2.
4.
12
4
2.
4.
13
2
2.
4.
14
1
2.
4.
15
1
4.
16
4.
Measurement of ray pits of Larix occidentalis through one annual ring
of 16 tracheids; 10-16, late wood; 15-16, so compressed that measurements
were approximated.
550
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8.
TABLE III.
Number of
tracheid
Number of
pits
Average Diameter
in microns
Average Diameter
squared
1-4
7
2.6
6.8
5-8
12
3.
9.
9-12
13
3.
9.
13-16
11
3.1
9.6
17-20
12
3.1
9.6
21-24
12
3.5
12.3
25-28
12
4.
16.
29-32
12
4.
16.
33-36
10
4.
16.
37-40
12
3.3
10.9
41-44
5
3.
9.
45-48
4
3.
9.
49-52
4
2.5
6.3
53-56
4
2.5
6.3
57-60
4
2.2
4.8
61-64
4
2.
4.
65-68
4
2.
4.
69-72
4
2.
4.
73-76
4
2.
4.
77-80
4
2.
4.
81-83
4
2.
4.
Measurement of ray pits of Picea sitchensis, through one annual ring of
83 tracheids.
TABLE IV.
Number of
tracheid
Number of
pits
Average Diameter
in microns
Average Diameter
squared
1-2
5
3.
9.
3-4
5
3.
9.
5-6
6
3.5
12.5
7-8
7
3.5
12.5
9-10
8
3.5
12.5
11-12
7
3.8
14.4
13-14
6
3.9
15.2
15-16
5
3.5
12.3
17-18
7
3.8
14.4
19-20
5
3.5
12.5
21-22
2
3.
9.
23-24
5
3.
9.
25-26
4
3.
9.
27-28
5
3.
9.
29-30
4
3.
9.
31
2
3.
9.
Measurement of ray pits of one annual ring of Picea canadensis with 31
tracheids.
ROOT-KNOT OR EELWORM ATTACKS^NEW HOSTS*
Leo E. Melchers.
In addition to the hosts known to be attacked by Heterodera
radicicola, peculiar circumstances recently made it possible for
the writer to note and observe its occurrence on seven new and
unreported hosts.
Fig. 1. Root-knot of parsley.
Two-thirds natural size.
Photo by L. E. Melchers.
During December, 1913, the writer noticed the first indications
of the root-knot on the tomato crop which was being grown in one
of the greenhouses belonging to the Department of Horticulture
of the Kansas State Agricultural College. By the end of April
the tomato plants were removed on account of their unproductive¬
ness, due to the eelworm infestation. The roots of these plants
* Kansas State Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kansas.
55i
552
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
Fig. 2. Root-knot of Canada thistle.
Two- thirds natural size.
Photo bv L. E. Melehers.
June, 1915.J
Root-knot or Eelworm Attacks.
553
for the most part had decayed, liberating the eggs and egg-filled
bodies of the female nematodes into the soil. The tops of the
tomato plants and as many of the remaining roots as could be
found, were removed from the bench. The soil itself, however,
was not given a soil treatment, but was allowed to remain in an
infested state.
The foreman in charge of the greenhouses gave directions to
place various potted bedding plants on top of this bench, allowing
the pots to come in direct contact with the soil which had previous¬
ly grown the infested tomato crop. The experiment proved an
interesting one, for among the potted plants there were a number
which became infested, while, on the other hand, a few kinds
which were under the same environmental conditions proved
non-susceptible to an attack.
After having stood on top of this bench for more than a month,
the following plants showed the development of nodules upon their
roots, and upon a microscopic examination revealed the egg-filled
nematodes of Heterodera radicicola: Vinca rosea Linn. (Mada¬
gascar Periwinkle), Chrysanthemum frutescens Linn. (Mar¬
guerite), Celosia empress (Cockscomb), Matthiola incana Var.
annua Voss. (Ten-weeks or Intermediate stocks), Zese mayz (Bur¬
bank’s Rainbow Corn), and Phlox (Phlox annual). The writer
also reported Cirsium arvense (Canada thistle), a susceptible
host (Science, 40 : :241, 1914). There were also a large number of
other plants whuch were attacked, but only those which proved
to be new hosts have been listed here.
The eelworm has been previously reported as attacking
Zeae mayz by Neal, B. P. I. (1889), Burbank’s Rainbow corn
being a horticultural variety of Zeae mayz.
The following is a list of potted plants which remained ap¬
parently unaffected, although they were growing among the in¬
fested potted plants: Centaurea imperialis (Royal Sweet Sultan),
Calundula (Pot marigold, Vaughan’s Mammoth Mixture and
Eldorado), Salvia Zurich (Dwarf Sage), and Canna varieties.
The soil which was used in the bench was originally obtained
from a nearby orchard, and was probably infested with Heterodera
radicicola at the time that it was placed in the greenhouse bench,
although it is possible, but not probable, that the organisms
gained entrance through the application of infested manure;
knowing the source of the fertilizer used, this did not appear to be
the case. The soils in many sections of Kansas are badly infested
with the eelworm, and the problem of economically combating
this pest is becoming a serious problem, especially in the truck¬
growing regions where entire crops become affected.
Besides the above hosts, the writer obtained specimens of
Carum petroselinum (parsley) from Hutchinson, Kansas, which
554
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
were badly affected with the nematode; this is likewise an unre¬
ported host. The plants were growing out in the open field at
the time the injury was observed. It is not definitely known wheth¬
er these plants became infected from nematodes which remained
alive in the field over winter, or whether contamination resulted
otherwise.
Fig. 3. Root-knot as it occurs on tomato.
Two-thirds natural size.
Photo by L. E. Melchers.
Apparently climatic conditions in this region cannot be too
stringently depended upon as a means of control in holding the
eelworm in check in the open fields. The winters vary in severity,
and are not always severe enough to eradicate the pest in badly
infested soils.
June, 1915.]
Root-knot or Eelworm Attacks.
555
Fig. 4. Normal tomato root for comparison.
Two- thirds natural size.
Photo by L. E. Melchers.
MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.
Botany and Zoology Bldg., Jan 11, 1915.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Dr. Seymour,
and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Messrs. H. D. Chase, Vernon Haber, R. C. Smith, F. H. Smith,
J. R. Smith, W. T. Owry, W. S. Krout, H. J. Reinhard, D. D.
Leyda, W. E. Laughlin, C. W. Hauck, John Eckert, Oliver Gos-
sard, J. R. Stear, R. C. Baker, R. A. Knouff, E. H. Baxter, F. F.
Searle, Harry Cutler, and Adolph Waller were elected to mem¬
bership in the club.
The names of Messrs. Joel Foote and A. H. Smith were pro¬
posed for membership in the club.
Prof. Osborn gave a brief report of the meeting of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science at Philadelphia during
the Christmas vacation, and stated that the next meeting of the
association would be held at Columbus. He suggested that
a committee be appointed by the club to assist the different
committees of the University in the preparations for the enter¬
tainment of the association. It was moved by Dr. Krecker and
seconded by Mr. Kostir “that the President appoint such a com¬
mittee before the next meeting.” The motion was carried.
The program for the evening consisted of many interesting
reports from the different members who had attended the meeting
at Philadelphia: Professors Schaffner, Griggs, and Stover gave
reports from the Botanical sessions; Professors Osborn and Krecker
from the Zoological and Entomological sessions; Mr. Weiss from
Psychological session; Prof. Prosser from the Paleontological and
Geological sessions.
The club then adjourned.
Botany and Zoology Hall, Feb. 8, 1915.
The meeting was called to order by the President, Dr. Sey¬
mour, and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved. The attendance was unusually large, two hundred
and forty-three being present.
Messrs. Joel Foote and A. H. Smith were elected to member¬
ship in the club. The names of Messrs. H. C. Yingling, G. S.
Zink, and W. D. Will were proposed for membership.
The President appointed Professors T. M. Hills, F. H. Krecker
and R. F. Griggs to assist the different committees of the Univer¬
sity in the preparations for the entertainment of the American
556
June, 1915.]
Meetings of Biological Club.
557
Association for the Advancement of Science which will meet
in Columbus during the next Christmas vacation. It was moved
by Prof. Landacre that the President announce the time for the
next meeting of the club. The motion was carried. The time
for the next meeting was set for the second Monday evening in
March.
The progratn for the evening consisted of a very interesting
address on “Evolution and Death” given by Prof. L. B. Walton,
of Kenyon College. A brief discussion of the views of Darwin,
DeVries, Johannsen, and Lloyd were given. The speaker examined
two hundred daisies from a fertile soil, also the same number
from poor soil, and the coefficient of variation was found to be
the same. Close breeding is more variable than cross breeding
and sexes arose as an effort in nature to hold variation in
check. Cells are smaller in cross breeding than close breeding;
small cells produce faster and, hence, a larger organism. Prof.
Walton’s hypothesis to account for death was that the cells of
an adult organism, being the result of very numerous cell divisions
(and hence asexual generations) finally become so highly variable
that sooner or later some one or more cells located in a vital part
will not be able to subserve their intended function, causing the
death of the entire organism. As a working hypothesis, varia¬
tions were divided into nonnations and abnormations ; the fonner
into fluctuations, amphimutations, and cumulations; the latter
into monstrositations, defactorations, and fractionations.
After a discussion of the address, the club adjourned.
Botany and Zoology Hall, March 8, 1915.
The meeting was called to order by the President Dr. Seymour,
and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved
as read. Messrs. H. C. Yingling, W. D. Will, and G. S. Zink were
elected to membership.
It was moved by Prof. Hine and seconded that the President
appoint a committee of three to consider the advisability of mak¬
ing the Biological Club one of the sections of a Science Club to be
formed in the University; also, to consider turning over the
Ohio Naturalist and Journal of Science to this Club, providing
sufficient financial support be insured for its publication ; the name
of the Ohio Naturalist and Journal of Science to be changed to
the Ohio Journal of Science. The motion was carried. Mr.
Shadle called attention to the fact that many of the trees had been
removed from the campus during the last few years and only a
few had been replanted during this time. It was moved by Mr.
Shadle and seconded that a committee of three be appointed by
the President to see what could be done towards having more trees
558
The Ohio Naturalist.
[Vol. XV, No. 8,
replanted on the campus this spring. The motion was carried.
Professors Osborn, Prosser, and Durrant were appointed on the
first committee and Mr. Shadle, Prof. Lazenby, and Mr. Forest
Brown on the latter one.
The program for the evening consisted of two very interesting
papers: “The Phylogenetic Relationship of Man and Lower
Animals,” by Mr. Rollo C. Baker; “The Psychological Relation¬
ship of Man and Lower Animals,” by Prof. Weiss. Mr. Baker
compared the Paleontological, embryological, physiological, and
structural development between man and Anthropoid apes.
Prof. Weiss compared the actions of lower animals with man.
The speech reaction gives man the power to reproduce things of
the past and to consider the future, while other animals can
adjust themselves only to the present. The speech reaction can
be converted into writing and thus man has the traditions and
experience of past generations to guide his actions.
After a discussion of the papers, the Club adjourned.
Carl J. Drake, Secretary.
Date of Publication, June 3, 1915.
INDEX TO AUTHORS.
Banta, A. M., 49.
Bartlett, Gertrude, 393, 500.
Bilsing, S. W., 215.
Brain, Charles K., 25, 131.
Brown, Forest B. H., 317, 471, 542.
Claassen, Edo., 64, 99.
Dachnowski, Alfred, 241.
Drake, C. J., 251, 257, 472, 501, 523, 529, 556.
Durrell, Lawrence W., 327.
Foerste, Aug. F., 37.
Fullmer, E. L., 78.
Gormley, Rose, 56, 419, 463.
Gortner, Ross A., 49.
Griggs, R. F., 142.
Hine, Jas. S., 94, 205, 219, 225, 333.
Humphrey, Lillian E., 79, 185, 299, 357.
Jaques, H. E., 525.
Jennings, O. E., 374.
Kostir, W. J., 370.
Lamb, G. F., 344.
Lathrop, Frank H., 321.
Linnell, Mary B., 443.
McAvoy, Blanche, 1, 109, 189, 217, 279, 331, 347, 355, 376, 436,
452.
McLellan, Marie F., 100, 132, 147, 188.
Mark, Clara Gould, 62.
Melchers, Leo E., 149, 281, 551.
Metcalf, C. L., 81.
Mote, Don C., 309.
Napper, Chas. W., 252.
Osborn, Herbert, 133, 453, 501, 529.
Overholts, L. O., 22.
Perry, Fred E., 473.
Philpott, Ress, 219.
Rice, E. L., 356, 433.
Schaffner, John H., (J. H. S.) 19, 24, 36, 65, 70, 101, 198, 203,
211, 216, 217, 255, 272, 278, 409, 432, 448, 452, 469, 509, 524.
Schroyer, C. R., 519.
Sears, Paul B., 377, 518.
Sewell, M. C., 273.
Shideler, W. H., 229.
Smith, J. Warren, 405, 437.
Sterki, V., 270.
Walton, L. B., 449, 498.
Wells, B. W., 289.
Williams, Amy, 97, 176, 235.'
Williams, S. R., 221.
INDEX TO VOLUMES XIII, XIV, AND XV.
Acarina of Cedar Point, 131.
Amaranthus Retroflexus, Peculiar
Varieties, 469.
Amaryllidaceae, Ohio, 327.
America, Diptera of Middle, 333.
Anax longipes, 219.
Apocynaceae, Ohio, 79.
Aquatic Resources of Ohio, 133.
Atypus milberti, 251.
Bacteria, soil, 273.
Beans and Peas, Key to the Seeds,
500.
Beans and Peas of Ohio, 393.
Biological Club, Meeting 24, 100,
132, 147, 188, 217, 279, 331, 355,
376. 436, 452, 471, 523.
Birch, Starch Reserve in, 317.
Britton and Brown’s Illustrated
Flora, 203.
Bryophyta, synopsis, 211.
Buried Stream Channel, S. E. Ohio,
519.
Calamophyta, synopsis, 202.
Calandra oryzae, 321.
Caloplace pyracea, 99.
Caprifoliaceae, Ohio, 299.
Carnivorous Plants of Ohio, 97.
Caryophyllaceae of Ohio, 176.
Cecidia from Connecticut, 289.
Cedar Point, Additions to Flora, 78.
Coleoptera, 525.
Fungi, 25.
Insect Galls, 377.
List of the Acarina, 131.
Cell Division in Euglena, 449.
Cheese Skipper, 309.
Chromosome Mechanism, 509.
Segregation, 513.
Cincinnati, Group, Upper Richmond,
229.
Classification of Plants VIII, 70;
IX, 101; X, 198; XI, 211.
Clovers of Ohio, 443.
Cocklebur, Sprouting, 216.
Coleoptera, Fish-feeding, 525.
Commelinaceae of Ohio, 124.
Conifers, Ray Pits, 542.
Connecticut Cecidia, 289.
Curl on Raspberry, 281 .
Cuyahoga County Plants, Additions,
64.
Cycadophyta, Synopsis of, 105.
Cytological Life Cycle, 142.
Cytological Study of Smilax Her-
bacea, 357.
Didea fasciata, 90.
Dioscoreaceae, Ohio, 327.
Diptera of Middle America, 333.
Distribution of Plants, Ohio, 409.
Dogbanes of Ohio, 79.
Ecological Varieties of Salix Interior
255.
Eelworm, 551.
Egg Laying of .Rice Weevil, 321.
Entomological Work in Ohio, 453.
Equisetum, from Kansas, 19.
Equisetum kansanum, Schaffner, 21 .
Eriocaulaceae of Ohio, 130.
Eristalis aeneas, 84.
Erosion along Paint Creek, 252.
Evening-primrose Family in Ohio,
463.
Euglena oxyurus, Cell Division, 449.
Field Manual of Trees, 272.
Fish-feeding Coleoptera, 525.
Flora of Cedar Point, Additions, 78.
Food of Rana Pipiens, 257.
Fraxinus in Ohio, 185.
Frost Protection, Minimum Tem¬
peratures, 405.
Fuchsia, Reduction Division, 1.
Fungi, of Cedar Point, List, 25.
Key to Genera, 74.
Galls, Insect, 377.
Geographic Distribution of Plants,
Transpiration and Relation, to
241.
Guatemalan Hemiptera - Heterop-
tera, 529.
Gymnosperms, Classification of, 101 .
Hemiptera-Heteroptera of Ohio, 501.
Gautemalan, New Species, 529.
Heredity, Basis of, 509.
Honeysuckle Family in Ohio, 299.
Horse fly, 225.
Induced Modifications in Pigment
Development in Spelerpes
Larvae, 49.
Inheritance of Size in Tomatoes, 473.
Insect Galls of Cedar Point, 377.
Iridaceae, Ohio, 327.
Iridales of Ohio, 327.
Juncacae of Ohio, 125.
Kansas, Undescribed Equisetum, 19.
Index to Volumes XIII, XIV and XV.
Key to Genera of Fungi, 74.
Key to the Seeds, Ohio Peas and
Beans, 500.
Lake Huron, Ordovician Section,
Manitoulin Area, 37.
Land Planarian, Abnormal Number
of Eyes, 498.
Leaf markings of Amaranthus Ret-
roflexus, 469.
Lepidophyta, Synopsis, 203.
Lichen, Crustaceous, 99.
Life Cycle, Cytological, 142.
Life-Histories of Syrphidae V, 81.
Lightning Rods, Efficacy of, 437.
Liliales of Ohio, 109.
Limnogonus hessione, Illustration,
504.
Lycopersicon, Inheritance of Size,
473.
Manitoulin Area, Ordovician Section
37.
Maple, Starch Reserve in, 317.
Mendelian Phenomena, 509.
Minimum Temperatures for Frost
Protection, 405.
Mississippian Unconformities in
Northern Ohio, 344.
Mollusca of Ohio, 270.
Mosaic Disease of Tomato, 149.
Mosses of Ohio, 62.
Myiolephla, Genus, 205.
Odonata of Ohio, Additions and Cor¬
rections, 94, 219.
Oenother Biennis, Reduction Divi¬
sion, 189.
Ohio Academy of Science, Executive
Committee Meeting, 356, 433.
Additions to Plant List, 432.
Aquatic Resources, 133.
Biological Survey, Publications,
374.
Caprifoliaceae, 299.
Carnivorous Plants, 97.
Caryophyllaceae, 176.
Clovers, 443.
Dogbanes, 79.
Entomological Work, 453.
Genus Fraxinus, 185.
Hemiptera-Heteroptera, 501.
Iridales, 327.
Liliales, 109.
Molusca, 270.
Mosses, 62.
New and Rare Plants, 36.
Northern, Middle Mississippian
Unconformities, 344.
Odonata, Additions and Cor¬
rections, 94, 219.
Ohio Academy of Science
Onagraceae, 463.
Orthopterous Fauna, 370.
Panicums, 347.
Pennsylvanian System, 519.
Phaseoleae, 393.
Plant Distribution, 409.
Polyporaceae, 22.
Roses, 419.
Solanaceae, 235.
Spiders, 215.
Vicieae, 393.
Violets, 56.
Onagraceae of Ohio, 463.
Ordovician Section in the Manitou¬
lin Area of Lake Huron, 37.
Orthopterous Fauna of Ohio, 370.
Paint Creek, Flood Erosion, 252.
Panicums of Ohio, 347.
Peas and Beans of Ohio, 393.
Key to the Seeds, 500.
Pennsylvanian System, S. E. Ohio,
519.
Phaseoleae of Ohio, 393.
Phyla of Plants, Synopsis, 70.
Pigment Development, Spelerpes
Larvae, 49.
Piophila cascei, 309.
Planarian, Land, Abnormal Number
of Eyes, 498.
Plants added to Ohio List, 432.
Plants, Classification of, 70, 101, 198,
211.
Collected in Cuyahoga County,
Additions, 64.
Distribution in Ohio, 409.
of a Typical Prairie, 65.
of Ohio, Carnivorous, 97.
Polyporaceae of Ohio, 22.
Pontederiaeceae of Ohio, 123.
Prairie Plants, Typical, 65.
Ptenophyta, synopsis, 198.
Rana Pipiens, Food, 257.
Rare Plants of Ohio, Additions, 36.
Raspberry Curl or Yellows, 281.
Ray Pits, Conifers, 542.
Reduction Division in Fuchsia, 1.
Oenothera Biennis, 189.
Smilax Herbacea, 357.
Rice Weevil, Egg Laying, 321.
Richmond Beds, Cincinnati Group,
229.
Root-knot or Eelworm, 551.
Rosaceae of Ohio, 419.
Roses of Ohio, 419.
Salix Interior, Ecological Varieties,
255.
Smilaceae, Ohio, 122.
Index to Volumes XIII, XIV and XV.
Smilax Herbacea, Cytological Study
357.
Soil Bacteria, 273.
Solanaceae of Ohio, 235.
Spelerpes Larvae, Induced Modifica¬
tions in Pigment Development,
49.
Sprouting of Cocklebur, 216.
Spiders of Ohio, 215.
Starch Reserve in Birch and Maple,
317.
Starfish in the Richmond, 221.
Strobilophyta, Synopsis of, 106.
Syrphidae, 205.
Life-Histories, 81.
Middle America, 333.
Syrphus xanthostoma, 81.
Tabanus, 225.
Tobacco, Mosaic Disease, 151.
Tomatoes, Inheritance of Size, 473.
Mosaic Disease, 149.
Transpiration in Relation to Growth
241.
Trifolieae of Ohio, 443.
Vicieae of Ohio, 393.
Violets of Ohio, 56.
Xyridaceae of Ohio, 129.
Yellows on Raspberry, 281.
The College Book Store
Reference books in all departments of Higher Education.
Biological Supplies and Advanced Text Books
new and secondhand.
OPPOSITE THE UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE,
COLUMBUS, OHIO.
There’s always one best place to buy— one
place where you can get best quality at the
lowest price. In the engraving industry this
is our exclusive field. We can convince you
if you’ll let us show samples and quote prices.
Bu.ch.er Engraving Co.,
57-59-61 E.ast Gay St. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.
SPAH% & GLENN,
PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS.
50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.
Whan writing to advertisers, please mention the "Ohio Naturalist.”
The Ohio State University
COLUMBUS
WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, President.
Ten Colleges and a Graduate School
College of Agriculture
College of Arts, Philosophy and Science
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Homeopathic Medicine
' College of Law
College of Medicine
College of Dentistry
College of Pharmacy
College of Veterinary Medicine
Graduate School
Summer Session (Eight weeks)
For general information, catalogue, or special bulletin de¬
scribing each college, with fees and announcement of courses
Address:
L. E. WOLFE, Secretary Entrance Board,
THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
\ ' \ )
.J& l^f ^
p k i 4 ^ sir Y\
U '
Ai □
— ' f Wv
*$&§
|y